Table of Contents




UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, DC 20549
Form 10-K
x
ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2016
OR
¨
TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from                      to                     
Commission File No. 001-07511
STATE STREET CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)
Massachusetts
 
04-2456637
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation)
 
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)
One Lincoln Street
Boston, Massachusetts
 
02111
(Address of principal executive office)
 
(Zip Code)
617-786-3000
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
(Title of Each Class)
 
(Name of each exchange on which registered)
Common Stock, $1 par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, without par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, without par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E, without par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Depositary Shares, each representing a 1/4,000th ownership interest in a share of Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G, without par value per share
 
New York Stock Exchange
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.  Yes   x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.  Yes   ¨   No   x  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports) and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.  Yes   x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§ 232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).  Yes   x    No  ¨
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§ 229.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.   x
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
    Large accelerated filer   x
 
Accelerated filer   ¨
 
Non-accelerated filer   ¨
 
Smaller reporting company   ¨
 
 
 
 
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).  Yes   ¨   No   x
The aggregate market value of the voting and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates computed by reference to the per share price ($53.92) at which the common equity was last sold as of the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter (June 30, 2016) was approximately $20.88 billion
The number of shares of the registrant’s common stock outstanding as of January 31, 2017 was 381,939,896 .
Portions of the following documents are incorporated by reference into Parts of this Report on Form 10-K, to the extent noted in such Parts, as indicated below:
(1) The registrant’s definitive Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before May 1, 2017 (Part III).
 



STATE STREET CORPORATION
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K FOR THE YEAR ENDED
December 31, 2016

TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
 
 
PART I
 
 
Item 1
Item 1A
Item 1B
Item 2
Item 3
Item 4
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
PART II
 
 
Item 5
Item 6
Item 7
Item 7A
Item 8
Item 9
Item 9A
Item 9B
 
 
 
PART III
 
 
Item 10
Item 11
Item 12
Item 13
Item 14
 
 
 
PART IV
 
 
Item 15
Item 16
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 



Table of Contents



PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
GENERAL
State Street Corporation, referred to as the parent company, is a financial holding company organized in 1969 under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts . Our executive offices are located at One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111 (telephone (617) 786-3000). For purposes of this Form 10-K, unless the context requires otherwise, references to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. The parent company is a source of financial and managerial strength to our subsidiaries. Through our subsidiaries, including our principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank and Trust Company, referred to as State Street Bank , we provide a broad range of financial products and services to institutional investors worldwide, with $28.77 trillion of AUCA and $2.47 trillion of AUM as of December 31, 2016 .
As of December 31, 2016 , we had consolidated total assets of $242.70 billion , consolidated total deposits of $187.16 billion , consolidated total shareholders' equity of $21.22 billion and 33,783 employees. We operate in more than 100 geographic markets worldwide, including in the U.S., Canada, Europe, the Middle East and Asia.
On the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.com , we make available, free of charge, all reports we electronically file with, or furnish to, the SEC including our Annual Reports on Form 10-K, Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and Current Reports on Form 8-K, as well as any amendments to those reports, as soon as reasonably practicable after those documents have been filed with, or furnished to, the SEC. These documents are also accessible on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov . We have included the website addresses of State Street and the SEC in this report as inactive textual references only. Information on those websites is not part of this Form 10-K.
We have Corporate Governance Guidelines, as well as written charters for the Examining and Audit Committee, the Executive Committee, the Executive Compensation Committee, the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, the Risk Committee and the Technology Committee of our Board of Directors, or Board, and a Code of Ethics for senior financial officers, a Standard of Conduct for Directors and a Standard of Conduct for our employees. Each of these documents is posted on the "Investor Relations" section of our website under "Corporate Governance."
 
We provide additional disclosures required by applicable bank regulatory standards, including supplemental qualitative and quantitative information with respect to regulatory capital (including market risk associated with our trading activities), summary results of semi-annual State Street-run stress tests which we conduct under the Dodd-Frank Act and resolution plan disclosures required under the Dodd-Frank Act on the “Investor Relations” section of our website under "Filings and Reports."
We use acronyms and other defined terms for certain business terms and abbreviations, as defined on the acronyms list and glossary included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
BUSINESS DESCRIPTION
Overview
We conduct our business primarily through State Street Bank, which traces its beginnings to the founding of the Union Bank in 1792. State Street Bank's current charter was authorized by a special Act of the Massachusetts Legislature in 1891, and its present name was adopted in 1960. State Street Bank operates as a specialized bank, referred to as a trust or custody bank, that services and manages assets on behalf of its institutional clients.
Our clients include mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers.
Additional In formation
Additional information about our business activities is provided in the sections that follow. For information about our management of credit and counterparty risk; liquidity risk; operational risk; market risk associated with our trading activities; market risk associated with our non-trading, or asset-and-liability management, activities, primarily composed of interest-rate risk; and capital, as well as other risks inherent in our businesses, refer to "Risk Factors" included under Item 1A, the “Financial Condition” section of Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations, or Management's Discussion and Analysis, and our consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.


State Street Corporation | 3


Table of Contents



LINES OF BUSINESS
We have two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management.
Investme nt Servicing
Our Investment Servicing line of business performs core custody and related value-added functions, such as providing institutional investors with clearing, settlement and payment services. Our financial services and products allow our large institutional investor clients to execute financial transactions on a daily basis in markets across the globe. As most institutional investors cannot economically or efficiently build their own technology and operational processes necessary to facilitate their global securities settlement needs, our role as a global trust and custody bank is generally to aid our clients to efficiently perform services associated with the clearing, settlement and execution of securities transactions and related payments.
Our investment servicing products and services include: custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; our enhanced custody product, which integrates principal securities lending and custody; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
We provide mutual fund custody and accounting services in the U.S. We offer clients a broad range of integrated products and services, including accounting, daily pricing and fund administration. We service U.S. tax-exempt assets for corporate and public pension funds, and we provide trust and valuation services for daily-priced portfolios.
We are a service provider outside of the U.S. as well. In Germany, Italy, France and Luxembourg, we provide depotbank services (a fund oversight role created by regulation) for retail and institutional fund assets, as well as custody and other services to pension plans and other institutional clients. In the U.K., we provide custody services for pension fund assets and administration services for mutual fund assets. As of December 31, 2016 , we serviced approximately $1.75 trillion of offshore assets in funds located primarily in Luxembourg, Ireland and the Cayman Islands. As of December 31, 2016 , we serviced $1.49 trillion of assets under custody and administration in the Asia/Pacific region, and in Japan, we serviced approximately 93% of the trust assets serviced by non-domestic trust banks.
 
We are an alternative asset servicing provider worldwide, servicing hedge, private equity and real estate funds. As of December 31, 2016 , we serviced approximately $1.33 trillion of AUCA in such funds.
Investment M anagement
Our Investment Management line of business , through SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers passive and active asset management strategies across equity, fixed-income, alternative, multi-asset solutions (including OCIO) and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including ETFs, such as the SPDR ® ETF brand.
Additional information about our lines of business is provided under “Line of Business Information” included under Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, and in Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K. Additional information about our non-U.S. activities is provided in Note 25 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K.
COMPET ITION
We operate in a highly competitive environment and face global competition in all areas of our business. Our competitors include a broad range of financial institutions and servicing companies, including other custodial banks, deposit-taking institutions, investment management firms, insurance companies, mutual funds, broker/dealers, investment banks, benefits consultants, business service and software companies and information services firms. As our businesses grow and markets evolve, we may encounter increasing and new forms of competition around the world.
We believe that many key factors drive competition in the markets for our business. For Investment Servicing, quality of service, economies of scale, technological expertise, quality and scope of sales and marketing, required levels of capital and price drive competition, and are critical to our servicing business. For Investment Management, key competitive factors include expertise, experience, availability of related service offerings, quality of service and performance and price.
Our competitive success may depend on our ability to develop and market new and innovative services, to adopt or develop new technologies, to bring new services to market in a timely fashion at competitive prices, to continue and expand our relationships with existing clients, and to attract new clients.


State Street Corporation | 4


Table of Contents



SUPERVISION AND REGULATION
State Street is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Bank Holding Company Act generally limits the activities in which we and our non-banking subsidiaries may engage to managing or controlling banks and to a range of activities that are considered to be closely related to banking. Bank holding companies that have elected to be treated as financial holding companies may engage in a broader range of activities considered to be "financial in nature." These limits also apply to non-banking entities that we are deemed to “control” for purposes of the Bank Holding Company Act, which may include companies of which we own or control more than 5% of a class of voting shares. The Federal Reserve may order a bank holding company to terminate any activity, or its ownership or control of a non-banking subsidiary, if the Federal Reserve finds that the activity, ownership or control constitutes a serious risk to the financial safety, soundness or stability of a banking subsidiary or is inconsistent with sound banking principles or statutory purposes. The Bank Holding Company Act also requires a bank holding company to obtain prior approval of the Federal Reserve before it acquires substantially all the assets of any bank, or ownership or control of more than 5% of the voting shares of any bank.
The parent company has elected to be treated as a financial holding company and, as such, may engage in a broader range of non-banking activities than permitted for bank holding companies and their subsidiaries that have not elected to become financial holding companies. Financial holding companies may engage directly or indirectly in activities that are defined by the Federal Reserve to be financial in nature, either de novo or by acquisition, provided that the financial holding company gives the Federal Reserve after-the-fact notice of the new activities. Activities defined to be financial in nature include, but are not limited to, the following: providing financial or investment advice; underwriting; dealing in or making markets in securities; making merchant banking investments, subject to significant limitations; and any activities previously found by the Federal Reserve to be closely related to banking. In order to maintain our status as a financial holding company, we and each of our U.S. depository institution subsidiaries must be well capitalized and well managed, as defined in applicable regulations and determined in part by the results of regulatory examinations, and must comply with Community Reinvestment Act obligations. Failure to maintain these standards may ultimately permit the Federal Reserve to take enforcement actions against us and restrict our ability to engage in activities defined to be financial in nature. Currently, under the Bank Holding Company Act, we may not be
 
able to engage in new activities or acquire shares or control of other businesses.
The Dodd-Frank Act, which became law in July 2010, has had, and continues to have, a significant effect on the regulatory structure of the financial markets and supervision of bank holding companies, banks and other financial institutions. The Dodd-Frank Act, among other things: established the FSOC to monitor systemic risk posed by financial institutions; enacted new restrictions on proprietary trading and private-fund investment activities by banks and their affiliates, commonly known as the “Volcker rule” (refer to our discussion of the Volcker rule provided below under “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards” in this “Supervision and Regulation” section); created a new framework for the regulation of derivatives and the entities that engage in derivatives trading; altered the regulatory capital treatment of trust preferred and other hybrid capital securities; revised the assessment base that is used by the FDIC to calculate deposit insurance premiums; adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including us; and required large financial institutions to develop plans for their resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (or other specifically applicable insolvency regime) in the event of material financial distress or failure.
In addition, regulatory change is being implemented internationally with respect to financial institutions, including, but not limited to, the implementation of the Basel III final rule (refer to “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards” below in this “Supervision and Regulation” section and under "Capital" in “Financial Condition” included under Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, of this Form 10-K for a discussion of Basel III) and the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive ( AIFMD ), the Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive (BRRD), the European Market Infrastructure Resolution ( EMIR ), the Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities ( UCITS ) directives, the Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II ( MiFID II) and the Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation (MiFIR) (the majority of the provisions of MiFID II and MiFIR will apply from January 3, 2018) and the E.U. data protection regulation.
Many aspects of our business are subject to regulation by other U.S. federal and state governmental and regulatory agencies and self-regulatory organizations (including securities exchanges), and by non-U.S. governmental and regulatory agencies and self-regulatory organizations. Some aspects of our public disclosure, corporate governance principles and internal control systems are subject to SOX , the Dodd-Frank Act and regulations and rules of the SEC and the NYSE .


State Street Corporation | 5


Table of Contents



Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards
Basel III Final Rule
In 2013, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued a final rule implementing the Basel III framework in the U.S. Provisions of the Basel III final rule become effective under a transition timetable which began on January 1, 2014, with full implementation required beginning on January 1, 2019. In 2012, U.S. banking regulators jointly issued a final market risk capital rule to implement the changes to the market risk capital framework in the U.S. The final market risk capital rule became effective and was applicable to State Street on January 1, 2013, and replaced the market risk capital framework associated with Basel I and Basel II.
The Basel III final rule provides for two frameworks: the “standardized” approach, intended to replace Basel I, and the “advanced” approaches, applicable to advanced approaches banking organizations, like State Street, as originally defined under Basel II. The standardized approach modifies the provisions of Basel I related to the calculation of RWA and prescribes new standardized risk weights for certain on- and off-balance sheet exposures.
Among other things, the Basel III final rule does the following:
Adds new requirements for a minimum common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% and a minimum supplementary leverage ratio of 3% for advanced banking organizations;
Raises the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4% under Basel I and Basel II to 6%;
Leaves the existing, minimum total capital ratio at 8%;
Implements the capital conservation and countercyclical capital buffers, referenced below, as well as a G-SIB surcharge included under "Capital" in "Financial Condition" included under Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, of this Form 10-K;
Implements the previously described standardized approach to replace the calculation of RWA under Basel I; and
Implements the advanced approaches for the calculation of RWA.
Additionally, beginning January 1, 2018, the SLR rule introduces a higher minimum SLR requirement for the eight U.S. G-SIBs of at least 6% for the insured banking entity (State Street Bank) in order to be well capitalized under the U.S. banking regulators’ PCA framework, as well as a requirement of a minimum SLR of 5% for the holding company (State
 
Street) in order to avoid any limitations on distributions and discretionary bonus payments.
Under the Basel III final rule, a banking organization would be able to make capital distributions, subject to other regulatory constraints, such as regulator review of its capital plans, and discretionary bonus payments without specified limitations, as long as it maintains the required capital conservation buffer of 2.5% plus applicable G-SIB surcharge over the minimum required common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio and each of the minimum required tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios (plus any potentially applicable countercyclical capital buffer). Banking regulators would establish the minimum countercyclical capital buffer, which is initially set by banking regulators at zero, up to a maximum of 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets under certain economic conditions.
Under the Basel III final rule, our total regulatory capital is divided into three tiers, composed of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital (which includes common equity tier 1 capital), and tier 2 capital. The total of tier 1 and tier 2 capital, adjusted as applicable, is referred to as total regulatory capital.
Common equity tier 1 capital is composed of core capital elements, such as qualifying common shareholders' equity and related surplus; retained earnings; the cumulative effect of foreign currency translation; and net unrealized gains (losses) on debt and equity securities classified as AFS; reduced by treasury stock. Subject to certain phase-in or phase-out provisions, tier 1 capital is composed of common equity tier 1 capital plus additional tier 1 capital composed of qualifying perpetual preferred stock and minority interests. Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of related deferred tax liabilities, are deducted from tier 1 capital. Subject to certain phase-in or phase-out provisions, tier 2 capital is composed primarily of qualifying subordinated long-term debt.
Certain other items, if applicable, must be deducted from tier 1 and tier 2 capital. These items primarily include deductible investments in unconsolidated banking, financial and insurance entities where we hold more than 50% of the entities' capital; and the amount of expected credit losses that exceeds recorded allowances for loan and other credit losses. Expected credit losses are calculated for wholesale credit exposures by formula in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, we and State Street Bank, as advanced approaches banking organizations, are subject to a permanent "capital floor", also referred to as the Collins Amendment, in the assessment of our regulatory capital adequacy, including a capital conservation buffer and a countercyclical capital buffer (both buffers are more


State Street Corporation | 6


Table of Contents



fully described above in this "Supervision and Regulation" section). From January 1, 2015 going forward, our risk-based capital ratios for regulatory assessment purposes are the lower of each ratio calculated under the standardized approach and the advanced approaches.
Global Systemically Important Bank
In addition to the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act requires the Federal Reserve to establish more stringent capital requirements for large bank holding companies, including State Street. On August 14, 2015, the Federal Reserve published a final rule on the implementation of capital requirements that impose a capital surcharge on U.S. G-SIBs. The surcharge requirements within the final rule began to phase in on January 1, 2016 and will be fully effective on January 1, 2019. The eight U.S. banks deemed to be G-SIBs, including State Street, are required to calculate the G-SIB surcharge according to two methods, and be bound by the higher of the two:
Method 1: Assesses systemic importance based upon five equally-weighted components: size, interconnectedness, complexity, cross-jurisdictional activity and substitutability;
Method 2: Alters the calculation from Method 1 by factoring in a wholesale funding score in place of substitutability and applying a 2x multiplier to the sum of the five components
As part of the Basel III final rule, the Federal Reserve published estimated G-SIB surcharges for the eight U.S. G-SIBs based on relevant data from 2012 to 2014. Method 2 is identified as the binding methodology for State Street and the applicable surcharge on January 1, 2016 was calculated to be 1.5%. Assuming completion of the phase-in period for the capital conservation buffer, and a countercyclical buffer of 0%, the minimum capital ratios as of January 1, 2019, including a capital conservation buffer of 2.5% and G-SIB surcharge of 1.5% in 2019, would be 10.0% for tier 1 risk-based capital, 12.0% for total risk-based capital, and 8.5% for common equity tier 1 capital, in order for State Street to make capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments without limitation. Further, if State Street fails to exceed the 2% leverage buffer applicable to all U.S. G-SIBs under the Basel III final rule, it will be subject to increased restrictions (depending upon the extent of the shortfall) regarding capital distributions and discretionary executive bonus payments. Not all of our competitors have similarly been designated as systemically important, and therefore some of our competitors may not be subject to the same additional capital requirements.
 
Total Loss-Absorbing Capacity (TLAC)
On December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve released its final rule on TLAC, LTD and clean holding company requirements for U.S. domiciled G-SIBs, such as State Street, that are intended to improve the resiliency and resolvability of certain U.S. banking organizations through new enhanced prudential standards. The TLAC final rule imposes: (1) TLAC requirements (i.e., combined eligible tier 1 regulatory capital and eligible LTD); (2) separate eligible LTD requirements; and (3) clean holding company requirements designed to make short-term unsecured debt (including deposits) and most other ineligible liabilities structurally senior to eligible LTD.
Among other things, the TLAC final rule requires State Street to comply with minimum requirements for external TLAC and external LTD, plus an external TLAC buffer. Specifically, State Street must hold (1) combined eligible tier 1 regulatory capital and eligible LTD in the amount equal to at least 21.5% of total risk-weighted assets (using an estimated G-SIB method 1 surcharge of 1%) and 9.5% of total leverage exposure, as defined by the SLR final rule, and (2) qualifying external LTD equal to the greater of 7.5% of risk-weighted assets (using an estimated G-SIB method 2 surcharge of 1.5%) and 4.5% of total leverage exposure, as defined by the SLR final rule.
State Street must comply with the TLAC final rule starting on January 1, 2019.
Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio
In addition to capital standards, the Basel III final rule introduced two quantitative liquidity standards: the LCR and the NSFR.
In 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued a final rule to implement the BCBS' LCR in the United States. The LCR is intended to promote the short-term resilience of internationally active banking organizations, like State Street, to improve the banking industry's ability to absorb shocks arising from market stress over a 30 calendar day period and improve the measurement and management of liquidity risk.
The LCR measures an institution’s HQLA against its net cash outflows. The LCR began being phased in on January 1, 2015, at 80%, with full implementation beginning on January 1, 2017.
We report LCR to the Federal Reserve daily. As of December 31, 2016 , our LCR was in excess of 100%. In addition, in December 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a final rule requiring large banking organizations, including us, to publicly disclose certain qualitative and quantitative information about their LCR. We must comply with the disclosure requirements beginning on April 1, 2017.


State Street Corporation | 7


Table of Contents



Compliance with the LCR has required that we maintain an investment portfolio that contains an adequate amount of HQLA. In general, HQLA investments generate a lower investment return than other types of investments, resulting in a negative impact on our net interest revenue and our net interest margin.  In addition, the level of HQLA we are required to maintain under the LCR is dependent upon our client relationships and the nature of services we provide, which may change over time.  For example, if the percentage of our operational deposits relative to deposits that are not maintained for operational purposes increases, we would expect to require less HQLA in order to maintain our LCR.  Conversely, if the percentage of our operational deposits relative to deposits that are not maintained for operational purposes decreases, we would expect to require additional HQLA in order to maintain our LCR.
In October 2014, the BCBS issued final guidance with respect to the NSFR. In the second quarter of 2016, the OCC, Federal Reserve and FDIC issued a proposal to implement the NSFR in the U.S. that is largely consistent with the BCBS guidance. The proposal would require banking organizations to maintain an amount of available stable funding, which is calculated by applying standardized weightings to its equity and liabilities based on their expected stability, that is no less than the amount of its required stable funding, which is calculated by applying standardized weightings to its assets, derivatives exposures, and certain other off-balance sheet exposures based on their liquidity characteristics. If adopted as proposed, the requirements would apply to us and our depository institution subsidiaries beginning January 1, 2018.
Failure to meet current and future regulatory capital requirements could subject us to a variety of enforcement actions, including the termination of State Street Bank's deposit insurance by the FDIC, and to certain restrictions on our business, including those that are described above in this “Supervision and Regulation” section.
For additional information about our regulatory capital position and our regulatory capital adequacy, as well as current and future regulatory capital requirements, refer to "Capital" in “Financial Condition" included under Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, and Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends
Pursuant to the Dodd-Frank Act, the Federal Reserve has adopted capital planning and stress test requirements for large bank holding companies, including us, which form part of the Federal Reserve’s
 
annual CCAR framework. CCAR is used by the Federal Reserve to evaluate our management of capital, the adequacy of our regulatory capital and the potential requirement for us to maintain capital levels above regulatory minimums. Under the Federal Reserve’s capital plan final rule, we must conduct periodic stress testing of our business operations and submit an annual capital plan to the Federal Reserve, taking into account the results of separate stress tests designed by us and by the Federal Reserve.
The capital plan must include a description of all of our planned capital actions over a nine-quarter planning horizon, including any issuance of debt or equity capital instruments, any capital distributions, such as payments of dividends on, or purchases of, our stock, and any similar action that the Federal Reserve determines could affect our consolidated capital. The capital plan must include a discussion of how we will maintain capital above the minimum regulatory capital ratios, including the minimum ratios under the Basel III final rule that are phased in over the planning horizon, and serve as a source of strength to our U.S. depository institution subsidiaries under supervisory stress scenarios. The capital plan requirements mandate that we receive no objection to our plan from the Federal Reserve before making a capital distribution. These requirements could require us to revise our stress-testing or capital management approaches, resubmit our capital plan or postpone, cancel or alter our planned capital actions. In addition, changes in our strategy, merger or acquisition activity or unanticipated uses of capital could result in a change in our capital plan and its associated capital actions, including capital raises or modifications to planned capital actions, such as purchases of our stock, and may require resubmission of the capital plan to the Federal Reserve for its non-objection if, among other reasons, we would not meet our regulatory capital requirements after making the proposed capital distribution.
For additional information regarding capital planning and stress test requirements and restrictions on dividends, refer to "Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends” in this “Supervision and Regulation” section and Item 5, Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchase of Equity Securities, in Part II of this Form 10-K.
In addition to its capital planning requirements, the Federal Reserve has the authority to prohibit or to limit the payment of dividends by the banking organizations it supervises, including us and State Street Bank, if, in the Federal Reserve’s opinion, the payment of a dividend would constitute an unsafe or unsound practice in light of the financial condition of the banking organization. All of these policies and other requirements could affect our ability to pay


State Street Corporation | 8


Table of Contents



dividends and purchase our stock, or require us to provide capital assistance to State Street Bank and any other banking subsidiary.
In June 2016 , we received the results of the Federal Reserve’s review of our 2016 capital plan in connection with its 2016 annual CCAR process. The Federal Reserve did not object to the capital actions we proposed in our 2016 capital plan and, in July 2016, our Board approved a new common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $1.4 billion of our common stock through June 30, 2017. As of December 31, 2016 , we purchased approximately 9.0 million shares of our common stock at an average per-share cost of $ 72.66 and an aggregate cost of approximately $ 650 million under this program. Our 2016 capital plan included an increase, subject to approval by our Board, to our quarterly stock dividend to $0.38 per share from $0.34 per share, beginning in the third quarter of 2016.
The Federal Reserve, under the Dodd-Frank Act, requires us to conduct semi-annual State Street-run stress tests. Under this rule, we are required to publicly disclose the summary results of our State Street-run stress tests under the severely adverse economic scenario. In October 2016, we provided summary results of our 2016 mid-cycle State Street-run stress tests on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website. The rule also subjects us to an annual supervisory stress test conducted by the Federal Reserve.
The Dodd-Frank Act also requires State Street Bank to conduct an annual stress test. State Street Bank must submit its 2017 annual State Street Bank-run stress test to the Federal Reserve by April 5, 2017.
In September 2016, the Federal Reserve proposed revisions to the capital plan and stress test requirements that would, among other things, reduce the de minimis threshold for additional capital distributions that a firm may make during a capital plan cycle without seeking the Federal Reserve’s prior approval. The proposal would also establish a one-quarter “blackout period” while the Federal Reserve is conducting CCAR during which firms would not be permitted to submit de minimis exception notices or prior approval requests for additional capital distributions.
The Volcker Rule
In December 2013, U.S. regulators issued final regulations to implement the Volcker rule. The Volcker rule prohibits banking entities, including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain prohibited proprietary trading activities, as defined in the final Volcker rule regulations, subject to exemptions for market-making related activities, risk-mitigating hedging, underwriting and certain other activities.
 
The Volcker rule also requires banking entities to either restructure or divest certain ownership interests in, and relationships with, covered funds (as such terms are defined in the final Volcker rule regulations).
The Volcker rule became effective in July 2012, and the final implementing regulations became effective in April 2014. We were required to bring our activities and investments into conformance with the Volcker rule and its final regulations by July 21, 2015, with the exception of certain activities and investments. Under a 2016 conformance period extension issued by the Federal Reserve, all investments in and relationships with investments in a covered fund made or entered into after December 31, 2013 by a banking entity and its affiliates, and all proprietary trading activities of those entities, were required to be in conformance with the Volcker rule and its final implementing regulations by July 21, 2016. On July 7, 2016, the Federal Reserve announced a final one-year extension of the general conformance period for banking entities to conform ownership interests in, and relationships with, legacy covered funds to July 21, 2017. On December 12, 2016, the Federal Reserve issued a policy statement with information about how banking entities may seek a statutory extension of the conformance period of five years for certain legacy covered funds that are also illiquid funds.
Whether certain types of investment securities or structures such as CLO s constitute covered funds, as defined in the final Volcker rule regulations, and do not benefit from the exemptions provided in the Volcker rule, and whether a banking organization's investments therein constitute ownership interests remain subject to (1) market, and ultimately regulatory, interpretation and (2) the specific terms and other characteristics relevant to such investment securities and structures.
As of December 31, 2016 , we held approximately $972 million of investments in CLOs. As of the same date, these investments had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $11 million , composed primarily of gross unrealized gains. Comparatively, as of December 31, 2015, we held approximately $2.10 billion of investments in CLOs, which had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $43 million composed of gross unrealized gains of $46 million and gross unrealized losses of $3 million . In the event that we or our banking regulators conclude that such investments in CLOs, or other investments, are covered funds under the Volcker rule, we may be required to divest such investments. If other banking entities reach similar conclusions with respect to similar investments held by them, the prices of such investments could decline significantly, and we may be required to divest such


State Street Corporation | 9


Table of Contents



investments at a significant discount compared to the investments' book value. This could result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated statement of income or on our consolidated statement of condition in the period in which such a divestiture occurs.
The final Volcker rule regulations also require banking entities to establish extensive programs designed to ensure compliance with the restrictions of the Volcker rule. We have established a compliance program which we believe complies with the final Volcker rule regulations as currently in effect. Such compliance program restricts our ability in the future to service certain types of funds, in particular covered funds for which SSGA acts as an advisor and certain types of trustee relationships. Consequently, Volcker rule compliance entails both the cost of a compliance program and loss of certain revenue and future opportunities.
Enhanced Prudential Standards
The Dodd-Frank Act established a new regulatory framework to regulate banking organizations designated as SIFI s, and has subjected them to heightened prudential standards, including heightened capital, leverage, liquidity and risk management requirements, single-counterparty credit limits and early remediation requirements. Bank holding companies with $50 billion or more in consolidated assets, which includes us, became automatically subject to the systemic-risk regime in 2010.
The FSOC can recommend prudential standards, reporting and disclosure requirements to the Federal Reserve for SIFIs, and must approve any finding by the Federal Reserve that a financial institution poses a grave threat to financial stability and must undertake mitigating actions. The FSOC is also empowered to designate systemically important payment, clearing and settlement activities of financial institutions, subjecting them to prudential supervision and regulation, and, assisted by the new Office of Financial Research within the U.S. Department of the Treasury, also established by the Dodd-Frank Act, can gather data and reports from financial institutions, including us.
In February 2014, the Federal Reserve approved a final rule implementing certain of the Dodd-Frank Act’s enhanced prudential standards for large bank holding companies such as State Street. Under the final rule, we are required to comply with various liquidity-related risk management standards and maintain a liquidity buffer of unencumbered highly liquid assets based on the results of internal liquidity stress testing. This liquidity buffer is in addition to other liquidity requirements, such as the LCR and, when implemented, the NSFR. The final rule also establishes requirements and
 
responsibilities for our risk committee and mandates risk management standards. We became subject to these new standards on January 1, 2015.
In March 2016, the Federal Reserve re-proposed rules that would establish single-counterparty credit limits for large banking organizations, with more stringent limits for the largest banking organizations. U.S. G-SIBs, including us, would be subject to a limit of 15% of tier 1 capital for credit exposures to any “major counterparty” (defined as other U.S. G-SIBs, foreign G-SIBs and non-bank SIFIs supervised by the Federal Reserve) and to a limit of 25% of tier 1 capital for credit exposures to any other unaffiliated counterparty.
In May 2016, the Federal Reserve proposed a rule that would impose contractual requirements on certain “qualified financial contracts” to which U.S. G-SIBs, including us, and their subsidiaries are parties. Under the proposal, certain qualified financial contracts must expressly provide that transfer restrictions and default rights against a U.S. G-SIB, or subsidiary of a U.S. G-SIB, are limited to the same extent as provided under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act and Title II of the Dodd-Frank Act and their implementing regulations. In addition, certain qualified financial contracts may not permit the exercise of cross-default rights against a U.S. G-SIB or subsidiary of a U.S. G-SIB based on an affiliate’s entry into insolvency, resolution or similar proceedings. If adopted as proposed, the requirements would take effect at the start of the first calendar quarter that begins at least one year after the final rule is issued.
Refer to the risk factor titled “We assume significant credit risk to counterparties, many of which are major financial institutions. These financial institutions and other counterparties may also have substantial financial dependencies with other financial institutions and sovereign entities. This credit exposure and concentration could expose us to financial loss” included under "Risk Factors" under Item 1A of this Form 10-K. In addition, the final rules create a new early-remediation regime to address financial distress or material management weaknesses determined with reference to four levels of early remediation, including heightened supervisory review, initial remediation, recovery, and resolution assessment, with specific limitations and requirements tied to each level.
The systemic-risk regime also provides that, for institutions deemed to pose a grave threat to U.S. financial stability, the Federal Reserve, upon an FSOC vote, must limit that institution’s ability to merge, restrict its ability to offer financial products, require it to terminate activities, impose conditions on activities or, as a last resort, require it to dispose of assets. Upon a grave-threat determination by the


State Street Corporation | 10


Table of Contents



FSOC, the Federal Reserve must issue rules that require financial institutions subject to the systemic-risk regime to maintain a debt-to-equity ratio of no more than 15 to 1 if the FSOC considers it necessary to mitigate the risk of the grave threat. The Federal Reserve also has the ability to establish further standards, including those regarding contingent capital, enhanced public disclosures, and limits on short-term debt, including off-balance sheet exposures.
Resolution Planning
State Street, like other bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, periodically submits a plan for its rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure — commonly referred to as a resolution plan or a living will — to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC under Section 165(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Through resolution planning, we seek, in the event of insolvency, to maintain State Street Bank’s role as a key infrastructure provider within the financial system, while minimizing risk to the financial system and maximizing value for the benefit of our stakeholders. We have and will continue to focus management attention and resources to meet regulatory expectations with respect to resolution planning. In the event of material financial distress or failure, our preferred resolution strategy, referred to as the single point of entry strategy, provides for the recapitalization prior to the bankruptcy of the parent company of State Street Bank and our other material entities by the parent company (for example, by forgiving inter-company indebtedness of State Street Bank owed, directly or indirectly, to the parent company), and potentially by a capital contribution from a newly formed direct subsidiary of the parent company that would be pre-funded by the parent company. The recapitalization, if successful, is intended to enable State Street Bank and our other material entities to continue their operations. The amount of assets available to support State Street Bank and our other material entities is anticipated to vary over time and may not be sufficient to meet their liquidity and capital needs.
The parent company and the newly formed direct subsidiary would obligate themselves, under a contract we refer to as a support agreement and using up to substantially all of their resources, to recapitalize and/or provide liquidity to State Street Bank and our other material entities in the event of material financial distress. The parent company and the newly formed direct subsidiary would secure their obligations under the support agreement by entering into a contract known as a security agreement and by pledging their rights in the assets that the parent company and the newly formed direct subsidiary would use to fulfill their obligations under the support
 
agreement to State Street Bank and other material entities. The parent company intends to pre-fund the newly formed direct subsidiary upon the execution of the support agreement by transferring assets to it that will be available for the subsequent provision of capital and liquidity to State Street Bank and our other material entities. These contractual, funding and related arrangements are expected to be in place prior to July 1, 2017 to aid State Street in meeting its regulatory obligations.
Under this single point of entry strategy, State Street Bank and our other material entities would not themselves enter into resolution proceedings. These entities would instead be transferred to a newly organized holding company held by a reorganization trust for the benefit of the parent company’s claimants. The single point of entry strategy and the obligations under the support agreement may result in the recapitalization of State Street Bank and the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings by the parent company at an earlier stage of financial stress than might otherwise occur without such mechanisms in place. There can be no assurance that there would be sufficient recapitalization resources available to ensure that State Street Bank and our other material entities are adequately capitalized following the triggering of the requirements to provide capital and/or liquidity under the support agreement. In the event that such recapitalization actions were taken and were unsuccessful in stabilizing State Street Bank, equity and debt holders of the parent company would likely, as a consequence, be in a worse position than if the recapitalization did not occur. An expected effect of the single point of entry strategy and the TLAC final rule is that State Street’s losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the parent company, as well as on any other parent company creditors, before any of its losses are imposed on the holders of the debt securities of the parent company’s operating subsidiaries or any depositors or creditors thereof or before U.S. taxpayers are put at risk. The requirements of the single point of entry strategy and the support agreement may adversely impact our ability to issue, or to competitively price, additional debt and equity securities.
We are required to submit our next annual resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC on July 1, 2017. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC may determine that our 2017 resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to: (1) challenges we may experience in interpreting and addressing regulatory expectations; (2) any failure to implement remediation actions in a timely manner; (3) the complexities in developing and implementing a comprehensive plan to resolve a global custodial bank; and (4) related costs and


State Street Corporation | 11


Table of Contents



dependencies. If our resolution plan submission filed on July 1, 2017, or any future submission, fails to meet regulatory expectations to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, we could be subject to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or we could be required to divest certain of our assets or operations.
State Street Bank is also required to submit annually to the FDIC a plan for resolution in the event of its failure, referred to as an IDI plan. State Street Bank’s next IDI plan is due in October 2017.
Orderly Liquidation Authority
Under the Dodd-Frank Act, certain financial companies, including bank holding companies such as State Street, and certain covered subsidiaries, can be subjected to a new orderly liquidation authority. The U.S. Treasury Secretary, in consultation with the President, must first make certain extraordinary financial distress and systemic risk determinations, and action must be recommended by two-thirds of the FDIC Board and two-thirds of the Federal Reserve Board. Absent such actions, we, as a bank holding company, would remain subject to the U.S. Bankruptcy Code.
The orderly liquidation authority went into effect in July 2010, and rulemaking is proceeding in stages, with some regulations now finalized and others planned but not yet proposed. If we were subject to the orderly liquidation authority, the FDIC would be appointed as our receiver, which would give the FDIC considerable powers to resolve us, including: (1) the power to remove officers and directors responsible for our failure and to appoint new directors and officers; (2) the power to assign assets and liabilities to a third party or bridge financial company without the need for creditor consent or prior court review; (3) the ability to differentiate among creditors, including by treating junior creditors better than senior creditors, subject to a minimum recovery right to receive at least what they would have received in bankruptcy liquidation; and (4) broad powers to administer the claims process to determine distributions from the assets of the receivership to creditors not transferred to a third party or bridge financial institution.
In December 2013, the FDIC released its proposed single-point-of-entry strategy for resolution of a SIFI under the orderly liquidation authority. The FDIC’s release outlines how it would use its powers under the orderly liquidation authority to resolve a SIFI by placing its top-tier U.S. holding company in receivership and keeping its operating subsidiaries open and out of insolvency proceedings by transferring the operating subsidiaries to a new bridge holding company, recapitalizing the operating subsidiaries and imposing losses on the shareholders
 
and creditors of the holding company in receivership according to their statutory order of priority.
Derivatives
Title VII of the Dodd-Frank Act imposes a new regulatory structure on the over-the-counter derivatives market, including requirements for clearing, exchange trading, capital, margin, reporting and record-keeping. Title VII also requires certain persons to register as a major swap participant, a swap dealer or a securities-based swap dealer. The CFTC , the SEC, and other U.S. regulators have adopted and are still in the process of adopting regulations to implement Title VII. Through this rulemaking process, these regulators collectively have adopted or proposed, among other things, regulations relating to reporting and record-keeping obligations, margin and capital requirements, the scope of registration and the central clearing and exchange trading requirements for certain over-the-counter derivatives. The CFTC has also issued rules to enhance the oversight of clearing and trading entities. The CFTC, along with other regulators, including the Federal Reserve, have also issued final rules with respect to margin requirements for uncleared derivatives transactions.
State Street Bank has registered provisionally with the CFTC as a swap dealer. As a provisionally registered swap dealer, State Street Bank is subject to significant regulatory obligations regarding its swap activity and the supervision, examination and enforcement powers of the CFTC and other regulators. In December 2013, the CFTC granted State Street Bank a limited-purpose swap dealer designation. Under this limited-purpose designation, interest-rate swap activity engaged in by State Street Bank’s Global Treasury group is not subject to certain of the swap regulatory requirements otherwise applicable to swaps entered into by a registered swap dealer, subject to a number of conditions. For all other swap transactions, our swap activities remain subject to all applicable swap dealer regulations.
Money Market Funds
In July 2014, the SEC adopted amendments to the regulations governing money market funds to address potential systemic risks and improve transparency for money market fund investors. Among other things, the amendments require a floating net asset value for institutional prime money market funds (i.e., money market funds that are either not restricted to natural person investors or not restricted to investing primarily in U.S. government securities) and permit (and in some cases require) all money market funds to impose redemption fees and gates under certain circumstances. As a result of these reforms, money market funds may be required to take certain steps that will affect their structure and/or operations, which could in turn affect the


State Street Corporation | 12


Table of Contents



liquidity, marketability and return potential of such funds. Full conformance with these amendments was required by October 14, 2016.
Money market reforms are also being considered in Europe. The timing and content of those regulations remains uncertain. The SEC's July 2014 amended regulations, and the potential reforms in Europe, could alter the business models of money market fund sponsors and asset managers, including many of our servicing clients and SSGA, and may result in reduced levels of investment in money market funds. As a result, these requirements may have an adverse impact on our business, our operations or our consolidated results of operations.
Subsidiaries
The Federal Reserve is the primary federal banking agency responsible for regulating us and our subsidiaries, including State Street Bank, with respect to both our U.S. and non-U.S. operations.
Our banking subsidiaries are subject to supervision and examination by various regulatory authorities. State Street Bank is a member of the Federal Reserve System, its deposits are insured by the FDIC and it is subject to applicable federal and state banking laws and to supervision and examination by the Federal Reserve, as well as by the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks, the FDIC, and the regulatory authorities of those states and countries in which State Street Bank operates a branch. Our other subsidiary trust companies are subject to supervision and examination by the OCC, the Federal Reserve or by the appropriate state banking regulatory authorities of the states in which they are organized and operate. Our non-U.S. banking subsidiaries are subject to regulation by the regulatory authorities of the countries in which they operate. As of December 31, 2016 , the capital of each of these banking subsidiaries exceeded the minimum legal capital requirements set by those regulatory authorities.
We and our subsidiaries that are not subsidiaries of State Street Bank are affiliates of State Street Bank under federal banking laws, which impose restrictions on various types of transactions, including loans, extensions of credit, investments or asset purchases by or from State Street Bank, on the one hand, to us and those of our subsidiaries, on the other. Transactions of this kind between State Street Bank and its affiliates are limited with respect to each affiliate to 10% of State Street Bank’s capital and surplus, as defined by the aforementioned banking laws, and to 20% in the aggregate for all affiliates, and in some cases are also subject to strict collateral requirements. Under the Dodd-Frank Act, effective in July 2012, derivatives, securities borrowing and securities lending transactions between State Street Bank and its affiliates became subject to these
 
restrictions. The Dodd-Frank Act also expanded the scope of transactions required to be collateralized. In addition, the Volcker rule generally prohibits similar transactions between the parent company or any of its affiliates and covered funds for which we or any of our affiliates serve as the investment manager, investment adviser, commodity trading advisor or sponsor and other covered funds organized and offered pursuant to specific exemptions in the final Volcker rule regulations.
Federal law also requires that certain transactions with affiliates be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that are substantially the same, or at least as favorable to the institution, as those prevailing at the time for comparable transactions involving other non-affiliated companies. Alternatively, in the absence of comparable transactions, the transactions must be on terms and under circumstances, including credit standards, that in good faith would be offered to, or would apply to, non-affiliated companies.
State Street Bank is also prohibited from engaging in certain tie-in arrangements in connection with any extension of credit or lease or sale of property or furnishing of services. Federal law provides as well for a depositor preference on amounts realized from the liquidation or other resolution of any depository institution insured by the FDIC.
Our subsidiaries, SSGA FM and SSGA Ltd. , act as investment advisers to investment companies registered under the Investment Company Act of 1940. SSGA FM, incorporated in Massachusetts in 2001 and headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts, is registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940 and is registered with the CFTC as a commodity trading adviser and pool operator. SSGA Ltd., incorporated in 1990 as a U.K. limited company and domiciled in the U.K., is also registered with the SEC as an investment adviser under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940. SSGA Ltd. is also authorized and regulated by the FCA and is an investment firm under the MiFID. SSGA FM and SSGA Ltd. each offer a variety of investment management solutions, including active, enhanced and passive equity, active and passive fixed-income, cash management, multi-asset class solutions and real estate. In addition, a major portion of our investment management activities are conducted by State Street Bank, which is subject to supervision primarily by the Federal Reserve with respect to these activities.
Our U.S. broker/dealer subsidiary is registered as a broker/dealer with the SEC, is subject to regulation by the SEC (including the SEC’s net capital rule) and is a member of the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority, a self-regulatory organization.


State Street Corporation | 13


Table of Contents



The U.K. broker/dealer business operates through our subsidiary, State Street Global Markets International Limited, which is registered in the U.K. as a regulated securities broker, is authorized and regulated by the FCA and is an investment firm under the MiFID. It is also a member of the London Stock Exchange. In accordance with the rules of the FCA, the U.K. broker/dealer publishes information on its risk management objectives and on policies associated with its regulatory capital requirements and resources. Many aspects of our investment management activities are subject to federal and state laws and regulations primarily intended to benefit the investment holder, rather than our shareholders.
Our activities as a futures commission merchant are subject to regulation by the CFTC in the U.S. and various regulatory authorities internationally, as well as the membership requirements of the applicable clearinghouses. In addition, we have a subsidiary registered with the CFTC as a swap execution facility, and our U.S. broker/dealer subsidiary also offers a U.S. equities alternative trading system registered with the SEC.
These laws and regulations generally grant supervisory agencies and bodies broad administrative powers, including the power to limit or restrict us from conducting our investment management activities in the event that we fail to comply with such laws and regulations, and examination authority. Our business related to investment management and trusteeship of collective trust funds and separate accounts offered to employee benefit plans is subject to ERISA, and is regulated by the U.S. Department of Labor.
Our businesses, including our investment management and securities and futures businesses, are also regulated extensively by non-U.S. governments, securities exchanges, self-regulatory organizations, central banks and regulatory bodies, especially in those jurisdictions in which we maintain an office. For instance, among others, the FCA, the U.K. PRA and the Bank of England regulate our activities in the U.K.; the Central Bank of Ireland regulates our activities in Ireland; the German Federal Financial Supervisory Authority regulates our activities in Germany; the Commission de Surveillance du Secteur Financier regulates our activities in Luxembourg; our German banking group and the Luxembourg banks are also subject to direct supervision by the European Central Bank under the ECB Single Supervisory Mechanism; the Australian Prudential Regulation Authority and the Australian Securities and Investments Commission regulate our activities in Australia; and the Financial Services Agency and the Bank of Japan regulate our activities in Japan. We have established policies, procedures, and systems designed to comply with the requirements of these organizations. However, as a
 
global financial services institution, we face complexity and costs related to regulation.
The majority of our non-U.S. asset servicing operations are conducted pursuant to the Federal Reserve's Regulation K through State Street Bank’s Edge Act subsidiary or through international branches of State Street Bank. An Edge Act corporation is a corporation organized under federal law that conducts foreign business activities. In general, banks may not make investments in their Edge Act corporations (and similar state law corporations) that exceed 20% of their capital and surplus, as defined, and the investment of any amount in excess of 10% of capital and surplus requires the prior approval of the Federal Reserve.
In addition to our non-U.S. operations conducted pursuant to Regulation K, we also make new investments abroad directly (through us or through our non-banking subsidiaries) pursuant to the Federal Reserve's Regulation Y, or through international bank branch expansion, neither of which is subject to the investment limitations applicable to Edge Act subsidiaries.
Additionally, Massachusetts has its own bank holding company statute, under which State Street, among other things, may be required to obtain prior approval by the Massachusetts Board of Bank Incorporation for an acquisition of more than 5% of any additional bank's voting shares, or for other forms of bank acquisitions.
Anti-Money Laundering and Financial Transparency
We and certain of our subsidiaries are subject to the Bank Secrecy Act of 1970, as amended by the USA PATRIOT Act of 2001, and related regulations, which contain AML and financial transparency provisions and which require implementation of an AML compliance program, including processes for verifying client identification and monitoring client transactions and detecting and reporting suspicious activities. AML laws outside the U.S. contain similar requirements. We have implemented policies, procedures and internal controls that are designed to promote compliance with all applicable AML laws and regulations. Compliance with applicable AML and related requirements is a common area of review for financial regulators, and any failure by us to comply with these requirements could result in fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, difficulties in obtaining governmental approvals, restrictions on our business activities or harm to our reputation.
On June 1, 2015, we entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the Massachusetts Division of Banks relating to deficiencies identified in our compliance programs with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, AML regulations and U.S. economic sanctions regulations


State Street Corporation | 14


Table of Contents



promulgated by OFAC. As part of this enforcement action, we are required to, among other things, implement improvements to our compliance programs and to retain an independent firm to conduct a review of account and transaction activity covering a prior three-month period to evaluate whether any suspicious activity not previously reported should have been identified and reported in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. To the extent deficiencies in our historical reporting are identified as a result of the transaction review or if we fail to comply with the terms of the written agreement, we may become subject to fines and other regulatory sanctions, which may have a material adverse effect on us.
Deposit Insurance
FDIC-insured depository institutions are required to pay deposit insurance assessments to the FDIC. The Dodd-Frank Act made permanent the general $250,000 deposit insurance limit for insured deposits.
The FDIC’s DIF is funded by assessments on insured depository institutions. The FDIC assesses DIF premiums based on an insured depository institution's average consolidated total assets, less the average tangible equity of the insured depository institution during the assessment period. For larger institutions, such as State Street Bank, assessments are determined based on regulatory ratings and forward-looking financial measures to calculate the assessment rate, which is subject to adjustments by the FDIC, and the assessment base.
The Dodd-Frank Act also directed the FDIC to determine whether and to what extent adjustments to the assessment base are appropriate for “custody banks". The FDIC has concluded that certain liquid assets could be excluded from the deposit insurance assessment base of custody banks that satisfy specified institutional eligibility criteria. This has the effect of reducing the amount of DIF insurance premiums due from custody banks. State Street Bank is a custody bank for this purpose. The custody bank assessment adjustment may not exceed total transaction account deposits identified by the institution as being directly linked to a fiduciary or custody and safekeeping asset.
On March 15, 2016, the FDIC issued a final rule that imposes on insured depository institutions with at least $10 billion in assets, which includes State Street, a surcharge of 4.5 cents per $100 per annum of their assessment base for deposit insurance, as defined by the FDIC, until the DIF reaches the required ratio of 1.35, which the FDIC estimates would take approximately two years. The surcharge took effect for the assessment period beginning on July 1, 2016.
 
Prompt Corrective Action
The FDIC Improvement Act of 1991 requires the appropriate federal banking regulator to take “prompt corrective action” with respect to a depository institution if that institution does not meet certain capital adequacy standards, including minimum capital ratios. While these regulations apply only to banks, such as State Street Bank, the Federal Reserve is authorized to take appropriate action against a parent bank holding company, such as our parent company, based on the under-capitalized status of any banking subsidiary. In certain instances, we would be required to guarantee the performance of the capital restoration plan if one of our banking subsidiaries were undercapitalized.
Support of Subsidiary Banks
Under Federal Reserve regulations, a bank holding company such as our parent company is required to act as a source of financial and managerial strength to its banking subsidiaries. This requirement was added to the Federal Deposit Insurance Act by the Dodd-Frank Act and means that we are expected to commit resources to State Street Bank and any other banking subsidiary in circumstances in which we otherwise might not do so absent such a requirement. In the event of bankruptcy, any commitment by us to a federal bank regulatory agency to maintain the capital of a banking subsidiary will be assumed by the bankruptcy trustee and will be entitled to a priority payment.
Insolvency of an Insured U.S. Subsidiary Depository Institution
If the FDIC is appointed the conservator or receiver of an FDIC-insured U.S. subsidiary depository institution, such as State Street Bank, upon its insolvency or certain other events, the FDIC has the ability to transfer any of the depository institution’s assets and liabilities to a new obligor without the approval of the depository institution’s creditors, enforce the terms of the depository institution’s contracts pursuant to their terms or repudiate or disaffirm contracts or leases to which the depository institution is a party. Additionally, the claims of holders of deposit liabilities and certain claims for administrative expenses against an insured depository institution would be afforded priority over other general unsecured claims against such an institution, including claims of debt holders of the institution and, under current interpretation, depositors in non-U.S. offices, in the liquidation or other resolution of such an institution by any receiver. As a result, such persons would be treated differently from and could receive, if anything, substantially less than the depositors in U.S. offices of the depository institution.


State Street Corporation | 15


Table of Contents



ECONOMIC CONDITIONS AND GOVERNMENT POLICIES
Economic policies of the U.S. government and its agencies influence our operating environment. Monetary policy conducted by the Federal Reserve directly affects the level of interest rates, which may affect overall credit conditions of the economy. Monetary policy is applied by the Federal Reserve through open market operations in U.S. government securities, changes in reserve requirements for depository institutions, and changes in the discount rate and availability of borrowing from the Federal Reserve. Government regulation of banks and bank holding companies is intended primarily for the protection of depositors of the banks, rather than for the shareholders of the institutions and therefore may, in some cases, be adverse to the interests of those shareholders. We are similarly affected by the economic policies of non-U.S. government agencies, such as the ECB .
CYBER RISK MANAGEMENT
In October 2016, the Federal Reserve, FDIC and OCC issued an advance notice of proposed rulemaking regarding enhanced cyber risk management standards, which would apply to a wide range of large financial institutions and their third-party service providers, including State Street and its banking subsidiaries. The proposed standards would expand existing cybersecurity regulations and guidance to focus on cyber risk governance and management; management of internal and external dependencies; and incident response, cyber resilience and situational awareness. In addition, the proposal contemplates more stringent standards for institutions with systems that are critical to the financial sector.
STATIS TICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES
The following information, included under Items 6, 7 and 8 of this Form 10-K, is incorporated by reference herein:
“Selected Financial Data” table (Item 6) - presents return on average common equity, return on average assets, common dividend payout and equity-to-assets ratios.
“Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential” table (Item 8) - presents consolidated average balance sheet amounts, related fully taxable-equivalent interest earned and paid, related average yields and rates paid and changes in fully taxable-equivalent interest revenue and interest expense for each major category of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities.
“Investment Securities” section included in Management's Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and
 
Note 3 , “Investment Securities,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - disclose information regarding book values, market values, maturities and weighted-average yields of securities (by category).
Note 4 , “Loans and Leases,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - discloses our policy for placing loans and leases on non-accrual status.
“Loans and Leases” section included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and Note 4 , “Loans and Leases,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - disclose distribution of loans, loan maturities and sensitivities of loans to changes in interest rates.
“Loans and Leases” and “Cross-Border Outstandings” sections of Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) - disclose information regarding cross-border outstandings and other loan concentrations of State Street.
“Credit Risk Management” section included in Management’s Discussion and Analysis (Item 7) and Note 4 , “Loans and Leases,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - present the allocation of the allowance for loan and lease losses, and a description of factors which influenced management’s judgment in determining amounts of additions or reductions to the allowance, if any, charged or credited to results of operations.
“Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential” table (Item 8) - discloses deposit information.
Note 8 , “Short-Term Borrowings,” to the consolidated financial statements (Item 8) - discloses information regarding short-term borrowings of State Street.


State Street Corporation | 16


Table of Contents



ITEM 1A. RISK FACTOR S  
Forward-Looking Statements
This Form 10-K, as well as other reports and proxy materials submitted by us under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, registration statements filed by us under the Securities Act of 1933, our annual report to shareholders and other public statements we may make, may contain statements (including statements in the Management's Discussion and Analysis included in such reports, as applicable) that are considered “forward-looking statements” within the meaning of U.S. securities laws, including statements about our goals and expectations regarding our business, financial and capital condition, results of operations, strategies, financial portfolio performance, dividend and stock purchase programs, outcomes of legal proceedings, market growth, acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures, cost savings and transformation initiatives, client growth and new technologies, services and opportunities, as well as industry, regulatory, economic and market trends, initiatives and developments, the business environment and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts.
Terminology such as “plan,” “expect,” “intend,” “objective,” “forecast,” “outlook,” “believe,” “priority,” “anticipate,” “estimate,” “seek,” “may,” “will,” “trend,” “target,” “strategy” and “goal,” or similar statements or variations of such terms, are intended to identify forward-looking statements, although not all forward-looking statements contain such terms.
Forward-looking statements are subject to various risks and uncertainties, which change over time, are based on management's expectations and assumptions at the time the statements are made, and are not guarantees of future results. Management's expectations and assumptions, and the continued validity of the forward-looking statements, are subject to change due to a broad range of factors affecting the national and global economies, regulatory environment and the equity , debt, currency and other financial markets, as well as factors specific to State Street and its subsidiaries, including State Street Bank. Factors that could cause changes in the expectations or assumptions on which forward-looking statements are based cannot be foreseen with certainty and include, but are not limited to:
the financial strength and continuing viability of the counterparties with which we or our clients do business and to which we have investment, credit or financial exposure, including, for example, the direct and indirect effects on counterparties of the sovereign-debt risks in the U.S., Europe and other regions;
increases in the volatility of, or declines in the level of, our net interest revenue, changes in the
 
composition or valuation of the assets recorded in our consolidated statement of condition (and our ability to measure the fair value of investment securities) and the possibility that we may change the manner in which we fund those assets;
the liquidity of the U.S. and international securities markets, particularly the markets for fixed-income securities and inter-bank credits, and the liquidity requirements of our clients;
the level and volatility of interest rates, the valuation of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies in which we record revenue or accrue expenses and the performance and volatility of securities, credit, currency and other markets in the U.S. and internationally; and the impact of monetary and fiscal policy in the United States and internationally on prevailing rates of interest and currency exchange rates in the markets in which we provide services to our clients;
the credit quality, credit-agency ratings and fair values of the securities in our investment securities portfolio, a deterioration or downgrade of which could lead to other-than-temporary impairment of the respective securities and the recognition of an impairment loss in our consolidated statement of income;
our ability to attract deposits and other low-cost, short-term funding, our ability to manage levels of such deposits and the relative portion of our deposits that are determined to be operational under regulatory guidelines and our ability to deploy deposits in a profitable manner consistent with our liquidity needs, regulatory requirements and risk profile;
the manner and timing with which the Federal Reserve and other U.S. and foreign regulators implement or reevaluate changes to the regulatory framework applicable to our operations, including implementation or modification of the Dodd-Frank Act, the Basel III final rule and European legislation (such as the Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive, Undertakings for Collective Investment in Transferable Securities Directives and Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II); among other consequences, these regulatory changes impact the levels of regulatory capital we must maintain, acceptable levels of credit exposure to third parties, margin requirements applicable to derivatives, and restrictions on banking and financial activities. In addition, our regulatory posture and related expenses have been and will continue to be affected by changes in regulatory expectations for global systemically important financial institutions applicable to, among other things, risk management, liquidity and capital planning, resolution planning, compliance programs, and


State Street Corporation | 17





changes in governmental enforcement approaches to perceived failures to comply with regulatory or legal obligations;
we may not successfully implement our plans to have a credible resolution plan by July 2017, or that plan may not be considered to be sufficient by the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to, challenges we may experience in interpreting and addressing regulatory expectations, failure to implement remediation in a timely manner, the complexities of development of a comprehensive plan to resolve a global custodial bank and related costs and dependencies. If we fail to meet regulatory expectations to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC in any future submission, we could be subject to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity requirements, or restrictions on our growth, activities or operations;
adverse changes in the regulatory ratios that we are required or will be required to meet, whether arising under the Dodd-Frank Act or the Basel III final rule, or due to changes in regulatory positions, practices or regulations in jurisdictions in which we engage in banking activities, including changes in internal or external data, formulae, models, assumptions or other advanced systems used in the calculation of our capital ratios that cause changes in those ratios as they are measured from period to period;
requirements to obtain the prior approval or non-objection of the Federal Reserve or other U.S. and non-U.S. regulators for the use, allocation or distribution of our capital or other specific capital actions or corporate activities, including, without limitation, acquisitions, investments in subsidiaries, dividends and stock purchases, without which our growth plans, distributions to shareholders, share repurchase programs or other capital or corporate initiatives may be restricted;
changes in law or regulation, or the enforcement of law or regulation, that may adversely affect our business activities or those of our clients or our counterparties, and the products or services that we sell, including additional or increased taxes or assessments thereon, capital adequacy requirements, margin requirements and changes that expose us to risks related to the adequacy of our controls or compliance programs;
economic or financial market disruptions in the U.S. or internationally, including those which may result from recessions or political instability; for example, the U.K.'s decision to exit from the European Union may continue to disrupt
 
financial markets or economic growth in Europe or, similarly, financial markets may react sharply or abruptly to actions taken by the new administration in the United States;
our ability to develop and execute State Street Beacon, our multi-year transformation program to digitize our business, deliver significant value and innovation for our clients and lower expenses across the organization, any failure of which, in whole or in part, may among other things, reduce our competitive position, diminish the cost-effectiveness of our systems and processes or provide an insufficient return on our associated investment;
our ability to promote a strong culture of risk management, operating controls, compliance oversight, ethical behavior and governance that meets our expectations and those of our clients and our regulators, and the financial, regulatory, reputation and other consequences of our failure to meet such expectations; the impact on our compliance and controls enhancement programs of the appointment of a monitor under the deferred prosecution agreement with the DOJ and compliance consultant expected to be appointed under a potential settlement with the SEC, including the potential for such monitor and compliance consultant to require changes to our programs or to identify other issues that require substantial expenditures, changes in our operations, or payments to clients or reporting to U.S. authorities;
the results of our review of our billing practices, including additional amounts we may be required to reimburse clients, as well as potential consequences of such review, including damage to our client relationships and adverse actions by governmental authorities;
the results of, and costs associated with, governmental or regulatory inquiries and investigations, litigation and similar claims, disputes, or civil or criminal proceedings;
changes or potential changes in the amount of compensation we receive from clients for our services, and the mix of services provided by us that clients choose;
the large institutional clients on which we focus are often able to exert considerable market influence, and this, combined with strong competitive market forces, subjects us to significant pressure to reduce the fees we charge, to potentially significant changes in our assets under custody and administration or our assets under management in the event of the acquisition or loss of a client, in whole or in part, and to potentially significant changes in our fee revenue in the event a client re-balances or


State Street Corporation | 18





changes its investment approach or otherwise re-directs assets to lower- or higher-fee asset classes;
the potential for losses arising from our investments in sponsored investment funds;
the possibility that our clients will incur substantial losses in investment pools for which we act as agent, and the possibility of significant reductions in the liquidity or valuation of assets underlying those pools;
our ability to anticipate and manage the level and timing of redemptions and withdrawals from our collateral pools and other collective investment products;
the credit agency ratings of our debt and depositary obligations and investor and client perceptions of our financial strength;
adverse publicity , whether specific to State Street or regarding other industry participants or industry-wide factors, or other reputational harm;
our ability to control operational risks, data security breach risks and outsourcing risks, our ability to protect our intellectual property rights, the possibility of errors in the quantitative models we use to manage our business and the possibility that our controls will prove insufficient, fail or be circumvented;
our ability to expand our use of technology to enhance the efficiency, accuracy and reliability of our operations and our dependencies on information technology and our ability to control related risks, including cyber-crime and other threats to our information technology infrastructure and systems (including those of our third-party service providers) and their effective operation both independently and with external systems, and complexities and costs of protecting the security of such systems and data;
our ability to grow revenue, manage expenses, attract and retain highly skilled people and raise the capital necessary to achieve our business goals and comply with regulatory requirements and expectations;
changes or potential changes to the competitive environment, including changes due to regulatory and technological changes, the effects of industry consolidation and perceptions of State Street as a suitable service provider or counterparty;
our ability to complete acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures, including the ability to obtain regulatory approvals, the ability to arrange financing as required and the ability to satisfy closing conditions;
the risks that our acquired businesses and joint ventures will not achieve their anticipated
 
financial and operational benefits or will not be integrated successfully , or that the integration will take longer than anticipated, that expected synergies will not be achieved or unexpected negative synergies or liabilities will be experienced, that client and deposit retention goals will not be met, that other regulatory or operational challenges will be experienced, and that disruptions from the transaction will harm our relationships with our clients, our employees or regulators;
our ability to recognize evolving needs of our clients and to develop products that are responsive to such trends and profitable to us, the performance of and demand for the products and services we offer , and the potential for new products and services to impose additional costs on us and expose us to increased operational risk;
changes in accounting standards and practices; and
changes in tax legislation and in the interpretation of existing tax laws by U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities that affect the amount of taxes due.
Actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed in our forward- looking statements and from our historical financial results due to the factors discussed in this section and elsewhere in this Form 10-K or disclosed in our other SEC filings. Forward-looking statements in this Form 10-K should not be relied on as representing our expectations or beliefs as of any time subsequent to the time this Form 10-K is filed with the SEC. We undertake no obligation to revise our forward-looking statements after the time they are made. The factors discussed herein are not intended to be a complete statement of all risks and uncertainties that may affect our businesses. We cannot anticipate all developments that may adversely affect our business or operations or our consolidated results of operations, financial condition or cash flows.
Forward-looking statements should not be viewed as predictions, and should not be the primary basis on which investors evaluate State Street. Any investor in State Street should consider all risks and uncertainties disclosed in our SEC filings, including our filings under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, in particular our annual reports on Form 10-K, our quarterly reports on Form 10-Q and our current reports on Form 8-K, or registration statements filed under the Securities Act of 1933, all of which are accessible on the SEC's website at www.sec.gov or on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.com .


State Street Corporation | 19





Risk Factors
In the normal course of our business activities, we are exposed to a variety of risks. The following is a discussion of various risk factors applicable to State Street. Additional information about our risk management framework is included under “Risk Management” in Management’s Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K. Additional risks beyond those described in Management's Discussion and Analysis or in the following discussion may apply to our activities or operations as currently conducted, or as we may conduct them in the future, or in the markets in which we operate or may in the future operate.
Credit and Counterparty, Liquidity and Market Risks
We assume significant credit risk to counterparties, many of which are major financial institutions. These financial institutions and other counterparties may also have substantial financial dependencies with other financial institutions and sovereign entities. This credit exposure and concentration could expose us to financial loss.
The financial markets are characterized by extensive interdependencies among numerous parties, including banks, central banks, broker/dealers, insurance companies and other financial institutions. These financial institutions also include collective investment funds, such as mutual funds, UCITS and hedge funds that share these interdependencies. Many financial institutions, including collective investment funds, also hold, or are exposed to, loans, sovereign debt, fixed-income securities, derivatives, counterparty and other forms of credit risk in amounts that are material to their financial condition. As a result of our own business practices and these interdependencies, we and many of our clients have concentrated counterparty exposure to other financial institutions and collective investment funds, particularly large and complex institutions, sovereign issuers, mutual funds and UCITS and hedge funds. Although we have procedures for monitoring both individual and aggregate counterparty risk, significant individual and aggregate counterparty exposure is inherent in our business, as our focus is on servicing large institutional investors .
In the normal course of our business, we assume concentrated credit risk at the individual obligor , counterparty or group level. Such concentrations may be material and can often exceed 10% of our consolidated total shareholders' equity . Our material counterparty exposures change daily , and the counterparties or groups of related counterparties to which our risk exposure exceeds 10% of our consolidated total shareholders' equity are
 
also variable during any reported period; however , our largest exposures tend to be to other financial institutions.
Concentration of counterparty exposure presents significant risks to us and to our clients because the failure or perceived weakness of our counterparties (or in some cases of our clients' counterparties) has the potential to expose us to risk of financial loss. Changes in market perception of the financial strength of particular financial institutions or sovereign issuers can occur rapidly, are often based on a variety of factors and are difficult to predict.
Since mid-2007, a variety of economic, market and other factors have contributed to the perception of many financial institutions as being less creditworthy , as reflected in the credit downgrades of numerous large U.S. and non-U.S. financial institutions in recent years. Also, credit downgrades to several sovereign issuers and other issuers have stressed the perceived creditworthiness of financial institutions, many of which invest in, accept collateral in the form of, or value other transactions based on the debt or other securities issued by sovereign or other issuers. Economic, political or market turmoil or other developments may lead to stress on sovereign issuers and increase the potential for sovereign defaults or restructurings, additional credit-rating downgrades or the departure of sovereign issuers from common currencies or economic unions. These same factors may contribute to increased risk of default or downgrading for financial and corporate issuers or other market risks associated with reduced levels of liquidity . As a result, we may be exposed to increased counterparty risks, either resulting from our role as principal or because of commitments we make in our capacity as agent for some of our clients.
Additional areas where we experience exposure to credit risk include:
Short-term credit . The degree of client demand for short-term credit tends to increase during periods of market turbulence, which may expose us to further counterparty- related risks. For example, investors in collective investment vehicles for which we act as custodian may experience significant redemption activity due to adverse market or economic news. Our relationship with our clients and the nature of the settlement process for some types of payments may result in the extension of short-term credit in such circumstances. For some types of clients, we provide credit to allow them to leverage their portfolios, which may expose us to potential loss if the client experiences investment losses or other credit difficulties.
Industry and country risks . In addition to our exposure to financial institutions, we are from time to time exposed to concentrated credit


State Street Corporation | 20





risk at an industry or country level. This concentration risk also applies to groups of unrelated counterparties that may have similar investment strategies involving one or more particular industries, regions, or other characteristics. These unrelated counterparties may concurrently experience adverse effects to their performance, liquidity or reputation due to events or other factors affecting such investment strategies. Though potentially not material individually (relative to any one such counterparty), our credit exposures to such a group of counterparties could expose us to a single market or political event or a correlated set of events that, in the aggregate, could have a material adverse impact on our business.
Unavailability of netting . We are generally not able to net exposures across counterparties that are affiliated entities and may not be able in all circumstances to net exposures to the same legal entity across multiple products. As a consequence, we may incur a loss in relation to one entity or product even though our exposure to an entity's affiliates or across product types is over-collateralized.
Subcustodian risks . Our use of unaffiliated subcustodians exposes us to credit risk, in addition to other risks, such as operational risk, dependencies on credit extensions and risks of the legal systems of the jurisdictions in which the subcustodians operate, each of which may be material. These risks are amplified due to changing regulatory requirements with respect to our financial exposures in the event those subcustodians are unable to return a client’s assets, including, in some regulatory regimes, including the E.U.'s UCITS and AIFM directive, requirements that we be responsible for resulting losses suffered by our clients.
Settlement risks . We are exposed to settlement risks, particularly in our payments and foreign exchange activities. Those activities may lead to losses in the event of a counterparty breach, failure to provide credit extensions or an operational error. Due to our membership in several industry clearing or settlement exchanges, we may be required to guarantee obligations and liabilities, or provide financial support, in the event that other members do not honor their obligations or default. Moreover, not all of our counterparty exposure is secured, and even when our exposure is secured, the realizable value of the collateral may have declined by the time we exercise our rights against that
 
collateral. This risk may be particularly acute if we are required to sell the collateral into an illiquid or temporarily-impaired market and with respect to clients protected by sovereign immunity.
Securities lending and repurchase agreement indemnification . On behalf of clients enrolled in our securities lending program, we lend securities to banks, broker/dealers and other institutions. In the event of a failure of the borrower to return such securities, we typically agree to indemnify our clients for the amount by which the fair market value of those securities exceeds the proceeds of the disposition of the collateral recalled from the borrower in connection with such transaction. Borrowers are generally required to provide collateral equal to a contractually agreed percentage equal to or in excess of the fair market value of the loaned securities. As the fair market value of the loaned securities changes, additional collateral is provided by the borrower or collateral is returned to the borrower. In addition, our clients often purchase securities or other financial instruments from financial counterparties, including broker/dealers, under repurchase arrangements, frequently as a method of reinvesting the cash collateral they receive from lending their securities. Under these arrangements, the counterparty is obligated to repurchase these securities or financial instruments from the client at the same price (plus an agreed rate of return) at some point in the future. The value of the collateral is intended to exceed the counterparty's payment obligation, and collateral is adjusted daily to account for shortfall under, or excess over, the agreed-upon collateralization level. As with the securities lending program, we agree to indemnify our clients from any loss that would arise on a default by the counterparty under these repurchase arrangements if the proceeds from the disposition of the securities or other financial assets held as collateral are less than the amount of the repayment obligation by the client's counterparty. In such instances of counterparty default, for both securities lending and repurchase agreements, we, rather than our client, are exposed to the risks associated with collateral value.
Stable value arrangements . We provide benefit-responsive contracts, known as wraps, to defined contribution plans that offer a stable value option to their participants. During the financial crisis, the book value of obligations under many of these contracts


State Street Corporation | 21





exceeded the market value of the underlying portfolio holdings. Concerns regarding the portfolio of investments protected by such contracts, or regarding the investment manager overseeing such an investment option, may result in redemption demands from stable value products covered by benefit-responsive contracts at a time when the portfolio's market value is less than its book value, potentially exposing us to risk of loss.
U.S. municipal obligations remarketing credit facilities . We provide credit facilities in connection with the remarketing of U.S. municipal obligations, potentially exposing us to credit exposure to the municipalities issuing such bonds and to their increased liquidity demands. In the current economic environment, where municipalities are subject to increased investor concern, the risks associated with such businesses increase.
Senior secured bank loans . In recent years, we have increased our investment in senior secured bank loans. We invest in these loans to non-investment grade borrowers through participation in loan syndications in the non-investment grade lending market. We rate these loans as "speculative" under our internal risk-rating framework, and these loans have significant exposure to credit losses relative to higher-rated loans. We are therefore at a higher risk of default with respect to these investments relative to other of our investments activities. In addition, unlike other financial institutions that may have an active role in managing individual loan compliance, our investment in these loans is generally as a passive investor with limited control. As our investment in these loans has increased, we have also experienced increases in our provision for loan losses. As this portfolio grows and becomes more seasoned, our allowance for loan losses related to these loans may increase through additional provisions for credit losses.
Under evolving regulatory restrictions on credit exposure we may be required to limit our exposures to specific issuers or groups, including financial institutions and sovereign issuers, to levels that we may currently exceed. These credit exposure restrictions under such evolving regulations may adversely affect our businesses, may require that we expand our credit exposure to a broader range of issuers, including issuers that represent increased credit risk and may require that we modify our operating models or the policies and practices we use to manage our consolidated statement of condition.
 
The effects of these considerations may increase when evaluated under a stressed environment in stress testing, including CCAR. In addition, we are an adherent to the ISDA 2015 Universal Resolution Stay Protocol and as such are subject to restrictions against the exercise of rights and remedies against fellow adherents, including other major financial institutions, in the event they or an affiliate of theirs enters into resolution. Although our overall business is subject to these interdependencies, several of our business units are particularly sensitive to them, including our Global Treasury group, that, among other responsibilities, manages our investment portfolio, our currency trading business, our securities finance business, and our investment management business.
Given the limited number of strong counterparties in the current market, we are not able to mitigate all of our and our clients' counterparty credit risk.
Our investment securities portfolio, consolidated financial condition and consolidated results of operations could be adversely affected by changes in market factors including interest rates, credit spreads and credit performance.
Our investment securities portfolio represented approximately 40% of our total assets as of December 31, 2016. The gross interest revenue associated with our investment portfolio represented approximately 17% of our total gross revenue for the year ended December 31, 2016 and has represented as much as 30% of our total gross revenue in the fiscal years since 2007. As such, our consolidated financial condition and results of operations are materially exposed to the risks associated with our investment portfolio, including, without limitation, changes in interest rates, credit spreads, credit performance, credit ratings, our access to liquidity , foreign exchange markets, mark- to-market valuations, and our ability to profitably manage changes in repayment rates of principal with respect to these securities. Despite recent increases to interest rates in the United States, the continued low interest-rate environment that has persisted since the financial crisis began in mid-2007 limits our ability to achieve a net interest margin consistent with our historical averages. Any further increases in interest rates in the United States have the potential to improve net interest revenue and net interest margin over time. However, any such improvement could be mitigated due to a greater disparity between interest rates in the U.S. and international markets, especially to the extent that interest rates remain low in Europe and Japan. Higher interest rates could also reduce mark-to-market valuations further. In addition, new and proposed regulatory liquidity standards, such as the LCR, require that we maintain minimum levels of high quality liquid assets in our investment portfolio,


State Street Corporation | 22





which generally generate lower rates of return than other investment assets, resulting in a negative impact on our net interest revenue and our net interest margin. For additional information regarding these liquidity requirements, refer to the “Liquidity Coverage Ratio and Net Stable Funding Ratio” section of “Supervision and Regulation” included under Item 1, Business, of this Form 10-K. We may enter into derivative transactions to hedge or manage our exposure to interest rate risk, as well as other risks, such as foreign exchange risk and credit risk. Derivative instruments that we hold for these or other purposes may not achieve their intended results and could result in unexpected losses or stresses on our liquidity or capital resources.
Our investment securities portfolio represents a greater proportion of our consolidated statement of condition and our loan and lease portfolios represent a smaller proportion (approximately 8% of our total assets as of December 31, 2016), in comparison to many other major financial institutions. In some respects, the accounting and regulatory treatment of our investment securities portfolio may be less favorable to us than a more traditional held-for-investment lending portfolio. For example, under the Basel III final rule, after-tax changes in the fair value of AFS investment securities are included in tier 1 capital. Since loans held for investment are not subject to a fair-value accounting framework, changes in the fair value of loans (other than incurred credit losses) are not similarly included in the determination of tier 1 capital under the Basel III final rule. Due to this differing treatment, we may experience increased variability in our tier 1 capital relative to other major financial institutions whose loan-and-lease portfolios represent a larger proportion of their consolidated total assets than ours.
Additional risks associated with our investment portfolio include:
Asset class concentration . Our investment portfolio continues to have significant concentrations in several classes of securities, including agency residential mortgage-backed securities, commercial mortgage-backed securities and other asset- backed securities, and securities with concentrated exposure to consumers. These classes and types of securities experienced significant liquidity, valuation and credit quality deterioration during the financial crisis that began in mid-2007. We also hold non-U.S. mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities with exposures to European countries, whose sovereign-debt markets have experienced increased stress since 2011 and may continue to experience stress in the future. For further information, refer to the risk factor titled “Our businesses have
 
significant European operations, and disruptions in European economies could have an adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition".
Further , we hold a large portfolio of U.S. state and municipal bonds. In view of the budget deficits that a number of states and municipalities currently face, the risks associated with this portfolio are significant.
Effects of market conditions . If market conditions deteriorate, our investment portfolio could experience a decline in market value, whether due to a decline in liquidity or an increase in the yield required by investors to hold such securities, regardless of our credit view of our portfolio holdings. For example, we recorded significant losses not related to credit in connection with the consolidation of our off-balance sheet asset-backed commercial paper conduits in 2009 and the repositioning of our investment portfolio in 2010. In addition, in general, deterioration in credit quality, or changes in management's expectations regarding repayment timing or in management's investment intent to hold securities to maturity, in each case with respect to our portfolio holdings, could result in other-than-temporary impairment. Similarly, if a material portion of our investment portfolio were to experience credit deterioration, our capital ratios as calculated pursuant to the Basel III final rule could be adversely affected. This risk is greater with portfolios of investment securities that contain credit risk than with holdings of U.S. Treasury securities.
Effects of interest rates . Our investment portfolio is further subject to changes in both U.S. and non-U.S. (primarily in Europe) interest rates, and could be negatively affected by changes in those rates, whether or not expected. This is particularly true in the case of a quicker-than-anticipated increase in interest rates, which would decrease market values in the near-term or by monetary policy that results in persistently low or negative rates of interest on certain investments. The latter has been the case, for example, with respect to ECB monetary policy, including negative interest rates in some jurisdictions, with associated negative effects on our investment portfolio reinvestment, net interest revenue and net interest margin. The effect on our net interest revenue has been exacerbated by the effects of the strong U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the Euro. If ECB monetary policy continues to pressure European interest rates downward


State Street Corporation | 23





and the U.S. dollar remains strong or strengthens, the negative effects on our net interest revenue likely will continue or increase. The overall level of net interest revenue can also be impacted by the size of our deposit base, as further increases in interest rates could lead to reduced deposit levels and also lower overall net interest revenue. Further, a reduction in deposit levels could increase the requirements under the regulatory liquidity standards requiring us to invest a greater proportion of our investment portfolio holdings in high quality liquid assets that have lower yields than other investable assets. See also, “Our business activities expose us to interest-rate risk” below.
Our business activities expose us to interest-rate risk.
In our business activities, we assume interest-rate risk by investing short-term deposits received from our clients in our investment portfolio of longer- and intermediate-term assets. Our net interest revenue and net interest margin are affected by among other things, the levels of interest rates in global markets, changes in the relationship between short- and long-term interest rates, the direction and speed of interest-rate changes and the asset and liability spreads relative to the currency and geographic mix of our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities. These factors are influenced, among other things, by a variety of economic and market forces and expectations, including monetary policy and other activities of central banks, such as the Federal Reserve, that we do not control. Our ability to anticipate changes in these factors or to hedge the related on- and off- balance sheet exposures, and the cost of any such hedging activity, can significantly influence the success of our asset-and-liability management activities and the resulting level of our net interest revenue and net interest margin. The impact of changes in interest rates and related factors will depend on the relative duration and fixed- or floating- rate nature of our assets and liabilities. Sustained lower interest rates, a flat or inverted yield curve and narrow credit spreads generally have a constraining effect on our net interest revenue. In addition, our ability to change deposit rates in response to changes in interest rates and other market and related factors is limited by client relationship considerations. For additional information about the effects on interest rates on our business, refer to “Financial Condition - Market Risk Management - Asset-and-Liability Management Activities” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
If we are unable to effectively manage our liquidity, including by continuously attracting deposits and other short-term funding, our
 
consolidated financial condition, including our regulatory capital ratios, our consolidated results of operations and our business prospects, could be adversely affected.
Liquidity management, including on an intra-day basis, is critical to the management of our consolidated statement of condition and to our ability to service our client base. We generally use our liquidity to:
meet clients' demands for return of their deposits;
extend credit to our clients in connection with our custody business; and
fund the pool of long- and intermediate-term assets that are included in the investment securities carried in our consolidated statement of condition.
Because the demand for credit by our clients is difficult to predict and control, and may be at its peak at times of disruption in the securities markets, and because the average maturity of our investment securities portfolio is longer than the contractual maturity of our client deposit base, we need to continuously attract, and are dependent on access to, various sources of short-term funding. During periods of market disruption, the level of client deposits held by us has in recent years tended to increase; however , since such deposits are considered to be transitory , we have historically deposited so-called excess deposits with U.S. and non-U.S. central banks and in other highly liquid but low-yielding instruments. These levels of excess client deposits, as a consequence, have increased our net interest revenue but have adversely affected our net interest margin.
In managing our liquidity , our primary source of short-term funding is client deposits, which are predominantly transaction-based deposits by institutional investors. Our ability to continue to attract these deposits, and other short-term funding sources such as certificates of deposit, is subject to variability based on a number of factors, including volume and volatility in global financial markets, the relative interest rates that we are prepared to pay for these deposits, the perception of safety of these deposits or short-term obligations relative to alternative short-term investments available to our clients, including the capital markets, and the classification of certain deposits for regulatory purposes and related discussions we may have from time to time with clients regarding better balancing our clients' cash management needs with our economic and regulatory objectives.
The parent company is a non-operating holding company . To effectively manage our liquidity we routinely transfer assets among affiliated entities, subsidiaries and branches. Internal or external


State Street Corporation | 24





factors, such as regulatory requirements and standards, influence our liquidity management and may limit our ability to effectively transfer liquidity internally which could, among other things, restrict our ability to fund operations, dividends or stock repurchases, require us to seek external and potentially more costly capital and impact our liquidity position.
In addition, while not obligations of State Street, the investment products that we manage for third parties may be exposed to liquidity risks. These products may be funded on a short-term basis, or the clients participating in these products may have a right to the return of cash or assets on limited notice. These business activities include, among others, securities finance collateral pools, money market and other short-term investment funds and liquidity facilities utilized in connection with municipal bond programs. If clients demand a return of their cash or assets, particularly on limited notice, and these investment pools do not have the liquidity to support those demands, we could be forced to sell investment securities held by these asset pools at unfavorable prices, damaging our reputation as an asset manager and potentially exposing us to claims related to our management of the pools.
The availability and cost of credit in short-term markets are highly dependent on the markets' perception of our liquidity and creditworthiness. Our efforts to monitor and manage our liquidity risk, including on an intra-day basis, may not be successful or sufficient to deal with dramatic or unanticipated changes in the global securities markets or other event-driven reductions in liquidity . As a result of such events, among other things, our cost of funds may increase, thereby reducing our net interest revenue, or we may need to dispose of a portion of our investment securities portfolio, which, depending on market conditions, could result in a loss from such sales of investment securities being recorded in our consolidated statement of income.
Our business and capital-related activities, including our ability to return capital to shareholders and purchase our capital stock, may be adversely affected by our implementation of the revised regulatory capital and liquidity standards that we must meet under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory initiatives, or in the event our capital plan or post-stress capital ratios are determined to be insufficient as a result of regulatory capital stress testing.
Basel III and Dodd-Frank Act
We are required to calculate our risk-based capital ratios under both the Basel III advanced approaches and the Basel III standardized approach, and we are subject to the more stringent of the risk-
 
based capital ratios calculated under the advanced approaches and those calculated under the standardized approach in the assessment of our capital adequacy .
In implementing certain aspects of these capital regulations, we are making interpretations of the regulatory intent. The Federal Reserve may determine that we are not in compliance with the capital rules and may require us to take actions to come into compliance that could adversely affect our business operations, our regulatory capital structure, our capital ratios or our financial performance, or otherwise restrict our growth plans or strategies. In addition, banking regulators could change the Basel III final rule or their interpretations as they apply to us, including changes to these standards or interpretations made in regulations implementing provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act, which could adversely affect us and our ability to comply with the Basel III final rule.
Along with the Basel III final rule, banking regulators also introduced additional new requirements, such as the SLR, LCR and the proposed NSFR. In addition, further capital and liquidity requirements are under consideration by U.S. and international banking regulators, each of which has the potential to have significant effects on our capital and liquidity planning and activities.
For example, the specification of the various elements of the LCR in the final rule, such as the eligibility of assets as high-quality liquid assets, the calculation of net outflows, including the treatment of operational deposits, and the timing of indeterminate maturities, could have a material effect on our business activities, including the management and composition of our investment securities portfolio and our ability to extend committed contingent credit facilities to our clients. The full effects of the Basel III final rule, and of other regulatory initiatives related to capital or liquidity , on State Street and State Street Bank are subject to further regulatory guidance, action or rule-making.
Systemic Importance
As a G-SIB, we generally expect to be held to the most stringent provisions under the Basel III final rule. For example, on August 14, 2015, the Federal Reserve published a final rule on the implementation of capital surcharges for U.S. G-SIBs, and on December 15, 2016, the Federal Reserve released its final rule, which we refer to as the "TLAC final rule," on TLAC, LTD and clean holding company requirements for U.S. G-SIBs. For additional information on these requirements, refer to the “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity Standards” section under “Supervision and Regulation” included under Item 1, Business. of this Form 10-K.


State Street Corporation | 25





Not all of our competitors have similarly been designated as systemically important, and therefore some of our competitors are not subject to the same additional capital requirements.
CCAR
We are required by the Federal Reserve to conduct periodic stress testing of our business operations and to develop an annual capital plan as part of the Federal Reserve's Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review process. That process is used by the Federal Reserve to evaluate our management of capital, the adequacy of our regulatory capital and the potential requirement for us to maintain capital levels above regulatory minimums. The planned capital actions in our capital plan, including stock purchases and dividends, may be objected to by the Federal Reserve, potentially requiring us to revise our stress-testing or capital management approaches, resubmit our capital plan or postpone, cancel or alter our planned capital actions. In addition, changes in our business strategy, merger or acquisition activity or unanticipated uses of capital could result in a change in our capital plan and its associated capital actions and may require resubmission of the capital plan to the Federal Reserve for its non-objection. We are also subject to asset quality reviews and stress testing by the ECB and may in the future be subject to similar reviews and testing by other regulators.
Our implementation of the new capital and liquidity requirements, including our capital plan, may not be approved or may be objected to by the Federal Reserve, and the Federal Reserve may impose capital requirements in excess of our expectations or require us to maintain levels of liquidity that are higher than we may expect, and which may adversely affect our consolidated revenues. In the event that our implementation of new capital and liquidity requirements under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd- Frank Act or other regulatory initiatives or our current capital structure are determined not to conform with current and future capital requirements, our ability to deploy capital in the operation of our business or our ability to distribute capital to shareholders or to purchase our capital stock may be constrained, and our business may be adversely affected. In addition, we may choose to forgo business opportunities, due to their impact on our capital plan or stress tests, including CCAR. Likewise, in the event that regulators in other jurisdictions in which we have banking subsidiaries determine that our capital or liquidity levels do not conform with current and future regulatory requirements, our ability to deploy capital, our levels of liquidity or our business operations in those jurisdictions may be adversely affected.
For additional information about the above matters, refer to “Business - Supervision and Regulation - Regulatory Capital Adequacy and
 
Liquidity Standards” included under Item 1, Business, and “Financial Condition - Capital” in Management's Discussion and Analysis included under Item 7 of this Form 10-K.
Fee revenue represents a significant majority of our consolidated revenue and is subject to decline, among other things, in the event of a reduction in, or changes to, the level or type of investment activity by our clients.
We rely primarily on fee-based services to derive our revenue. This contrasts with commercial banks that may rely more heavily on interest-based sources of revenue, such as loans. During 2016 total fee revenue represented approximately 80% of our total revenue. Fee revenue generated by our investment servicing and investment management businesses is augmented by trading services, securities finance and processing fees and other revenue.
The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with respect to assets under custody) and the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by our clients. For example, reductions in the level of economic and capital markets activity tend to have a negative effect on our fee revenue, as these often result in reduced asset valuations and transaction volumes. They may also result in investor preference trends towards asset classes and markets deemed more secure, such as cash or non-emerging markets, with respect to which our fee rates are often lower .
In addition, our clients include institutional investors, such as mutual funds, collective investment funds, UCITS, hedge funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers. Economic, market or other factors that reduce the level or rates of savings in or with those institutions, either through reductions in financial asset valuations or through changes in investor preferences, could materially reduce our fee revenue and have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.
Our businesses have significant European operations, and disruptions in European economies could have an adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Since 2009, multiple European economies have been experiencing, and may continue to experience, negative or slow economic growth and difficulties in financing their deficits and servicing their outstanding debt. The slow pace of economic expansion, concerns around sovereign debt sustainability and


State Street Corporation | 26





the associated instability in these economies and their major financial institutions have contributed to ongoing volatility in the financial markets. In 2016, the European Central Bank continued to augment its sweeping stimulus measures by maintaining interest rates below zero, boosting and expanding the scope of its asset purchase program and employing other quantitative easing measures to support economic growth, employment and inflation. The divergence between U.S. and European monetary policy has led to increased uncertainty around the strength of the European economies and strength of the Euro.
Contributing to fears about European stability were rising populist sentiments in a number of countries, evidenced by key events in 2016 such as the United Kingdom’s vote to exit the Eurozone and an Italian referendum rejecting constitutional change which resulted in the resignation of the Italian Prime Minister. If populist groups gain political momentum and push back against austerity measures adopted by numerous European governments, concerns regarding European sovereign debt may reemerge or other countries may reevaluate their participation in the E.U. or the Euro zone. As attitudes towards economic austerity programs in Europe continue to diverge, the political and economic environment is becoming increasingly complex.
Europe has continued to experience an unprecedented mass-migration of refugees from the Middle East and Africa, which is placing pressure on governments, creating divisions in society and contributing to economic stresses. Finally, the threat of terrorism remains high across Europe with recent attacks in Belgium, France and Germany compounding political and economic uncertainty.
The current geo-political and economic uncertainty create ongoing concern regarding Europe’s economic future, persistently high levels of unemployment in many countries, the stability of the Euro, European financial markets generally and certain institutions in particular. Given the scope of our European operations, clients and counterparties, disruptions in the European financial markets, the failure to fully resolve sovereign debt concerns, continued recession or below baseline growth in significant European economies, further attempts by countries to abandon the Eurozone, sub-national independence movements and upcoming elections, the failure of a significant European financial institution, even if not an immediate counterparty to us, persistent weakness in the Euro or prolonged negative interest rates, could have a material adverse impact on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Geopolitical and economic conditions and developments could adversely affect us, particularly if we face increased uncertainty and
 
unpredictability in managing our businesses .
Global credit and other financial markets can suffer from substantial volatility , illiquidity and disruption, particularly as global monetary authorities begin to withdraw monetary policy easing measures. If such volatility, illiquidity or disruption were to result in an adverse economic environment in the U.S. or internationally or result in a lack of confidence in the financial stability of major developed and emerging markets, such developments could have an adverse affected on our business, as well as the businesses of our clients and our significant counterparties. These factors could be compounded by tighter monetary conditions, trade restrictions and political uncertainty in U.S. and internationally. This environment, the potential for resurgent economic difficulties, the possibility of continuing or additional disruptions and the regulatory and enforcement environment resulting from events in recent years have also affected overall confidence in financial institutions, could further exacerbate liquidity issues and lead to anomalies in the pricing of risk within the securities markets, increase the uncertainty and unpredictability we face in managing our businesses and have an adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
Numerous global financial services firms and the sovereign debt of some nations experienced credit downgrades in 2016 due to continued weak economic performance and idiosyncratic risk factors. The occurrence of disruptions in global markets, the worsening of economic conditions, continued economic or political uncertainty in Europe or in emerging markets, volatility in the price of oil, or prolonged slower rates of growth in China and other regions, could adversely affect our businesses and the financial services industry in general, and also increase the difficulty and unpredictability of aligning our business strategies, our infrastructure and our operating costs in light of current and future market and economic conditions.
Market disruptions can adversely affect our consolidated results of operations if the value of assets under custody, administration or management decline, while the costs of providing the related services remain constant or increase. These factors could reduce the profitability of our asset-based fee revenue and could also adversely affect our transaction-based revenue, such as revenues from securities finance and foreign exchange activities, and the volume of transactions that we execute for or with our clients. Further , the degree of volatility in foreign exchange rates can affect our foreign exchange trading revenue. In general, increased currency volatility tends to increase our market risk but also increases our opportunity to generate foreign exchange revenue. Conversely, periods of lower currency volatility tend to decrease our market risk


State Street Corporation | 27





but also decrease our foreign exchange revenue.
In addition, as our business grows globally and a significant percentage of our revenue is earned (and of our expenses paid) in currencies other than U.S. dollars, our exposure to foreign currency volatility could affect our levels of consolidated revenue, our consolidated expenses and our consolidated results of operations, as well as the value of our investment in our non-U.S. operations and our investment portfolio holdings. For example, throughout 2016 the effect of a stronger U.S. dollar , particularly relative to the Euro, reduced our servicing fee and management fee revenue and also reduced our expenses. The extent to which changes in the strength of the U.S. dollar relative to other currencies affect our consolidated results of operations, including the degree of any offset between increases or decreases to both revenue and expenses, will depend upon the nature and scope of our operations and activities in the relevant jurisdictions during the relevant periods, which may vary from period to period.
As our product offerings expand, in part as we seek to take advantage of perceived opportunities arising under various regulatory reforms and resulting market changes, the degree of our exposure to various market and credit risks will evolve, potentially resulting in greater revenue volatility . We also will need to make additional investments to develop the operational infrastructure and to enhance our compliance and risk management capabilities to support these businesses, which may increase the operating expenses of such businesses or, if our control environment fails to keep pace with product expansion, result in increased risk of loss from such businesses.
We may need to raise additional capital or debt in the future, which may not be available to us or may only be available on unfavorable terms.
We may need to raise additional capital in order to maintain our credit ratings, in response to regulatory changes, including capital rules, or for other purposes, including financing acquisitions and joint ventures. In particular, the Federal Reserve’s TLAC final rule, which goes into effect on January 1, 2019, will require State Street to maintain a minimum amount of eligible LTD outstanding, and we may need to issue more long-term debt in order to meet the minimum eligible LTD requirement.
However, our ability to access the capital markets, if needed, on a timely basis or at all will depend on a number of factors, such as the state of the financial markets and securities law requirements and standards, including our receipt of waivers from the SEC to maintain the applicability of relevant securities law exemptions for which we would otherwise be disqualified. In the event of rising interest rates, disruptions in financial markets,
 
negative perceptions of our business or our financial strength, or other factors that would increase our cost of borrowing, we cannot be sure of our ability to raise additional capital, if needed, on terms acceptable to us. Any diminished ability to raise additional capital, if needed, could adversely affect our business and our ability to implement our business plan, capital plan and strategic goals, including the financing of acquisitions and joint ventures.
Any downgrades in our credit ratings, or an actual or perceived reduction in our financial strength, could adversely affect our borrowing costs, capital costs and liquidity and cause reputational harm.
Major independent rating agencies publish credit ratings for our debt obligations based on their evaluation of a number of factors, some of which relate to our performance and other corporate developments, including financings, acquisitions and joint ventures, and some of which relate to general industry conditions. We anticipate that the rating agencies will continue to review our ratings regularly based on our consolidated results of operations and developments in our businesses. One or more of the major independent credit rating agencies have in the past downgraded, and may in the future downgrade, our credit ratings, or have negatively revised their outlook for our credit ratings. The current market and regulatory environment and our exposure to financial institutions and other counterparties, including sovereign entities, increase the risk that we may not maintain our current ratings, and we cannot provide assurance that we will continue to maintain our current credit ratings. Downgrades in our credit ratings may adversely affect our borrowing costs, our capital costs and our ability to raise capital and, in turn, our liquidity . A failure to maintain an acceptable credit rating may also preclude us from being competitive in various products.
Additionally, our counterparties, as well as our clients, rely on our financial strength and stability and evaluate the risks of doing business with us. If we experience diminished financial strength or stability, actual or perceived, including the effects of market or regulatory developments, our announced or rumored business developments or consolidated results of operations, a decline in our stock price or a reduced credit rating, our counterparties may be less willing to enter into transactions, secured or unsecured, with us; our clients may reduce or place limits on the level of services we provide them or seek other service providers; or our prospective clients may select other service providers, all of which may have adverse effects on our reputation.
The risk that we may be perceived as less creditworthy relative to other market participants is higher in the current market environment, in which the


State Street Corporation | 28





consolidation, and in some instances failure, of financial institutions, including major global financial institutions, have resulted in a smaller number of much larger counterparties and competitors. If our counterparties perceive us to be a less viable counterparty, our ability to enter into financial transactions on terms acceptable to us or our clients, on our or our clients' behalf, will be materially compromised. If our clients reduce their deposits with us or select other service providers for all or a portion of the services we provide to them, our revenues will decrease accordingly.
Operational, Business and Reputational Risks
We face extensive and changing government regulation in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions in which we operate, which may increase our costs and expose us to risks related to compliance.
Most of our businesses are subject to extensive regulation by multiple regulatory bodies, and many of the clients to which we provide services are themselves subject to a broad range of regulatory requirements. These regulations may affect the scope of, and the manner and terms of delivery of, our services. As a financial institution with substantial international operations, we are subject to extensive regulation and supervisory oversight, both in and outside of the U.S. This regulation and supervisory oversight affects, among other things, the scope of our activities and client services, our capital and organizational structure, our ability to fund the operations of our subsidiaries, our lending practices, our dividend policy , our common stock purchase actions, the manner in which we market our services, our acquisition activities and our interactions with foreign regulatory agencies and officials.
In particular , State Street is registered with the Federal Reserve as a bank holding company pursuant to the Bank Holding Company Act of 1956. The Bank Holding Company Act generally limits the activities in which we and our non-banking subsidiaries may engage to managing or controlling banks and activities considered to be closely related to banking. As a bank holding company that has elected to be treated as a financial holding company under the Bank Holding Company Act, State Street may also engage in a broader range of activities considered to be “financial in nature.” Financial holding company status requires State Street and its banking subsidiaries to remain well capitalized and well managed and to comply with Community Reinvestment Act obligations. Currently, under the Bank Holding Company Act, we may not be able to engage in new activities or acquire shares or control of other businesses.
Various proposals are being or may be made or are under consideration for legislative, regulatory or
 
policy amendments or changes following the recent elections in the United States, which resulted in the combination of a new President of the United States and the majority of both Houses of Congress all being members of the same political party. The nature, scope and content of any such amendments or changes, whether implemented by legislative, regulatory, executive or judicial action or interpretation, and any potential related effects on our businesses, results of operations or financial condition, including, without limitation, increased expenses or changes in the demand for our services, or on the U.S.-domestic or global economies or financial markets, are uncertain. Several other aspects of the regulatory environment in which we operate, and related risks, are discussed below . Additional information is provided under "Supervision and Regulation” included under Item 1, Business, of this Form 10-K.
Dodd-Frank Act
The Dodd-Frank Act, which became law in July 2010, has had, and continues to have, a significant impact on the regulatory structure of the global financial markets and has imposed, and is expected to continue to impose, significant additional costs on us. Several elements of the Dodd-Frank Act, such as the Volcker rule and enhanced prudential standards for financial institutions designated as SIFIs, impose or are expected to impose significant additional operational, compliance and risk management costs both in the near-term, as we develop and integrate appropriate systems and procedures, and on a recurring basis thereafter, as we monitor, support and refine those systems and procedures.
A number of regulations implementing the Dodd-Frank Act that are not yet final may be finalized in 2017, with compliance dates soon thereafter , and, as a result of and together with regulatory change in Europe, the costs and impact on our operations of the post-financial crisis regulatory reform are accelerating. We may not anticipate completely all areas in which the Dodd-Frank Act or other regulatory initiatives could affect our business or influence our future activities or the full effects or extent of related operational, compliance, risk management or other costs.
Other provisions of the Dodd-Frank Act and its implementing regulations, such as new rules for swap market participants, additional regulation of financial system utilities, the designation of non-bank institutions as SIFIs, and further requirements to facilitate orderly liquidation of large institutions, could adversely affect our business operations and our competitive position, and could also negatively affect the operational and competitive positions of our clients. The final effects of the Dodd-Frank Act on our business will depend largely on the scope and timing


State Street Corporation | 29





of the implementation of the Dodd-Frank Act by regulatory bodies, which in many cases have been delayed, and the exercise of discretion by these regulatory bodies.
Resolution Planning
State Street Corporation, like other bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, periodically submits a plan for its rapid and orderly resolution under the U.S. Bankruptcy Code in the event of material financial distress or failure--commonly referred to as a resolution plan or a living will--to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC under Section 165(d) of the Dodd-Frank Act. Through resolution planning, we seek, in the event of insolvency, to maintain State Street Bank’s role as a key infrastructure provider within the financial system, while minimizing risk to the financial system and maximizing value for the benefit of our stakeholders. We have and will continue to focus management attention and resources to meet regulatory expectations with respect to resolution planning. In the event of material financial distress or failure, our preferred resolution strategy, referred to as the single point of entry strategy, provides for the recapitalization of State Street Bank and our other material entities by the parent company (for example, by forgiving inter-company indebtedness of State Street Bank owed, directly or indirectly, to the parent company), and potentially by capital contribution from a newly formed direct subsidiary of the parent company that would be pre-funded by the parent company, prior to the parent company’s entry into bankruptcy proceedings. The recapitalization, if successful, is intended to enable State Street Bank and our other material entities to continue their operations. The amount of assets available to support State Street Bank and our other material entities is anticipated to vary over time and may not be sufficient to meet their liquidity and capital needs.
The parent company and the newly formed direct subsidiary would obligate themselves, under a contract we refer to as a support agreement and using up to substantially all of their resources, to recapitalize and/or provide liquidity to State Street Bank and our other material entities in the event of material financial distress. The parent company and the newly formed direct subsidiary would secure their obligations under the support agreement by entering into a contract known as a security agreement and by pledging their rights in the assets that the parent company and the newly formed direct subsidiary would use to fulfill their obligations under the support agreement to State Street Bank and other material entities. The parent company intends to pre-fund the newly formed direct subsidiary upon the execution of the support agreement by transferring assets to it that will be available for the subsequent provision of capital and liquidity to State Street Bank and our
 
other material entities. These contractual, funding and related arrangements are expected to be in place prior to July 1, 2017 to aid State Street in meeting its regulatory obligations.
Under this single point of entry strategy, State Street Bank and our other material entities would not themselves enter into resolution proceedings. These entities would instead be transferred to a newly organized holding company held by a reorganization trust for the benefit of the parent company’s claimants. The single point of entry strategy and the obligations under the support agreement may result in the recapitalization of State Street Bank and the commencement of bankruptcy proceedings by the parent company at an earlier stage of financial stress than might otherwise occur without such mechanisms in place.
There can be no assurance that there would be sufficient recapitalization resources available to ensure that State Street Bank and our other material entities are adequately capitalized following the triggering of the requirements to provide capital and/or liquidity under the support agreement. In the event that such recapitalization actions were taken and were unsuccessful in stabilizing State Street Bank, equity and debt holders of the parent company would likely, as a consequence, be in a worse position than if the recapitalization did not occur. An expected effect of the single point of entry strategy and the TLAC final rule is that State Street’s losses will be imposed on the holders of eligible long-term debt and other forms of eligible TLAC issued by the parent company, as well as on other parent company creditors, before any of its losses are imposed on the holders of the debt securities of the parent company’s operating subsidiaries or any depositors or creditors thereof or before U.S. taxpayers are put at risk .
The requirements of the single point of entry strategy and the support agreement may adversely impact our ability to issue, or to competitively price, additional debt and equity securities.
We are required to submit our next annual resolution plan to the Federal Reserve and the FDIC on July 1, 2017. The Federal Reserve and the FDIC may determine that our 2017 resolution plan is not credible or would not facilitate an orderly resolution due to a number of factors, including, but not limited to: (1) challenges we may experience in interpreting and addressing regulatory expectations; (2) any failure to implement remediation actions in a timely manner; (3) the complexities in developing and implementing a comprehensive plan to resolve a global custodial bank; and (4) related costs and dependencies . If our resolution plan submission filed on July 1, 2017, or any future submission, fails to meet regulatory expectations to the satisfaction of the Federal Reserve and the FDIC, we could be subject to more stringent capital, leverage or liquidity


State Street Corporation | 30





requirements, restrictions on our growth, activities or operations, or we could be required to divest certain of our assets or operations.
Volcker Rule
U.S. banking regulators have issued final regulations to implement the Volcker rule. The Volcker rule prohibits banking entities, including us and our affiliates, from engaging in specified prohibited proprietary trading activities, subject to exemptions, including for market-making-related activities and risk-mitigating hedging. The Volcker rule also requires banking entities to either restructure or divest specified ownership interests in, and relationships with, covered funds, within the meaning of the final Volcker rule regulations.
Whether various investment securities or structures, such as CLOs, constitute covered funds, as defined in the final Volcker rule regulations, and do not benefit from the exemptions provided in the Volcker rule, and whether a banking organization's investments therein constitute ownership interests, remain subject to (1) market, and ultimately regulatory , interpretation, and (2) the specific terms and other characteristics relevant to such investment securities and structures. We hold significant investments in CLOs. In the event that we or our banking regulators conclude that such investments in CLOs, or other investments, are covered funds, we may be required to divest such investments. If other banking entities reach similar conclusions with respect to similar investments held by them, the prices of such investments could decline significantly , and we may be required to divest such investments at a significant discount compared to the investments' book value. This could result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or on our consolidated financial condition in the period in which such a divestiture occurs.
The final Volcker rule regulations also require banking entities to establish extensive programs designed to ensure compliance with the restrictions of the Volcker rule. We have established a compliance program which complies with the final Volcker rule regulations as currently in effect. Such compliance program restricts our ability in the future to service various types of funds, in particular covered funds for which SSGA acts as an advisor and specified types of trustee relationships. Consequently , Volcker rule compliance entails both the cost of a compliance program and loss of certain revenue and future opportunities.
Systemic Importance
Our qualification under the Dodd-Frank Act in the U.S. as a SIFI, and our designation by the FSB as a G-SIB, to which certain regulatory capital surcharges may apply, will subject us to incrementally higher capital and prudential requirements, increased
 
scrutiny of our activities and potential further regulatory requirements or increased regulatory expectations than those applicable to some of the financial institutions with which we compete as a custodian or asset manager . This qualification and designation also has significantly increased, and may continue to increase, our expenses associated with regulatory compliance, including personnel and systems, as well as implementation and related costs to enhance our programs.
Global and Non-U.S. Regulatory Requirements
The breadth of our business activities, together with the scope of our global operations and varying business practices in relevant jurisdictions, increase the complexity and costs of meeting our regulatory compliance obligations, including in areas that are receiving significant regulatory scrutiny . We are, therefore, subject to related risks of non-compliance, including fines, penalties, lawsuits, regulatory sanctions, difficulties in obtaining governmental approvals, limitations on our business activities or reputational harm, any of which may be significant. For example, the global nature of our client base requires us to comply with complex laws and regulations of multiple jurisdictions relating to economic sanctions and money laundering. In addition, we are required to comply not only with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, but also with the applicable anti-corruption laws of other jurisdictions in which we operate. Further, our global operating model requires we comply with outsourcing oversight requirements, including with respect to affiliated entities, and data security standards of multiple jurisdictions. Regulatory scrutiny of compliance with these and other laws and regulations is increasing. State Street faces sometimes inconsistent laws and regulations in the various jurisdictions in which we operate. The evolving regulatory landscape may interfere with our ability to conduct our operations, with our pursuit of a common global operating model or with our ability to compete effectively with other financial institutions operating in those jurisdictions or which may be subject to different regulatory requirements than apply to us. In particular , non-U.S. regulations and initiatives that may be inconsistent or conflict with current or proposed regulations in the U.S. could create increased compliance and other costs that would adversely affect our business, operations or profitability .
In addition to U.S. regulatory initiatives such as the Dodd-Frank Act and implementation of the Basel III final rule, including the Basel III SLR and the proposed NSFR, we are further affected by non-U.S. regulatory initiatives, including, but not limited to, the AIFMD, the BRRD, the EMIR, the UCITS directives, MiFID II and MiFIR, the DPD and GDPR and the upcoming new E.U. General Data Protection Regulations. Recent, proposed or potential


State Street Corporation | 31





regulations in the U.S. and E.U. with respect to money market funds, short-term wholesale funding, such as repurchase agreements or securities lending, or other “shadow banking” activities, could also adversely affect not only our own operations but also the operations of the clients to which we provide services. In the E.U., the AIFMD and UCITS V increase the responsibilities and potential liabilities of custodians and depositories to certain of their clients for asset losses.
EMIR requires the reporting of all derivatives to a trade repository, the mandatory clearing of certain derivatives trades via a central counterparty and risk mitigation techniques for derivatives not cleared via a central counterparty. State Street is likely to become indirectly subject to EMIR's risk mitigation obligations when it transacts with E.U. counterparties. EMIR will continue to impact our business activities, and increase costs, in various ways, some of which may be adverse. Further, the European Commission's proposal to introduce a proposed financial transaction tax or similar proposals elsewhere, if adopted, could materially affect the location and volume of financial transactions or otherwise alter the conduct of financial activities, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and on our consolidated results of operations or financial condition.
Consequences of Regulatory Environment and Compliance Risks
The Dodd-Frank Act and international regulatory changes could limit our ability to pursue certain business opportunities, increase our regulatory capital requirements, alter the risk profile of certain of our core activities and impose additional costs on us, otherwise adversely affect our business, our consolidated results of operations or financial condition and have other negative consequences, including a reduction of our credit ratings. Different countries may respond to the market and economic environment in different and potentially conflicting manners, which could increase the cost of compliance for us.
The evolving regulatory environment, including changes to existing regulations and the introduction of new regulations, may also contribute to decisions we may make to suspend, reduce or withdraw from existing businesses, activities or initiatives. In addition to potential lost revenue associated with any such suspensions, reductions or withdrawals, any such suspensions, reductions or withdrawals may result in significant restructuring or related costs or exposures.
If we do not comply with governmental regulations, we may be subject to fines, penalties, lawsuits, delays, or difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals or restrictions on our business activities or harm to our reputation, which may significantly and adversely affect our business operations and, in turn,
 
our consolidated results of operations. The willingness of regulatory authorities to impose meaningful sanctions, and the level of fines and penalties imposed in connection with regulatory violations, have increased substantially since the financial crisis. Regulatory agencies may , at times, limit our ability to disclose their findings, related actions or remedial measures. Similarly , many of our clients are subject to significant regulatory requirements and retain our services in order for us to assist them in complying with those legal requirements. Changes in these regulations can significantly affect the services that we are asked to provide, as well as our costs.
Adverse publicity and damage to our reputation arising from the failure or perceived failure to comply with legal, regulatory or contractual requirements could affect our ability to attract and retain clients. If we cause clients to fail to comply with these regulatory requirements, we may be liable to them for losses and expenses that they incur . In recent years, regulatory oversight and enforcement have increased substantially , imposing additional costs and increasing the potential risks associated with our operations. If this regulatory trend continues, it could continue to adversely affect our operations and, in turn, our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
For additional information, see the risk factor below , “Our businesses may be adversely affected by regulatory enforcement and litigation.”
Our calculations of credit, market and operational risk exposures, total risk-weighted assets and capital ratios for regulatory purposes depend on data inputs, formulae, models, correlations and assumptions that are subject to changes over time, which changes, in addition to our consolidated financial results, could materially impact our risk exposures, our total risk- weighted assets and our capital ratios from period to period.
To calculate our credit, market and operational risk exposures, our total risk-weighted assets and our capital ratios for regulatory purposes, the Basel III final rule involves the use of current and historical data, including our own loss data and claims experience and similar information from other industry participants, market volatility measures, interest rates and spreads, asset valuations, credit exposures and the creditworthiness of our counterparties. These calculations also involve the use of quantitative formulae, statistical models, historical correlations and significant assumptions. We refer to the data, formulae, models, correlations and assumptions, as well as our related internal processes, as our “advanced systems.” While our advanced systems are generally quantitative in nature, significant


State Street Corporation | 32





components involve the exercise of judgment based, among other factors, on our and the financial services industry's evolving experience. Any of these judgments or other elements of our advanced systems may not, individually or collectively , precisely represent or calculate the scenarios, circumstances, outputs or other results for which they are designed or intended.
In addition, our advanced systems are subject to update and periodic revalidation in response to changes in our business activities and our historical experiences, forces and events experienced by the market broadly or by individual financial institutions, changes in regulations and regulatory interpretations and other factors, and are also subject to continuing regulatory review and approval. For example, a significant operational loss experienced by another financial institution, even if we do not experience a related loss, could result in a material change in the output of our advanced systems and a corresponding material change in our risk exposures, our total risk-weighted assets and our capital ratios compared to prior periods. An operational loss that we experience could also result in a material change in our capital requirements for operational risk under the advanced approaches, depending on the severity of the loss event, its characterization among the seven Basel-defined UOMs, and the stability of the distributional approach for a particular UOM, and without direct correlation to the effects of the loss event, or the timing of such effects, on our results of operations. Due to the influence of changes in our advanced systems, whether resulting from changes in data inputs, regulation or regulatory supervision or interpretation, State Street-specific or more general market, or individual financial institution-specific, activities or experiences, or other updates or factors, we expect that our advanced systems and our credit, market and operational risk exposures, our total risk- weighted assets and our capital ratios calculated under the Basel III final rule will change, and may be volatile, over time, and that those latter changes or volatility could be material as calculated and measured from period to period.
Our businesses may be adversely affected by government enforcement and litigation.
In the ordinary course of our business, we are subject to various regulatory, governmental and law enforcement inquiries, investigations and subpoenas. These may be directed generally to participants in the businesses or markets in which we are involved or may be specifically directed at us. In these matters, claims for disgorgement, the imposition of civil or criminal penalties or sanctions and the imposition of other remedial sanctions are possible, any of which could result in increased expenses, client loss or harm to reputation.
 
From time to time, our clients, or the government on their or its own behalf, make claims and take legal action relating to, among other things, our performance of our fiduciary or contractual responsibilities. Often, the announcement or other publication of such a claim or action, or of any related settlement, may spur the initiation of similar claims by other clients or governmental parties. In any such claims or actions, demands for substantial monetary damages may be asserted against us and may result in financial liability, criminal sanction, changes in our business practices or an adverse effect on our reputation or on client demand for our products and services. The exposure associated with any proceedings that may be threatened, commenced or filed against us could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for the period in which we establish a reserve with respect to such potential liability or upon our reputation. In government settlements since the financial crisis, the fines imposed by authorities have increased substantially and may exceed in some cases the profit earned or harm caused by the regulatory or other breach.
In many cases, we are required to self-report inappropriate or non-compliant conduct to the authorities, and our failure or delay to do so may represent an independent regulatory violation or be treated as an indication of non-cooperation with governmental authorities. Even when we promptly bring the matter to the attention of the appropriate authorities, we may nonetheless experience regulatory fines, liabilities to clients, harm to our reputation or other adverse effects in connection with self-reported matters. Moreover , our settlement or other resolution of any matter with any one or more regulators or other applicable party may not forestall other regulators or parties in the same or other jurisdictions from pursuing a claim or other action against us with respect to the same or a similar matter .
Our operations are subject to regular and ongoing inspection by our bank and other financial market regulators in the U.S. and internationally. In addition, under the deferred prosecution agreement we entered into with the DOJ in early 2017 (referenced in connection with the Transition Management matter discussed below), we have agreed to retain an independent compliance consultant and compliance monitor which will, among other things, evaluate the effectiveness of our compliance controls and business ethics and make related recommendations. Other governmental authorities may impose similar monitors or compliance consultants as part of resolving investigations or other matters. As a result of such inspections and monitoring activities, governmental authorities may identify areas in which we may need


State Street Corporation | 33





to take actions, which may be significant, to enhance our regulatory compliance or risk management practices. Such remedial actions may entail significant cost, management attention, and systems development and such efforts may affect our ability to expand our business until such remedial actions are completed. Our failure to implement enhanced compliance and risk management procedures in a manner and in a time frame deemed to be responsive by the applicable regulatory authority could adversely impact our relationship with such regulatory authority and could lead to restrictions on our activities or other sanctions.
Further , we may become subject to regulatory scrutiny , inquiries or investigations associated with broad, industry-wide concerns, and potentially client- related inquiries or claims, whether or not we engaged in the relevant activities, and could experience associated increased costs or harm to our reputation.
Our recent experience with matters of this nature includes:
Invoicing Matter. In December 2015, we announced a review of the manner in which we invoiced certain expenses to some of our Investment Servicing clients, primarily in the United States, during an 18-year period going back to 1998, and our determination that we had incorrectly invoiced clients for certain expenses. We informed our clients in December 2015 that we will pay to them the amounts we concluded were incorrectly invoiced to them, plus interest. We currently expect to pay at least $340 million (including interest), in connection with that review, which is ongoing. We are implementing enhancements to our billing processes, and we are reviewing the conduct of our employees and have taken appropriate steps to address conduct inconsistent with our standards, including, in some cases, termination of employment. We are also evaluating other billing practices relating to our Investment Servicing clients, including calculation of asset-based fees. We have received a purported class action demand letter alleging that our invoicing practices were unfair and deceptive under Massachusetts law. A class of customers, or particular customers, may assert that we have not paid to them all amounts incorrectly invoiced, and may seek double or treble damages under Massachusetts law. We are also responding to requests for information from, and are cooperating with investigations by, governmental authorities on these matters, including the civil and criminal divisions of the DOJ, the SEC, the
 
Department of Labor and the Massachusetts Attorney General, which could result in significant fines or other sanctions, civil and criminal, against us. The severity of such fines or other sanctions could take into account factors such as the amount and duration of our incorrect invoicing, the government’s assessment of the conduct of our employees, as well as prior conduct such as that which resulted in our recent deferred prosecution agreement in connection with transition management services and our recent settlement of civil claims regarding our indirect foreign exchange business. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or business, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of our business or a reduction in client demand.
Transition Management . In January 2014, we entered into a settlement with the FCA, pursuant to which we paid a fine of £22.9 million (approximately $37.8 million ), as a result of our having charged six clients of our U.K. transition management business during 2010 and 2011 amounts in excess of the contractual terms. The SEC and the DOJ opened separate investigations into this matter. In April 2016, the U.S. Attorney’s office in Boston charged two former employees in our transition management business with criminal fraud in connection with their alleged role in this matter, and, in May 2016, the SEC commenced a parallel civil enforcement proceeding against one of these individuals. In January 2017, we announced that we had entered into a deferred prosecution agreement with the DOJ and the United States Attorney for the District of Massachusetts. Under the terms of the agreement with the DOJ, State Street will, among other actions, pay a penalty of $32.3 million and enter into a deferred prosecution agreement. Pursuant to the terms of the deferred prosecution agreement, State Street has agreed to retain an independent compliance consultant and compliance monitor for a term of three years (subject to extension). State Street is in discussions with the SEC Staff regarding a resolution of the matter and has reached an agreement with the SEC Staff to pay a penalty of $32.3 million (equal to the penalty being paid to the DOJ). Resolution of the matter is subject to completion of negotiations with the SEC Staff on the other terms of the settlement, followed by review and consideration by the SEC.
Foreign Exchange . In July 2016, we


State Street Corporation | 34





announced that we had entered into settlement agreements with the DOJ, the Department of Labor and the Massachusetts Attorney General and the plaintiffs in three putative class action lawsuits with respect to investigations and claims alleging that our indirect foreign exchange rates (including the differences between those rates and indicative interbank market rates at the time we executed the trades) prior to 2008 were not adequately disclosed or were otherwise improper. Those settlements and a settlement with the SEC became final in the fourth quarter of 2016. The total amounts paid in these settlements were $575 million. In addition to these settlement costs, some investment managers have elected to use other foreign exchange execution methods offered by us or have decided not to use our foreign exchange execution methods. We intend to continue to offer our custody clients a range of execution options for their foreign exchange needs; however, the range of services, costs and profitability vary by execution option. We cannot provide assurance that clients or investment managers who choose to use less or none of our indirect foreign exchange trading, or to use alternatives to our existing indirect foreign exchange trading, will choose the alternatives offered by us. Accordingly, our revenue earned from providing these foreign exchange trading services may decline. Moreover, there can be no assurance that other, potentially material, claims relating to our indirect foreign exchange business will not be asserted against us in the United States or elsewhere. An adverse outcome with respect to such other, unasserted claims could have a material adverse effect on our reputation, our consolidated results of operations or our consolidated financial condition.
 
Written Agreement . On June 1, 2015, we entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the Massachusetts Division of Banks relating to deficiencies identified in our compliance programs with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, AML regulations and U.S. economic sanctions regulations promulgated by OFAC. As part of this enforcement action, we are required to, among other things, implement improvements to our compliance programs and to retain an independent firm to conduct a review of account and transaction activity covering a prior three-month period to evaluate whether any suspicious activity not previously reported should have been identified and reported in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. To the extent deficiencies in our historical reporting are identified as a result of the transaction review or if we fail to comply with the terms of the written agreement, we may become subject to fines and other regulatory sanctions, which may have a material adverse effect on us.
In view of the inherent difficulty of predicting the outcome of legal and regulatory matters, we cannot provide assurance as to the outcome of any pending or potential matter or , if determined adversely against us, the costs associated with any such matter , particularly where the claimant seeks very large or indeterminate damages or where the matter presents novel legal theories, involves a large number of parties or is at a preliminary stage. We may be unable to accurately estimate our exposure to litigation risk when we record reserves for probable and estimable loss contingencies. As a result, any reserves we establish to cover any settlements, judgments or regulatory fines may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure. The resolution of certain pending or potential legal or regulatory matters could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for the period in which the relevant matter is resolved or an accrual is determined to be required, on our consolidated financial condition or on our reputation.
We are subject to variability in our assets under custody and administration and assets under management, and in our financial results, due to the significant size of many of our institutional clients, and are also subject to significant pricing pressure due to the considerable market influence exerted by those clients.
Our clients include institutional investors, such as mutual funds, collective investment funds, UCITS, hedge funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations, endowments and investment managers.


State Street Corporation | 35





In both our asset servicing and asset management businesses, we endeavor to attract institutional investors controlling large and diverse pools of assets, as those clients typically have the opportunity to benefit from the full range of our expertise and service offerings. Due to the large pools of asset controlled by these clients, the loss or gain of one client, or even a portion of the assets controlled by one client, could have a significant effect on our assets under custody and administration or our assets under management, as applicable, in the relevant period. Our assets under management or administration are also affected by decisions by institutional owners to favor or disfavor certain investment instruments or categories. In 2016, for example, we saw redemptions from hedge funds, emerging markets and actively managed advisers, as to which are fees are generally higher, in favor of ETFs, passively managed products and developed markets, as to which our fees are generally lower. As our fee revenue is largely reliant on the levels of our assets under custody and administration and assets under management, these changes in assets levels could have a corresponding significant effect on our results of operations in the relevant period. Similarly, if one or more clients changes the asset class in which a significant portion of assets are invested (e.g., by shifting investments from emerging markets to fixed income), those changes could have a significant effect on our results of operations in the relevant period, as our fee rates often change based on the type of asset classes we are servicing or managing. Large institutional clients also, by their nature, are often able to exert considerable market influence, and this, combined with strong competitive forces in the markets for our services, has resulted in, and may continue to result in, significant pressure to reduce the fees we charge for our services in both our asset servicing and asset management business lines. Many of these large clients are also under competitive and regulatory pressures that are driving them to manage the expenses that they and their investment products incur more aggressively, which in turn exacerbates their pressures on our fees.
Our business may be negatively affected by adverse business decisions or our failure to properly implement or execute strategic programs and priorities.
In order to maintain and grow our business, we must continuously make strategic decisions about our current and future business plans, including plans to target cost initiatives and enhance operational processes and efficiencies, plans to improve existing and to develop new service offerings and enhancements, plans for entering or exiting business lines or geographic markets, plans for acquiring or disposing of businesses, plans to build new systems, migrate from existing systems and other infrastructure
 
and to address staffing needs.
In October 2015, we announced State Street Beacon, a multi-year program to digitize our business, deliver significant value and innovation for our clients and lower expenses across the organization. Operational process transformations, such as State Street Beacon, entail significant risks. The program, and any future strategic or business plan we implement, may prove to be inadequate to achieve its objectives, may not be responsive to industry or market changes, may result in increased or unanticipated costs, may result in earnings volatility, may take longer than anticipated to implement, may involve elements reliant on the performance of third parties and may not be successfully implemented. In addition, our efforts to manage expenses may be matched or exceeded by our competitors. Any failure to implement State Street Beacon in whole or in part may , among other things, reduce our competitive position, diminish the cost effectiveness of our systems and processes or provide an insufficient return on our associated investment. In particular , elements of the program include investment in systems integration and new technologies, including straight-through-processing, to increase global servicing capabilities, reduce expenses and enhance the client experience, and also the development of new , and the evolution of existing, methods and tools to accelerate the pace of innovation, the introduction of new services and enhancements to the security of our data systems. The transition to new operating processes and technology infrastructure may cause disruptions in our relationships with clients and employees and may present other unanticipated technical or operational hurdles. As a result, we may not achieve some or all of the cost savings or other benefits anticipated through the program. In addition, other systems development initiatives, which are not included in State Street Beacon, may not have access to the same level of resources or management attention and, consequently, may be delayed or unsuccessful. Many of our systems require enhancements to meet the requirements of evolving regulation, to permit us to optimize our use of capital or to reduce the risk of operating error . We may not have the resources to pursue all of these objectives, including State Street Beacon, simultaneously .
The success of the program and our other strategic plans could also be affected by market disruptions and unanticipated changes in the overall market for financial services and the global economy . We also may not be able to abandon or alter these plans without significant loss, as the implementation of our decisions may involve significant capital outlays, often far in advance of when we expect to generate any related revenues or cost expectations. Accordingly , our business, our consolidated results of


State Street Corporation | 36





operations and our consolidated financial condition may be adversely affected by any failure or delay in our strategic decisions, including the program or elements thereof. For additional information about the program, see "Expenses" in “Consolidated Results of Operations” included under Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis, of this form 10-K.
Our businesses may be negatively affected by adverse publicity or other reputational harm.
Our relationship with many of our clients is predicated on our reputation as a fiduciary and a service provider that adheres to the highest standards of ethics, service quality and regulatory compliance. Adverse publicity, regulatory actions or fines, litigation, operational failures or the failure to meet client expectations or fiduciary or other obligations could materially and adversely affect our reputation, our ability to attract and retain clients or key employees or our sources of funding for the same or other businesses. For example, over the past several years we have experienced adverse publicity with respect to our indirect foreign exchange trading, and this adverse publicity has contributed to a shift of client volume to other foreign exchange execution methods. Similarly, governmental actions and reputational issues in our transition management business in the U.K. have adversely affected our revenue from that business and, with the related deferred prosecution agreement with the DOJ entered into in early 2017, these effects have the potential to continue. The client invoicing matter we announced in December 2015 has the potential to result in similar effects. Preserving and enhancing our reputation also depends on maintaining systems, procedures and controls that address known risks and regulatory requirements, as well as our ability to timely identify , understand and mitigate additional risks that arise due to changes in our businesses and the marketplaces in which we operate, the regulatory environment and client expectations.
Our controls and procedures may fail or be circumvented, our risk management policies and procedures may be inadequate, and operational risk could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations.
We may fail to identify and manage risks related to a variety of aspects of our business, including, but not limited to, operational risk, interest-rate risk, foreign exchange risk, trading risk, fiduciary risk, legal and compliance risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. We have adopted various controls, procedures, policies and systems to monitor and manage risk. While we currently believe that our risk management process is effective, we cannot provide assurance that those controls, procedures, policies and systems will always be adequate to identify and manage the internal and external, including service provider, risks in our
 
various businesses. The risk of individuals, either employees or contractors, engaging in conduct harmful or misleading to clients or us, such as consciously circumventing established control mechanisms to exceed trading or investment management limitations, committing fraud or improperly selling products or services to clients, is particularly challenging to manage through a control framework. The financial and reputational impact of control or conduct failures can be significant. Persistent or repeated issues with respect to controls or individual conduct may raise concerns among regulators regarding our culture, governance and control environment. While we seek to contractually limit our financial exposure to operational risk, the degree of protection that we are able to achieve varies, and our potential exposure may be greater than the revenue we anticipate that we will earn from servicing our clients.
In addition, our businesses and the markets in which we operate are continuously evolving. We may fail to identify or fully understand the implications of changes in our businesses or the financial markets and fail to adequately or timely enhance our risk framework to address those changes. If our risk framework is ineffective, either because it fails to keep pace with changes in the financial markets, regulatory or industry requirements, our businesses, our counterparties, clients or service providers or for other reasons, we could incur losses, suffer reputational damage or find ourselves out of compliance with applicable regulatory or contractual mandates or expectations.
Operational risk is inherent in all of our business activities. As a leading provider of services to institutional investors, we provide a broad array of services, including research, investment management, trading services and investment servicing that expose us to operational risk. In addition, these services generate a broad array of complex and specialized servicing, confidentiality and fiduciary requirements, many of which involve the opportunity for human, systems or process errors. We face the risk that the control policies, procedures and systems we have established to comply with our operational requirements will fail, will be inadequate or will become outdated. We also face the potential for loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, employee supervision or monitoring mechanisms, service-provider processes or other systems or controls, which could materially affect our future consolidated results of operations. Given the volume and magnitude of transactions we process on a daily basis, operational losses represent a potentially significant financial risk for our business. Operational errors that result in us remitting funds to a failing or bankrupt entity may be irreversible, and may subject us to losses.


State Street Corporation | 37





We may also be subject to disruptions from external events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which could cause delays or disruptions to operational functions, including information processing and financial market settlement functions. In addition, our clients, vendors and counterparties could suffer from such events. Should these events affect us, or the clients, vendors or counterparties with which we conduct business, our consolidated results of operations could be negatively affected. When we record balance sheet accruals for probable and estimable loss contingencies related to operational losses, we may be unable to accurately estimate our potential exposure, and any accruals we establish to cover operational losses may not be sufficient to cover our actual financial exposure, which could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations.
The quantitative models we use to manage our business may contain errors that result in inadequate risk assessments, inaccurate valuations or poor business decisions, and lapses in disclosure controls and procedures or internal control over financial reporting could occur, any of which could result in material harm.
We use quantitative models to help manage many different aspects of our businesses. As an input to our overall assessment of capital adequacy , we use models to measure the amount of credit risk, market risk, operational risk, interest-rate risk and liquidity risk we face. During the preparation of our consolidated financial statements, we sometimes use models to measure the value of asset and liability positions for which reliable market prices are not available. We also use models to support many different types of business decisions including trading activities, hedging, asset-and-liability management and whether to change business strategy . Weaknesses in the underlying model, inadequate model assumptions, normal model limitations, inappropriate model use, weaknesses in model implementation or poor data quality, could result in unanticipated and adverse consequences, including material loss and material non-compliance with regulatory requirements or expectations. Because of our widespread usage of models, potential weaknesses in our model risk management practices pose an ongoing risk to us.
We also may fail to accurately quantify the magnitude of the risks we face. Our measurement methodologies rely on many assumptions and historical analyses and correlations. These assumptions may be incorrect, and the historical correlations on which we rely may not continue to be relevant. Consequently , the measurements that we make for regulatory purposes may not adequately capture or express the true risk profiles of our businesses. Moreover, as businesses and markets
 
evolve, our measurements may not accurately reflect this evolution. While our risk measures may indicate sufficient capitalization, they may underestimate the level of capital necessary to conduct our businesses.
Additionally , our disclosure controls and procedures may not be effective in every circumstance, and, similarly, it is possible we may identify a material weakness or significant deficiency in internal control over financial reporting. Any such lapses or deficiencies may materially and adversely affect our business and consolidated results of operations or consolidated financial condition, restrict our ability to access the capital markets, require us to expend significant resources to correct the lapses or deficiencies, expose us to regulatory or legal proceedings, subject us to fines, penalties or judgments or harm our reputation.
Cost shifting to non-U.S. jurisdictions and outsourcing may expose us to increased operational risk and reputational harm and may not result in expected cost savings.
We actively strive to achieve cost savings by shifting certain business processes and business support functions to lower-cost geographic locations, such as India, Poland and China, and by outsourcing. We may accomplish this shift by establishing operations in lower-cost locations, by outsourcing to vendors in various jurisdictions or through joint ventures. This effort exposes us to the risk that we may not maintain service quality, control or effective management within these operations, to the risks that our outsourcing vendors or joint ventures may not comply with their servicing and other contractual obligations to us, including with respect to indemnification and information security, and to the risk that we may not satisfy applicable regulatory responsibilities regarding the management and oversight of third parties and outsourcing providers. In addition, we are exposed to the relevant macroeconomic, political, legal and similar risks generally involved in doing business in the jurisdictions in which we establish lower-cost locations or joint ventures or in which our outsourcing vendors locate their operations. The increased elements of risk that arise from certain operating processes being conducted in some jurisdictions could lead to an increase in reputational risk. During periods of transition of operations, greater operational risk and client concern exist with respect to maintaining a high level of service delivery . The extent and pace at which we are able to move functions to lower-cost locations, joint ventures and outsourcing providers may also be affected by political, regulatory and client acceptance issues. Such relocation or outsourcing of functions also entails costs, such as technology , real estate and restructuring expenses, that may offset or exceed the expected financial benefits of the relocation or


State Street Corporation | 38





outsourcing. In addition, the financial benefits of lower-cost locations and of outsourcings may diminish over time or could be offset in the event that the United States or other jurisdictions impose tax and other measures which seek to discourage the use of lower cost jurisdictions.
We may incur losses arising from our investments in sponsored investment funds, which could be material to our consolidated results of operations in the periods incurred.
In the normal course of business, we manage various types of sponsored investment funds through SSGA. The services we provide to these sponsored investment funds generate management fee revenue, as well as servicing fees from our other businesses. From time to time, we may invest in the funds, which we refer to as seed capital, in order for the funds to establish a performance history for newly launched strategies. These funds may meet the definition of variable interest entities, as defined by GAAP , and if we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary of these funds, we may be required to consolidate these funds in our consolidated financial statements under GAAP . The funds follow specialized investment company accounting rules which prescribe fair value for the underlying investment securities held by the funds.
In the aggregate, we expect any financial losses that we realize over time from these seed investments to be limited to the actual amount invested in the consolidated fund. However, in the event of a fund wind-down, gross gains and losses of the fund may be recognized for financial accounting purposes in different periods during the time the fund is consolidated but not wholly owned. Although we expect the actual economic loss to be limited to the amount invested, our losses in any period for financial accounting purposes could exceed the value of our economic interests in the fund and could exceed the value of our initial seed capital investment.
In instances where we are not deemed to be the primary beneficiary of the sponsored investment fund, we do not include the funds in our consolidated financial statements. Our risk of loss associated with investment in these unconsolidated funds primarily represents our seed capital investment, which could become realized as a result of poor investment performance. However , the amount of loss we may recognize during any period would be limited to the carrying amount of our investment.
Our reputation and business prospects may be damaged if our clients incur substantial losses in investment pools in which we act as agent or are restricted in redeeming their interests in these investment pools.
We manage assets on behalf of clients in several forms, including in collective investment pools, money market funds, securities finance
 
collateral pools, cash collateral and other cash products and short-term investment funds. Our management of collective investment pools on behalf of clients exposes us to reputational risk and operational losses. If our clients incur substantial investment losses in these pools, receive redemptions as in-kind distributions rather than in cash, or experience significant under-performance relative to the market or our competitors' products, our reputation could be significantly harmed, which harm could significantly and adversely affect the prospects of our associated business units. Because we often implement investment and operational decisions and actions over multiple investment pools to achieve scale, we face the risk that losses, even small losses, may have a significant effect in the aggregate.
Within our investment management business, we manage investment pools, such as mutual funds and collective investment funds that generally offer our clients the ability to withdraw their investments on short notice, generally daily or monthly . This feature requires that we manage those pools in a manner that takes into account both maximizing the long-term return on the investment pool and retaining sufficient liquidity to meet reasonably anticipated liquidity requirements of our clients. The importance of maintaining liquidity varies by product type, but it is a particularly important feature in money market funds and other products designed to maintain a constant net asset value of $1.00. In the past, we have imposed restrictions on cash redemptions from the agency lending collateral pools, as the per-unit market value of those funds' assets had declined below the constant $1.00 the funds employ to effect purchase and redemption transactions. Both the decline of the funds' net asset value below $1.00 and the imposition of restrictions on redemptions had a significant client, reputational and regulatory impact on us, and the recurrence of such or similar circumstances in the future could adversely impact our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. We have also in the past continued to process purchase and redemption of units of investment products designed to maintain a constant net asset value at $1.00 although the fair market value of the fund’s assets were less than $1.00. Our willingness in the future to continue to process purchases and redemptions from such products at $1.00 when the fair market value of our collateral pools' assets is less than $1.00 could expose us to significant liability.
If higher than normal demands for liquidity from our clients were to occur, managing the liquidity requirements of our collective investment pools could become more difficult. If such liquidity problems were to recur, our relationships with our clients may be adversely affected, and, we could, in certain


State Street Corporation | 39





circumstances, be required to consolidate the investment pools into our consolidated statement of condition; levels of redemption activity could increase; and our consolidated results of operations and business prospects could be adversely affected. In addition, if a money market fund that we manage were to have unexpected liquidity demands from investors in the fund that exceeded available liquidity , the fund could be required to sell assets to meet those redemption requirements, and selling the assets held by the fund at a reasonable price, if at all, may then be difficult.
While it is currently not our intention, and we do not have contractual or other obligations to do so, we have in the past guaranteed, and may in the future guarantee, liquidity to investors desiring to make withdrawals from a fund or otherwise take actions to mitigate the impact of market conditions on our clients and if permitted by applicable laws. Making a significant amount of such guarantees could adversely affect our own consolidated liquidity and financial condition. Because of the size of the investment pools that we manage, we may not have the financial ability or regulatory authority to support the liquidity or other demands of our clients. The extreme volatility in the equity markets has led to the potential for the return on passive and quantitative products to deviate from their target returns.
Any decision by us to provide financial support to an investment pool to support our reputation in circumstances where we are not statutorily or contractually obligated to do so could result in the recognition of significant losses, could adversely affect the regulatory view of our capital levels or plans and could, in certain situations, require us to consolidate the investment pools into our consolidated statement of condition. Any failure of the pools to meet redemption requests, or under- performance of our pools relative to similar products offered by our competitors, could harm our business and our reputation.
Development of new products and services may impose additional costs on us and may expose us to increased operational risk.
Our financial performance depends, in part, on our ability to develop and market new and innovative services and to adopt or develop new technologies that differentiate our products or provide cost efficiencies, while avoiding increased related expenses. This dependency is exacerbated in the current “FinTech” environment, where financial institutions are investing significantly in evaluating new technologies, such as “Blockchain,” and developing potentially industry-changing new products, services and industry standards. The introduction of new products and services can entail significant time and resources, including regulatory
 
approvals. Substantial risks and uncertainties are associated with the introduction of new products and services, including technical and control requirements that may need to be developed and implemented, rapid technological change in the industry , our ability to access technical and other information from our clients, the significant and ongoing investments required to bring new products and services to market in a timely manner at competitive prices and the preparation of marketing, sales and other materials that fully and accurately describe the product or service and its underlying risks. Our failure to manage these risks and uncertainties also exposes us to enhanced risk of operational lapses which may result in the recognition of financial statement liabilities. Regulatory and internal control requirements, capital requirements, competitive alternatives, vendor relationships and shifting market preferences may also determine if such initiatives can be brought to market in a manner that is timely and attractive to our clients. Failure to successfully manage these risks in the development and implementation of new products or services could have a material adverse effect on our business and reputation, as well as on our consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
We depend on information technology, and any failures of or damage to, attack on or unauthorized access to our information technology systems or facilities, or those of third parties with which we do business, including as a result of cyber-attacks, could result in significant limits on our ability to conduct our operations and activities, costs and reputational damage.
Our businesses depend on information technology infrastructure, both internal and external, to, among other things, record and process a large volume of increasingly complex transactions and other data, in many currencies, on a daily basis, across numerous and diverse markets and jurisdictions. In recent years, several financial services firms have suffered successful cyber-attacks launched both domestically and from abroad, resulting in the disruption of services to clients, loss or misappropriation of sensitive or private data and reputational harm. We also have been subjected to cyber-attack, and although we have not to our knowledge suffered a material breach or suspension of our systems, it is possible that we could suffer such a breach or suspension in the future. Cyber-threats are sophisticated and continually evolving. We may not implement effective systems and other measures to effectively prevent or mitigate the full diversity of cyber-threats or improve and adapt such systems and measures as such threats evolve and advance.
Our computer , communications, data processing, networks, backup, business continuity or other operating, information or technology systems


State Street Corporation | 40





and facilities, including those that we outsource to other providers, may fail to operate properly or become disabled, overloaded or damaged as a result of a number of factors, including events that are wholly or partially beyond our control, which could adversely affect our ability to process transactions, provide services or maintain systems availability , maintain compliance and internal controls or otherwise appropriately conduct our business activities. For example, there could be sudden increases in transaction or data volumes, electrical or telecommunications outages, cyber-attacks or employee or contractor error or malfeasance.
The third parties with which we do business, which facilitate our business activities or with whom we otherwise engage or interact, including financial intermediaries and technology infrastructure and service providers, are also susceptible to the foregoing risks (including regarding the third parties with which they are similarly interconnected or on which they otherwise rely), and our or their business operations and activities may therefore be adversely affected, perhaps materially , by failures, terminations, errors or malfeasance by , or attacks or constraints on, one or more financial, technology, infrastructure or government institutions or intermediaries with whom we or they are interconnected or conduct business.
In particular, we, like other financial services firms, will continue to face increasing cyber threats, including computer viruses, malicious code, distributed denial of service attacks, phishing attacks, ransomware, information security breaches or employee or contractor error or malfeasance that could result in the unauthorized release, gathering, monitoring, misuse, loss or destruction of our, our clients' or other parties' confidential, personal, proprietary or other information or otherwise disrupt, compromise or damage our or our clients' or other parties' business assets, operations and activities. Our status as a global systemically important financial institution likely increases the risk that we are targeted by such cyber- security threats. In addition, some of our service offerings, such as data warehousing, may also increase the risk we are, and the consequences of being, so-targeted. We therefore could experience significant related costs and exposures, including lost or constrained ability to provide our services or maintain systems availability to clients, regulatory inquiries, enforcements, actions and fines, litigation, damage to our reputation or property and enhanced competition.
Due to our dependence on technology and the important role it plays in our business operations, we must persist in improving and updating our information technology infrastructure. Updating these systems and facilities can require significant resources and often involves implementation,
 
integration and security risks that could cause financial, reputational and operational harm. However , failing to properly respond to and invest in changes and advancements in technology can limit our ability to attract and retain clients, prevent us from offering similar products and services as those offered by our competitors and inhibit our ability to meet regulatory requirements.
Any theft, loss or other misappropriation or inadvertent disclosure of, or inappropriate access to, the confidential information we possess could have an adverse impact on our business and could subject us to regulatory actions, litigation and other adverse effects.
Our businesses and relationships with clients are dependent on our ability to maintain the confidentiality of our and our clients' trade secrets and confidential information (including client transactional data and personal data about our employees, our clients and our clients' clients). Unauthorized access, or failure of our controls with respect to granting access to our systems, may occur , resulting in theft, loss, or other misappropriation of such information. Any theft, loss, other misappropriation or inadvertent disclosure of confidential information could have a material adverse impact on our competitive position, our relationships with our clients and our reputation and could subject us to regulatory inquiries, enforcement and fines, civil litigation and possible financial liability or costs.
We may not be able to protect our intellectual property, and we are subject to claims of third- party intellectual property rights .
Our potential inability to protect our intellectual property and proprietary technology effectively may allow competitors to duplicate our technology and products and may adversely affect our ability to compete with them. To the extent that we do not protect our intellectual property effectively through patents, maintaining trade secrets or other means, other parties, including former employees, with knowledge of our intellectual property may leave and seek to exploit our intellectual property for their own or others' advantage. In addition, we may infringe on claims of third-party patents, and we may face intellectual property challenges from other parties. We may not be successful in defending against any such challenges or in obtaining licenses to avoid or resolve any intellectual property disputes. Third-party intellectual rights, valid or not, may also impede our deployment of the full scope of our products and service capabilities in all jurisdictions in which we operate or market our products and services. The intellectual property of an acquired business may be an important component of the value that we agree to pay for such a business. However, such acquisitions


State Street Corporation | 41





are subject to the risks that the acquired business may not own the intellectual property that we believe we are acquiring, that the intellectual property is dependent on licenses from third parties, that the acquired business infringes on the intellectual property rights of others, or that the technology does not have the acceptance in the marketplace that we anticipated.
Competition for our employees is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain the highly skilled people we need to support our business.
Our success depends, in large part, on our ability to attract and retain key people. Competition for the best people in most activities in which we engage can be intense, and we may not be able to hire people or retain them, particularly in light of challenges associated with evolving compensation restrictions applicable, or which may become applicable, to banks and some asset managers and that potentially are not applicable to other financial services firms in all jurisdictions. The unexpected loss of services of key personnel, both in business units and control functions, could have a material adverse impact on our business because of their skills, their knowledge of our markets, operations and clients, their years of industry experience and, in some cases, the difficulty of promptly finding qualified replacement personnel. Similarly, the loss of key employees, either individually or as a group, could adversely affect our clients' perception of our ability to continue to manage certain types of investment management mandates or to provide other services to them.
We are subject to intense competition in all aspects of our business, which could negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability.
The markets in which we operate across all facets of our business are both highly competitive and global. These markets are changing as a result of new and evolving laws and regulations applicable to financial services institutions. Regulatory-driven market changes cannot always be anticipated, and may adversely affect the demand for, and profitability of, the products and services that we offer. In addition, new market entrants and competitors may address changes in the markets more rapidly than we do, or may provide clients with a more attractive offering of products and services, adversely affecting our business. Our efforts to develop and market new products may position us in new markets with pre- existing competitors with strong market position. We have also experienced, and anticipate that we will continue to experience, pricing pressure in many of our core businesses, particularly our custodial and investment management services. Many of our businesses compete with other domestic and
 
international banks and financial services companies, such as custody banks, investment advisors, broker/ dealers, outsourcing companies and data processing companies. Further consolidation within the financial services industry could also pose challenges to us in the markets we serve, including potentially increased downward pricing pressure across our businesses.
Some of our competitors, including our competitors in core services, have substantially greater capital resources than we do or are not subject to as stringent capital or other regulatory requirements as are we. In some of our businesses, we are service providers to significant competitors. These competitors are in some instances significant clients, and the retention of these clients involves additional risks, such as the avoidance of actual or perceived conflicts of interest and the maintenance of high levels of service quality and intra-company confidentiality. The ability of a competitor to offer comparable or improved products or services at a lower price would likely negatively affect our ability to maintain or increase our profitability. Many of our core services are subject to contracts that have relatively short terms or may be terminated by our client after a short notice period. In addition, pricing pressures as a result of the activities of competitors, client pricing reviews, and rebids, as well as the introduction of new products, may result in a reduction in the prices we can charge for our products and services.
Acquisitions, strategic alliances, joint ventures and divestitures pose risks for our business.
As part of our business strategy, we acquire complementary businesses and technologies, enter into strategic alliances and joint ventures and divest portions of our business. We undertake transactions of varying sizes to, among other reasons, expand our geographic footprint, access new clients, technologies or services, develop closer or more collaborative relationships with our business partners, bolster existing servicing capabilities, efficiently deploy capital or leverage cost savings or other business or financial opportunities. We may not achieve the expected benefits of these transactions, which could result in increased costs, lowered revenues, ineffective deployment of capital, regulatory concerns, exit costs or diminished competitive position or reputation.
Transactions of this nature also involve a number of risks and financial, accounting, tax, regulatory , managerial, operational, cultural and employment challenges, which could adversely affect our consolidated results of operations and financial condition. For example, the businesses that we acquire or our strategic alliances or joint ventures may under-perform relative to the price paid or the resources committed by us; we may not achieve anticipated cost savings; or we may otherwise be


State Street Corporation | 42





adversely affected by acquisition-related charges. Further , past acquisitions have resulted in the recognition of goodwill and other significant intangible assets in our consolidated statement of condition. For example, we recorded goodwill and intangible assets of $453 million associated with our acquisition of GE Asset Management in July 2016. These assets are not eligible for inclusion in regulatory capital under applicable requirements. In addition, we may be required to record impairment in our consolidated statement of income in future periods if we determine that the value of these assets has declined. During 2016, we recorded no impairment in our consolidated statement of income associated with the impairment of acquisition-related goodwill and other intangible assets.
Through our acquisitions or joint ventures, we may also assume unknown or undisclosed business, operational, tax, regulatory and other liabilities, fail to properly assess known contingent liabilities or assume businesses with internal control deficiencies. While in most of our transactions we seek to mitigate these risks through, among other things, due diligence and indemnification provisions, these or other risk-mitigating provisions we put in place may not be sufficient to address these liabilities and contingencies. Other major financial services firms have recently paid significant penalties to resolve government investigations into matters conducted in significant part by acquired entities.
Various regulatory approvals or consents, formal or informal, are generally required prior to closing of these transactions, which may include approvals or non-objections from the Federal Reserve and other domestic and non-U.S. regulatory authorities. These regulatory authorities may impose conditions on the completion of the acquisition or require changes to its terms that materially affect the terms of the transaction or our ability to capture some of the opportunities presented by the transaction, or may not approve the transaction. Any such conditions, or any associated regulatory delays, could limit the benefits of the transaction. Acquisitions or joint ventures we announce may not be completed if we do not receive the required regulatory approvals, if regulatory approvals are significantly delayed or if other closing conditions are not satisfied.
The integration of our acquisitions results in risks to our business and other uncertainties.
The integration of acquisitions presents risks that differ from the risks associated with our ongoing operations. Integration activities are complicated and time consuming and can involve significant unforeseen costs. We may not be able to effectively assimilate services, technologies, key personnel or businesses of acquired companies into our business or service offerings as anticipated, alliances may not
 
be successful, and we may not achieve related revenue growth or cost savings. We also face the risk of being unable to retain, or cross-sell our products or services to, the clients of acquired companies or joint ventures. Acquisitions of investment servicing businesses entail information technology systems conversions, which involve operational risks and may result in client dissatisfaction and defection. Clients of investment servicing businesses that we have acquired may be competitors of our non-custody businesses. The loss of some of these clients or a significant reduction in the revenues generated from them, for competitive or other reasons, could adversely affect the benefits that we expect to achieve from these acquisitions or cause impairment to goodwill and other intangibles.
With any acquisition, the integration of the operations and resources of the businesses could result in the loss of key employees, the disruption of our and the acquired company's ongoing businesses or inconsistencies in standards, controls, procedures or policies that could adversely affect our ability to maintain relationships with clients or employees or to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Integration efforts may also divert management attention and resources.
Long-term contracts expose us to pricing and performance risk.
We enter into long-term contracts to provide middle office or investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing services to clients, including services related but not limited to certain trading activities, cash reporting, settlement and reconciliation activities, collateral management and information technology development. We also may enter into longer-term arrangements with respect to custody , fund administration and depository services. These arrangements generally set forth our fee schedule for the term of the contract and, absent a change in service requirements, do not permit us to re-price the contract for changes in our costs or for market pricing. The long-term contracts for these relationships require, in some cases, considerable up-front investment by us, including technology and conversion costs, and carry the risk that pricing for the products and services we provide might not prove adequate to generate expected operating margins over the term of the contracts.
The profitability of these contracts is largely a function of our ability to accurately calculate pricing for our services, efficiently assume our contractual responsibilities in a timely manner , control our costs and maintain the relationship with the client for an adequate period of time to recover our up-front investment. Our estimate of the profitability of these arrangements can be adversely affected by declines in the assets under the clients' management, whether


State Street Corporation | 43





due to general declines in the securities markets or client-specific issues. In addition, the profitability of these arrangements may be based on our ability to cross-sell additional services to these clients, and we may be unable to do so.
Performance risk exists in each contract, given our dependence on successful conversion and implementation onto our own operating platforms of the service activities provided. Our failure to meet specified service levels or implementation timelines may also adversely affect our revenue from such arrangements, or permit early termination of the contracts by the client. If the demand for these types of services were to decline, we could see our revenue decline.
Changes in accounting standards may adversely affect our consolidated financial statements .
New accounting standards, or changes to existing accounting standards, resulting both from initiatives of the FASB as well as changes in the interpretation of existing accounting standards, by the FASB or the SEC or otherwise reflected in U.S. GAAP , potentially could affect our consolidated results of operations, cash flows and financial condition. These changes can materially affect how we record and report our consolidated results of operations, cash flows, financial condition and other financial information. In some cases, we could be required to apply a new or revised standard retroactively, resulting in the revised treatment of certain transactions or activities, and, in some cases, the revision of our consolidated financial statements for prior periods.
Changes in tax laws, rules or regulations, challenges to our tax positions with respect to historical transactions, and changes in the composition of our pre-tax earnings may increase our effective tax rate and thus adversely affect our consolidated financial statements.
Our businesses can be directly or indirectly affected by new tax legislation, the expiration of existing tax laws or the interpretation of existing tax laws worldwide. The U.S. federal government, state governments, including Massachusetts, and jurisdictions around the world continue to review proposals to amend tax laws, rules and regulations applicable to our business that could have a negative impact on our capital and/or after-tax earnings.
In the normal course of our business, we are subject to review by U.S. and non-U.S. tax authorities. A review by any such authority could result in an increase in our recorded tax liability. In addition to the aforementioned risks, our effective tax rate is dependent on the nature and geographic composition of our pre-tax earnings and could be negatively affected by changes in these factors.
 
We may incur losses as a result of unforeseen events, including terrorist attacks, natural disasters, the emergence of a pandemic or acts of embezzlement.
Acts of terrorism, natural disasters or the emergence of a pandemic could significantly affect our business. We have instituted disaster recovery and continuity plans to address risks from terrorism, natural disasters and pandemic; however, anticipating or addressing all potential contingencies is not possible for events of this nature. Acts of terrorism, either targeted or broad in scope, or natural disasters could damage our physical facilities, harm our employees and disrupt our operations. A pandemic, or concern about a possible pandemic, could lead to operational difficulties and impair our ability to manage our business. Acts of terrorism, natural disasters and pandemics could also negatively affect our clients, counterparties and service providers, as well as result in disruptions in general economic activity and the financial markets.
ITEM 1 B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS
None.
ITEM 2. PROPERTIES
We occupy a total of approximately 7.6 million square feet of office space and related facilities worldwide, of which approximately 6.7 million square feet are leased. Of the total leased space, approximately 2.4 million square feet are located in eastern Massachusetts. An additional 1.5 million square feet are located elsewhere throughout the U.S. and in Canada. We lease approximately 2.0 million square feet in the U.K. and elsewhere in Europe, and approximately 900,000 square feet in the Asia/Pacific region.
Our headquarters is located at State Street Financial Center, One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts, a 36-story office building. Various divisions of our two lines of business, as well as support functions, occupy space in this building. We lease the entire 1,025,000 square feet of the building, and a related underground parking garage, at One Lincoln Street, under 20-year non-cancelable capital leases expiring in 2023. A portion of the lease payments is offset by subleases for approximately 127,000 square feet of the building.
We occupy four buildings located in Quincy, Massachusetts, one of which we own and three of which we lease. The buildings contain a total of approximately 1.2 million square feet (720,000 square feet owned and 470,000 square feet leased). These, along with the Channel Center, an office building located in Boston, of which we lease the entire 500,000 square feet, function as State Street Bank's principal operations facilities.


State Street Corporation | 44





We occupy other principal properties located in Connecticut, Missouri, New Jersey, New York, and Ontario, composed of five leased buildings containing a total of approximately 840,000 square feet, under leases expiring from August 2022 to December 2025. Significant properties in the U.K. and Europe include nine buildings located in England, Scotland, Poland, Ireland, Luxembourg, Germany, and Italy, containing approximately 1.3 million square feet under leases expiring from January 2019 through August 2034. Principal properties located in China, Australia and India consist of four buildings containing approximately 491,000 square feet (includes 83,000 square feet under construction in India) under leases expiring from July 2019 through May 2021.
We believe that our owned and leased facilities are suitable and adequate for our business needs. Additional information about our occupancy costs, including our commitments under non-cancelable leases, is provided in Note 20 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8,, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
ITEM 3.    LEGAL PROCEEDINGS
The information required by this Item is provided under "Legal and Regulatory Matters" in Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 4.     MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES
Not applicable.




State Street Corporation | 45





EXECUTIV E OFFICERS OF THE REGISTRANT
The following table presents certain information with respect to each of our executive officers as of February 16, 2017 .
Name
 
Age
 
Position
Joseph L. Hooley
 
59

 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
Eric W. Aboaf
 
52

 
Executive Vice President
Michael W. Bell
 
53

 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
Jeffrey N. Carp
 
60

 
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary
Jeff D. Conway
 
51

 
Executive Vice President
Andrew J. Erickson
 
47

 
Executive Vice President
Kathryn M. Horgan
 
51

 
Executive Vice President
Karen C. Keenan
 
54

 
Executive Vice President and Chief Administrative Officer
Andrew P. Kuritzkes
 
56

 
Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer
Louis D. Maiuri
 
52

 
Executive Vice President
Sean P. Newth
 
41

 
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
Ronald P. O'Hanley
 
60

 
Vice Chairman and Chief Executive Officer and President of SSGA
Alison A. Quirk
 
55

 
Executive Vice President
Michael F. Rogers
 
59

 
President and Chief Operating Officer
Wai-Kwong Seck
 
61

 
Executive Vice President
Antoine Shagoury
 
46

 
Executive Vice President
George E. Sullivan
 
56

 
Executive Vice President
All executive officers are appointed by the Board and hold office at the discretion of the Board. No family relationships exist among any of our directors and executive officers.
Mr. Hooley joined State Street in 1986 and currently serves as Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He was appointed Chief Executive Officer in March 2010 and Chairman of the Board in January 2011. He served as our President and Chief Operating Officer from April 2008 until December 2014. From 2002 to April 2008, Mr. Hooley served as Executive Vice President and head of Investor Services and, in 2006, was appointed Vice Chairman and Global Head of Investment Servicing and Investment Research and Trading. Mr. Hooley was elected to serve on the Board of Directors effective October 22, 2009.
Eric Aboaf joined State Street in December 2016 as Executive Vice President. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Aboaf served as chief financial officer of Citizens Financial Group, a financial services and retail banking firm, from April 2015 to December 2016, with responsibility for all finance functions and corporate development. From February 2003 to March 2015, he served in several senior management positions for Citigroup, a global investment banking and financial services corporation, including the global treasurer and the chief financial officer of the institutional client group, which included the custody business. Mr. Aboaf will assume the role of State Street’s Chief Financial Officer no later than April 1, 2017.
Mr. Bell joined State Street in August 2013 as Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer.
 
Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Bell served as senior executive vice president and chief financial officer of Manulife Financial Corporation, a leading Canada-based financial services group with principal operations in Asia, Canada and the U.S., from 2009 to June 2012. From 2002 to 2009, he served as executive vice president and chief financial officer at Cigna Corporation, a global health services organization where he had previously served in several senior management positions, including as President of Cigna Group Insurance. Mr. Bell will be stepping down as chief financial officer no later than April 1, 2017.
Mr. Carp joined State Street in 2006 as Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer. Later in 2006, he was also appointed Secretary. From 2004 to 2005, Mr. Carp served as executive vice president and general counsel of Massachusetts Financial Services, an investment management and research company. From 1989 until 2004, Mr. Carp was a senior partner at the law firm of Hale and Dorr LLP, where he was an attorney since 1982. Mr. Carp served as State Street's interim Chief Risk Officer from February 2010 until September 2010.
Mr. Conway joined State Street more than 25 years ago and since March 2015 has served as Executive Vice President and Chief Executive Officer for Europe, the Middle East and Africa. Prior to that, Mr. Conway held several other management positions within the Company, including leading Global Exchange, State Street's data and analytics business from April 2013 to March 2015. From 2007 to April 2013, Mr. Conway served as the global head of State Street's Investment Management Services business.


State Street Corporation | 46





Mr. Erickson joined State Street in April 1991 and since June 2016 has served as the Executive Vice President and head of Investment Services business in the Americas. Prior to this role, Mr. Erickson was the head of the Global Services business in Asia Pacific from April 2014 to June 2016 and prior to that he was Head of North Asia for Global Services from 2010 to 2014. Mr. Erickson has also held several other positions within State Street during his over 25 years with the Company.
Ms. Horgan joined State Street in April 2009 and currently serves as Executive Vice President, since 2012, and Chief Operating Officer, since 2011, for State Street's Global Human Resources division. Prior to this role, Ms. Horgan served as the senior vice president of human resources for State Street Global Advisors. Prior to joining State Street, Ms. Horgan was the executive vice president of human resources for Old Mutual Asset Management, a global, diversified multi-boutique asset management company, from 2006 to 2009.
Ms. Keenan joined State Street in July 2007 as part of the acquisition of Investors Financial Services (IBT) and since June 2016 has served as the Chief Administrative Officer for State Street, managing cross-organizational initiatives, overseeing data strategy projects, overseeing the Compliance Department and leading key components of regulatory initiatives. Prior to this role, from July 2015 to June 2016, Ms. Keenan led the Global Markets division worldwide, following her role as the head of Global Markets in EMEA from 2012 to 2016. From 2010 to 2012, Ms. Keenan served as the chief strategy officer for Global Markets. While with IBT, she served as chief financial officer during its initial public offering and its early years as a public company.
Mr. Kuritzkes joined State Street in 2010 as Executive Vice President and Chief Risk Officer. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Kuritzkes was a partner at Oliver, Wyman & Company, an international management consulting firm, and led the firm’s Public Policy practice in North America. He joined Oliver, Wyman & Company in 1988, was a managing director in the firm’s London office from 1993 to 1997, and served as vice chairman of Oliver, Wyman & Company globally from 2000 until the firm’s acquisition by MMC in 2003. From 1986 to 1988, he worked as an economist and lawyer for the Federal Reserve Bank of New York.
Mr. Maiuri joined State Street in October 2013 and has served as Executive Vice President and head of State Street Global Markets since June 2016 and head of State Street Global Exchange since July 2015. From 2013 to July 2015, he led the Securities Finance division. Before joining State Street, Mr. Maiuri served as executive vice president and deputy chief executive officer of asset servicing at BNY
 
Mellon, a global banking and financial services corporation, from May 2009 to October 2013.
Mr. Newth joined State Street in 2005 and has served as Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Corporate Controller since October 2014. Prior to that, he held several senior positions in State Street's Accounting Department, including Director of Accounting Policy from 2009 to 2014 and Deputy Controller from April 2014 to October 2014. Before joining State Street, Mr. Newth served in various transaction services, accounting advisory and assurance roles at KPMG, from 1997 to 2005.
Mr. O'Hanley joined State Street in April 2015 and currently serves as Vice Chairman and the Chief Executive Officer and President of State Street Global Advisors, the investment management arm of State Street Corporation. He was appointed Vice Chairman January 1, 2017. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. O'Hanley was president of Asset Management & Corporate Services for Fidelity Investments, a financial and mutual fund services corporation, from 2010 to February 2014. From 1997 to 2010, Mr. O'Hanley served in various positions at Bank of New York Mellon, a global banking and financial services corporation, serving as President and Chief Executive Officer of BNY Asset Management in Boston from 2007 to 2010.
Ms. Quirk joined State Street in 2002, and since January 2012 has served as Chief Human Resources and Citizenship Officer. She has served as Executive Vice President and head of Global Human Resources since March 2010. Prior to that, Ms. Quirk served as Executive Vice President in Global Human Resources and held various senior roles in that group.
Mr. Rogers joined State Street in 2007 as part of the IBT acquisition and was appointed President and Chief Operating Officer in December 2014. In that role, he is responsible for State Street Global Markets, State Street Global Services Americas, Information Technology, Global Operations, and Global Exchange, State Street’s data and analytics business. Prior to that, Mr. Rogers served as head of Global Markets and Global Services - Americas since November 2011 and served as head of Global Services, including alternative investment solutions, for all of the Americas since March 2010. Mr. Rogers was previously head of the Relationship Management group, a role which he held beginning in 2009. From State Street's acquisition of Investors Financial Services Corp. in July 2007 to 2009, Mr. Rogers headed the post-acquisition Investors Financial Services Corp. business and its integration into State Street. Before joining State Street at the time of the acquisition, Mr. Rogers spent 27 years at Investors Financial Services Corp. and its predecessors in various capacities, most recently as President beginning in 2001.


State Street Corporation | 47





Mr. Seck joined State Street in September 2011 as Executive Vice President and head of Global Markets and Global Services across Asia Pacific. Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Seck was chief financial officer of the Singapore Exchange for eight years. Previously he held senior-level positions in the Monetary Authority of Singapore, the Government of Singapore Investment Corporation, Lehman Brothers and DBS Bank.
Mr. Shagoury joined State Street in November 2015 and has served as Executive Vice President and Global Chief Information Officer (CIO). Prior to joining State Street, Mr. Shagoury had several senior management positions from February 2010 to November 2015 with the London Stock Exchange Group, a British-based stock exchange and financial information company, including the group chief operating officer and chief information officer.
Mr. Sullivan joined State Street in July 2007 as part of the IBT acquisition and has served as Executive Vice President and global head of State Street’s Alternative Investment Solutions group. Mr. Sullivan spent 15 years at IBT, where his role was managing director of Global Fund Services.


State Street Corporation | 48





PART II
ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES
MARKET F OR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY
Our common stock is listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol STT. There were 2,753 shareholders of record as of January 31, 2017 . The information required by this item concerning the market prices of, and dividends on, our common stock during the past two years is provided under “Quarterly Summarized Financial Information (Unaudited)” included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
In June 2016 , our Board approved a common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase by us of up to $1.4 billion of our common stock through
 
June 30, 2017. As of December 31, 2016 , we had approximately $750 million remaining under that program.
The following table presents purchases of our common stock and related information for each of the months in the quarter ended December 31, 2016 . All shares of our common stock purchased during the quarter ended December 31, 2016 were purchased under the above-described Board-approved program. Stock purchases may be made using various types of mechanisms, including open market purchases or transactions off market, and may be made under Rule 10b5-1 trading programs. The timing of stock purchases, types of transactions and number of shares purchased will depend on several factors, including market conditions, our capital position, our financial performance and investment opportunities. The common stock purchase program does not have specific price targets and may be suspended at any time.

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts; shares in thousands)
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased
 
Average Price Paid Per Share
 
Total Number of Shares Purchased as Part of Publicly Announced Program
 
Approximate Dollar Value of Shares That May Yet be Purchased Under Publicly Announced Program
Period:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
October 1 - October 31, 2016
 
184

 
$
70.52

 
184

 
$
1,062

November 1 - November 30, 2016
 
2,438

 
75.29

 
2,438

 
878

December 1 - December 31, 2016
 
1,615

 
79.54

 
1,615

 
750

Total
 
4,237

 
76.70

 
4,237

 
750

Additional information about our common stock, including Board authorization with respect to purchases by us of our common stock, is provided under "Capital" in “Financial Condition” included under Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, and in Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
As a bank holding company, our parent company is a legal entity separate and distinct from its principal banking subsidiary, State Street Bank, and its non-banking subsidiaries. The right of the parent company to participate as a shareholder in any distribution of assets of State Street Bank upon its liquidation, reorganization or otherwise is subject to the prior claims by creditors of State Street Bank, including obligations for federal funds purchased and securities sold under repurchase agreements and deposit liabilities.
 
Payment of dividends by State Street Bank is subject to the provisions of the Massachusetts banking law, which provide that State Street Bank's Board of Directors may declare, from State Street Bank's "net profits," as defined below, cash dividends annually, semi-annually or quarterly (but not more frequently) and can declare non-cash dividends at any time. Under Massachusetts banking law, for purposes of determining the amount of cash dividends that are payable by State Street Bank, “net profits” is defined as an amount equal to the remainder of all earnings from current operations plus actual recoveries on loans and investments and other assets, after deducting from the total thereof all current operating expenses, actual losses, accrued dividends on preferred stock, if any, and all federal and state taxes.


State Street Corporation | 49


Table of Contents



No dividends may be declared, credited or paid so long as there is any impairment of State Street Bank's capital stock. The approval of the Massachusetts Commissioner of Banks is required if the total of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year would exceed the total of its net profits for that year combined with its retained net profits for the preceding two years, less any required transfer to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of any preferred stock.
Under Federal Reserve regulations, the approval of the Federal Reserve would be required for the payment of dividends by State Street Bank if the total amount of all dividends declared by State Street Bank in any calendar year, including any proposed dividend, would exceed the total of its net income for such calendar year as reported in State Street Bank's Consolidated Reports of Condition and Income for a Bank with Domestic and Foreign Offices Only - FFIEC 031 , commonly referred to as the “Call Report,” as submitted through the Federal Financial Institutions Examination Council and provided to the Federal Reserve, plus its “retained net income” for the preceding two calendar years. For these purposes, “retained net income,” as of any date of determination, is defined as an amount equal to State Street Bank's net income (as reported in its Call Reports for the calendar year in which retained net income is being determined) less any dividends declared during such year. In determining the amount of dividends that are payable, the total of State Street Bank's net income for the current year and its retained net income for the preceding two calendar years is reduced by any net losses incurred in the current or preceding two-year period and by any required transfers to surplus or to a fund for the retirement of preferred stock.
Prior Federal Reserve approval also must be obtained if a proposed dividend would exceed State Street Bank's “undivided profits” (retained earnings) as reported in its Call Reports. State Street Bank may include in its undivided profits amounts contained in its surplus account, if the amounts reflect transfers of undivided profits made in prior periods and if the Federal Reserve's approval for the transfer back to undivided profits has been obtained.
Under the PCA provisions adopted pursuant to the FDIC Improvement Act of 1991, State Street Bank may not pay a dividend when it is deemed, under the PCA framework, to be under-capitalized, or when the payment of the dividend would cause State Street Bank to be under-capitalized. If State Street Bank is under-capitalized for purposes of the PCA framework, it must cease paying dividends for so long as it is deemed to be under-capitalized. Once earnings have begun to improve and an adequate capital position has been restored, dividend payments may resume in
 
accordance with federal and state statutory limitations and guidelines.
In 2016 , our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.44 per share, totaling approximately $559 million . In 2015 , our parent company declared aggregate quarterly common stock dividends to its shareholders of $1.32 per share, totaling approximately $536 million . Currently, any payment of future common stock dividends by our parent company to its shareholders is subject to the review of our capital plan by the Federal Reserve in connection with its CCAR process. Information about dividends declared by our parent company and dividends from our subsidiary banks is provided under "Capital" in “Financial Condition” included under Item 7,Management's Discussion and Analysis, and in Note  15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference. Future dividend payments of State Street Bank and our non-banking subsidiaries cannot be determined at this time. In addition, refer to “Capital Planning, Stress Tests and Dividends” in "Supervision and Regulation" included under Item 1, Business, of this Form 10-K and the risk factor titled “ Our business and capital-related activities, including our ability to return capital to shareholders and purchase our capital stock, may be adversely affected by our implementation of the revised regulatory capital and liquidity standards that we must meet under the Basel III final rule, the Dodd-Frank Act and other regulatory initiatives, or in the event our capital plan or post-stress capital ratios are determined to be insufficient as a result of regulatory capital stress testing ” included under Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Form 10-K.
Information about our equity compensation plans is included under Item 12, Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters , and in Note 18 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K, and is incorporated herein by reference.


State Street Corporation | 50


Table of Contents



SHAREHOLDER RETURN PERFORMANCE PRESENTATION
The graph presented below compares the cumulative total shareholder return on State Street's common stock to the cumulative total return of the S&P 500 Index, the S&P Financial Index and the KBW Bank Index over a five-year period. The cumulative total shareholder return assumes the investment of $100 in State Street common stock and in each index on December 31, 2011 at the closing price on the last trading day of 2011 , and also
 
assumes reinvestment of common stock dividends. The S&P Financial Index is a publicly available measure of 63 of the Standard & Poor's 500 companies, representing 25 diversified financial services companies, 21 insurance companies, and 17 banking companies. The KBW Bank Index seeks to reflect the performance of banks and thrifts that are publicly traded in the U.S., and is composed of 24 leading national money center and regional banks and thrifts.


STT-2016930_CHARTX36284A01.JPG

 
2011
 
2012
 
2013
 
2014
 
2015
 
2016
State Street Corporation
$
100

 
$
119

 
$
189

 
$
205

 
$
177

 
$
212

S&P 500 Index
100

 
116

 
154

 
175

 
177

 
198

S&P Financial Index
100

 
129

 
175

 
201

 
198

 
243

KBW Bank Index
100

 
133

 
183

 
200

 
201

 
259


State Street Corporation | 51


Table of Contents



ITEM 6. SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts or where otherwise noted)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
YEARS ENDED DECEMBER 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total fee revenue
$
8,116

 
$
8,278

 
$
8,010

 
$
7,570

 
$
7,069

Net interest revenue
2,084

 
2,088

 
2,260

 
2,303

 
2,538

Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net (1)
7

 
(6
)
 
4

 
(9
)
 
23

Total revenue
10,207

 
10,360

 
10,274

 
9,864

 
9,630

Provision for loan losses
10

 
12

 
10

 
6

 
(3
)
Total expenses
8,077

 
8,050

 
7,827

 
7,192

 
6,886

Income before income tax expense
2,120

 
2,298

 
2,437

 
2,666

 
2,747

Income tax expense (benefit) (2)
(22
)
 
318

 
415

 
616

 
700

Net income from non-controlling interest
1

 

 

 

 

Net income
$
2,143


$
1,980


$
2,022


$
2,050


$
2,047

Adjustments to net income (3)
(175
)
 
(132
)
 
(64
)
 
(34
)
 
(42
)
Net income available to common shareholders
$
1,968

 
$
1,848

 
$
1,958

 
$
2,016

 
$
2,005

PER COMMON SHARE:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
5.03

 
$
4.53

 
$
4.62

 
$
4.52

 
$
4.23

Diluted
4.97

 
4.47

 
4.53

 
4.43

 
4.17

Cash dividends declared
1.44

 
1.32

 
1.16

 
1.04

 
.96

Closing market price (at year end)
$
77.72

 
$
66.36

 
$
78.50

 
$
73.39

 
$
47.01

AS OF DECEMBER 31:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities
$
97,167

 
$
100,022

 
$
112,636

 
$
116,914

 
$
121,061

Average total interest-earning assets
199,184

 
220,456

 
209,054

 
178,101

 
167,615

Total assets
242,698

 
245,155

 
274,089

 
243,262

 
222,561

Deposits
187,163

 
191,627

 
209,040

 
182,268

 
164,181

Long-term debt
11,430

 
11,497

 
10,012

 
9,670

 
7,408

Total shareholders' equity
21,219

 
21,103

 
21,328

 
20,248

 
20,824

Assets under custody and administration (in billions)
28,771

 
27,508

 
28,188

 
27,427

 
24,371

Assets under management (in billions)
2,468

 
2,245

 
2,448

 
2,345

 
2,086

Number of employees
33,783

 
32,356

 
29,970

 
29,430

 
29,650

RATIOS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Return on average common shareholders' equity
10.5
%
 
9.8
%
 
9.8
%
 
10.2
%
 
10.3
%
Return on average assets
0.93

 
0.79

 
0.85

 
0.99

 
1.06

Common dividend payout
28.46

 
28.99

 
25.03

 
22.89

 
22.57

Average common equity to average total assets
8.2

 
7.6

 
8.4

 
9.6

 
10.1

Net interest margin, fully taxable-equivalent basis
1.13

 
1.03

 
1.16

 
1.37

 
1.59

Common equity tier 1 ratio (4)
11.7

 
12.5

 
12.4

 
15.3

 
17.1

Tier 1 capital ratio (4)
14.8

 
15.3

 
14.5

 
17.1

 
19.1

Total capital ratio (4)
16.0

 
17.4

 
16.4

 
19.5

 
20.6

Tier 1 leverage ratio (4)
6.5

 
6.9

 
6.3

 
6.8

 
7.1

Supplementary leverage ratio (5)
5.9

 
6.2

 
5.6

 
NA

 
NA

 
 
 
 
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Amount for 2012 reflects a $46 million loss from the sale of our Greek investment securities.
(2) Amount for 2012 reflects the net effects of certain tax matters ( $7 million benefit) associated with the 2010 Intesa acquisition.
(3) Amounts represent preferred stock dividends and the allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method.
(4) Ratios for 2014 through 2016 were calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule. Ratios for 2012 and 2013 were calculated in conformity with the provisions of Basel I. Ratios for 2014 through 2016 are not directly comparable to ratios for prior years. Refer to Note 16 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
(5) The supplementary leverage ratio was calculated using the transitional tier 1 capital as calculated under the supplementary leverage ratio provisions of the Basel III final rule as of the date indicated.

State Street Corporation | 52





STATE STREET CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

















We use acronyms and other defined terms for certain business terms and abbreviations, as defined on the acronyms list and glossary included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.

State Street Corporation | 53


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
GENERAL
As of December 31, 2016 , we had consolidated total assets of $242.70 billion , consolidated total deposits of $187.16 billion , consolidated total shareholders' equity of $21.22 billion and 33,783 employees. We operate in more than 100 geographic markets worldwide, including in the U.S., Canada, Europe, the Middle East and Asia.
Our operations are organized into two lines of business:
Investment Servicing and Investment Management, which are defined based on products and services provided.
Investment Servicing provides services for institutional clients, including mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, investment managers, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; our enhanced custody product, which integrates principal securities lending and custody; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
Investment Management, through SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers passive and active asset management strategies across equity, fixed-income, alternative, multi-asset solutions (including OCIO) and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including ETFs, such as the SPDR ® ETF brand.
For financial and other information about our lines of business, refer to “Line of Business Information” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements included under Item
 
8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K. Certain previously reported amounts presented in this Form 10-K have been reclassified to conform to current-period presentation.
We prepare our consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in its application of certain accounting policies that materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses.
The significant accounting policies that require us to make judgments, estimates and assumptions that are difficult, subjective or complex about matters that are uncertain and may change in subsequent periods include accounting for fair value measurements; other-than-temporary impairment of investment securities; impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets; and contingencies. These significant accounting policies require the most subjective or complex judgments, and underlying estimates and assumptions could be subject to revision as new information becomes available. Additional information about these significant accounting policies is included under “Significant Accounting Estimates” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
Certain financial information provided in this Form 10-K, including in this Management's Discussion and Analysis, is prepared on both a U.S. GAAP, or reported basis, and a non-GAAP basis, including certain non-GAAP measures used in the calculation of identified regulatory ratios. We measure and compare certain financial information on a non-GAAP basis, including information (such as capital ratios calculated under regulatory standards scheduled to be effective in the future) that management uses in evaluating our business and activities.
Non-GAAP financial information should be considered in addition to, not as a substitute for or superior to, financial information prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP. Any non-GAAP financial information presented in this Form 10-K, including this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, is reconciled to its most directly comparable currently applicable regulatory ratio or U.S. GAAP-basis measure.
We further believe that our presentation of fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue, a non-GAAP measure, which reports non-taxable revenue, such as interest revenue associated with tax-exempt investment securities, on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, facilitates an investor's understanding and


State Street Corporation | 54


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



analysis of our underlying financial performance and trends.
This Management's Discussion and Analysis contains statements that are considered "forward-looking statements" within the meaning of U.S. securities laws. Forward-looking statements include statements about our goals and expectations regarding our business, financial and capital condition, results of operations, strategies, financial portfolio performance, dividend and stock purchase programs, expected outcomes of legal proceedings, market growth, acquisitions, joint ventures and divestitures and new technologies, services and opportunities, as well as industry, regulatory, economic and market trends, initiatives and developments, the business environment and other matters that do not relate strictly to historical facts. These forward-looking statements involve certain risks and uncertainties which could cause actual results to differ materially. We undertake no obligation to revise the forward-looking statements contained in this Management's Discussion and Analysis to reflect events after the time we file this Form 10-K with the SEC. Additional information about forward-looking statements and related risks and uncertainties is provided in "Risk Factors" under Item 1A of this Form 10-K.
We provide additional disclosures required by applicable bank regulatory standards, including supplemental qualitative and quantitative information with respect to regulatory capital (including market risk associated with our trading activities), summary results of semi-annual State Street-run stress tests which we conduct under the Dodd-Frank Act, and resolution plan disclosures required under the Dodd-Frank Act. These additional disclosures are accessible on the “Investor Relations” section of our corporate website at www.statestreet.com .
We have included our website address in this report as an inactive textual reference only. Information on our website is not incorporated by reference into this Form 10-K.
We use acronyms and other defined terms for certain business terms and abbreviations, as defined on the acronyms list and glossary included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
 
OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL RESULTS
TABLE 1: OVERVIEW OF FINANCIAL RESULTS
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Total fee revenue
$
8,116

 
$
8,278

 
$
8,010

Net interest revenue
2,084

 
2,088

 
2,260

Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
7

 
(6
)
 
4

Total revenue
10,207

 
10,360

 
10,274

Provision for loan losses
10

 
12

 
10

Total expenses
8,077

 
8,050

 
7,827

Income before income tax expense
2,120

 
2,298

 
2,437

Income tax expense (benefit)
(22
)
 
318

 
415

Net income from non-controlling interest
1

 

 

Net income
$
2,143

 
$
1,980

 
$
2,022

Adjustments to net income:
 
 
 
 
 
Dividends on preferred stock (1)
(173
)
 
(130
)
 
(61
)
Earnings allocated to participating securities (2)
(2
)
 
(2
)
 
(3
)
Net income available to common shareholders
$
1,968

 
$
1,848

 
$
1,958

Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
5.03

 
$
4.53

 
$
4.62

Diluted
4.97

 
4.47

 
4.53

Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
391,485
 
407,856
 
424,223
Diluted
396,090
 
413,638
 
432,007
Cash dividends declared per common share
$
1.44

 
$
1.32

 
$
1.16

Return on average common equity
10.5
%
 
9.8
%
 
9.8
%
 
 
(1) Refer to Note 15 of the consolidated financial s tatements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K for additional information regarding our preferred stock dividends.
(2) Represents the portion of net income available to common equity allocated to participating securities, composed of fully vested deferred director stock and unvested restricted stock that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends during t he vesting period on a basis equivalent to dividends paid to common shareholders.



State Street Corporation | 55


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



The following “Highlights” and “Financial Results” sections provide information related to significant events, as well as highlights of our consolidated financial results for the year ended December 31, 2016 presented in Table 1: Overview of Financial Results . More detailed information about our consolidated financial results, including comparisons of our financial results for the year ended December 31, 2016 to those for the year ended December 31, 2015 , is provided under “Consolidated Results of Operations,” which follows these sections. In this Management’s Discussion and Analysis, where we describe the effects of changes in foreign exchange rates, those effects are determined by applying applicable weighted average foreign exchange rates from the relevant 2015 period to the relevant 2016 results.
Highlights
In 2016 , we secured new asset servicing mandates of $1.41 trillion , of which approximately $1.01 trillion was installed prior to December 31, 2016 with the remaining amount expected to be installed in 2017 or later. This does not include loss of business which occurs from time to time or changes in assets under custody and administration usually from changes in market values of customer assets or subscriptions or redemptions from our customer investment products. As more fully described under "Servicing Fees" in "Line of Business - Investment Servicing" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis, in 2017 we were notified that one of our large clients will move a portion of its assets currently with State Street to another service provider. The transition will not be fully complete until 2018.
On July 1, 2016, we completed our previously announced acquisition of GE Asset Management ("GEAM") from General Electric Company, for a total purchase price of approximately $485 million . This acquisition extends our core investment management capabilities, including in the high-growth OCIO markets, and enhances our capabilities in connection with the delivery of value-added solutions to our client base. In 2016, we incurred acquisition and restructuring costs associated with the acquisition of approximately $53 million and expect to incur approximately $80 million of such costs through 2018, including the 2016 costs.
Excluding acquired AUM associated with the GEAM operations of $118 billion as of
 
December 31, 2016 , net outflows of AUM totaled $42 billion in 2016 .
We declared aggregate common stock dividends of $1.44 per share, totaling approximately $559 million , in 2016 .
During 2016 , we purchased approximately 21.1 million shares of our common stock at an average per-share cost of $64.70 and an aggregate cost of approximately $1,365 million . We have approximately $750 million remaining under our current $1.4 billion common stock purchase program approved by our Board in July 2016 .
Additional information with respect to our common stock purchase program is provided under "Capital" in "Financial Condition" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
Financial Results
Total revenue in 2016 decreased slightly compared to 2015 , primarily due to a decrease in processing fees and other revenue, partially offset by increases in management fee revenue and securities finance revenue.
Servicing fee revenue decreased 2% in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to lower global equity markets, partially offset by stronger net new business.
Management fee revenue increased $118 million, or 10% , in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to the impact of the acquired GEAM business and the elimination of money market fee waivers, partially offset by lower global equity markets.
Return on average common shareholders' equity increased to 10.5% in 2016 compared to 9.8% in 2015 .
In 2016 , we recorded restructuring charges of $142 million related to State Street Beacon , our multi-year transformation program to digitize our business, deliver significant value and innovation for our clients and lower expenses across the organization. We expect to achieve estimated annual pre-tax net run-rate expense savings of $550 million by the end of 2020, relative to 2015, all else equal, for full effect in 2021. We generated $175 million in estimated annual year over year pre-tax expense savings in 2016 related to State Street Beacon, all else equal, and expect to generate at least $140 million in additional annual pre-tax expense savings in 2017. These savings include the effects of the targeted staff reductions announced in


State Street Corporation | 56


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



October 2015. The full effect of the 2016 savings will be felt in 2017. Actual expenses may increase or decrease in the future due to other factors.
Total expenses in 2016 were relatively flat compared to 2015 , primarily driven by increases in compensation and employee benefits, information systems and communications and restructuring costs, largely offset by decreases in professional services expenses, securities processing costs and lower litigation related expenses.
In December 2016, we incurred a pre-tax charge of $249 million ( $161 million after tax, or $0.41 per share) associated with an amendment of the terms of outstanding deferred cash-settled incentive compensation awards for employees below executive vice president to remove continued service requirements, thereby accelerating the future expense that would have been recognized over the remaining term of the awards (1 to 4 years, depending on the award) had the continued service requirement not been removed. The deferred portion of many of our bonus-eligible employees' total compensation had become disproportionate relative to our peer organizations, hindering our efforts to attract and retain talent. The expense that would otherwise have been associated with the amended awards will no longer be reflected in future periods. We expect that the acceleration of the expense will financially enable us to increase the immediate cash component of our mix of incentive compensation in future periods relative to what we have had in recent years and that the impact of increased immediate cash awards in 2017 will offset the benefit of the acceleration of vesting that would otherwise have been recognized in 2017. The expense impact of future immediate and deferred incentive compensation awards will depend upon corporate performance and market, regulatory, and other factors and conditions, including the form of those awards. The change did not affect deferred equity-settled incentive compensation awards (which, in the aggregate, represent a majority of the outstanding deferred compensation awards for the relevant employees), and we expect that future deferred cash-settled incentive compensation awards will retain the continued service requirement. The payment schedule associated with the recent deferred cash-settled incentive compensation awards will no longer be reflected in future periods.
 
CONSOLIDATED RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
This section discusses our consolidated results of operations for 2016 compared to 2015 , as well as 2015 compared to 2014 , and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Total Revenue
TABLE 2: TOTAL REVENUE
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
% Change 2016
vs.
2015
 
% Change 2015
vs.
2014
(Dollars in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Fee revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing fees
$
5,073

 
$
5,153

 
$
5,108

 
(2
)%
 
1
 %
Management fees
1,292

 
1,174

 
1,207

 
10

 
(3
)
Trading services:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Foreign exchange trading
654

 
690

 
607

 
(5
)
 
14

Brokerage and other trading services
445

 
456

 
477

 
(2
)
 
(4
)
Total trading services
1,099

 
1,146

 
1,084

 
(4
)
 
6

Securities finance
562

 
496

 
437

 
13

 
14

Processing fees and other
90

 
309

 
174

 
(71
)
 
78

Total fee revenue
8,116

 
8,278

 
8,010

 
(2
)
 
3

Net interest revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Interest revenue
2,512

 
2,488

 
2,652

 
1

 
(6
)
Interest expense
428

 
400

 
392

 
7

 
2

Net interest revenue
2,084

 
2,088

 
2,260

 

 
(8
)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
7

 
(6
)
 
4

 
nm

 
nm

Total revenue
$
10,207

 
$
10,360

 
$
10,274

 
(1
)
 
1


 
nm Not meaningful
Fee Revenue
Table 2: Total Revenue , provides the breakout of fee revenue for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .
Servicing and management fees collectively made up approximately 78% of total fee revenue in 2016 , compared to approximately 76% and 79% for 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The level of these fees is influenced by several factors, including the mix and volume of our assets under custody and administration and our assets under management, the value and type of securities positions held (with respect to assets under custody), the volume of portfolio transactions, and the types of products and services used by our clients, and is generally affected by changes in worldwide equity and fixed-income security valuations and trends in market asset class preferences.


State Street Corporation | 57


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Generally, servicing fees are affected by changes in daily average valuations of assets under custody and administration. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets serviced, the level of transaction volumes, changes in service level, the nature of services provided, balance credits, client minimum balances, pricing concessions, the geographical location in which services are provided and other factors, may have a significant effect on our servicing fee revenue.
Management fees are generally affected by changes in month-end valuations of assets under management. Management fees for certain components of managed assets, such as ETFs, are affected by daily average valuations of assets under management. Management fee revenue is more sensitive to market valuations than servicing fee revenue, as a higher proportion of the underlying services provided, and the associated management fees earned, are dependent on equity and fixed-income security valuations. Additional factors, such as the relative mix of assets managed, may have a significant effect on our management fee revenue. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and the investment strategies employed, management fees may reflect other factors as well, including performance fee arrangements, as well as our relationship pricing for clients using multiple services.
Asset-based management fees for actively managed products are generally charged at a higher percentage of assets under management than for passive products. Actively managed products may also include performance fee arrangements which are recorded when the performance period is complete. Performance fees are generated when the performance of certain managed portfolios exceeds benchmarks specified in the management agreements. Generally, we experience more volatility with performance fees than with more traditional management fees.
 
In light of the above, we estimate, using relevant information as of December 31, 2016 and assuming that all other factors remain constant, that:
A 10% increase or decrease in worldwide equity valuations, on a weighted average basis, over the relevant periods for which our servicing and management fees are calculated, would result in a corresponding change in our total servicing and management fee revenues of approximately 3%; and
A 10% increase or decrease in worldwide fixed income markets, on a weighted average basis, over the relevant periods for which our servicing and management fees are calculated, would result in a corresponding change in our total servicing and management fee revenues of approximately 1% .
See Table 3: Daily, Month-End and Year-End Equity Indices, for selected equity market indices, and see Table 4: Year-End Debt Indices, for selected debt market indices. While the specific indices presented are indicative of general market trends, the asset types and classes relevant to individual client portfolios can and do differ, and the performance of associated relevant indices can therefore differ from the performance of the indices presented.
Daily averages, month-end averages, and year-end indices demonstrate worldwide changes in equity and debt markets that affect our servicing and management fee revenue. Year-end indices affect the values of assets under custody and administration and assets under management as of those dates. The index names listed in the table are service marks of their respective owners.
Further discussion of fee revenue is provided under “Line of Business Information” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.

TABLE 3: DAILY, MONTH-END AND YEAR-END EQUITY INDICES
 
Daily Averages of Indices
 
Averages of Month-End Indices
 
Year-End Indices
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
S&P 500 ®
2,095

 
2,061

 
2
 %
 
2,106

 
2,052

 
3
 %
 
2,239

 
2,044

 
10
 %
NASDAQ ®
4,988

 
4,946

 
1

 
5,016

 
4,933

 
2

 
5,383

 
5,007

 
8

MSCI EAFE ®
1,645

 
1,809

 
(9
)
 
1,652

 
1,806

 
(9
)
 
1,684

 
1,716

 
(2
)
MSCI ®  Emerging Markets
835

 
918

 
(9
)
 
842

 
910

 
(7
)
 
862

 
794

 
9

TABLE 4: YEAR-END DEBT INDICES
 
As of December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
% Change
Barclays Capital U.S. Aggregate Bond Index ®
1,976

 
1,925

 
3
%
Barclays Capital Global Aggregate Bond Index ®
451

 
442

 
2


State Street Corporation | 58


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Net Interest Revenue
See Table 2: Total Revenue , for the breakout of interest revenue and interest expense for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 . NIR was $2,084 million for 2016 compared to $2,088 million and $2,260 million for 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
NIR is defined as interest revenue earned on interest-earning assets less interest expense incurred on interest-bearing liabilities. Interest-earning assets, which principally consist of investment securities, interest-bearing deposits with banks, repurchase agreements, loans and leases and other liquid assets, are financed primarily by client deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt.
 
Net interest margin represents the relationship between annualized fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue and average total interest-earning assets for the period. It is calculated by dividing fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue by average interest-earning assets. Revenue that is exempt from income taxes, mainly that earned from certain investment securities (state and political subdivisions), is adjusted to a fully taxable-equivalent basis using a federal statutory income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of the related federal tax benefit.

TABLE 5: AVERAGE BALANCES AND INTEREST RATES - FULLY TAXABLE-EQUIVALENT BASIS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions; fully taxable-equivalent basis)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
Revenue/
Expense
 
Rate
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
$
53,091

 
$
126

 
.24
 %
 
$
69,753

 
$
208

 
.30
%
 
$
55,353

 
$
196

 
.35
%
Securities purchased under resale agreements (1)

2,558

 
146

 
5.70

 
3,233

 
62

 
1.92

 
4,077

 
38

 
.94

Trading account assets
921

 

 

 
1,194

 
1

 
.08

 
959

 
1

 
.13

Investment securities
100,738

 
1,962

 
1.95

 
105,611

 
2,069

 
1.96

 
116,809

 
2,317

 
1.98

Loans and leases
19,013

 
384

 
2.02

 
17,948

 
311

 
1.73

 
15,912

 
266

 
1.67

Other interest-earning assets
22,863

 
61

 
.27

 
22,717

 
10

 
.04

 
15,944

 
7

 
.05

Average total interest-earning assets
$
199,184

 
$
2,679

 
1.34

 
$
220,456

 
$
2,661

 
1.21

 
$
209,054


$
2,825

 
1.36

Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
$
30,107

 
$
132

 
.44
 %
 
$
30,819

 
$
51

 
.16
%
 
$
21,296

 
$
21

 
.10
%
Non-U.S.
95,551

 
(47
)
 
(.05
)
 
102,491

 
46

 
.05

 
109,003

 
78

 
.07

Securities sold under repurchase agreements (1)
4,113

 
1

 
.02

 
8,875

 
1

 
.01

 
8,817

 

 

Federal funds purchased
31

 

 

 
21

 

 

 
20

 

 

Other short-term borrowings
1,666

 
7

 
.40

 
3,826

 
6

 
.15

 
4,177

 
5

 
.12

Long-term debt
11,401

 
260

 
2.29

 
10,301

 
250

 
2.43

 
9,282

 
245

 
2.64

Other interest-bearing liabilities
5,394

 
75

 
1.39

 
6,471

 
46

 
.71

 
7,351

 
43

 
.59

Average total interest-bearing liabilities
$
148,263

 
$
428

 
.29

 
$
162,804

 
$
400

 
.25

 
$
159,946

 
$
392

 
.25

Interest-rate spread
 
 
 
 
1.05
 %
 
 
 
 
 
.96
%
 
 
 
 
 
1.11
%
Net interest revenue—fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
$
2,251

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,261

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,433

 
 
Net interest margin—fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
 
 
1.13
 %
 
 
 
 
 
1.03
%
 
 
 
 
 
1.16
%
Tax-equivalent adjustment
 
 
(167
)
 
 
 
 
 
(173
)
 
 
 
 
 
(173
)
 
 
Net interest revenue—GAAP basis
 
 
$
2,084

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,088

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,260

 
 
 
 
(1) Reflects the impact of balance sheet netting under enforceable netting agreements.
See Table 5: Average Balances and Interest Rates - Fully Taxable-Equivalent Basis , for the breakout of net interest revenue on a fully taxable-equivalent basis for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 . Net interest revenue on a fully taxable-equivalent basis remained flat in 2016 compared to 2015 . Benefits during 2016 from the U.S. rate hike in December 2015 were partially offset by lower global interest rates that affected our revenue from certain floating-rate assets, the rate at which payments from the maturity or prepayment of portfolio holdings could be reinvested, and the effect of the stronger U.S. dollar. Average balances in 2016 reflect management actions to reduce the size of our
 
balance sheet toward the end of the third quarter of 2015. These actions contributed to the reduction of average interest and non-interest bearing deposits of $15 billion in 2016 compared to 2015 . Additionally, 2016 net interest revenue reflects our efforts to manage the size and composition of our investment portfolio as we seek to optimize our capital and liquidity positions in light of the evolving regulatory environment.
During 2016, the effect of the stronger U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the GBP, also negatively impacted our net interest revenue.  The stronger U.S. dollar had the effect of reducing fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue


State Street Corporation | 59


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



by approximately $18 million in 2016 compared to 2015 .
During 2015, the effect of the stronger U.S. dollar relative to other currencies, particularly the Euro, also negatively impacted our NIR, as we maintained a portion of our investment portfolio in Euro denominated securities. The stronger U.S. dollar had the effect of reducing fully taxable-equivalent NIR by approximately $54 million in 2015 compared to 2014 .
We recorded aggregate discount accretion in interest revenue of $82 million in 2016 , related to the assets we consolidated onto our balance sheet in 2009 from our asset-backed commercial paper conduits. Subsequent to the commercial paper conduit consolidation in 2009, we have recorded total discount accretion in interest revenue as follows:
TABLE 6: TOTAL DISCOUNT ACCRETION IN INTEREST REVENUE
(In millions)
Discount Accretion in Interest Revenue
Years Ended December 31,
 
2009
$
621

2010
712

2011
220

2012
215

2013
137

2014
119

2015
98

2016
82

Total discount accretion
$
2,204

The timing and ultimate recognition of any applicable discount accretion depends, in part, on factors that are outside of our control, including anticipated prepayment speeds and credit quality. The impact of these factors is uncertain and can be significantly influenced by general economic and financial market conditions. The timing and recognition of any applicable discount accretion can also be influenced by our ongoing management of the risks and other characteristics associated with our investment securities portfolio, including sales of securities which would otherwise generate interest revenue through accretion.
Depending on the factors discussed above, among others, we anticipate that until the former conduit securities remaining in our investment portfolio mature or are sold, discount accretion will continue to contribute to our net interest revenue, though generally in declining amounts. Assuming that we hold them to maturity, all else being equal, we expect the remaining former conduit securities carried in our investment portfolio as of December 31, 2016 to generate aggregate discount accretion in future periods of approximately $128 million over their remaining terms, with approximately one third of this discount accretion to be recorded through 2019. We
 
estimate that we will have approximately $15 million to $25 million of discount accretion for 2017, excluding the impact of potentially significant unexpected prepayments.
Changes in the components of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities are discussed in more detail below. Additional detail about the components of interest revenue and interest expense is provided in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Average total interest-earning assets were lower in 2016 compared to 2015 as a result of the previously described management actions.
Even though we have seen reductions in the overall level of excess deposits during the past year, our clients have continued to place elevated levels of deposits with us, as central bank actions have resulted in high levels of liquidity and low global interest rates. We evaluate deposits as either inherent in our relationship with our custodial clients, which we generally invest in our investment portfolio or excess deposits, which we generally deposit with central banks. Deposits with central banks generate low returns. Consequently, the elevated levels of these transient deposits have contributed to a reduction of our net interest margin relative to historical levels.
The deposits with central banks are also included in our total consolidated assets, and lower deposit levels impact our regulatory leverage ratios. If global interest rates increase, we would expect to see some additional decreases in client deposits. In general, we continue to anticipate higher levels of client deposits when compared to longer-term historical trends, irrespective of the interest rate environment, particularly during periods of market stress. If ECB monetary policy continues to pressure European interest rates downward and the U.S. dollar remains strong or strengthens, the negative effects on our net interest revenue may continue or worsen.
Interest-bearing deposits with banks averaged $53.09 billion in 2016 compared to $69.75 billion in 2015 . These decreases reflect management’s effort to reduce elevated client deposit levels as a component of our balance sheet management actions. These lower levels of deposits reflected our maintenance of cash balances at the Federal Reserve, the ECB and other non-U.S. central banks both to satisfy regulatory reserve requirements, and elevated levels of client deposits and our investment of the excess deposits with central banks.
We expect to continue to invest deposits we deem as elevated in investment securities or short-term assets, including central bank deposits,


State Street Corporation | 60


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



depending on our assessment of the underlying characteristics of the deposits.
Loans and leases averaged $19.01 billion in 2016 compared to $17.95 billion in 2015 . The increase in average loans and leases resulted from growth in loans to municipalities and our continued investment in senior secured loans, partially offset by a reduction in mutual fund lending.
TABLE 7: U.S. AND NON-U.S. SHORT-DURATION ADVANCES
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Average U.S. short-duration advances
$
2,279

 
$
2,351

 
$
2,355

Average non-U.S. short-duration advances
1,355

 
1,404

 
1,512

Average total short-duration advances
$
3,634

 
$
3,755

 
$
3,867

Average short-duration advances to average loans and leases
19
%
 
21
%
 
24
%
Average loans and leases also includes short-duration advances. The decline in the proportion of average short-duration advances to average loans and leases is primarily due to growth in the other segments of the loan and lease portfolio. Short-duration advances provide liquidity to clients in support of their investment activities.
Average other interest-earning assets increased to $22.86 billion in 2016 from $22.72 billion in 2015 . Our average other interest-earning assets, largely associated with our enhanced custody business, comprised approximately 12% of our average total interest-earning assets in 2016 , compared to approximately 10% of our average total interest-earning assets in 2015 . The enhanced custody business, which is our principal securities financing business for our custody clients, generates securities finance revenue. The net interest revenue earned on these transactions is generally lower than the interest earned on other alternative investments.
Aggregate average interest-bearing deposits decreased to $125.66 billion in 2016 from $133.31 billion in 2015 . The lower levels in 2016 were primarily the result of management's actions to reduce both U.S. and non-U.S. transaction accounts, offset by increases in time deposits. Future deposit levels will be influenced by the underlying asset servicing business, client deposit behavior, as well as market conditions, including the general levels of U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates.
Average other short-term borrowings declined to $1.67 billion in 2016 from $3.83 billion in 2015 . The decrease was the result of the phase-out of our commercial paper program during 2015, consistent with the objectives of our 2016 recovery and resolution plan developed pursuant to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.
 
Average long-term debt increased to $11.40 billion in 2016 from $10.30 billion in 2015 . The increase primarily reflected the issuance of $3.0 billion of senior debt in August 2015 and $1.5 billion of senior debt in May 2016, which was partially offset by a $900 million extendible note called at the end of February 2015 and the maturities of $200 million of senior debt in December 2015, $400 million of senior debt in January 2016 and $1.0 billion of senior debt in March 2016.
Average other interest-bearing liabilities were $5.39 billion in 2016 compared to $6.47 billion in 2015 , primarily the result of changes in the level of cash collateral received from clients in connection with our enhanced custody business, which is presented on a net basis in accordance with enforceable netting agreements.
Several factors could affect future levels of our net interest revenue and margin, including the volume and mix of client liabilities; actions of various central banks; changes in U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates; changes in the various yield curves around the world; revised or proposed regulatory capital or liquidity standards, or interpretations of those standards; the amount of discount accretion generated by the former conduit securities that remain in our investment securities portfolio; the yields earned on securities purchased compared to the yields earned on securities sold or matured; and changes in our enhanced custody business.
Based on market conditions and other factors, including regulatory requirements, we continue to reinvest the majority of the proceeds from pay-downs and maturities of investment securities in highly-rated securities, such as U.S. Treasury and agency securities, municipal securities, federal agency mortgage-backed securities and U.S. and non-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities. The pace at which we continue to reinvest and the types of investment securities purchased will depend on the impact of market conditions, the implementation of regulatory standards, and other factors over time. We expect these factors and the levels of global interest rates to influence what effect our reinvestment program will have on future levels of our net interest revenue and net interest margin.
Provision for Loan Losses
We recorded a provision for loan losses of $10 million in 2016 compared to $12 million in 2015 and $10 million in 2014 . The provisions in these periods were recorded in connection with our exposure to non-investment grade borrowers composed of senior secured loans, which we purchased in connection with our participation in loan syndications in the non-investment grade lending market. Additional information about these senior secured loans is


State Street Corporation | 61


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



provided under “Loans and Leases” in "Financial Condition" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Expenses
Table 8: Expenses provides the breakout of expenses for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 .
TABLE 8: EXPENSES
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
% Change 2016
vs.
2015
 
% Change 2015
vs.
2014
(Dollars in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Compensation and employee benefits
$
4,353

 
$
4,061

 
$
4,060

 
7
 %
 
 %
Information systems and communications
1,105

 
1,022

 
976

 
8

 
5

Transaction processing services
800

 
793

 
784

 
1

 
1

Occupancy
440

 
444

 
461

 
(1
)
 
(4
)
Acquisition costs
69

 
20

 
58

 
245

 
(66
)
Restructuring charges, net
140

 
5

 
75

 
nm

 
(93
)
Other:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Professional services
379

 
490

 
440

 
(23
)
 
11

Amortization of other intangible assets
207

 
197

 
222

 
5

 
(11
)
Securities processing costs
42

 
79

 
68

 
(47
)
 
16

Regulatory fees and assessments
82

 
115

 
74

 
(29
)
 
55

Other
460

 
824

 
609

 
(44
)
 
35

Total other
1,170

 
1,705

 
1,413

 
(31
)
 
21

Total expenses
$
8,077

 
$
8,050

 
$
7,827

 

 
3

Number of employees at year-end
33,783

 
32,356

 
29,970

 
 
 
 
 
 
nm Not meaningful
Compensation and employee benefits expenses increased 7% in 2016 compared to 2015 . The increase was primarily due to costs associated with the acceleration of expense related to certain cash settled deferred incentive compensation awards, costs associated with the acquired GEAM business, and higher costs to support regulatory initiatives and new business, partially offset by State Street Beacon savings, the benefit of the stronger U.S. dollar, and lower employee benefit costs due to benefit eliminations for post-retirement medical/life expense.
In December 2016, we recorded a pre-tax charge of $249 million ( $161 million after tax) associated with an amendment of the terms of outstanding deferred cash-settled incentive compensation awards for employees below executive vice president to remove continued service requirements, thereby accelerating the future expense that would have been recognized over the remaining term of the awards had the continued service requirement not been removed.
 
Compensation and employee benefits expenses were flat in 2015 compared to 2014 .
Information systems and communications expenses increased 8% in 2016 compared to 2015 . The increase was primarily related to investments supporting new business and State Street Beacon, the impact of the acquired GEAM business, and costs related to regulatory initiatives.
Information systems and communications increased 5% in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase was primarily related to $31 million in additional depreciation costs supporting investments associated with regulatory compliance initiatives and costs to support new business.
Other expenses decreased 31% in 2016 compared to 2015 . The decrease was primarily due to lower litigation-related expenses and higher expenses in 2015 associated with the previously disclosed expense billing matter.
Other expenses increased 21% in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase was primarily due to higher legal accruals and regulatory fees, partially offset by a decrease in amortization of intangible assets due to a write off of intangible assets in 2014 .
Our compliance obligations have increased due to new regulations in the U.S. and internationally that have been adopted or proposed in response to the 2008 financial crisis. As a systemically important financial institution, we are subject to enhanced supervision and prudential standards. Our status as a G-SIB has also resulted in heightened prudential and conduct expectations of our U.S. and international regulators with respect to our capital and liquidity management and our compliance and risk oversight programs. These heightened expectations have increased our regulatory compliance costs, including personnel and systems, as well as significant additional implementation and related costs to enhance our regulatory compliance programs. We anticipate that these evolving and increasing regulatory compliance requirements and expectations, including our efforts to complete our 2017 resolution plan (due to be submitted on July 1, 2017), as discussed under "Liquidity Risk Management" in "Financial Condition" included in this Management's Discussion and Analysis, will continue to affect our expenses. Our employee compensation and benefits, information systems and other expenses could increase, as we further adjust our operations in response to new or proposed requirements and heightened expectations.


State Street Corporation | 62


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Acquisition Costs
We recorded acquisition costs of $69 million , $20 million and $58 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. In 2016 , approximately $53 million of such costs related to our acquisition of GEAM on July 1, 2016. As we integrate GEAM's operations into our business, we expect to incur total merger and integration costs of approximately $80 million through 2018. For further information on the GEAM acquisition, refer to Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Restructuring Charges
In October 2015, we announced State Street Beacon, a multi-year program to create cost efficiencies through changes in our operational processes and to further digitize our processes and interfaces with our clients. In connection with State Street Beacon, we expect to incur aggregate pre-tax restructuring charges of approximately $300 million to $400 million beginning in 2016 through December 31, 2020 to implement State Street Beacon. We estimate those charges will include approximately $250 million to $300 million in severance and benefits costs associated with targeted staff reductions (a substantial portion of which will result in future cash expenditures) and approximately $50 million to $100 million in information technology application rationalization and real estate actions. We expect to achieve estimated annual pre-tax net run-rate expense savings of $550 million by the end of 2020, relative to 2015, all else equal, for full effect in 2021. Actual expenses may increase or decrease in the future due to other factors.
In 2016 , we recorded restructuring charges of $142 million related to State Street Beacon .
The following table presents aggregate restructuring activity for the periods indicated.
 
TABLE 9: RESTRUCTURING CHARGES
(In millions)
Employee
Related Costs
 
Real Estate
Consolidation
 
Asset and Other Write-offs
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
52

 
$
47

 
$
7

 
$
106

Accruals for Business Operations and IT
32

 
22

 
21

 
75

Payments and other adjustments
(45
)
 
(46
)
 
(21
)
 
(112
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
39

 
$
23

 
$
7

 
$
69

Accruals for Business Operations and IT
(5
)
 
(3
)
 
13

 
5

Payments and other adjustments
(25
)
 
(9
)
 
(17
)
 
(51
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
9

 
$
11

 
$
3

 
$
23

Accruals for Business Operations and IT
(2
)
 

 

 
(2
)
Accruals for State Street Beacon
94

 
18

 
30

 
142

Payments and other adjustments
(64
)
 
(12
)
 
(31
)
 
(107
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
37

 
$
17

 
$
2

 
$
56



State Street Corporation | 63


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Income Tax Expense
Income tax expense (benefit) was $(22) million in 2016 compared to $318 million in 2015 . Our effective tax rate in 2016 was (1.0)% compared to 13.8% in 2015 . The 2016 benefit included a reduction in accrued tax expense attributable to retained foreign earnings and tax benefits from capital actions involving our overseas affiliates.
Income tax expense was $318 million in 2015 compared to $415 million in 2014 . The decrease in tax expense was primarily due to deductions for litigation expense recorded in 2015 . Our effective tax rate in 2015 was 13.8% compared to 17.1% in 2014 and included effects of the approval of a tax refund for prior years and the reduction of $61 million for an Italian deferred tax liability, partially offset by a change in New York tax law.
Additional information regarding income tax expense, including unrecognized tax benefits, and tax contingencies are provided in Notes 22 and 13, to the consolidated financial statements under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
LINE OF BUSINESS INFORMATION
Our operations are organized into two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management, which are defined based on products and services provided. The results of operations for these lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry. For information about our two lines of business, as well as the revenues, expenses and capital allocation methodologies associated with them, refer to Note 24 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, in this Form 10-K.
 
Investment Servicing
TABLE 10: INVESTMENT SERVICING LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
% Change 2016 vs. 2015
 
% Change 2015 vs. 2014
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
Servicing fees
 
$
5,073

 
$
5,153

 
$
5,108

 
(2
)%
 
1
 %
Trading services
 
1,052

 
1,108

 
1,039

 
(5
)
 
7

Securities finance
 
562

 
496

 
437

 
13

 
14

Processing fees and other
 
105

 
325

 
179

 
(68
)
 
82

Total fee revenue
 
6,792

 
7,082

 
6,763

 
(4
)
 
5

Net interest revenue
 
2,081

 
2,086

 
2,245

 

 
(7
)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
 
7

 
(6
)
 
4

 
nm

 
nm

Total revenue
 
8,880

 
9,162

 
9,012

 
(3
)
 
2

Provision for loan losses
 
10

 
12

 
10

 
(17
)
 
20

Total expenses
 
6,660

 
6,990

 
6,648

 
(5
)
 
5

Income before income tax expense
 
$
2,210

 
$
2,160

 
$
2,354

 
2

 
(8
)
Pre-tax margin
 
25
%
 
24
%
 
26
%
 
 
 


Average assets (in billions)
 
$
225.3

 
$
246.6

 
$
234.2

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
nm Not meaningful
Net interest revenue remained flat in 2016 compared to 2015, as discussed under “Net Interest Revenue" in “Consolidated Results of Operations - Total Revenue" in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
Total expenses decreased 5% in 2016 compared to 2015, as discussed in more detail under "Expenses" in "Consolidated Results of Operations" included in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
In December 2015, we announced a review of the manner in which we invoiced certain expenses to certain of our Investment Servicing clients, primarily in the United States, during a period going back to 1998. We have informed our clients that we will pay to them the expenses we concluded were incorrectly invoiced to them, plus interest. In conjunction with that review, which is ongoing, we are implementing enhancements to our billing processes and reviewing the conduct of our employees and have taken appropriate steps to address conduct inconsistent with our standards, including, in some cases, termination of employment. We are also evaluating other aspects of invoicing relating to billing our Investment Servicing clients, including calculation of asset-based fees. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.


State Street Corporation | 64


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Servicing Fees
Servicing fees decreased 2% in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to lower international market levels, net redemptions in the hedge funds that we service, and the effect of the strong U.S. dollar, partially offset by net new business.
 
Servicing fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 42% of total servicing fees in each of 2016 , 2015 , and 2014 .

TABLE 11: COMPONENTS OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in billions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2015-2016 Annual Growth Rate
 
2012-2016 Compound Annual Growth Rate
Mutual funds
 
$
6,841

 
$
6,768

 
$
6,992

 
$
6,811

 
$
5,852

 
1
%
 
4
%
Collective funds
 
7,501

 
7,088

 
6,949

 
6,428

 
5,363

 
6

 
9

Pension products
 
5,584

 
5,510

 
5,746

 
5,851

 
5,339

 
1

 
1

Insurance and other products
 
8,845

 
8,142

 
8,501

 
8,337

 
7,817

 
9

 
3

Total
 
$
28,771

 
$
27,508

 
$
28,188

 
$
27,427

 
$
24,371

 
5

 
4

TABLE 12: COMPOSITION OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in billions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2015-2016 Annual Growth Rate
 
2012-2016 Compound Annual Growth Rate
Equities
 
$
15,833

 
$
14,888

 
$
15,876

 
$
15,050

 
$
12,276

 
6
 %
 
7
%
Fixed-income
 
9,665

 
9,264

 
8,739

 
9,072

 
8,885

 
4

 
2

Short-term and other investments
 
3,273

 
3,356

 
3,573

 
3,305

 
3,210

 
(2
)
 

Total
 
$
28,771

 
$
27,508

 
$
28,188

 
$
27,427

 
$
24,371

 
5

 
4

TABLE 13: GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER CUSTODY AND ADMINISTRATION (1)
 
 
As of December 31,
(In billions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
North America
 
$
21,544

 
$
20,842

 
$
21,217

 
$
20,764

 
$
18,463

Europe/Middle East/Africa
 
5,734

 
5,387

 
5,633

 
5,511

 
4,801

Asia/Pacific
 
1,493

 
1,279

 
1,338

 
1,152

 
1,107

Total
 
$
28,771

 
$
27,508

 
$
28,188

 
$
27,427

 
$
24,371

 
 
(1) Geographic mix is based on the location in which the assets are serviced.
The increase in total assets under custody and administration as of December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 primarily resulted from stronger net new business and strengthening U.S. equity markets. Asset levels as of December 31, 2016 did not reflect the estimated $440 billion of new business in assets to be serviced, which was awarded to us in 2016 and prior periods but not installed prior to December 31, 2016 . This new business will be reflected in AUCA in future periods after installation and will generate servicing fee revenue in subsequent periods.
With respect to these new assets, we will provide various services, including accounting, bank loan servicing, compliance reporting and monitoring, custody, depository banking services, foreign exchange, fund administration, hedge fund servicing, middle-office outsourcing, performance and analytics, private equity administration, real estate administration, securities finance, transfer agency, and wealth management services.
 
As a result of a decision to diversify providers, one of our large clients will move a portion of its assets, largely common trust funds, currently with State Street to another service provider. We expect to remain a significant service provider to this client. The transition will not be fully complete until 2018 and represents approximately $1 trillion in assets with respect to which we will no longer derive revenue post-transition.



State Street Corporation | 65


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Trading Services
TABLE 14: TRADING SERVICES REVENUE
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
% Change 2016 vs. 2015
 
% Change 2015 vs. 2014
(Dollar in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Foreign exchange trading:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct sales and trading
$
386

 
$
410

 
$
361

 
(6
)%
 
14
 %
Indirect foreign exchange trading
268

 
280

 
246

 
(4
)
 
14

Total foreign exchange trading
654

 
690

 
607

 
(5
)
 
14

Brokerage and other trading services:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Electronic foreign exchange services
169

 
175

 
181

 
(3
)
 
(3
)
Other trading, transition management and brokerage
229

 
243

 
251

 
(6
)
 
(3
)
Total brokerage and other trading services
398

 
418

 
432

 
(5
)
 
(3
)
Total trading services revenue
$
1,052

 
$
1,108

 
$
1,039

 
(5
)
 
7

Trading services revenue is composed of revenue generated by FX trading, as well as revenue generated by brokerage and other trading services as noted in Table 14: Trading Services Revenue .
Foreign Exchange Trading Revenue
We primarily earn FX trading revenue by acting as a principal market-maker. We offer a range of FX products, services and execution models. Most of our FX products and execution services can be grouped into three broad categories, which are further explained below: “direct sales and trading,” “indirect FX trading” and “electronic FX services.” With respect to electronic FX services, we provide an execution venue, but do not act as agent or principal.
We also offer a range of brokerage and other trading products tailored specifically to meet the needs of the global pension community, including transition management and commission recapture. In addition, we act as distribution agent for the SPDR ® Gold ETF. These products and services are generally differentiated by our role as an agent of the institutional investor. Revenue earned from these services is recorded in other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue within brokerage and other trading services revenue.
Our FX trading revenue is influenced by multiple factors, including: the volume and type of client FX transactions and related spreads; currency volatility, reflecting market conditions; and our management of exchange rate, interest rate and other market risks associated with our foreign exchange activities. The relative impact of these factors on our total FX trading revenues often differs from period to period. For example, assuming all other factors remain constant, increases or decreases in volumes or spreads across product mix tend to result in increases or decreases, as the case may be, in client-related FX revenue.
 
Revenue earned from direct sales and trading and indirect FX trading is recorded in FX trading revenue.
Total FX trading revenue decreased 5% in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to lower volumes. In 2015 , significant market events in Europe and China stimulated trading activity, in contrast to 2016 , which included reduced trading volumes during the first half of 2016 in advance of the U.K.'s referendum to exit from the European Union, or "Brexit." These decreases were partially offset by greater volumes and market-making activity in the fourth quarter of 2016 following the U.S. Presidential election. Total FX trading revenue comprises:
Direct sales and trading : We enter into FX transactions with clients and investment managers that contact our trading desk directly. These trades are all executed at negotiated rates. We refer to this activity, and our principal market-making activities, as “direct sales and trading” and it includes many transactions for funds serviced by third party custodians or prime brokers, as well as those funds under custody at State Street. Direct sales and trading revenue represented 59% of total foreign exchange trading revenue in 2016 and 2015 . Our direct sales and trading revenue decreased by 6% in 2016 compared to 2015 . The decrease is primarily due to lower volumes.
Indirect FX trading : Clients or their investment managers may elect to route FX transactions to our FX desk through our asset-servicing operation; we refer to this activity as “indirect FX trading” and, in all cases, we are the funds' custodian. We execute indirect FX trades as a principal at rates disclosed to our clients. Estimated indirect sales and trading revenue represented 41% of total foreign exchange trading revenue in 2016 and 2015 . We calculate revenue for indirect FX trading using an attribution methodology. This methodology takes into consideration estimated mark-ups/downs and observed client volumes. Direct sales and trading revenue is all other FX trading revenue other than the revenue attributed to indirect FX trading. Our estimated indirect FX trading revenue decreased 4% in 2016 compared to 2015 . The decrease mainly resulted from lower volumes.
Our clients that utilize indirect FX trading can, in addition to executing their FX transactions through dealers not affiliated with us, transition from indirect FX trading to either direct sales and trading execution, including our “Street FX” service, or to one


State Street Corporation | 66


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



of our electronic trading platforms. Street FX, in which we continue to act as a principal market-maker, enables our clients to define their FX execution strategy and automate the FX trade execution process, both for funds under custody with us as well as those under custody at another bank.
We continue to expect that some clients may choose, over time, to reduce their level of indirect FX trading transactions in favor of other execution methods, including either direct sales and trading transactions or electronic FX services which we provide. To the extent that clients shift to other execution methods that we provide, our FX trading revenue may decrease, even if volumes remain consistent.
Total FX trading revenue increased 14% in 2015 compared to 2014 , primarily the result of stronger market-making revenue and higher client volumes.
Total brokerage and other trading services revenue decreased 5% in 2016 compared to 2015 . Total brokerage and other trading services revenue comprises:
Electronic FX services : Our clients may choose to execute FX transactions through one of our electronic trading platforms. These transactions generate revenue through a “click” fee. Revenue from such electronic FX services decreased 3% in 2016 compared to 2015.
Other trading, transition management and brokerage revenue : Decreased 6% in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to lower revenues resulting from the sale of WM/Reuters in the second quarter of 2016 .
Total brokerage and other trading services revenue decreased 3% in 2015 compared to 2014 , primarily due to a decrease in transition management revenue, partially offset by an increase in other trading revenue.
In recent years, our transition management revenue was adversely affected by compliance issues in our U.K. business during 2010 and 2011 , including settlements with the FCA in 2014 and the DOJ in 2017 , the latter including a deferred prosecution agreement. The reputational and regulatory impact of those compliance issues continues and may adversely affect our results in future periods. See Note 13 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
 
Securities Finance
Our securities finance business consists of three components:
(1) an agency lending program for SSGA-managed investment funds with a broad range of investment objectives, which we refer to as the SSGA lending funds;
(2) an agency lending program for third-party investment managers and asset owners, which we refer to as the agency lending funds; and
(3) security lending transactions which we enter into as principal, which we refer to as our enhanced custody business.
See Table 10: Investment Servicing Line of Business Results , for the comparison of securities finance revenue in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 .
Securities finance revenue earned from our agency lending activities, which is composed of our split of both the spreads related to cash collateral and the fees related to non-cash collateral, is principally a function of the volume of securities on loan, the interest-rate spreads and fees earned on the underlying collateral, and our share of the fee split.
As principal, our enhanced custody business borrows securities from the lending client and then lends such securities to the subsequent borrower, either a State Street client or a broker/dealer. We act as principal when the lending client is unable to, or elects not to, transact directly with the market and execute the transaction and furnish the securities. In our role as principal, we provide support to the transaction through our credit rating. While we source a significant proportion of the securities furnished by us in our role as principal from third parties, we have the ability to source securities through our assets under custody and administration from clients who have designated State Street as an eligible borrower.
Securities finance revenue increased 13% in 2016 compared to 2015 . Securities finance revenue increased 14% in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increases in both years were primarily the result of growth in our enhanced custody business.
Market influences may continue to affect client demand for securities finance, and as a result our revenue from, and the profitability of, our securities lending activities in future periods. In addition, the constantly evolving regulatory environment may affect the volume of our securities lending activity and related revenue and profitability in future periods.


State Street Corporation | 67


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Processing Fees and Other
Processing fees and other revenue includes diverse types of fees and revenue, including fees from our structured products business, fees from software licensing and maintenance, equity income from our joint venture investments, gains and losses on sales of leased equipment and other assets, derivative financial instruments to support our clients' needs and to manage our interest-rate and currency risk, and amortization of our tax-advantaged investments.
Processing fees and other revenue, presented in Table 10: Investment Servicing Line of Business Results , decreased 68% in 2016 compared to 2015 . The decrease was primarily due to a gain from the sale of commercial real estate and a gain from the final paydown of a commercial real estate loan in 2015 , increased amortization related to the tax advantaged investment business, unfavorable valuation adjustments, and lower earnings from equity method investments. The decrease was partially offset by a pre-tax gain of $53 million on the sale of WM/Reuters in 2016 .
Processing fees and other revenue increased 82% in 2015 compared to 2014 . The increase was primarily due to the above noted commercial real estate sale and loan paydown.
Investment Management
TABLE 15: INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT LINE OF BUSINESS RESULTS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
% Change 2016 vs. 2015
 
% Change 2015 vs. 2014
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
Management fees
$
1,292

 
$
1,174

 
$
1,207

 
10
 %
 
(3
)%
Trading services
47

 
38

 
45

 
24

 
(16
)
Processing fees and other
(15
)
 
(16
)
 
(5
)
 
(6
)
 
nm

Total fee revenue
1,324

 
1,196

 
1,247

 
11

 
(4
)
Net interest revenue
3

 
2

 
15

 
50

 
(87
)
Total revenue
1,327

 
1,198

 
1,262

 
11

 
(5
)
Total expenses
1,218

 
962

 
960

 
27

 

Income before income tax expense
$
109

 
$
236

 
$
302

 
(54
)
 
(22
)
Pre-tax margin
8
%
 
20
%
 
24
%
 
 
 
 
Average assets (in billions)
$
4.4

 
$
3.9

 
$
3.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
nm Not meaningful
Total revenue for our Investment Management Line of Business, presented in Table 15: Investment Management Line of Business Results , increased 11% in 2016 compared to 2015 . Total fee revenue increased 11% in 2016 compared to 2015 .
Total revenue and total fee revenue decreased 5% and 4% , respectively, in 2015 compared to 2014 .
Total expenses increased in 2016 compared to
 
2015 primarily due to the incremental costs related to the acquisition of GEAM on July 1, 2016, in addition to the 2016 charge associated with an amendment of the terms of outstanding deferred cash-settled incentive compensation awards for employees below executive vice president to remove continued service requirements, thereby accelerating the future expense that would have been recognized over the remaining term of the awards had the continued service requirement not been removed. These increases were partially offset by savings related to State Street Beacon.
For further information about expenses, refer to "Expenses" in “Consolidated Results of Operations” included in this Management's Discussion and Analysis and Note 21 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
In July 2016, we completed our acquisition of GEAM in a cash transaction with a total purchase price of approximately $485 million . AUM associated with the acquired GEAM operations totaled $118 billion as of December 31, 2016 . Our consolidated financial statements include the operating results for the acquired business from the date of acquisition, July 1, 2016.
Management Fees
Through SSGA, we provide a broad range of investment management strategies, specialized investment management advisory services, OCIO and other financial services for corporations, public funds, and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers an array of investment management strategies, including passive and active, such as enhanced indexing, using quantitative and fundamental methods for both U.S. and global equity and fixed income securities. SSGA also offers ETFs, such as the SPDR ® ETF brand. While certain management fees are directly determined by the values of assets under management and the investment strategies employed, management fees reflect other factors as well, including our relationship pricing for clients who use multiple services, and the benchmarks specified in the respective management agreements related to performance fees.
Management fees increased 10% in 2016 compared to 2015 , primarily due to the acquired GEAM operations for the second half of 2016 and a decline in money market fee waivers, partially offset by weaker international markets and the effect of the strong U.S. dollar.
Management fees decreased 3% , in 2015 compared to 2014 , primarily due to the stronger U.S. dollar, offset by net new business.


State Street Corporation | 68


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Management fees generated outside the U.S. were approximately 32% of total management fees in 2016 compared to 35% and 37% in 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
TABLE 16: ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY ASSET CLASS AND INVESTMENT APPROACH
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in billions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2015-2016 Annual Growth Rate
 
2012-2016 Compound Annual Growth Rate
Equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Active
 
$
73

 
$
32

 
$
39

 
$
42

 
$
45

 
128
 %
 
13
 %
   Passive
 
1,401

 
1,294

 
1,436

 
1,334

 
1,047

 
8

 
8

Total Equity
 
1,474

 
1,326

 
1,475

 
1,376

 
1,092

 
11

 
8

Fixed-Income:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Active
 
70

 
18

 
17

 
16

 
17

 
289

 
42

   Passive
 
308

 
294

 
302

 
311

 
325

 
5

 
(1
)
Total Fixed-Income
 
378

 
312

 
319

 
327

 
342

 
21

 
3

Cash (1)
 
333

 
368

 
399

 
385

 
369

 
(10
)
 
(3
)
Multi-Asset-Class Solutions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Active
 
19

 
17

 
30

 
23

 
23

 
12

 
(5
)
   Passive
 
107

 
86

 
97

 
110

 
94

 
24

 
3

Total Multi-Asset-Class Solutions
 
126

 
103

 
127

 
133

 
117

 
22

 
2

Alternative Investments (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Active
 
28

 
17

 
17

 
14

 
18

 
65

 
12

   Passive
 
129

 
119

 
111

 
110

 
148

 
8

 
(3
)
Total Alternative Investments
 
157

 
136

 
128

 
124

 
166

 
15

 
(1
)
Total
 
$
2,468

 
$
2,245

 
$
2,448

 
$
2,345

 
$
2,086

 
10

 
4

 
 
(1) Includes both floating- and constant-net-asset-value portfolios held in commingled structures or separate accounts.
(2) Includes real estate investment trusts, currency and commodities, including SPDR ® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
TABLE 17: EXCHANGE - TRADED FUNDS BY ASSET CLASS (1)(2)
 
 
As of December 31,
 
 
 
 
(Dollars in billions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
 
2015-2016 Annual Growth Rate
 
2012-2016 Compound Annual Growth Rate
Alternative Investments (2)
 
$
42

 
$
34

 
$
38

 
$
39

 
$
79

 
24
 %
 
(15
)%
Cash
 
2

 
3

 
1

 
1

 
1

 
(33
)
 
19

Equity
 
426

 
350

 
388

 
325

 
227

 
22

 
17

Fixed-income
 
51

 
41

 
39

 
34

 
30

 
24

 
14

Total Exchange-Traded Funds
 
$
521

 
$
428

 
$
466

 
$
399

 
$
337

 
22

 
12

 
 
(1) ETFs are a component of assets under management presented in the preceding table.
(2) Includes SPDR ® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
TABLE 18: GEOGRAPHIC MIX OF ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT (1)
 
 
As of December 31,
(In billions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
North America
 
$
1,691

 
$
1,452

 
$
1,568

 
$
1,456

 
$
1,288

Europe/Middle East/Africa
 
482

 
489

 
559

 
560

 
480

Asia/Pacific
 
295

 
304

 
321

 
329

 
318

Total
 
$
2,468

 
$
2,245

 
$
2,448

 
$
2,345

 
$
2,086

 
 
(1) Geographic mix is based on client location or fund management location.


State Street Corporation | 69


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 19: ACTIVITY IN ASSETS UNDER MANAGEMENT BY PRODUCT CATEGORY
(In billions)
Equity
 
Fixed-Income
 
Cash (2)
 
Multi-Asset-Class Solutions
 
Alternative Investments (3)
 
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2013
$
1,376

 
$
327

 
$
385

 
$
133

 
$
124

 
$
2,345

Long-term institutional inflows (1)
285

 
80

 

 
43

 
13

 
421

Long-term institutional outflows (1)
(297
)
 
(103
)
 

 
(35
)
 
(11
)
 
(446
)
Long-term institutional flows, net
(12
)
 
(23
)
 

 
8

 
2

 
(25
)
ETF flows, net
31

 
5

 

 

 
(2
)
 
34

Cash fund flows, net

 

 
19

 

 

 
19

Total flows, net
19

 
(18
)
 
19

 
8

 

 
28

Market appreciation
113

 
27

 

 
(9
)
 
11

 
142

Foreign exchange impact
(33
)
 
(17
)
 
(5
)
 
(5
)
 
(7
)
 
(67
)
Total market/foreign exchange impact
80

 
10

 
(5
)
 
(14
)
 
4

 
75

Balance as of December 31, 2014
1,475

 
319

 
399

 
127

 
128

 
2,448

Long-term institutional inflows (1)
277

 
62

 

 
51

 
33

 
423

Long-term institutional outflows (1)
(363
)
 
(70
)
 

 
(59
)
 
(31
)
 
(523
)
Long-term institutional flows, net
(86
)
 
(8
)
 

 
(8
)
 
2

 
(100
)
ETF flows, net
(29
)
 
5

 
1

 

 
(1
)
 
(24
)
Cash fund flows, net

 

 
(27
)
 

 

 
(27
)
Total flows, net
(115
)
 
(3
)
 
(26
)
 
(8
)
 
1

 
(151
)
Market appreciation
(13
)
 
3

 

 
(12
)
 
16

 
(6
)
Foreign exchange impact
(21
)
 
(7
)
 
(5
)
 
(4
)
 
(9
)
 
(46
)
Total market/foreign exchange impact
(34
)
 
(4
)
 
(5
)
 
(16
)
 
7

 
(52
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
1,326

 
312

 
368

 
103

 
136

 
2,245

Long-term institutional inflows (1)
244

 
90

 

 
48

 
13

 
395

Long-term institutional outflows (1)
(301
)
 
(96
)
 

 
(34
)
 
(21
)
 
(452
)
Long-term institutional flows, net
(57
)
 
(6
)
 

 
14

 
(8
)
 
(57
)
ETF flows, net
37

 
9

 

 

 
6

 
52

Cash fund flows, net

 

 
(37
)
 

 

 
(37
)
Total flows, net
(20
)
 
3

 
(37
)
 
14

 
(2
)
 
(42
)
Market appreciation
140

 
10

 

 
9

 
14

 
173

Foreign exchange impact
(10
)
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
 
(3
)
 
(2
)
 
(20
)
Total market/foreign exchange impact
130

 
7

 
(2
)
 
6

 
12

 
153

Acquisitions and transfers (4)
38

 
56

 
4

 
3

 
11

 
112

Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
1,474

 
$
378

 
$
333

 
$
126

 
$
157

 
$
2,468

 
 
(1) Amounts represent long-term portfolios, excluding ETFs.
(2) Includes both floating- and constant-net-asset-value portfolios held in commingled structures or separate accounts.
(3) Includes real estate investment trusts, currency and commodities, including SPDR ® Gold Fund, for which State Street is not the investment manager, but acts as distribution agent.
(4) Includes assets under management acquired as part of the acquisition of GEAM on July 1, 2016.
The preceding table does not include approximately $9 billion of new asset management business which was awarded but not installed as of December 31, 2016 . New business will be reflected in AUM in future periods after installation, and will generate management fee revenue in subsequent periods. Total AUM as of December 31, 2016 included managed assets lost but not liquidated. Lost business occurs from time to time and it is difficult to predict the timing of client behavior in transitioning these assets. This timing can vary significantly.

State Street Corporation | 70


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



FINANCIAL CONDITION
The structure of our consolidated statement of condition is primarily driven by the liabilities generated by our Investment Servicing and Investment Management lines of business. Our clients' needs and our operating objectives determine balance sheet volume, mix, and currency denomination. As our clients execute their worldwide cash management and investment activities, they utilize deposits and short-term investments that constitute the majority of our liabilities. These liabilities are generally in the form of interest-bearing transaction account deposits, which are denominated in a variety of currencies; non-interest-bearing demand deposits; and repurchase agreements, which generally serve as short-term investment alternatives for our clients.
Deposits and other liabilities resulting from client initiated transactions are invested in assets that generally have contractual maturities significantly longer than our liabilities; however, we evaluate the operational nature of our deposits and seek to maintain appropriate short-term liquidity of those liabilities that are not operational in nature and maintain longer-termed assets for our operational deposits. Our assets consist primarily of securities held in our available-for-sale or held-to-maturity portfolios and short-duration financial instruments, such as interest-bearing deposits with banks and securities purchased under resale agreements. The actual mix of assets is determined by the characteristics of the client liabilities and our desire to maintain a well-diversified portfolio of high-quality assets.
 
TABLE 20: AVERAGE STATEMENT OF CONDITION (1)  
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In millions)
Average Balance
 
Average Balance
 
Average Balance
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits with banks
$
53,091

 
$
69,753

 
$
55,353

Securities purchased under resale agreements
2,558

 
3,233

 
4,077

Trading account assets
921

 
1,194

 
959

Investment securities
100,738

 
105,611

 
116,809

Loans and leases
19,013

 
17,948

 
15,912

Other interest-earning assets
22,863

 
22,717

 
15,944

Average total interest-earning assets
199,184

 
220,456

 
209,054

Cash and due from banks
3,157

 
2,460

 
4,139

Other non-interest-earning assets
27,386

 
27,516

 
24,908

Average total assets
$
229,727

 
$
250,432

 
$
238,101

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S.
$
30,107

 
$
30,819

 
$
21,296

Non-U.S.
95,551

 
102,491

 
109,003

Total interest-bearing deposits
125,658

 
133,310

 
130,299

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
4,113

 
8,875

 
8,817

Federal funds purchased
31

 
21

 
20

Other short-term borrowings
1,666

 
3,826

 
4,177

Long-term debt
11,401

 
10,301

 
9,282

Other interest-bearing liabilities
5,394

 
6,471

 
7,351

Average total interest-bearing liabilities
148,263

 
162,804

 
159,946

Non-interest-bearing deposits
44,827

 
51,675

 
44,041

Other non-interest-bearing liabilities
14,742

 
14,626

 
12,935

Preferred shareholders’ equity
3,060

 
2,418

 
1,181

Common shareholders’ equity
18,835

 
18,909

 
19,998

Average total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
229,727

 
$
250,432

 
$
238,101

 
 
(1) Additional information about our average statement of condition, primarily our interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, is included under "Net Interest Revenue" in “Consolidated Results of Operations - Total Revenue ” in this Management's Discussion and Analysis.


State Street Corporation | 71


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Investment Securities
TABLE 21: CARRYING VALUES OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
As of December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Available-for-sale:
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
Direct obligations
$
4,263

 
$
5,718

 
$
10,655

Mortgage-backed securities
13,257

 
18,165

 
20,714

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans (1)  
5,596

 
7,176

 
12,460

Credit cards
1,351

 
1,341

 
3,053

Sub-prime
272

 
419

 
951

Other
905

 
1,764

 
4,145

Total asset-backed securities
8,124

 
10,700

 
20,609

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
6,535

 
7,071

 
9,606

Asset-backed securities
2,516

 
3,267

 
3,226

Government securities
5,836

 
4,355

 
3,909

Other
5,613

 
4,834

 
5,428

Total non-U.S. debt securities
20,500

 
19,527

 
22,169

State and political subdivisions
10,322

 
9,746

 
10,820

Collateralized mortgage obligations
2,593

 
2,987

 
5,339

Other U.S. debt securities
2,469

 
2,624

 
4,109

U.S. equity securities
42

 
39

 
39

Non-U.S. equity securities
3

 
3

 
2

U.S. money-market mutual funds
409

 
542

 
449

Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds
16

 
19

 
8

Total
$
61,998

 
$
70,070

 
$
94,913

 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
Direct obligations
$
17,527

 
$
20,878

 
$
5,114

Mortgage-backed securities
10,334

 
610

 
62

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans (1)  
2,883

 
1,592

 
1,814

Credit cards
897

 
897

 
897

Other
35

 
366

 
577

Total asset-backed securities
3,815

 
2,855

 
3,288

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
1,150

 
2,202

 
3,787

Asset-backed securities
531

 
1,415

 
2,868

Government securities
286

 
239

 
154

Other
113

 
65

 
72

Total non-U.S. debt securities
2,080

 
3,921

 
6,881

State and political subdivisions

 
1

 
9

Collateralized mortgage obligations
1,413

 
1,687

 
2,369

Total
$
35,169

 
$
29,952

 
$
17,723

 
 
(1) Primarily composed of securities guaranteed by the federal government with respect to at least 97% of defaulted principal and accrued interest on the underlying loans.
(2) At amortized cost or fair value on the date of transfer from available-for- sale.
 
Additional information about our investment securities portfolio is provided in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
We manage our investment securities portfolio to align with the interest-rate and duration characteristics of our client liabilities that we consider to be operational deposits and in the context of the overall structure of our consolidated statement of condition, in consideration of the global interest-rate environment. We consider a well-diversified, high-credit quality investment securities portfolio to be an important element in the management of our consolidated statement of condition.
In the fourth quarter of 2016 , $4.9 billion of Agency MBS and Student Loan ABS previously classified as AFS were transferred to HTM and in the fourth quarter of 2015 , $7.1 billion of U.S. Treasuries previously classified as AFS were transferred to HTM. Both transfers reflect our intent to hold these securities until their maturity. These securities were transferred at fair value, which included a net unrealized gain of $ 87 million and $89 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, within accumulated other comprehensive loss which will be accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the transferred security (ranging from approximately 7 to 49 years).
Approximately 91% of the carrying value of the portfolio was rated “AAA” or “AA” as of December 31, 2016 and 92% as of December 31, 2015 .
TABLE 22: INVESTMENT PORTFOLIO BY EXTERNAL CREDIT RATING
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
AAA (1)
78
%
 
80
%
AA
13

 
12

A
5

 
5

BBB
3

 
2

Below BBB
1

 
1

 
100
%
 
100
%
 
 
(1) Includes U.S. Treasury and federal agency securities that are split-rated, “AAA” by Moody’s Investors Service and “AA+” by Standard & Poor’s.
As of December 31, 2016 , the investment portfolio of 12,080 securities was diversified with respect to asset class. Approximately 52% of the aggregate carrying value of the portfolio as of December 31, 2016 was composed of mortgage-backed and asset-backed securities, compared to 51% as of December 31, 2015 . The asset-backed securities portfolio, of which approximately 93% and 92% of the carrying value as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, was floating-rate, consisted primarily of student loan-backed and credit card-backed securities. Mortgage-backed


State Street Corporation | 72


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



securities were composed of securities issued by the Federal National Mortgage Association and Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation, as well as U.S. and non-U.S. large-issuer collateralized mortgage obligations.
In December 2013, U.S. regulators issued final regulations to implement the Volcker rule. The Volcker rule will prohibit banking entities, including us and our affiliates, from engaging in certain prohibited proprietary trading activities, as defined in the final Volcker rule regulations, subject to exemptions for market making-related activities, risk-mitigating hedging, underwriting and certain other activities. The Volcker rule will require banking entities to either restructure or divest certain ownership interests in, and relationships with, covered funds (as such terms are defined in the final Volcker rule regulations).
The Volcker rule became effective in July 2012, and the final implementing regulations became effective in April 2014. Under a 2016 conformance period extension issued by the Federal Reserve, all investments in and relationships with investments in a covered fund made or entered into after December 31, 2013 by a banking entity and its affiliates, and all proprietary trading activities of those entities, were required to be in conformance with the Volcker rule and its final implementing regulations by July 21, 2016. On July 7, 2016, the Federal Reserve announced a final one-year extension of the general conformance period for banking entities to conform ownership interests in and relationships with legacy covered funds to July 21, 2017.
Whether certain types of investment securities or structures such as CLO s constitute covered funds, as defined in the final Volcker rule regulations, and do not benefit from the exemptions provided in the Volcker rule, and whether a banking organization's investments therein constitute ownership interests remain subject to (1) market, and ultimately regulatory, interpretation, and (2) the specific terms and other characteristics relevant to such investment securities and structures.
As of December 31, 2016 , we held approximately $972 million of investments in CLOs. As of the same date, these investments had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $11 million , composed primarily of gross unrealized gains. Comparatively, as of December 31, 2015 , we held approximately $2.10 billion of investments in CLOs which had an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $43 million , composed of gross unrealized gains of $46 million and gross unrealized losses of $3 million . In the event that we or our banking regulators conclude that such investments in CLOs, or other investments, are covered funds under the Volker rule, we may be required to divest of such
 
investments. If other banking entities reach similar conclusions with respect to similar investments held by them, the prices of such investments could decline significantly, and we may be required to divest of such investments at a significant discount compared to the investments' book value. This could result in a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations or on our consolidated financial condition in the period in which such a divestiture occurs.
The final Volcker rule regulations also require banking entities to establish extensive programs designed to ensure compliance with the restrictions of the Volcker rule. We have established a compliance program which we believe complies with the final Volcker rule regulations as currently in effect. Such compliance program restricts our ability in the future to engage in certain activities including priority trading and service certain types of funds, in particular covered funds for which SSGA acts as an advisor and certain types of trustee relationships. Consequently, Volcker rule compliance entails both the cost of a compliance program and loss of certain revenue and future opportunities.


State Street Corporation | 73


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Non-U.S. Debt Securities
Approximately 23% of the aggregate carrying value of our investment securities portfolio was non-U.S. debt securities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
TABLE 23: NON-U.S. DEBT SECURITIES
 
As of December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
United Kingdom
$
5,093

 
$
5,754

Australia
4,272

 
3,316

Canada
2,989

 
2,400

Japan
1,388

 
1,348

Netherlands
1,283

 
1,839

France
1,013

 
954

Germany
713

 
990

Italy
676

 
389

Hong Kong
664

 

South Korea
634

 
1,052

Norway
508

 
524

Belgium
360

 
234

Spain
266

 
150

Finland
223

 
319

Sweden
188

 
123

Other (1)
230

 
135

Total
$
20,500

 
$
19,527

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
United Kingdom
$
504

 
$
1,067

Netherlands
473

 
684

Australia
374

 
917

Germany
329

 
832

Singapore
180

 
129

Other (2)
220

 
292

Total
$
2,080

 
$
3,921

 
 
(1) Included approximately $164 million and $55 million as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, related to Ireland, Portugal and Austria, all of which were related to mortgage-backed securities and auto loans.
(2) Included approximately $178 million and $265 million as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, related to Spain, Italy, Portugal and Norway, all of which were related to mortgage-backed securities and auto loans.
Approximately 88% and 89% of the aggregate carrying value of these non-U.S. debt securities was rated “AAA” or “AA” as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively. The majority of these securities comprised senior positions within the security structures; these positions have a level of protection provided through subordination and other forms of credit protection. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , approximately 65% and 70% , respectively, of the aggregate carrying value of these non-U.S. debt securities was floating-rate, and accordingly, we consider these securities to have minimal interest-rate risk.
 
As of December 31, 2016 , our non-U.S. debt securities had an average market-to-book ratio of 100.5% , and an aggregate pre-tax net unrealized gain of approximately $119 million , composed of gross unrealized gains of $153 million and gross unrealized losses of $34 million . These unrealized amounts included a pre-tax net unrealized gain of $60 million , composed of gross unrealized gains of $79 million and gross unrealized losses of $19 million , associated with non-U.S. debt securities available-for- sale.
As of December 31, 2016 , the underlying collateral for non-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities primarily included Australian, Dutch and U.K. prime mortgages and German automobile loans. The securities listed under “Canada” were composed of Canadian government securities and corporate debt and covered bonds. The securities listed under “France” were composed of automobile loans, prime mortgages, and corporate debt and covered bonds. The securities listed under “Japan” were substantially composed of Japanese government securities and corporate debt. The securities listed under “South Korea” were composed of South Korean government securities.



State Street Corporation | 74


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Municipal Obligations
We carried approximately $10.32 billion of municipal securities classified as state and political subdivisions in our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2016 as shown in Table 21: Carrying Values of Investment Securities , all of which were classified as AFS. As of the same date, we also provided approximately $9.25 billion of credit and liquidity facilities to municipal issuers.
TABLE 24: STATE AND MUNICIPAL OBLIGORS (1)
(Dollars in millions)
Total  Municipal
Securities
 
Credit and
Liquidity 
Facilities (2)
 
Total
 
% of Total Municipal
Exposure
As of December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
State of Issuer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Texas
$
1,781

 
$
1,685

 
$
3,466

 
18
%
California
523

 
2,298

 
2,821

 
14

New York
740

 
1,293

 
2,033

 
10

Massachusetts
916

 
1,071

 
1,987

 
10

Washington
708

 
234

 
942

 
5

Maryland
488

 
411

 
899

 
5

Total
$
5,156

 
$
6,992

 
$
12,148

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
State of Issuer:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Texas
$
1,250

 
$
1,962

 
$
3,212

 
17
%
California
444

 
2,220

 
2,664

 
14

New York
817

 
1,259

 
2,076

 
11

Massachusetts
927

 
731

 
1,658

 
9

Maryland
454

 
413

 
867

 
5

Total
$
3,892

 
$
6,585

 
$
10,477

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Represented 5% or more of our aggregate municipal credit exposure of approximately $19.57 billion and $18.50 billion across our businesses as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.
(2) Includes municipal loans which are also presented within Table 27 .
 
Our aggregate municipal securities exposure presented in Table 24: State and Municipal Obligors , was concentrated primarily with highly-rated counterparties, with approximately 92% of the obligors rated “AAA” or “AA” as of December 31, 2016 . As of that date, approximately 51% and 43% of our aggregate municipal securities exposure was associated with general obligation and revenue bonds, respectively. In addition, we had no exposures associated with industrial development or land development bonds. The portfolios are also diversified geographically, with the states that represent our largest exposures widely dispersed across the U.S.
Additional information with respect to our assessment of other-than-temporary impairment of our municipal securities is provided in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.



State Street Corporation | 75


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 25: CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES AND YIELDS
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
Under 1 Year
 
1 to 5 Years
 
6 to 10 Years
 
Over 10 Years
(Dollars in millions)
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
 
Amount
 
Yield
Available-for-sale (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Direct obligations
 
$
2,722

 
0.77
%
 
$
1,114

 
1.91
%
 
$
44

 
3.09
%
 
$
383

 
2.28
%
  Mortgage-backed securities
 
213

 
3.20

 
1,533

 
2.56

 
3,022

 
3.41

 
8,489

 
2.98

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Student loans
 
590

 
1.55

 
3,181

 
1.36

 
757

 
1.46

 
1,068

 
1.69

  Credit cards
 
4

 
0.75

 
1,052

 
1.55

 
295

 
1.96

 

 

  Sub-prime
 
3

 
1.73

 
1

 
2.20

 
2

 
1.40

 
266

 
1.52

  Other
 
1

 
1.11

 
21

 
0.92

 
883

 
2.42

 

 

Total asset-backed securities
 
598

 
 
 
4,255

 
 
 
1,937

 
 
 
1,334

 
 
Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mortgage-backed securities
 
1,301

 
2.28

 
3,339

 
1.08

 
731

 
1.24

 
1,164

 
2.87

  Asset-backed securities
 
289

 
0.66

 
1,877

 
0.46

 
346

 
1.06

 
4

 
2.07

  Government securities
 
4,372

 
0.55

 
987

 
0.97

 
477

 
1.29

 

 

  Other
 
1,901

 
1.48

 
3,304

 
0.95

 
408

 
1.60

 

 

Total non-U.S. debt securities
 
7,863

 
 
 
9,507

 
 
 
1,962

 
 
 
1,168

 
 
State and political subdivisions (2)
 
509

 
4.76

 
2,347

 
5.01

 
5,548

 
6.25

 
1,918

 
6.32

Collateralized mortgage obligations
 
2

 
1.15

 
44

 
2.73

 
871

 
3.05

 
1,676

 
3.26

Other U.S. debt securities
 
508

 
3.89

 
1,003

 
4.25

 
922

 
2.29

 
36

 
1.44

Total
 
$
12,415

 
 
 
$
19,803

 
 
 
$
14,306

 
 
 
$
15,004

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Held-to-maturity (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Direct obligations
 
$
400

 
0.75
%
 
$
14,888

 
2.11
%
 
$
2,167

 
1.73
%
 
$
72

 
0.83
%
  Mortgage-backed securities
 

 

 
193

 
2.57

 
1,536

 
2.89

 
8,605

 
2.88

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
   Student loans
 
442

 
1.22

 
201

 
1.53

 
349

 
1.16

 
1,891

 
1.43

   Credit cards
 
99

 
0.79

 
798

 
1.17

 

 

 

 

    Other
 
7

 
1.12

 
18

 
2.27

 
8

 
1.12

 
2

 
1.34

 Total asset-backed securities
 
548

 
 
 
1,017

 
 
 
357

 
 
 
1,893

 
 
Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Mortgage-backed securities
 
148

 
1.22

 
339

 
0.56

 
47

 
2.63

 
616

 
1.02

  Asset-backed securities
 
163

 
0.05

 
368

 
0.57

 

 

 

 

  Government securities
 
180

 
1.04

 
106

 
0.25

 

 

 

 

  Other
 
71

 
2.02

 
42

 
0.01

 

 

 

 

Total non-U.S. debt securities
 
562

 
 
 
855

 
 
 
47

 
 
 
616

 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
 
102

 
2.92

 
23

 
2.97

 
488

 
1.77

 
800

 
2.07

Total
 
$
1,612

 
 
 
$
16,976

 
 
 
$
4,595

 
 
 
$
11,986

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) The maturities of mortgage-backed securities, asset-backed securities and collateralized mortgage obligations are based on expected principal payments.
(2) Yields were calculated on a fully taxable-equivalent basis, using applicable federal and state income tax rates.

State Street Corporation | 76


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Impairment
Impairment exists when the fair value of an individual security is below its amortized cost basis. Impairment of a security is further assessed to determine whether such impairment is other-than-temporary. When the impairment is deemed to be other-than-temporary, we record the loss in our consolidated statement of income. In addition, for AFS and HTM debt securities, we record impairment in our consolidated statement of income when management intends to sell (or may be required to sell) the securities before they recover in value, or
 
when management expects the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the securities to be less than the amortized cost of the impaired security (a credit loss).
The change in the net unrealized gain/(loss) position as of December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 , presented in Table 26: Amortized Cost, Fair Value and Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) of Investment Securities , was primarily attributable to higher interest rates.

TABLE 26: AMORTIZED COST, FAIR VALUE AND NET UNREALIZED GAINS (LOSSES) OF INVESTMENT SECURITIES
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Amortized Cost
 
Net Unrealized Gain (Losses)
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized Cost
 
Net Unrealized Gain (Losses)
 
Fair Value
Available-for-sale (1)
$
62,056

 
$
(58
)
 
$
61,998

 
$
69,843

 
$
227

 
$
70,070

Held-to-maturity (1)
35,169

 
(175
)
 
34,994

 
29,952

 
(154
)
 
29,798

Total investment securities
$
97,225

 
$
(233
)
 
$
96,992

 
$
99,795

 
$
73

 
$
99,868

Net after-tax unrealized gain (loss)
 
 
$
(140
)
 
 
 
 
 
$
44

 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) AFS securities are carried at fair value, with after-tax net unrealized gains and losses recorded in AOCI . HTM securities are carried at amortized cost, and unrealized gains and losses are not recorded in our consolidated financial statements.
We conduct periodic reviews of individual securities to assess whether OTTI exists. Our assessment of OTTI involves an evaluation of economic and security-specific factors. Such factors are based on estimates, derived by management, which contemplate current market conditions and security-specific performance. To the extent that market conditions are worse than management's expectations or due to idiosyncratic bond performance, OTTI could increase, in particular the credit-related component that would be recorded in our consolidated statement of income.
We recorded net losses from OTTI of $2 million and $1 million in 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Management considers the aggregate decline in fair value of the remaining investment securities and the resulting gross unrealized losses of $820 million as of December 31, 2016 to be temporary and not the result of any material changes in the credit characteristics of the securities. Additional information with respect to OTTI, net impairment losses and gross unrealized losses is provided in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
 
Our evaluation of potential OTTI of structured credit securities with collateral in the U.K. and Italy takes into account the outcome from the Brexit referendum and the Italian constitutional referendum, and assumes no disruption of payments on these securities.
Our evaluation of potential OTTI of mortgage-backed securities with collateral in Spain, Italy, Ireland, and Portugal takes into account slow economic growth, austerity measures, and government intervention in the corresponding mortgage markets and assumes a conservative baseline macroeconomic environment. Our baseline view assumes a recessionary period characterized by high unemployment and by additional declines in housing prices between 3% and 23% . Our evaluation of OTTI in our base case does not assume a disorderly sovereign debt restructuring or a break-up of the Eurozone.


State Street Corporation | 77


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Loans and Leases
TABLE 27: U.S. AND NON- U.S. LOANS AND LEASES
 
As of December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Domestic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and financial
$
16,412

 
$
15,899

 
$
14,515

 
$
10,305

 
$
9,265

Commercial real estate
27

 
28

 
28

 
209

 
411

Lease financing
338

 
337

 
335

 
339

 
380

Total domestic
16,777

 
16,264

 
14,878

 
10,853

 
10,056

Non-U.S.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and financial
2,476

 
1,957

 
2,653

 
1,877

 
1,467

Lease financing
504

 
578

 
668

 
756

 
784

Total non-U.S.
2,980

 
2,535

 
3,321

 
2,633

 
2,251

Total loans and leases
$
19,757

 
$
18,799

 
$
18,199

 
$
13,486

 
$
12,307

Average loans and leases
$
19,013

 
$
17,948

 
$
15,912

 
$
13,781

 
$
11,610

The increase in loans in the commercial and financial segment as of December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 was primarily driven by higher levels of senior secured bank loans and loans to municipalities.
As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , our investment in senior secured loans totaled approximately $3.5 billion and $3.1 billion , respectively. In addition, we had binding unfunded commitments as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 of $76 million and $186 million , respectively, to participate in such syndications.
These senior secured loans, which are primarily rated “speculative” under our internal risk-rating framework (refer to Note 4 to the consolidated
 
financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, in this Form 10-K), are externally rated “BBB,” “BB” or “B,” with approximately 92% and 93% of the loans rated “BB” or “B” as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively. Our investment strategy involves generally limiting our investment to larger, more liquid credits underwritten by major global financial institutions, applying our internal credit analysis process to each potential investment, and diversifying our exposure by counterparty and industry segment. However, these loans have significant exposure to credit losses relative to higher-rated loans.
Loans to municipalities included in the commercial and financial segment were $1.4 billion and $1.0 billion as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.
As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , unearned income deducted from our investment in leveraged lease financing was $94 million and $102 million , respectively, for U.S. leases and $192 million and $231 million , respectively, for non-U.S. leases.
Additional information about all of our loan-and-lease segments, as well as underlying classes, is provided in Note  4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
No loans, including CRE loans, were modified in troubled debt restructurings in 2016 or 2015 .

TABLE 28: CONTRACTUAL MATURITIES FOR LOANS AND LEASES
 
As of December 31, 2016
(In millions)
Total
 
Under 1 Year
 
1 to 5 Years
 
Over 5 Years
Domestic:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and financial
$
16,412

 
$
9,508

 
$
5,028

 
$
1,876

Commercial real estate
27

 
27

 

 

Lease financing
338

 
67

 
69

 
202

Total domestic
16,777

 
9,602

 
5,097

 
2,078

Non-U.S.:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Commercial and financial
2,476

 
1,510

 
821

 
145

Lease financing
504

 
117

 
86

 
301

Total non-U.S.
2,980

 
1,627

 
907

 
446

Total loans and leases
$
19,757

 
$
11,229

 
$
6,004

 
$
2,524

TABLE 29: CLASSIFICATION OF LOAN AND LEASE BALANCES DUE AFTER ONE YEAR
 
(In millions)
As of December 31, 2016
Loans and leases with predetermined interest rates
$
3,336

Loans and leases with floating or adjustable interest rates
5,192

Total
$
8,528


State Street Corporation | 78


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 30: ALLOWANCE FOR LOAN AND LEASE LOSSES
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
Allowance for loan and lease losses:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
46

 
$
38

 
$
28

 
$
22

 
$
22

Provision for loan and lease losses (1)
10

 
12

 
10

 
6

 
(3
)
Charge-offs (2)
(3
)
 
(4
)
 

 

 

Recoveries (3)

 

 

 

 
3

Ending balance
$
53

 
$
46

 
$
38

 
$
28

 
$
22

 
 
(1) The provision for loan and lease losses is related to commercial and financial loans in 2016 , 2015 , 2014 and 2013 . The $(3) million provision related to CRE loans in 2012 .
(2) The charge-offs are related to commercial and financial loans.
(3) Includes $3 million in recoveries related to CRE loans for 2012 .
The provision of $10 million and the charge-offs of $3 million recorded in 2016 were associated with our exposure to senior secured loans to non-investment grade institutional borrowers, which were purchased in connection with our participation in syndicated loans.
As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , approximately $44 million and $35 million , respectively, of our allowance for loan and lease losses were related to senior secured loans included in the commercial and financial segment. As this portfolio grows and matures, our allowance for loan and lease losses related to these loans may increase through additional provisions for credit losses. The remaining $9 million and $11 million as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, were related to other components of commercial and financial loans.
Cross-Border Outstandings
Cross-border outstandings are amounts payable to us by non-U.S. counterparties which are denominated in U.S. dollars or other non-local currency, as well as non-U.S. local currency claims not funded by local currency liabilities. Our cross-border outstandings consist primarily of deposits with banks; loans and lease financing, including short-duration advances; investment securities; amounts related to foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts; and securities finance.   In addition to credit risk, cross-border outstandings have the risk that, as a result of political or economic conditions in a country, borrowers may be unable to meet their contractual repayment obligations of principal and/or interest when due because of the unavailability of, or restrictions on, foreign exchange needed by borrowers to repay their obligations.
As market and economic conditions change, the major independent credit rating agencies may downgrade U.S. and non-U.S. financial institutions and sovereign issuers which have been, and may in the future be, significant counterparties to us, or
 
whose financial instruments serve as collateral on which we rely for credit risk mitigation purposes, and may do so again in the future. As a result, we may be exposed to increased counterparty risk, leading to negative ratings volatility.
The cross-border outstandings presented in Table 31: Cross-Border Outstandings , represented approximately 28% , 25% and 17% of our consolidated total assets as of December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
TABLE 31: CROSS-BORDER OUTSTANDINGS (1)
(In millions)
Investment Securities and Other Assets  
 
Derivatives and Securities on Loan
 
Total Cross-Border Outstandings
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
United Kingdom
$
18,712

 
$
1,761

 
$
20,473

Japan
17,922

 
1,171

 
19,093

Germany
13,812

 
484

 
14,296

Australia
5,122

 
986

 
6,108

Luxembourg
3,389

 
762

 
4,151

Canada
3,179

 
781

 
3,960

December 31, 2015
 
 
 

 
 

United Kingdom
$
16,965

 
$
1,589

 
$
18,554

Japan
17,328

 
87

 
17,415

Germany
12,111

 
569

 
12,680

Australia
4,035

 
292

 
4,327

Canada
3,156

 
1,113

 
4,269

Luxembourg
3,034

 
514

 
3,548

December 31, 2014
 
 
 
 
 
United Kingdom
$
15,288

 
$
1,769

 
$
17,057

Japan
9,465

 
644

 
10,109

Australia
5,981

 
1,039

 
7,020

Netherlands
4,425

 
330

 
4,755

Canada
3,227

 
974

 
4,201

Germany
3,075

 
792

 
3,867

 
 
(1) Cross-border outstandings included countries in which we do business, and which amounted to at least 1% of our consolidated total assets as of the dates indicated.


State Street Corporation | 79


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



As of December 31, 2016 , aggregate cross-border outstandings in countries which amounted to between 0.75% and 1% of our consolidated assets totaled approximately $1.84 billion and $2.38 billion to France and Netherlands, respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , aggregate cross-border outstandings in countries which amounted to between 0.75% and 1% of our consolidated assets totaled approximately $2.20 billion to Netherlands. As of December 31, 2014 , there were no countries whose aggregate cross-border outstandings amounted to between 0.75% and 1% of our total consolidated assets.
Risk Management
General
In the normal course of our global business activities, we are exposed to a variety of risks, some inherent in the financial services industry, others more specific to our business activities. Our risk management framework focuses on material risks, which include the following:
credit and counterparty risk;
liquidity risk, funding and management;
operational risk;
information technology risk;
market risk associated with our trading activities;
market risk associated with our non-trading activities, which we refer to as asset-and-liability management, and which consists primarily of interest-rate risk;
strategic risk;
model risk; and
reputational, fiduciary and business conduct risk.
Many of these risks, as well as certain factors underlying each of these risks that could affect our businesses and our consolidated financial statements, are discussed in detail under Item 1A, Risk Factors, of this Form 10-K.
The scope of our business requires that we balance these risks with a comprehensive and well-integrated risk management function. The identification, assessment, monitoring, mitigation and reporting of risks are essential to our financial performance and successful management of our businesses. These risks, if not effectively managed, can result in losses to State Street as well as erosion of our capital and damage to our reputation. Our approach, including Board and senior management oversight and a system of policies, procedures, limits, risk measurement and monitoring and internal controls, allows for an assessment of risks within a framework for evaluating opportunities for the prudent
 
use of capital that appropriately balances risk and return.
Our objective is to optimize our return while operating at a prudent level of risk. In support of this objective, we have instituted a risk appetite framework that aligns our business strategy and financial objectives with the level of risk that we are willing to incur.
Our risk management is based on the following major goals:
A culture of risk awareness that extends across all of our business activities;
The identification, classification and quantification of State Street's material risks;
The establishment of our risk appetite and associated limits and policies, and our compliance with these limits;
The establishment of a risk management structure at the “top of the house” that enables the control and coordination of risk-taking across the business lines;
The implementation of stress testing practices and a dynamic risk-assessment capability;
A direct link between risk and strategic-decision making processes and incentive compensation practices; and
The overall flexibility to adapt to the ever-changing business and market conditions.
Our risk appetite framework outlines the quantitative limits and qualitative goals that define our risk appetite, as well as the responsibilities for measuring and monitoring risk against limits, and for reporting, escalating, approving and addressing exceptions. Our risk appetite framework is established by ERM , a corporate risk oversight group, in conjunction with the MRAC and the RC of the Board. The Board formally reviews and approves our risk appetite statement annually, or more frequently as required.
The risk appetite framework describes the level and types of risk that we are willing to accommodate in executing our business strategy, and also serves as a guide in setting risk limits across our business units. In addition to our risk appetite framework, we use stress testing as another important tool in our risk management practice. Additional information with respect to our stress testing process and practices is provided under “Capital” under Item 7, Management's Discussion and Analysis, of this Form 10-K.


State Street Corporation | 80


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Disclosures about our management of significant risks can be found on the following pages within this Form 10-K.
Governance and Structure
We have an approach to risk management that involves all levels of management, from the Board and its committees, including its E&A Committee, RC, the ECC, as well as the Technology Committee, to each business unit and each employee. We allocate responsibility for risk oversight so that risk/return decisions are made at an appropriate level, and are subject to robust and effective review and challenge. Risk management is the responsibility of each employee, and is implemented through three lines of defense: the business units, which own and manage the risks inherent in their business, are considered the first line of defense; ERM and other support functions, such as Compliance, Finance and Vendor Management, provide the second line of defense; and Corporate Audit, which assesses the effectiveness of the first two lines of defense.
 
The responsibilities for effective review and challenge reside with senior managers, management oversight committees, Corporate Audit and, ultimately, the Board and its committees. While we believe that our risk management program is effective in managing the risks in our businesses, internal and external factors may create risks that cannot always be identified or anticipated.
Corporate-level risk committees provide focused oversight, and establish corporate standards and policies for specific risks, including credit, sovereign exposure, market, liquidity, operational, information technology as well as new business products, regulatory compliance and ethics, vendor risk and model risks. These committees have been delegated the responsibility to develop recommendations and remediation strategies to address issues that affect or have the potential to affect State Street.
We maintain a risk governance committee structure which serves as the formal governance mechanism through which we seek to undertake the consistent identification, management and mitigation of various risks facing State Street in connection with its business activities. This governance structure is enhanced and integrated through multi-disciplinary involvement, particularly through ERM. The following chart presents this structure.


State Street Corporation | 81


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



 
Management Risk Governance Committee Structure
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Executive Management Committees:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Management Risk and Capital Committee
(MRAC)
 
Business Conduct Risk Committee
(BCRC)
 
Technology and Operational Risk Committee
(TORC)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Risk Committees:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-Liability Committee (ALCO)
 
Credit Risk and Policy Committee
(CRPC)
 
Fiduciary Review Committee
 
Operational Risk Committee
 
Technology Risk Governance Committee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading and Market Risk Committee (TMRC)
 
Basel Oversight Committee
(BOC)
 
New Business and Product Approval Committee
 
Executive Continuity Steering Committee
 
Executive Information Security Committee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Recovery and Resolution Planning Executive Review Board
 
Model Risk Committee
(MRC)
 
Compliance and Ethics Committee
 
Third Party Risk Management Steering Committee
 
Access Control Board
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CCAR Steering Committee
 
SSGA Risk Committee
 
Legal Entity Oversight Committee
 
Business Controls Steering Committee
 
Global Transitions Oversight Committee
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Country Risk Committee
 
 
 
 
 
Data Governance Board
 
 
Enterprise Risk Management
The goal of ERM is to ensure that risks are proactively identified, well-understood and prudently managed in support of our business strategy. ERM provides risk oversight, support and coordination to allow for the consistent identification, measurement and management of risks across business units separate from the business units' activities, and is responsible for the formulation and maintenance of corporate-wide risk management policies and guidelines. In addition, ERM establishes and reviews limits and, in collaboration with business unit management, monitors key risks. Ultimately, ERM works to validate that risk-taking occurs within the risk appetite statement approved by the Board and conforms to associated risk policies, limits and guidelines.
The CRO is responsible for State Street’s risk management globally, leads ERM and has a dual reporting line to State Street’s CEO and the Board’s RC. ERM manages its responsibilities globally through a three-dimensional organization structure:
 
“Vertical” business unit-aligned risk groups that support business managers with risk management, measurement and monitoring activities;
“Horizontal” risk groups that monitor the risks that cross all of our business units (for example, credit and operational risk); and
Risk oversight for international activities, which combines intersecting “Verticals” and “Horizontals” through a hub and spoke model to provide important regional and legal entity perspectives to the global risk framework.
Sitting on top of this three-dimensional organization structure is a centralized group responsible for the aggregation of risk exposures across the vertical, horizontal and regional dimensions, for consolidated reporting, for setting the corporate-level risk appetite framework and associated limits and policies, and for dynamic risk assessment across State Street.


State Street Corporation | 82


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Board Committees
The Board has four committees which assist it in discharging its responsibilities with respect to risk management: the RC, the E&A Committee, the ECC, and the Technology Committee.
The RC is responsible for oversight related to the operation of our global risk management framework, including policies and procedures establishing risk management governance and processes and risk control infrastructure for our global operations. The RC is responsible for reviewing and discussing with management our assessment and management of all risks applicable to our operations, including credit, market, interest rate, liquidity, operational and business risks, as well as compliance and reputational risk and related policies.
In addition, the RC provides oversight on strategic capital governance principles and controls, and monitors capital adequacy in relation to risk. The RC is also responsible for discharging the duties and obligations of the Board under applicable Basel and other regulatory requirements.
The E&A Committee oversees the operation of our system of internal controls covering the integrity of our consolidated financial statements and reports, compliance with laws, regulations and corporate policies. The E&A Committee acts on behalf of the Board in monitoring and overseeing the performance of Corporate Audit and in reviewing certain communications with banking regulators. The E&A Committee has direct responsibility for the appointment, compensation, retention, evaluation and oversight of the work of our independent registered public accounting firm, including sole authority for the establishment of pre-approval policies and procedures for all audit engagements and any non-audit engagements.
The ECC has direct responsibility for the oversight of all compensation plans, policies, and programs of State Street in which executive officers participate and incentive, retirement, welfare as well as equity plans in which certain other employees of State Street participate. In addition, the ECC oversees the alignment of our incentive compensation arrangements with our safety and soundness, including the integration of risk management objectives, and related policies, arrangements and control processes consistent with applicable related regulatory rules and guidance.
The Technology Committee leads and assists in the Board’s oversight of the role of technology in executing State Street’s strategy and supporting State Street’s global business and operational requirements. The Technology Committee reviews the use of technology in our activities and operations, as well as significant technology and technology-
 
related strategies, investments and policies. In addition, the Technology Committee reviews and approves technology and technology-related risk matters, including information and cyber security.
Executive Management Committees
MRAC is the senior management decision-making body for risk and capital issues, and oversees our financial risks, our consolidated statement of condition, and our capital adequacy, liquidity and recovery and resolution planning. Its responsibilities include:
The approval of the policies of our global risk, capital and liquidity management frameworks, including our risk appetite framework;
The monitoring and assessment of our capital adequacy based on internal policies and regulatory requirements;
The oversight of our firm-wide risk identification, model risk governance, stress testing and Recovery and Resolution Plan programs; and
The ongoing monitoring and review of risks undertaken within the businesses, and our senior management oversight and approval of risk strategies and tactics.
MRAC, which is co-chaired by our CRO and the CFO, regularly presents a report to the RC outlining developments in the risk environment and performance trends in our key business areas.
BCRC provides additional risk governance and leadership, by overseeing our business practices in terms of our compliance with laws, regulations and our standards of business conduct, our commitments to clients and others with whom we do business, and potential reputational risks. Management considers adherence to high ethical standards to be critical to the success of our business and to our reputation. The BCRC is co-chaired by our CAO and our Chief Legal Officer.
TORC oversees and assesses the effectiveness of corporate-wide technology and operational risk management programs, to manage and control technology and operational risk consistently across the organization. TORC is co-chaired by the Chief Administrative Officer and the Chief Information Officer.
Risk Committees
The following risk committees, under the oversight of the respective executive management committees, have focused responsibilities for oversight of specific areas of risk management:




State Street Corporation | 83


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



MRAC
ALCO oversees the management of our consolidated statement of condition and the management of our global liquidity, our interest-rate risk, and our non-traded market risk positions, as well as the business activities of our Global Treasury group and the risks associated with the generation of net interest revenue and overall balance sheet management. ALCO’s roles and responsibilities are designed to work complementary to, and be coordinated with, MRAC, which approves our corporate risk appetite and associated balance sheet strategy;
CRPC has primary responsibility for the oversight and review of credit and counterparty risk across business units, as well as oversight, review and approval of the credit risk policies and guidelines; the Committee consists of senior executives within ERM, and reviews policies and guidelines related to all aspects of our business which give rise to credit risk; our business units are also represented on the CRPC; credit risk policies and guidelines are reviewed periodically, but at least annually;
TMRC reviews the effectiveness of, and approves, the market risk framework at least annually; it is the senior oversight and decision-making committee for risk management within our global markets businesses; the TMRC is responsible for the formulation of guidelines, strategies and workflows with respect to the measurement, monitoring and control of our trading market risk, and also approves market risk tolerance limits, collateral and margin policies, and trading authorities; the TMRC meets regularly to monitor the management of our trading market risk activities;
BOC provides oversight and governance over Basel related regulatory requirements, assesses compliance with respect to Basel regulations and approves all material methodologies and changes, policies and reporting;
The Recovery and Resolution Planning Executive Review Board oversees the development of recovery and resolution plans as required by banking regulators;
MRC monitors the overall level of model risk and provides oversight of the model governance process pertaining to financial models, including the validation of key models and the ongoing monitoring of model
 
performance. The MRC may also, as appropriate, mandate remedial actions and compensating controls to be applied to models to address modeling deficiencies as well as other issues identified;
The CCAR Steering Committee provides primary supervision of the stress tests performed in conformity with the Federal Reserve's CCAR process and the Dodd-Frank Act, and is responsible for the overall management, review, and approval of all material assumptions, methodologies, and results of each stress scenario;
The SSGA Risk Committee is the most senior oversight and decision making committee for risk management within SSGA; the committee is responsible for overseeing the alignment of SSGA's strategy, budget, and risk appetite, as well as alignment with State Street corporate-wide strategies and risk management standards; and
The Country Risk Committee oversees the identification, assessment, monitoring, reporting and mitigation, where necessary, of country risks.
BCRC
The Fiduciary Review Committee reviews and assesses the fiduciary risk management programs of those units in which we serve in a fiduciary capacity;
The New Business and Product Approval Committee provides oversight of the evaluation of the risk inherent in proposed new products or services and new business, and extensions of existing products or services, evaluations including economic justification, material risk, compliance, regulatory and legal considerations, and capital and liquidity analyses;
The Compliance and Ethics Committee provides review and oversight of our compliance programs, including its culture of compliance and high standards of ethical behavior; and
The Legal Entity Oversight Committee establishes standards with respect to the governance of State Street legal entities, monitors adherence to those standards, and oversees the ongoing evaluation of our legal entity structure, including the formation, maintenance and dissolution of legal entities.





State Street Corporation | 84


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TORC
The Technology Risk Governance Committee provides regular reporting to TORC and escalates technology risk issues to TORC, as appropriate;
The Executive Continuity Steering Committee reviews overall business continuity program performance, provides for executive accountability for compliance with the business continuity program and standards, and reviews and approves major changes or exceptions to program policy and standards;
The Executive Information Security Committee is responsible for managing the Enterprise Information Security posture and program, including cyber security protections, provides enterprise-wide oversight of the Information Security Program to provide that controls are measured and managed, and serves as an escalation point for issues identified during the execution of information technology activities and risk mitigation;
The Third Party Risk Management Steering Committee provides oversight over the vendor management program, approves policies, and serves as an escalation path for program compliance exceptions;
The Access Control Board establishes and provides appropriate governance and controls over our access control security framework;
The Operational Risk Committee, along with the support of regional business or entity-specific working groups and committees, is responsible for oversight of our operational risk programs, including determining that the implementation of those programs is designed to identify, manage, and control operational risk in an effective and consistent manner across the firm;
The Business Controls Steering Committee is responsible for overseeing and monitoring the execution and ongoing monitoring of our program of enhanced business controls practices across the organization;
The Global Transitions Oversight Committee is responsible for establishing a framework to monitor and oversee transitions between and among State Street legal entities against State Street resolvability principles, to monitor compliance with that framework to support optimization of State Street’s global operating footprint through increased consistency, transparency and sharing of best practices among State Street legal
 
entities, and to serve as a forum for review and discussion of issues impacting internal transitions among State Street legal entities; and
The Data Governance Board is responsible for overseeing State Street’s data governance vision, strategies and priorities and ensuring alignment of data governance policies and practices with corporate strategy and with State Street’s obligations to comply with data-related regulations.
Credit Risk Management
Core Policies and Principles
We define credit risk as the risk of financial loss if a counterparty, borrower or obligor, collectively referred to as a counterparty, is either unable or unwilling to repay borrowings or settle a transaction in accordance with underlying contractual terms. We assume credit risk in our traditional non-trading lending activities, such as loans and contingent commitments, in our investment securities portfolio, where recourse to a counterparty exists, and in our direct and indirect trading activities, such as principal securities lending and foreign exchange and indemnified agency securities lending. We also assume credit risk in our day-to-day treasury and securities and other settlement operations, in the form of deposit placements and other cash balances, with central banks or private sector institutions.     
We distinguish between three major types of credit risk:
Default risk - the risk that a counterparty fails to meet its contractual payment obligations;
Country risk - the risk that we may suffer a loss, in any given country, due to any of the following reasons: deterioration of economic conditions, political and social upheaval, nationalization and appropriation of assets, government repudiation of indebtedness, exchange controls, and disruptive currency depreciation or devaluation; and
Settlement risk - the risk that the settlement or clearance of transactions will fail, which arises whenever the exchange of cash, securities and/or other assets is not simultaneous.
The acceptance of credit risk by State Street is governed by corporate policies and guidelines, which include standardized procedures applied across the entire organization. These policies and guidelines include specific requirements related to each counterparty's risk profile; the markets served; counterparty, industry and country concentrations; and regulatory compliance. These policies and


State Street Corporation | 85


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



procedures also implement a number of core principles, which include the following:
We measure and consolidate credit risks to each counterparty, or group of counterparties, in accordance with a “one-obligor” principle that aggregates risks across our business units;
ERM reviews and approves all extensions of credit, or material changes to extensions of credit (such as changes in term, collateral structure or covenants), in accordance with assigned credit-approval authorities;
Credit-approval authorities are assigned to individuals according to their qualifications, experience and training, and these authorities are periodically reviewed. Our largest exposures require approval by the Credit Committee, a sub-committee of the CRPC. With respect to small and low-risk extensions of credit to certain types of counterparties, approval authority is granted to individuals outside of ERM;
We seek to avoid or limit undue concentrations of risk. Counterparty (or groups of counterparties), industry, country and product-specific concentrations of risk are subject to frequent review and approval in accordance with our risk appetite;
We determine the creditworthiness of counterparties through a detailed risk assessment, including the use of comprehensive internal risk-rating methodologies;
We review all extensions of credit and the creditworthiness of counterparties at least annually. The nature and extent of these reviews are determined by the size, nature and term of the extensions of credit and the creditworthiness of the counterparty; and
We subject all corporate policies and guidelines to annual review as an integral part of our periodic assessment of our risk appetite.
Our corporate policies and guidelines require that the business units which engage in activities that give rise to credit and counterparty risk comply with procedures that promote the extension of credit for legitimate business purposes; are consistent with the maintenance of proper credit standards; limit credit-related losses; and are consistent with our goal of maintaining a strong financial condition.
Structure and Organization
The Credit Risk group within ERM is responsible for the assessment, approval and monitoring of credit risk across State Street. The group is managed
 
centrally, has dedicated teams in a number of locations worldwide across our businesses, and is responsible for related policies and procedures, and for our internal credit-rating systems and methodologies. In addition, the group, in conjunction with the business units, establishes appropriate measurements and limits to control the amount of credit risk accepted across its various business activities, both at the portfolio level and for each individual counterparty or group of counterparties, to individual industries, and also to counterparties by product and country of risk. These measurements and limits are reviewed periodically, but at least annually.
In conjunction with other groups in ERM, the Credit Risk group is jointly responsible for the design, implementation and oversight of our credit risk measurement and management systems, including data and assessment systems, quantification systems and the reporting framework.
Various key committees within State Street are responsible for the oversight of credit risk and associated credit risk policies, systems and models. All credit-related activities are governed by our risk appetite framework and our credit risk guidelines, which define our general philosophy with respect to credit risk and the manner in which we control, manage and monitor such risks.
The previously described CRPC (refer to "Risk Committees") has primary responsibility for the oversight, review and approval of the credit risk guidelines and policies. Credit risk guidelines and policies are reviewed periodically, but at least annually.
The Credit Committee, a sub-committee of the CRPC, has responsibility for assigning credit authority and approving the largest and higher-risk extensions of credit to individual counterparties or groups of counterparties.
CRPC provides periodic updates to MRAC and the Board's RC.
Credit Ratings
We perform initial and ongoing reviews to exercise due diligence on the creditworthiness of our counterparties when conducting any business with them or approving any credit limits.
This due diligence process generally includes the assignment of an internal credit rating, which is determined by the use of internally developed and validated methodologies, scorecards and a 15-grade rating scale. This risk-rating process incorporates the use of risk-rating tools in conjunction with management judgment; qualitative and quantitative inputs are captured in a replicable manner and, following a formal review and approval process, an


State Street Corporation | 86


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



internal credit rating based on our rating scale is assigned. Credit ratings are reviewed and approved by the Credit Risk group or designees within ERM. To facilitate comparability across the portfolio, counterparties within a given sector are rated using a risk-rating tool developed for that sector.
Our risk-rating methodologies are approved by the CRPC, after completion of internal model validation processes, and are subject to an annual review, including re-validation.
We generally rate our counterparties individually, although a small number of accounts defined by us as low-risk are rated on a pooled basis. We evaluate and rate the credit risk of our counterparties on an ongoing basis.
Risk Parameter Estimates
Our internal risk-rating system promotes a clear and consistent approach to the determination of appropriate credit risk classifications for our credit counterparties and exposures, tracking the changes in risk associated with these counterparties and exposures over time. This capability enhances our ability to more accurately calculate both risk exposures and capital, enabling better strategic decision making across the organization.
We use credit risk parameter estimates for the following purposes:
The assessment of the creditworthiness of new counterparties and, in conjunction with our risk appetite statement, the development of appropriate credit limits for our products and services, including loans, foreign exchange, securities finance, placements and repurchase agreements;
The use of an automated process for limit approvals for certain low-risk counterparties, as defined in our credit risk guidelines, based on the counterparty’s probability-of-default, or PD , rating class;
The development of approval authority matrices based on PD; riskier counterparties with higher ratings require higher levels of approval for a comparable PD and limit size compared to less risky counterparties with lower ratings;
The analysis of risk concentration trends using historical PD and exposure-at-default, or EAD , data;
The standardization of rating integrity testing by GCR using rating parameters;
The determination of the level of management review of short-duration advances depending on PD; riskier counterparties with higher rating class values generally trigger higher levels of
 
management escalation for comparable short-duration advances compared to less risky counterparties with lower rating-class values;
The monitoring of credit facility utilization levels using EAD values and the identification of instances where counterparties have exceeded limits;
The aggregation and comparison of counterparty exposures with risk appetite levels to determine if businesses are maintaining appropriate risk levels; and
The determination of our regulatory capital requirements for the AIRB provided in the Basel framework.
Credit Risk Mitigation
We seek to limit our credit exposure and reduce our potential credit losses through various types of risk mitigation. In our day-to-day management of credit risks, we utilize and recognize the following types of risk mitigation.
Collateral
In many parts of our business, we regularly require or agree for collateral to be received from or provided to clients and counterparties in connection with contracts that incur credit risk. In our trading businesses, this collateral is typically in the form of cash and highly-rated securities (government securities and other bonds or equity securities). Credit risks in our non-trading and securities finance businesses are also often secured by bonds and equity securities and by other types of assets. Collateral serves to reduce the risk of loss inherent in an exposure by improving the prospect of recovery in the event of a counterparty default. However, rapidly changing market values of the collateral we hold, unexpected increases in the credit exposure to a client or counterparty, reductions in the value or change in the type of securities held by us, as well as operational errors or errors in the manner in which we seek to exercise our rights, may reduce the risk mitigation effects of collateral or result in other security interests not being effective to reduce potential credit exposure. While collateral is often an alternative source of repayment, it generally does not replace the requirement within our policies and guidelines for high-quality underwriting standards. We also may choose to incur credit exposure without the benefit of collateral or other risk mitigating credits rights.
Our credit risk guidelines require that the collateral we accept for risk mitigation purposes is of high quality, can be reliably valued and can be liquidated if or when required. Generally, when collateral is of lower quality, more difficult to value or more challenging to liquidate, higher discounts to


State Street Corporation | 87


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



market values are applied for the purposes of measuring credit risk. For certain less liquid collateral, longer liquidation periods are assumed when determining the credit exposure.
All types of collateral are assessed regularly by ERM, as is the basis on which the collateral is valued. Our assessment of collateral, including the ability to liquidate collateral in the event of a counterparty default, and also with regard to market values of collateral under a variety of hypothetical market conditions, is an integral component of our assessment of risk and approval of credit limits. We also seek to identify, limit and monitor instances of "wrong-way" risk, where a counterparty’s risk of default is positively correlated with the risk of our collateral eroding in value.
We maintain policies and procedures requiring that documentation used to collateralize a transaction is legal, valid, binding and enforceable in the relevant jurisdictions. We also conduct legal reviews to assess whether our documentation meets these standards on an ongoing basis.
Netting
Netting is a mechanism that allows institutions and counterparties to net offsetting exposures and payment obligations against one another through the use of qualifying master netting agreements. A master netting agreement allows the netting of rights and obligations arising under derivative or other transactions that have been entered into under such an agreement upon the counterparty’s default, resulting in a single net claim owed by, or to, the counterparty. This is commonly referred to as "close-out netting,” and is pursued wherever possible. We may also enter into master agreements that allow for the netting of amounts payable on a given day and in the same currency, reducing our settlement risk. This is commonly referred to as “payment netting,” and is widely used in our foreign exchange activities.
As with collateral, we have policies and procedures in place to apply close-out and payment netting only to the extent that we have verified legal validity and enforceability of the master agreement. In the case of payment netting, operational constraints with our counterparties may preclude us from reducing settlement risk, notwithstanding the legal right to require the same under the master netting agreement.
Guarantees
A guarantee is a financial instrument that results in credit support being provided by a third party, (i.e., the protection provider) to the underlying obligor (the beneficiary of the provided protection) on account of an exposure owing by the obligor. The protection provider may support the underlying exposure either
 
in whole or in part. Support of this kind may take different forms. Typical forms of guarantees provided to State Street include financial guarantees, letters of credit, bankers’ acceptances, PUA contracts and insurance.
ERM and Legal teams have established a review process to evaluate guarantees under the applicable requirements of State Street policies and Basel III requirements. Governance for this evaluation is covered under policies and procedures that require regular reviews of documentation, jurisdictions, and credit quality of protection providers.
Pursuant to the Basel III final rule, we are permitted to reflect the application of credit risk mitigation which may include, for example, guarantees, collateral, netting, secured interests in non-financial assets and credit default swaps. State Street does not actively use credit default swaps as a risk mitigation tool, although it increasingly applies the recognition of guarantees, collateral and security over non-financial assets to mitigate overall risk within its counterparty credit portfolio.
Credit Limits
Central to our philosophy for our management of credit risk is the approval and imposition of credit limits, against which we monitor the actual and potential future credit exposure arising from our business activities with counterparties or groups of counterparties. Credit limits are a reflection of our risk appetite, which may be determined by the creditworthiness of the counterparty, the nature of the risk inherent in the business undertaken with the counterparty, or a combination of relevant credit factors. Our risk appetite for certain sectors and certain countries and geographic regions may also influence the level of risk we are willing to assume to certain counterparties.
The analysis and approval of credit limits is undertaken in a consistent manner across our businesses, although the nature and extent of the analysis may vary, based on the type, term and magnitude of the risk being assumed. Credit limits and underlying exposures are assessed and measured on both a gross and net basis where appropriate, with net exposure determined by deducting the value of any collateral held. For certain types of risk being assumed, we will also assess and measure exposures under a variety of hypothetical market conditions. Credit limit approvals across State Street are undertaken by the Credit Risk group, by individuals to whom credit authority has been delegated, or by the Credit Committee.
Credit limits are re-evaluated annually, or more frequently as needed, and are revised periodically on prevailing and anticipated market conditions, changes in counterparty or country-specific credit ratings and


State Street Corporation | 88


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



outlook, changes in State Street's risk appetite for certain counterparties, sectors or countries, and enhancements to the measurement of credit utilization.
Reporting
Ongoing active monitoring and management of our credit risk is an integral part of our credit risk management framework. We maintain management information systems to identify, measure, monitor and report credit risk across businesses and legal entities, enabling ERM and our businesses to have timely access to accurate information on credit limits and exposures. Monitoring is performed along the dimensions of counterparty, industry, country and product-specific risks to facilitate the identification of concentrations of risk and emerging trends.
Key aspects of this credit risk reporting structure include governance and oversight groups, policies that define standards for the reporting of credit risk, data aggregation and sourcing systems, and separate testing of relevant risk reporting functions by Corporate Audit.
The Credit Portfolio Management group routinely assesses the composition of our overall credit risk portfolio for alignment with our stated risk appetite. This assessment includes routine analysis and reporting of the portfolio, monitoring of market-based indicators, the assessment of industry trends and developments, and regular reviews of concentrated risks. The Credit Portfolio Management group is also responsible, in conjunction with the business units, for defining the appetite for credit risk in the major sectors in which we have a concentration of business activities. These sector-level risk appetite statements, which include counterparty selection criteria and granular underwriting guidelines, are reviewed periodically and approved by the CRPC.
Monitoring
Regular surveillance of credit and counterparty risks is undertaken by our business units, the Credit Risk group and designees with ERM, allowing for frequent and extensive oversight. This surveillance process includes, but is not limited to, the following components:
Annual Reviews. A formal review of counterparties is conducted at least annually and includes a thorough review of operating performance, primary risk factors and our internal credit risk rating. This annual review also includes a review of current and proposed credit limits, an assessment of our ongoing risk appetite and verification that supporting legal documentation remains effective.
 
Interim Monitoring. Periodic monitoring of our largest and riskiest counterparties is undertaken more frequently, utilizing financial information, market indicators and other relevant credit and performance measures. The nature and extent of this interim monitoring is individually tailored to certain counterparties and/or industry sectors to identify material changes to the risk profile of a counterparty (or group of counterparties) and assign an updated internal risk rating in a timely manner.
We maintain an active "watch list" for all counterparties where we have identified a concern that the actual or potential risk of default has increased. The watch list status denotes a concern with some aspect of a counterparty's risk profile that warrants closer monitoring of the counterparty's financial performance and related risk factors. Our ongoing monitoring processes are designed to facilitate the early identification of counterparties whose creditworthiness is deteriorating; any counterparty may be placed on the watch list by ERM at its sole discretion.
Counterparties that receive an internal risk rating within a certain range on our rating scale are eligible for watch list designation. These risk ratings generally correspond with the non-investment grade or near non-investment grade ratings established by the major independent credit-rating agencies, and also include the regulatory classifications of “Special Mention,” “Substandard,” “Doubtful” and “Loss.” Counterparties whose internal ratings are outside this range may also be placed on the watch list.
The Credit Risk group maintains primary responsibility for our watch list processes, and generates a monthly report of all watch list counterparties. The watch list is formally reviewed at least on a quarterly basis, with participation from senior ERM staff, and representatives from the business units and our corporate finance and legal groups as appropriate. These meetings include a review of individual watch list counterparties, together with credit limits and prevailing exposures, and are focused on actions to contain, reduce or eliminate the risk of loss to State Street. Identified actions are documented and monitored.
Controls
GCR provides a separate level of surveillance and oversight over the integrity of our credit risk management processes, including the internal risk-rating system. GCR reviews counterparty credit ratings for all identified sectors on an ongoing basis. GCR is subject to oversight by the CRPC, and provides periodic updates to the Board’s RC.


State Street Corporation | 89


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Specific activities of GCR include the following:
Separate and objective assessments of our credit and counterparty exposures to determine the nature and extent of risk undertaken by the business units;
Periodic credit process and credit product reviews, focusing on and assessing credit analysis, policy compliance, prudent transaction structure and underwriting standards, administration and documentation, risk-rating integrity, and relevant trends;
Identification and monitoring of developing counterparty, market and/or industry sector trends to limit risk of loss and protect capital;
Regular and formal reporting of reviews, including findings and requisite actions to remedy identified deficiencies;
Allocation of resources for specialized risk assessments (on an as-needed basis);
Assessment of the level of the allowance for loan and lease losses and OTTI; and
Liaison with auditors and regulatory personnel on matters relating to risk rating, reporting, and measurement.
Reserve for Credit Losses
We maintain an allowance for loan and lease losses to support our on-balance sheet credit exposures. We also maintain a reserve for unfunded commitments and letters of credit to support our off-balance credit exposure. The two components together represent the reserve for credit losses. Review and evaluation of the adequacy of the reserve for credit losses is ongoing throughout the year, but occurs at least quarterly, and is based, among other factors, on our evaluation of the level of risk in the portfolio, the volume of adversely classified loans, previous loss experience, current trends, and economic conditions and their effect on our counterparties. Additional information about the allowance for loan and lease losses is provided in Note 4 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Liquidity Risk Management
Liquidity risk is defined as the potential that our financial condition or overall viability could be adversely affected by an actual or perceived inability to meet cash and collateral obligations. The goal of liquidity risk management is to maintain, even in the event of stress, our ability to meet our cash and collateral obligations.
Liquidity is managed to meet our financial obligations in a timely and cost-effective manner, as well as maintain sufficient flexibility to fund strategic corporate initiatives as they arise. Our effective
 
management of liquidity involves the assessment of the potential mismatch between the future cash demands of our clients and our available sources of cash under both normal and adverse economic and business conditions.
We manage our liquidity on a global, consolidated basis. We also manage liquidity on a stand-alone basis at the parent company, as well as at certain branches and subsidiaries of State Street Bank. State Street Bank generally has access to markets and funding sources limited to banks, such as the federal funds market and the Federal Reserve's discount window. Our parent company is managed to a more conservative liquidity profile, reflecting narrower market access. Our parent company typically holds enough cash, primarily in the form of interest-bearing deposits or time deposits with its banking subsidiaries, to meet its current debt maturities and cash needs, as well as those projected over the next one-year period. As of December 31, 2016 , the value of our parent company's net liquid assets totaled $3.64 billion , compared with $5.73 billion as of December 31, 2015 . As of December 31, 2016 , our parent company has approximately $450 million of senior notes outstanding that will mature in the next twelve months.
Based on our level of consolidated liquid assets and our ability to access the capital markets for additional funding when necessary, including our ability to issue debt and equity securities under our current universal shelf registration, management considers our overall liquidity as of December 31, 2016 to be sufficient to meet its current commitments and business needs, including accommodating the transaction and cash management needs of its clients.
Governance
Global Treasury is responsible for our management of liquidity. This includes the day-to-day management of our global liquidity position, the development and monitoring of early warning indicators, key liquidity risk metrics, the creation and execution of stress tests, the evaluation and implementation of regulatory requirements, the maintenance and execution of our liquidity guidelines and contingency funding plan, and routine management reporting to ALCO, MRAC and the Board's RC.
Global Treasury Risk Management, part of ERM, provides separate oversight over the identification, communication, and management of Global Treasury’s risks in support of our business strategy. Global Treasury Risk Management reports to the CRO. Global Treasury Risk Management’s responsibilities relative to liquidity risk management include the development and review of policies and


State Street Corporation | 90


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



guidelines; the monitoring of limits related to adherence to the liquidity risk guidelines and associated reporting.
Liquidity Framework
Our liquidity framework contemplates areas of potential risk based on our activities, size, and other appropriate risk-related factors. In managing liquidity risk we employ limits, maintain established metrics and early warning indicators, and perform routine stress testing to identify potential liquidity needs. This process involves the evaluation of a combination of internal and external scenarios which assist us in measuring our liquidity position and in identifying potential increases in cash needs or decreases in available sources of cash, as well as the potential impairment of our ability to access the global capital markets.
We manage liquidity according to several principles that are equally important to our overall liquidity risk management framework:
Structural liquidity management addresses liquidity by monitoring and directing the composition of our consolidated statement of condition. Structural liquidity is measured by metrics such as the percentage of total wholesale funds to consolidated total assets, and the percentage of non-government investment securities to client deposits. In addition, on a regular basis and as described below, our structural liquidity is evaluated under various stress scenarios.
Tactical liquidity management addresses our day-to-day funding requirements and is largely driven by changes in our primary source of funding, which are client deposits. Fluctuations in client deposits may be supplemented with short-term borrowings, which generally include commercial paper and certificates of deposit.
Stress testing and contingent funding planning are longer-term strategic liquidity risk management practices. Regular and ad hoc liquidity stress testing are performed under various severe but plausible scenarios at the consolidated level and at significant subsidiaries, including State Street Bank. These tests contemplate severe market and State Street-specific events under various time horizons and severities. Tests contemplate the impact of material changes in key funding sources, credit ratings, additional collateral requirements, contingent uses of funding, systemic shocks to the financial markets, and operational failures based on market and State Street-specific assumptions. The stress tests evaluate the
 
required level of funding versus available sources in an adverse environment. As stress testing contemplates potential forward-looking scenarios, results also serve as a trigger to activate specific liquidity stress levels and contingent funding actions.
CFP s are designed to assist senior management with decision-making associated with any contingency funding response to a possible or actual crisis scenario. The CFPs define roles, responsibilities and management actions to be taken in the event of deterioration of our liquidity profile caused by either a State Street-specific event or a broader disruption in the capital markets. Specific actions are linked to the level of stress indicated by these measures or by management judgment of market conditions.
Liquidity Risk Metrics
In managing our liquidity, we employ early warning indicators and metrics. Early warning indicators are intended to detect situations which may result in a liquidity stress, including changes in our common stock price and the spread on our long-term debt. Additional metrics that are critical to the management of our consolidated statement of condition and monitored as part of our routine liquidity management include measures of our fungible cash position, purchased wholesale funds, unencumbered liquid assets, deposits, and the total of investment securities and loans as a percentage of total client deposits.
Asset Liquidity
Central to the management of our liquidity is asset liquidity, which consists primarily of unencumbered highly liquid securities, cash and cash equivalents reported on our consolidated statement of condition. We restrict the eligibility of securities of asset liquidity to U.S. Government and federal agency securities (including mortgage-backed securities), selected non-U.S. Government and supranational securities as well as certain other high- quality securities which generally are more liquid than other types of assets even in times of stress. Our asset liquidity metric is similar to the HQLA under the U.S. LCR, and our HQLA, under the LCR final rule definition, were estimated to be $100.93 billion and $109.39 billion as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.
TABLE 32: COMPONENTS OF HQLA BY TYPE OF ASSET
(In millions)
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Excess Central Bank Balances
 
$
65,790

 
$
66,063

U.S. Treasuries
 
15,821

 
22,518

Other Investment securities
 
13,753

 
16,952

Foreign government
 
5,561

 
3,861

Total
 
$
100,925

 
$
109,394



State Street Corporation | 91


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



With respect to highly liquid short-term investments presented in the preceding table, due to the continued elevated level of client deposits as of December 31, 2016 , we maintained cash balances in excess of regulatory requirements governing deposits with the Federal Reserve of approximately $65.79 billion at the Federal Reserve, the ECB and other non-U.S. central banks, compared to $66.06 billion as of December 31, 2015 . The lower levels of deposits with central banks as of December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 was due to normal deposit volatility. The decrease in other investment securities as of December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 , presented in the table above, was primarily associated with repositioning the investment portfolio in light of the liquidity requirements of the LCR.
Liquid securities carried in our asset liquidity include securities pledged without corresponding advances from the FRBB, the FHLB, and other non-U.S. central banks. State Street Bank is a member of the FHLB. This membership allows for advances of liquidity in varying terms against high-quality collateral, which helps facilitate asset-and-liability management.
Access to primary, intra-day and contingent liquidity provided by these utilities is an important source of contingent liquidity with utilization subject to underlying conditions. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , we had no outstanding primary credit borrowings from the FRBB discount window or any other central bank facility, and as of the same dates, no FHLB advances were outstanding.
In addition to the securities included in our asset liquidity, we have significant amounts of other unencumbered investment securities. The aggregate fair value of those securities was $38.23 billion as of December 31, 2016 , compared to $41.00 billion as of December 31, 2015 . These securities are available sources of liquidity, although not as rapidly deployed as those included in our asset liquidity.
Measures of liquidity include LCR, NSFR and TLAC which are described in "Supervision and Regulation" included under Item 1, Business, of this Form 10-K.
Uses of Liquidity
Significant uses of our liquidity could result from the following: withdrawals of client deposits; draw-downs of unfunded commitments to extend credit or to purchase securities, generally provided through lines of credit; and short-duration advance facilities. Such circumstances would generally arise under stress conditions including deterioration in credit ratings. We had unfunded commitments to extend credit with gross contractual amounts totaling $28.15 billion and $26.57 billion as of December 31, 2016
 
and December 31, 2015 , respectively. These amounts do not reflect the value of any collateral. As of December 31, 2016 , approximately 73% of our unfunded commitments to extend credit expire within one year. Since many of our commitments are expected to expire or renew without being drawn upon, the gross contractual amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.
Information about our resolution planning and the impact actions under our resolution plans could have on our liquidity is provided in "Supervision and Regulation," included under Item 1,Business, of this Form 10-K.
Funding
Deposits
We provide products and services including custody, accounting, administration, daily pricing, foreign exchange services, cash management, financial asset management, securities finance and investment advisory services. As a provider of these products and services, we generate client deposits, which have generally provided a stable, low-cost source of funds. As a global custodian, clients place deposits with State Street entities in various currencies. We invest these client deposits in a combination of investment securities and short-duration financial instruments whose mix is determined by the characteristics of the deposits.
For the past several years, we have frequently experienced higher client deposit inflows toward the end of each fiscal quarter or the end of the fiscal year. As a result, we believe average client deposit balances are more reflective of ongoing funding than period-end balances.
TABLE 33: CLIENT DEPOSITS
 
 
 
Average Balance
 
December 31,
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2016
 
2015
Client deposits (1)
$
176,693

 
$
177,907

 
$
156,029

 
$
171,425

 
 
 
 
(1) Balance as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 excluded term wholesale CDs of $10.47 billion and $13.72 billion , respectively; average balances in 2016 and 2015 excluded average CDs of $14.46 billion and $13.56 billion , respectively.
Short-Term Funding
We phased out our commercial paper program prior to December 31, 2015, consistent with the objectives of our 2015 recovery and resolution plan developed pursuant to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act. Accordingly, we had no commercial paper outstanding as of December 31, 2016 or December 31, 2015 .
Our on-balance sheet liquid assets are also an integral component of our liquidity management strategy. These assets provide liquidity through


State Street Corporation | 92


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



maturities of the assets, but more importantly, they provide us with the ability to raise funds by pledging the securities as collateral for borrowings or through outright sales. In addition, our access to the global capital markets gives us the ability to source incremental funding at reasonable rates of interest from wholesale investors. As discussed earlier under “Asset Liquidity,” State Street Bank's membership in the FHLB allows for advances of liquidity with varying terms against high-quality collateral.
Short-term secured funding also comes in the form of securities lent or sold under agreements to repurchase. These transactions are short-term in nature, generally overnight, and are collateralized by high-quality investment securities. These balances were $4.40 billion and $4.50 billion as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.
State Street Bank currently maintains a line of credit with a financial institution of CAD 1.40 billion , or approximately $1.04 billion as of December 31, 2016 , to support its Canadian securities processing operations. The line of credit has no stated termination date and is cancelable by either party with prior notice. As of December 31, 2016 , there was no balance outstanding on this line of credit.
Long-Term Funding
As of December 31, 2016 , State Street Bank had Board authority to issue unsecured senior debt securities from time to time, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such unsecured senior debt outstanding at any one time does not exceed $5 billion . As of December 31, 2016 , $4 billion was available for issuance pursuant to this authority. As of December 31, 2016 , State Street Bank also had Board authority to issue an additional $500 million of subordinated debt.
State Street Corporation maintains an effective universal shelf registration that allows for the public offering and sale of debt securities, capital securities, common stock, depositary shares and preferred stock, and warrants to purchase such securities, including any shares into which the preferred stock and depositary shares may be convertible, or any combination thereof. We have issued in the past, and we may issue in the future, securities pursuant to our shelf registration. The issuance of debt or equity securities will depend on future market conditions, funding needs and other factors.
 
Agency Credit Ratings
Our ability to maintain consistent access to liquidity is fostered by the maintenance of high investment-grade ratings as measured by the major independent credit rating agencies. Factors essential to maintaining high credit ratings include diverse and stable core earnings; relative market position; strong risk management; strong capital ratios; diverse liquidity sources, including the global capital markets and client deposits; strong liquidity monitoring procedures; and preparedness for current or future regulatory developments. High ratings limit borrowing costs and enhance our liquidity by providing assurance for unsecured funding and depositors, increasing the potential market for our debt and improving our ability to offer products, serve markets, and engage in transactions in which clients value high credit ratings. A downgrade or reduction of our credit ratings could have a material adverse effect on our liquidity by restricting our ability to access the capital markets, which could increase the related cost of funds. In turn, this could cause the sudden and large-scale withdrawal of unsecured deposits by our clients, which could lead to draw-downs of unfunded commitments to extend credit or trigger requirements under securities purchase commitments; or require additional collateral or force terminations of certain trading derivative contracts.
A majority of our derivative contracts have been entered into under bilateral agreements with counterparties who may require us to post collateral or terminate the transactions based on changes in our credit ratings. We assess the impact of these arrangements by determining the collateral or termination payments that would be required assuming a downgrade by all rating agencies. The additional collateral or termination payments related to our net derivative liabilities under these arrangements that could have been called by counterparties in the event of a downgrade in our credit ratings below levels specified in the agreements is disclosed in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K. Other funding sources, such as secured financing transactions and other margin requirements, for which there are no explicit triggers, could also be adversely affected.


State Street Corporation | 93


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 34: CREDIT RATINGS
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
Standard &
Poor’s
 
Moody’s
Investors
Service
 
Fitch
 
Dominion Bond Rating Service
State Street:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Senior debt
A
 
A1
 
AA-
 
AA (Low)
Subordinated debt
A-
 
A2
 
A+
 
A (High)
Junior subordinated debt
BBB
 
A3
 
BBB+
 
A (High)
Preferred stock
BBB
 
Baa1
 
BBB
 
A (Low)
Outlook
Stable
 
Stable
 
Stable
 
Stable
State Street Bank:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Short-term deposits
A-1+
 
P-1
 
F1+
 
R-1 (High)
Long-term deposits
AA-
 
Aa1
 
AA+
 
AA
Senior debt/Long-term issuer
AA-
 
Aa3
 
AA
 
AA
Subordinated debt
A
 
Aa3
 
A+
 
AA (Low)
Outlook
Stable  
 
Stable
 
Stable
 
Stable
Contractual Cash Obligations and Other Commitments
The long-term contractual cash obligations included within Table 35: Long-Term Contractual Cash Obligations were recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2016 , except for operating leases and the interest portions of long-term debt and capital leases.
TABLE 35: LONG-TERM CONTRACTUAL CASH OBLIGATIONS
 
PAYMENTS DUE BY PERIOD
(In millions)
Total
 
Less than 1
year
 
1-3
years
 
4-5
years
 
Over 5
years
Long-term debt (1) (2)
$
11,137

 
$
450

 
$
1,423

 
$
3,155

 
$
6,109

Operating leases
1,149

 
205

 
323

 
241

 
380

Capital lease obligations (2)
325

 
57

 
99

 
90

 
79

Total contractual cash obligations
$
12,611

 
$
712

 
$
1,845

 
$
3,486

 
$
6,568

 
 
 
 
(1) Long-term debt excludes capital lease obligations (presented as a separate line item) and the effect of interest-rate swaps. Interest payments were calculated at the stated rate with the exception of floating-rate debt, for which payments were calculated using the indexed rate in effect as of December 31, 2016 .
(2) Additional information about contractual cash obligations related to long-term debt and operating and capital leases is provided in Notes  9 and 20 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K. Our consolidated statement of cash flows, also included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, provides additional liquidity information.
Total contractual cash obligations shown in Table 35: Long-Term Contractual Cash Obligations , do not include:
Obligations which will be settled in cash, primarily in less than one year, such as client deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings. Additional information about deposits, federal funds purchased, securities sold under repurchase agreements and other short-term borrowings is provided in Notes  8 and 9 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Obligations related to derivative instruments because the derivative-related amounts
 
recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2016 did not represent the amounts that may ultimately be paid under the contracts upon settlement. Additional information about our derivative instruments is provided in Note 10 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K. We have obligations under pension and other post-retirement benefit plans, more fully described in Note  19 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 of this Form 10-K, which are not included in Table 35: Long-Term Contractual Cash Obligations .


State Street Corporation | 94


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 36: OTHER COMMERCIAL COMMITMENTS
 
 
 
 
 
DURATION OF COMMITMENT
(In millions)
Total amounts
committed (1)
 
Less than
1 year
 
1-3
years
 
4-5
years
 
Over 5
years
Indemnified securities financing
$
360,452

 
$
360,452

 
$

 
$

 
$

Stable value protection (2)
27,182

 
27,182

 

 

 

Unfunded credit facilities
28,154

 
18,403

 
5,823

 
3,862

 
66

Standby letters of credit
3,459

 
836

 
2,234

 
389

 

Purchase obligations (3)
235

 
55

 
62

 
45

 
73

Total commercial commitments
$
419,482

 
$
406,928

 
$
8,119

 
$
4,296

 
$
139

 
 
 
 
(1) Total amounts committed reflect participations to independent third parties, if any.
(2) The stable value commitments do not have a contractual maturity date; however, the agreements may generally be terminated by State Street at any time upon settlement of any outstanding payment obligations. Refer to Note 12 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8 , Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K for further information.
(3) Amounts represent obligations pursuant to legally binding agreements, where we have agreed to purchase products or services with a specific minimum quantity defined at a fixed, minimum or variable price over a specified period of time.
Additional information about the commitments presented in Table 36: Other Commercial Commitments , except for purchase obligations, is provided in Note  12 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Operational Risk Management
Overview
Operational risk is the risk of loss resulting from inadequate or failed internal processes, people and systems or from external events. Operational risk encompasses fiduciary risk and legal risk. Fiduciary risk is defined as the risk that State Street fails to properly exercise its fiduciary duties in its provision of products or services to clients. Legal risk is the risk of loss resulting from failure to comply with laws and contractual obligations as well as prudent ethical standards in business practices in addition to exposure to litigation from all aspects of State Street’s activities.
Operational risk is inherent in the performance of investment servicing and investment management activities on behalf of our clients. Whether it be fiduciary risk, risk associated with execution and processing or other types of operational risk, a consistent, transparent and effective operational risk framework is key to identifying, monitoring and managing operational risk.
We have established an operational risk framework that is based on three major goals:
Strong, active governance;
Ownership and accountability; and
Consistency and transparency.
Governance
Our Board is responsible for the approval and oversight of our overall operational risk framework. It does so through its RC, which reviews our
 
operational risk framework and approves our operational risk policy annually.
Our operational risk policy establishes our approach to our management of operational risk across State Street. The policy identifies the responsibilities of individuals and committees charged with oversight of the management of operational risk, and articulates a broad mandate that supports implementation of the operational risk framework.
ERM and other control groups provide the oversight, validation and verification of the management and measurement of operational risk.
Executive management actively manages and oversees our operational risk framework through membership on various risk management committees, including MRAC, the BCRC, TORC, the Operational Risk Committee, the Executive Information Security Committee, and the Fiduciary Review Committee, all of which ultimately report to the appropriate committee of the board.
The Operational Risk Committee, chaired by the global head of Operational Risk, provides cross-business oversight of operational risk and reviews and approves operational risk guidelines intended to maintain a consistent implementation of our corporate operational risk policy and framework.
Ownership and Accountability
We have implemented our operational risk framework to support the broad mandate established by our operational risk policy. This framework represents an integrated set of processes and tools that assists us in the management and measurement of operational risk, including our calculation of required capital and RWA.
The framework takes a comprehensive view and integrates the methods and tools used to manage and measure operational risk. The framework utilizes aspects of the COSO framework and other industry leading practices, and is designed foremost to


State Street Corporation | 95


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



address State Street's risk management needs while complying with regulatory requirements. The operational risk framework is intended to provide a number of important benefits, including:
A common understanding of operational risk management and its supporting processes;
The clarification of responsibilities for the management of operational risk across State Street;
The alignment of business priorities with risk management objectives;
The active management of risk and early identification of emerging risks;
The consistent application of policies and the collection of data for risk management and measurement; and
The estimation of our operational risk capital requirement.
The operational risk framework employs a distributed risk management infrastructure executed by ERM groups aligned with the business units, which are responsible for the implementation of the operational risk framework at the business unit level.
As with other risks, senior business unit management is responsible for the day-to-day operational risk management of their respective businesses. It is business unit management's responsibility to provide oversight of the implementation and ongoing execution of the operational risk framework within their respective organizations, as well as coordination and communication with ERM.
Consistency and Transparency
A number of corporate control functions are directly responsible for implementing and assessing various aspects of State Street's operational risk framework, with the overarching goal of consistency and transparency to meet the evolving needs of the business:
The global head of Operational Risk, a member of the CRO’s executive management team, leads ERM’s corporate ORM group. ORM is responsible for the strategy, evolution and consistent implementation of our operational risk guidelines, framework and supporting tools across State Street. ORM reviews and analyzes operational key risk information, events, metrics and indicators at the business unit and corporate level for purposes of risk management, reporting and escalation to the CRO, senior management and governance committees;
 
ERM’s Corporate Risk Analytics group develops and maintains operational risk capital estimation models, and ERM's Operations group calculates State Street's required capital for operational risk;
ERM’s MVG independently validates the quantitative models used to measure operational risk, and ORM performs validation checks on the output of the model;
CIS establishes the framework, policies and related programs to measure, monitor and report on information security risks, including the effectiveness of cyber security program protections. CIS defines and manages the enterprise-wide information security program. CIS coordinates with Information Technology, control functions and business units to support the confidentiality, integrity and availability of corporate information assets. CIS identifies and employs a risk-based methodology consistent with applicable regulatory cyber security requirements and monitors the compliance of our systems with information security policies; and
Corporate Audit performs separate reviews of the application of operational risk management practices and methodologies utilized across State Street.
Our operational risk framework consists of five components, each described below, which provide a working structure that integrates distinct risk programs into a continuous process focused on managing and measuring operational risk in a coordinated and consistent manner.
Risk Identification, Assessment and Measurement
The objective of risk identification, assessment and measurement is to understand business unit strategy, risk profile and potential exposures. It is achieved through a series of risk assessments across State Street using techniques for the identification, assessment and measurement of risk across a spectrum of potential frequency and severity combinations. Three primary risk assessment programs, which occur annually, augmented by other business-specific programs, are the core of this component:
The RCSA program seeks to understand the risks associated with day-to-day activities, and the effectiveness of controls intended to manage potential exposures arising from these activities. These risks are typically frequent in nature but generally not severe in terms of exposure;
The Material Risk Identification process utilizes a bottom-up approach to identify


State Street Corporation | 96


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



State Street’s most significant risk exposures across all on- and off-balance sheet risk-taking activities. The program is specifically designed to consider risks that could have a material impact irrespective of their likelihood or frequency. This can include risks that may have an impact on longer-term business objectives, such as significant change management activities or long-term strategic initiatives;
The Scenario Analysis program focuses on the set of risks with the highest severity and most relevance from a capital perspective. These are generally referred to as “tail risks," and serve as important benchmarks for our loss distribution approach model (see below); they also provide inputs into stress testing; and
Business-specific programs to identify, assess and measure risk, including new business and product review and approval, new client screening, and, as deemed appropriate, targeted risk assessments.
The primary measurement tool used is an internally developed loss distribution approach model, referred to as the LDA model . We use the LDA model to quantify required operational risk capital, from which we calculate RWA related to operational risk. Such required capital and RWA totaled $3.57 billion and $44.58 billion , respectively, as of December 31, 2016 ; refer to the "Capital" section in "Financial Condition," of this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
The LDA model incorporates the four required operational risk elements described below:
Internal loss event data is collected from across State Street in conformity with our operating loss policy that establishes the requirements for collecting and reporting individual loss events. We categorize the data into seven Basel-defined event types and further subdivide the data by business unit, as deemed appropriate. Each of these loss events are represented in a UOM which is used to estimate a specific amount of capital required for the types of loss events that fall into each specific category. Some UOMs are measured at the corporate level because they are not “business specific,” such as damage to physical assets, where the cause of an event is not primarily driven by the behavior of a single business unit. Internal losses of $500 or greater are captured, analyzed and included in the modeling approach. Loss event data is collected using a corporate-wide data
 
collection tool, which stores the data in a Loss Event Data Repository, referred to as the LEDR , to support processes related to analysis, management reporting and the calculation of required capital. Internal loss event data provides State Street-specific frequency and severity information to our capital calculation process for historical loss events experienced by State Street. Internal loss event data may be incorporated into our LDA model in a future quarter following the realization of the losses, with the timing and categorization dependent on the processes for model updates and, if applicable, model revalidation and regulatory review and related supervisory processes. An individual loss event can have a significant effect on the output of our LDA model and our operational risk RWA under the advanced approaches depending on the severity of the loss event, its categorization among the seven Basel-defined UOMs and the stability of the distributional approach for a particular UOM.
External loss event data provides information with respect to loss event severity from other financial institutions to inform our capital estimation process of events in similar business units at other banking organizations. This information supplements the data pool available for use in our LDA model. Assessments of the sufficiency of internal data and the relevance of external data are completed before pooling the two data sources for use in our LDA model.
Scenario analysis workshops are conducted annually across State Street to inform management of the less frequent but most severe, or “tail,” risks that the organization faces. The workshops are attended by senior business unit managers, other support and control partners and business-aligned risk management staff. The workshops are designed to capture information about the significant risks and to estimate potential exposures for individual risks should a loss event occur. Workshops are aligned with specific UOMs and business units where appropriate. The results of these workshops are used to benchmark our LDA model results to determine that our calculation of required capital considers relevant risk-related information.
Business environment and internal control factors are gathered as part of our scenario analysis program to inform the scenario analysis workshop participants of internal loss event data and business-relevant


State Street Corporation | 97


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



metrics, such as RCSA results, along with industry loss event data and case studies where appropriate. Business environment and internal control factors are those characteristics of a bank’s internal and external operating environment that bear an exposure to operational risk. The use of this information indirectly influences our calculation of required capital by providing additional relevant data to workshop participants when reviewing specific UOM risks.
Monitoring
The objective of risk monitoring is to proactively monitor the changing business environment and corresponding operational risk exposure. It is achieved through a series of quantitative and qualitative monitoring tools that are designed to allow us to understand changes in the business environment, internal control factors, risk metrics, risk assessments, exposures and operating effectiveness, as well as details of loss events and progress on risk initiatives implemented to mitigate potential risk exposures.
Effectiveness and Testing
The objective of effectiveness and testing is to verify that internal controls are designed appropriately, are consistent with corporate and regulatory standards, and are operating effectively. It is achieved through a series of assessments by both internal and external parties, including Corporate Audit, independent registered public accounting firms, business self-assessments and other control function reviews, such as a SOX testing program.
Consistent with our standard model validation process, the operational risk LDA model is subject to a detailed review, overseen by the MRC. In addition, the model is subject to a rigorous internal governance process. All changes to the model or input parameters, and the deployment of model updates, are reviewed and approved by the Operational Risk Committee, which has oversight responsibility for the model, with technical input from the MRC.
Reporting
Operational risk reporting is intended to provide transparency, thereby enabling management to manage risk, provide oversight and escalate issues in a timely manner. It is designed to allow the business units, executive management, and the Board's control functions and committees to gain insight into activities that may result in risks and potential exposures. Reports are intended to identify business activities that are experiencing processing issues, whether or not they result in actual loss events. Reporting includes results of monitoring activities, internal and external examinations, regulatory reviews, and
 
control assessments. These elements combine in a manner designed to provide a view of potential and emerging risks facing State Street and information that details its progress on managing risks.
Documentation and Guidelines
Documentation and guidelines allow for consistency and repeatability of the various processes that support the operational risk framework across State Street.
Operational risk guidelines document our practices and describe the key elements in a business unit's operational risk management program. The purpose of the guidelines is to set forth and define key operational risk terms, provide further detail on State Street's operational risk programs, and detail the business units' responsibilities to identify, assess, measure, monitor and report operational risk. The guideline supports our operational risk policy.
Data standards have been established to maintain consistent data repositories and systems that are controlled, accurate and available on a timely basis to support operational risk management.
Market Risk Management
Market risk is defined by U.S. banking regulators as the risk of loss that could result from broad market movements, such as changes in the general level of interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates or commodity prices. We are exposed to market risk in both our trading and certain of our non-trading, or asset-and-liability management, activities.
Information about the market risk associated with our trading activities is provided below under “Trading Activities.” Information about the market risk associated with our non-trading activities, which consists primarily of interest-rate risk, is provided below under “Asset-and-Liability Management Activities.”
Trading Activities
In the conduct of our trading activities, we assume market risk, the level of which is a function of our overall risk appetite, business objectives and liquidity needs, our clients' requirements and market volatility, and our execution against those factors.
We engage in trading activities primarily to support our clients' needs and to contribute to our overall corporate earnings and liquidity. In connection with certain of these trading activities, we enter into a variety of derivative financial instruments to support our clients' needs and to manage our interest-rate and currency risk. These activities are generally intended to generate trading services revenue and to manage potential earnings volatility. In addition, we provide services related to derivatives in our role as both a manager and a servicer of financial assets.


State Street Corporation | 98


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Our clients use derivatives to manage the financial risks associated with their investment goals and business activities. With the growth of cross-border investing, our clients often enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to convert currency for international investments and to manage the currency risk in their international investment portfolios. As an active participant in the foreign exchange markets, we provide foreign exchange forward and option contracts in support of these client needs, and also act as a dealer in the currency markets.  
As part of our trading activities, we assume positions in the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and entering into derivative instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange and interest-rate options and interest-rate swaps, interest-rate forward contracts, and interest-rate futures. As of December 31, 2016 , the notional amount of these derivative contracts was $1.45 trillion , of which $1.42 trillion was composed of foreign exchange forward, swap and spot contracts. We seek to match positions closely with the objective of minimizing related currency and interest-rate risk. All foreign exchange contracts are valued daily at current market rates.
Governance
Our assumption of market risk in our trading activities is an integral part of our corporate risk appetite. Our Board reviews and oversees our management of market risk, including the approval of key market risk policies and the receipt and review of regular market risk reporting, as well as periodic updates on selected market risk topics.
The previously described TMRC (refer to "Risk Committees") oversees all market risk-taking activities across State Street associated with trading. The TMRC, which reports to MRAC, is composed of members of ERM, our global markets business and our Global Treasury group, as well as our senior executives who manage our trading businesses and other members of management who possess specialized knowledge and expertise. The TMRC meets regularly to monitor the management of our trading market risk activities.
Our business units identify, actively manage and are responsible for the market risks inherent in their businesses. A dedicated market risk management group within ERM, and other groups within ERM, work with those business units to assist them in the identification, assessment, monitoring, management and control of market risk, and assist business unit managers with their market risk management and measurement activities. ERM provides an additional line of oversight, support and coordination designed to promote the consistent identification, measurement and management of market risk across business
 
units, separate from those business units' discrete activities.
The ERM market risk management group is responsible for the management of corporate-wide market risk, the monitoring of key market risks and the development and maintenance of market risk management policies, guidelines, and standards aligned with our corporate risk appetite. This group also establishes and approves market risk tolerance limits and trading authorities based on, but not limited to, measures of notional amounts, sensitivity, VaR and stress. Such limits and authorities are specified in our trading and market risk guidelines which govern our management of trading market risk.
Corporate Audit separately assesses the design and operating effectiveness of the market risk controls within our business units and ERM. Other related responsibilities of Corporate Audit include the periodic review of ERM and business unit compliance with market risk policies, guidelines, and corporate standards, as well as relevant regulatory requirements. We are subject to regular monitoring, reviews and supervisory exams of our market risk function by the Federal Reserve. In addition, we are regulated by, among others, the SEC, the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority and the U.S. Commodities Futures Trading Commission.
Risk Appetite
Our corporate market risk appetite is specified in policy statements that outline the governance, responsibilities and requirements surrounding the identification, measurement, analysis, management and communication of market risk arising from our trading activities. These policy statements also set forth the market risk control framework to monitor, support, manage and control this portion of our risk appetite. All groups involved in the management and control of market risk associated with trading activities are required to comply with the qualitative and quantitative elements of these policy statements. Our trading market risk control framework is composed of the following components:
A trading market risk management process led by ERM, separate from the business units' discrete activities;
Clearly defined responsibilities and authorities for the primary groups involved in trading market risk management;
A trading market risk measurement methodology that captures correlation effects and allows aggregation of market risk across risk types, markets and business lines;
Daily monitoring, analysis, and reporting of market risk exposures associated with trading activities against market risk limits;


State Street Corporation | 99


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



A defined limit structure and escalation process in the event of a market risk limit excess;
Use of VaR models to measure the one-day market risk exposure of trading positions;
Use of VaR as a ten-day-based regulatory capital measure of the market risk exposure of trading positions;
Use of non-VaR-based limits and other controls;
Use of stressed-VaR models, stress-testing analysis and scenario analysis to support the trading market risk measurement and management process by assessing how portfolios and global business lines perform under extreme market conditions;
Use of back-testing as a diagnostic tool to assess the accuracy of VaR models and other risk management techniques; and
A new product approval process that requires market risk teams to assess trading-related market risks and apply risk tolerance limits to proposed new products and business activities.
We use our CAP to assess our overall capital and liquidity in relation to our risk profile and provide a comprehensive strategy for maintaining appropriate capital and liquidity levels. With respect to market risk associated with trading activities, our risk management and our calculations of regulatory capital are based primarily on our internal VaR models and stress testing analysis. As discussed in detail under “Value-at-Risk” below, VaR is measured daily by ERM.
The TMRC oversees our market risk exposure in relation to limits established within our risk appetite framework. These limits define threshold levels for VaR- and stressed VaR-based measures and are applicable to all trading positions subject to regulatory capital requirements. These limits are designed to prevent any undue concentration of market risk exposure, in light of the primarily non-proprietary nature of our trading activities. The risk appetite framework and associated limits are reviewed and approved by the Board's RC.
 
Covered Positions
Our trading positions are subject to regulatory market risk capital requirements if they meet the regulatory definition of a “covered position.” A covered position is generally defined by U.S. banking regulators as an on- or off-balance sheet position associated with the organization's trading activities that is free of any restrictions on its tradability, but does not include intangible assets, certain credit derivatives recognized as guarantees and certain equity positions not publicly traded. All FX and commodity positions are considered covered positions, regardless of the accounting treatment they receive. The identification of covered positions for inclusion in our market risk capital framework is governed by our covered positions policy, which outlines the standards we use to determine whether a trading position is a covered position.
Our covered positions consist primarily of the trading portfolios held by our global markets business. They also arise from certain positions held by our Global Treasury group. These trading positions include products such as spot foreign exchange, foreign exchange forwards, non-deliverable forwards, foreign exchange options, foreign exchange funding swaps, currency futures, financial futures, and interest rate futures. New activities are analyzed to determine if the positions arising from such new activities meet the definition of a covered position and conform to our covered positions policy. This documented analysis, including any decisions with respect to market risk treatments, must receive approval from the TMRC.
We use spot rates, forward points, yield curves and discount factors imported from third-party sources to measure the value of our covered positions, and we use such values to mark our covered positions to market on a daily basis. These values are subject to separate validation by us in order to evaluate reasonableness and consistency with market experience. The mark-to-market gain or loss on spot transactions is calculated by applying the spot rate to the foreign currency principal and comparing the resultant base currency amount to the original transaction principal. The mark-to-market gain or loss on a forward foreign exchange contract or forward cash flow contract is determined as the difference between the life-to-date (historical) value of the cash flow and the value of the cash flow at the inception of the transaction. The mark-to-market gain or loss on interest-rate swaps is determined by discounting the future cash flows from each leg of the swap transaction.


State Street Corporation | 100


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Value-at-Risk, Stress Testing and Stressed VaR
As noted above, we use a variety of risk measurement tools and methodologies, including VaR, which is an estimate of potential loss for a given period within a stated statistical confidence interval. We use a risk measurement methodology to measure trading-related VaR daily. We have adopted standards for measuring trading-related VaR, and we maintain regulatory capital for market risk associated with our trading activities in conformity with currently applicable bank regulatory market risk requirements.
We utilize an internal VaR model to calculate our regulatory market risk capital requirements. We use a historical simulation model to calculate daily VaR- and stressed VaR-based measures for our covered positions in conformity with regulatory requirements. Our VaR model seeks to capture identified material risk factors associated with our covered positions, including risks arising from market movements such as changes in foreign exchange rates, interest rates and option-implied volatilities.
We have adopted standards and guidelines to value our covered positions which govern our VaR- and stressed VaR-based measures. Our regulatory VaR-based measure is calculated based on historical volatilities of market risk factors during a two-year observation period calibrated to a one-tail, 99% confidence interval and a ten-business-day holding period. We also use the same platform to calculate a one-tail, 99% confidence interval, one-business-day VaR for internal risk management purposes. A 99% one-tail confidence interval implies that daily trading losses are not expected to exceed the estimated VaR more than 1% of the time, or less than three business days out of a year.
Our market risk models, including our VaR model, are subject to change in connection with the governance, validation and back-testing processes described below. These models can change as a result of changes in our business activities, our historical experiences, market forces and events, regulations and regulatory interpretations and other factors. In addition, the models are subject to continuing regulatory review and approval. Changes in our models may result in changes in our measurements of our market risk exposures, including VaR, and related measures, including regulatory capital. These changes could result in material changes in those risk measurements and related measures as calculated and compared from period to period.
Value-at-Risk
VaR measures are based on the most recent two years of historical price movements for instruments and related risk factors to which we have exposure. The instruments in question are limited to
 
foreign exchange spot, forward and options contracts and interest-rate contracts, including futures and interest-rate swaps. Historically, these instruments have exhibited a higher degree of liquidity relative to other available capital markets instruments. As a result, the VaR measures shown reflect our ability to rapidly adjust exposures in highly dynamic markets. For this reason, risk inventory, in the form of net open positions, across all currencies is typically limited. In addition, long and short positions in major, as well as minor, currencies provide risk offsets that limit our potential downside exposure.
Our VaR methodology uses a historical simulation approach based on market-observed changes in foreign exchange rates, U.S. and non-U.S. interest rates and implied volatilities, and incorporates the resulting diversification benefits provided from the mix of our trading positions. Our VaR model incorporates approximately 5,000 risk factors and includes correlations among currency, interest rates, and other market rates.
All VaR measures are subject to limitations and must be interpreted accordingly. Some, but not all, of the limitations of our VaR methodology include the following:
Compared to a shorter observation period, a two-year observation period is slower to reflect increases in market volatility (although temporary increases in market volatility will affect the calculation of VaR for a longer period); consequently, in periods of sudden increases in volatility or increasing volatility, in each case relative to the prior two-year period, the calculation of VaR may understate current risk;
Compared to a longer observation period, a two-year observation period may not reflect as many past periods of volatility in the markets, because such past volatility is no longer in the observation period; consequently, historical market scenarios of high volatility, even if similar to current or likely future market circumstances, may fall outside the two-year observation period, resulting in a potential understatement of current risk;
The VaR-based measure is calibrated to a specified level of confidence and does not indicate the potential magnitude of losses beyond this confidence level;
In certain cases, VaR-based measures approximate the impact of changes in risk factors on the values of positions and portfolios; this may happen because the number of inputs included in the VaR model is necessarily limited; for example, yield


State Street Corporation | 101


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



curve risk factors do not exist for all future dates;
The use of historical market information may not be predictive of future events, particularly those that are extreme in nature; this “backward-looking” limitation can cause VaR to understate or overstate risk;
The effect of extreme and rare market movements is difficult to estimate; this may result from non-linear risk sensitivities as well as the potential for actual volatility and correlation levels to differ from assumptions implicit in the VaR calculations; and
Intra-day risk is not captured.
Stress Testing and Stressed VaR
We have a corporate-wide stress testing program in place that incorporates an array of techniques to measure the potential loss we could suffer in a hypothetical scenario of adverse economic and financial conditions. We also monitor concentrations of risk such as concentration by branch, risk component, and currency pairs. We conduct stress testing on a daily basis based on selected historical stress events that are relevant to our positions in order to estimate the potential impact to our current portfolio should similar market conditions recur, and we also perform stress testing as part of the Federal Reserve's CCAR process. Stress testing is conducted, analyzed and reported at the corporate, trading desk, division and risk-factor level (for example, exchange risk, interest-rate risk and volatility risk).
We calculate a stressed VaR-based measure using the same model we use to calculate VaR, but with model inputs calibrated to historical data from a range of continuous twelve-month periods that reflect significant financial stress. The stressed VaR model identifies the second-worst outcome occurring in the worst continuous one-year rolling period since July 2007. This stressed VaR meets the regulatory requirement as the rolling ten-day period with an outcome that is worse than 99% of other outcomes during that twelve-month period of financial stress. For each portfolio, the stress period is determined algorithmically by seeking the one-year time horizon that produces the largest ten-business-day VaR from within the available historical data. This historical data set includes the financial crisis of 2008, the highly volatile period surrounding the Eurozone sovereign debt crisis and the Standard & Poor's downgrade of U.S. Treasury debt in August 2011. As the historical data set used to determine the stress period expands over time, future market stress events will be automatically incorporated.
We perform scenario analysis daily based on selected historical stress events that are relevant to
 
our positions in order to estimate the potential impact to our current portfolio should similar market conditions recur. Relevant scenarios are chosen from an inventory of historical financial stresses and applied to our current portfolio. These historical event scenarios involve spot foreign exchange, credit, equity, unforeseen geo-political events and natural disasters, and government and central bank intervention scenarios. Examples of the specific historical scenarios we incorporate in our stress testing program may include the Asian financial crisis of 1997, the September 11, 2001 terrorist attacks in the U.S., and the 2008 financial crisis. We continue to update our inventory of historical stress scenarios as new stress conditions emerge in the financial markets.
As each of the historical stress events is associated with a different time horizon, we normalize results by scaling down the longer horizon events to a ten-day horizon and keeping the shorter horizon events (i.e., events that are shorter than ten days) at their original terms. We also conduct sensitivity analysis daily to calculate the impact of a large predefined shock in a specific risk factor or a group of risk factors on our current portfolio. These predefined shocks include parallel and non-parallel yield curve shifts and foreign exchange spot and volatility surface shifts. In a parallel shift scenario, we apply a constant factor shift across all yield curve tenors. In a non-parallel shift scenario, we apply different shock levels to different tenors of a yield curve, rather than shifting the entire curve by a constant amount. Non-parallel shifts include steepening, flattening and butterflies.
Stress testing results and limits are actively monitored on a daily basis by ERM and reported to the TMRC. Limit breaches are addressed by ERM risk managers in conjunction with the business units, escalated as appropriate, and reviewed by the TMRC if material. In addition, we have established several action triggers that prompt immediate review by management and the implementation of a remediation plan.


State Street Corporation | 102


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Validation and Back-Testing
We perform frequent back-testing to assess the accuracy of our VaR-based model in estimating loss at the stated confidence level. This back-testing involves the comparison of estimated VaR model outputs to daily, actual profit-and-loss outcomes, or P&L, observed from daily market movements. We back-test our VaR model using “clean” P&L, which excludes non-trading revenue such as fees, commissions and net interest revenue, as well as estimated revenue from intra-day trading. Our VaR definition of trading losses excludes items that are not specific to the price movement of the trading assets and liabilities themselves, such as fees, commissions, changes to reserves and gains or losses from intra-day activity.
We experienced one back-testing exception in 2016 and one back-testing exception in 2015. In reference to the 2016 exception, the trading P&L that day exceeded the VaR based on the prior day’s closing positions, following a large depreciation in the U.S. dollar against several major and emerging market currencies, primarily attributable to U.S. GDP growth rate being lower than expected and market reaction to Bank of Japan’s decision to leave the interest rate unchanged. In reference to the 2015 exception, the trading P&L that day exceeded the VaR based on the prior day’s closing positions, following a large depreciation in the U.S. dollar against several major and emerging market currencies, which depreciation can be attributed to a decision and related statements by the Federal
 
Reserve’s Federal Open Market Committee to hold interest rates at current levels.
Our model validation process also evaluates the integrity of our VaR models through the use of regular outcome analysis. This outcome analysis includes back-testing, which compares the VaR model's predictions to actual outcomes using out-of-sample information. MVG examined back testing results for the market risk regulatory capital model used for 2016. Consistent with regulatory guidance, the back-testing compared “clean” P&L, defined above, with the one-day VaR produced by the model. The back-testing was performed for a time period not used for model development. The number of occurrences where “clean” trading-book P&L exceeded the one-day VaR was within our expected VaR tolerance level.
Market Risk Reporting
Our ERM market risk management group is responsible for market risk monitoring and reporting. We use a variety of systems and controlled market feeds from third-party services to compile data for several daily, weekly, and monthly management reports.
The following tables present VaR and stressed VaR associated with our trading activities for covered positions held during the quarters ended December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2016 , and as of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2016 , as measured by our VaR methodology:

TABLE 37: TEN-DAY VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES FOR COVERED POSITIONS
 
Quarter Ended December 31, 2016
 
Quarter Ended September 30, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of September 30, 2016
(In thousands)
Average
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
VaR
 
VaR
Global Markets
$
8,307

 
$
15,847

 
$
3,048

 
$
7,594

 
$
14,160

 
$
4,215

 
$
4,088

 
$
9,393

Global Treasury
527

 
756

 
333

 
563

 
762

 
399

 
756

 
584

Total VaR
$
8,285

 
$
15,723

 
$
2,970

 
$
7,497

 
$
14,048

 
$
4,124

 
$
3,938

 
$
9,746

TABLE 38: TEN-DAY STRESSED VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES FOR COVERED POSITIONS

Quarter Ended December 31, 2016
 
Quarter Ended September 30, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of September 30, 2016
(In thousands)
Average
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Average
 
Maximum
 
Minimum
 
Stressed VaR
 
Stressed VaR
Global Markets
$
36,168

 
$
52,057

 
$
18,883

 
$
35,056

 
$
56,298

 
$
20,763

 
$
26,811

 
$
41,487

Global Treasury
10,275

 
13,868

 
7,030

 
11,080

 
15,123

 
7,611

 
11,342

 
10,283

Total Stressed VaR
$
38,645

 
$
55,899

 
$
20,646

 
$
37,194

 
$
53,771

 
$
23,077

 
$
28,624

 
$
45,019


State Street Corporation | 103


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



The twelve month average of our stressed VaR-based measure was approximately $39 million for the quarter ended December 31, 2016 , compared to an average of approximately $37 million for the quarter ended September 30, 2016 .
The decline in the total VaR and stressed VaR-based measures as of December 31, 2016 , compared to September 30, 2016 , was driven mainly by lower end of day foreign exchange positions on December 31, 2016 compared to September 30, 2016 .
The VaR-based measures presented in the preceding tables are primarily a reflection of the overall level of market volatility and our appetite for taking market risk in our trading activities. Overall levels of volatility have been low both on an absolute basis and relative to the historical information observed at the beginning of the period used for the calculations. Both the ten-day VaR-based measures and the stressed VaR-based measures are based on historical changes observed during rolling ten-day
 
periods for the portfolios as of the close of business each day over the past one-year period.
We may in the future modify and adjust our models and methodologies used to calculate VaR and stressed VaR, subject to regulatory review and approval, and these modifications and adjustments may result in changes in our VaR-based and stressed VaR-based measures.
The following tables present the VaR and stressed-VaR associated with our trading activities attributable to foreign exchange risk, interest-rate risk and volatility risk as of December 31, 2016 and September 30, 2016 . The totals of the VaR-based and stressed VaR-based measures for the three attributes for each VaR and stressed-VaR component exceeded the related total VaR and total stressed VaR presented in the foregoing tables as of each period-end, primarily due to the benefits of diversification across risk types.

TABLE 39: TEN-DAY VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES BY RISK FACTOR (1)
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of September 30, 2016
(In thousands)
Foreign Exchange Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Volatility Risk
 
Foreign Exchange Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Volatility Risk
By component:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Markets
$
3,279

 
$
3,281

 
$
102

 
$
7,198

 
$
4,407

 
$
160

Global Treasury
220

 
737

 

 
184

 
576

 

Total VaR
$
3,269

 
$
3,004

 
$
102

 
$
7,082

 
$
4,589

 
$
160

TABLE 40: TEN-DAY STRESSED VaR ASSOCIATED WITH TRADING ACTIVITIES BY RISK FACTOR (1)
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of September 30, 2016
(In thousands)
Foreign Exchange Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Volatility Risk
 
Foreign Exchange Risk
 
Interest Rate Risk
 
Volatility Risk
By component:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Global Markets
$
5,026

 
$
36,563

 
$
111

 
$
23,236

 
$
47,093

 
$
183

Global Treasury
258

 
11,597

 

 
229

 
10,310

 

Total Stressed VaR
$
5,056

 
$
36,592

 
$
111

 
$
22,837

 
$
43,256

 
$
183

 
 
 
(1) For purposes of risk attribution by component, foreign exchange refers only to the risk from market movements in period-end rates.    Forwards, futures, options and swaps with maturities greater than period-end have embedded interest-rate risk that is captured by the measures used for interest-rate risk.  Accordingly, the interest-rate risk embedded in these foreign exchange instruments is included in the interest-rate risk component.
Asset-and-Liability Management Activities
The primary objective of asset-and-liability management is to provide sustainable NIR under varying economic conditions, while protecting the economic value of the assets and liabilities carried in our consolidated statement of condition from the adverse effects of changes in interest rates. While many market factors affect the level of NIR and the economic value of our assets and liabilities, one of the most significant factors is our exposure to movements in interest rates. Most of our NIR is earned from the investment of client deposits generated by our businesses. We invest these client deposits in assets that conform generally to the characteristics of our balance sheet liabilities,
 
including the currency composition of our significant non-U.S. dollar denominated client liabilities.
We manage interest rate risk on a consolidated basis using two different, but complementary, approaches. NIR sensitivity is a short-term, earnings-based simulation that measures re-pricing mismatches on the balance sheet. It compares our baseline view of NIR over a twelve-month horizon, based on our internal forecast of interest rates, to a wide range of instantaneous and gradual rate shocks. The baseline NIR forecast includes our expectations for new business growth, changes in balance sheet mix and investment portfolio positioning. In our interest rate shocks, investment portfolio balances can fluctuate with the level of rates as prepayment


State Street Corporation | 104


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



assumptions change, however deposit balances remain consistent with the baseline. On the other hand, economic value of equity sensitivity is a discounted cash flow model designed to estimate the change in fair value of assets and liabilities under a series of immediate interest rate shocks. It measures the duration mismatch of the spot balance sheet only and does not include the impact of new business.
While there are clear differences between NIR and EVE sensitivity, there are several important similarities. First, both measures utilize consistent data and assumptions when modeling positions currently held on the balance sheet. Second, each approach assumes no management action is taken to mitigate the adverse effects of interest rate changes on our financial performance (and thus provides a conservative view of interest rate risk). NIR and EVE sensitivity metrics are continuously monitored as market conditions change and managed within internally-approved risk limits and guidelines.
Net Interest Revenue at Risk
In the table below, we report the expected change in net interest revenue over the next twelve months from +/-100 basis point instantaneous and gradual parallel rate shocks. Note that in each scenario, all currencies interest rates are shifted higher or lower. For the two gradual parallel rate scenarios, or interest rate ramps, the change in rates is applied evenly throughout the horizon. In each scenario, we assume no change in client behavior as a result of the changes in interest rates.
We also routinely measure NIR sensitivity to non-parallel rate shocks to isolate the impact of short-term or long-term market rates. In the up 100 basis point instantaneous shock, the majority of the benefit stems from the short-end of the yield curve. Additionally, we quantify how much of the change is a result of shifts in U.S. and non-U.S. rates. In the up 100 basis point instantaneous shock, approximately 60% of the benefit is driven by U.S. rates.
TABLE 41: NIR SENSITIVITY
(In millions)
 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Rate change:
 
Exposure/Benefit
+100 bps shock
 
$
585

 
$
471

–100 bps shock
 
(265
)
 
(181
)
+100 bps ramp
 
284

 
198

–100 bps ramp
 
(161
)
 
(96
)
Other important factors which affect the levels of NIR are the size and mix of assets carried in our consolidated statement of condition; asset and liability spreads; the slope and interest-rate level of U.S. and non-U.S. dollar yield curves and the relationship between them; the pace of change in global market
 
interest rates; and management actions taken in response to the preceding conditions.
As of December 31, 2016 , NIR sensitivity remains positioned to benefit from rising interest rates. Compared to prior year-end, the increase in asset sensitivity is primarily driven by fixed-rate deposit growth and slower forecasted re-pricing on interest-bearing deposits. Gradual rate shocks have a similar positioning compared with instantaneous shocks, but are less impactful due to the severity of the rate shift.
Economic Value of Equity
The following table highlights our economic value of equity sensitivity to a +/-200 basis point instantaneous rate shock, relative to spot interest rates. Management compares the change in EVE sensitivity against State Street's aggregate tier 1 and tier 2 risk-based capital, calculated in conformity with current applicable regulatory requirements.
TABLE 42: EVE SENSITIVITY
 
 
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
 
December 31,
2015
(In millions)
 
 
 
(as reported)
 
(pro forma)
Rate change:
 
Exposure/Benefit
+200 bps shock
 
$
(1,092
)
 
$
(2,355
)
 
$
(791
)
–200 bps shock
 
877

 
1,655

 
(25
)
As of December 31, 2016, economic value of equity sensitivity remains exposed to upward shifts in interest rates. Compared to prior year, the increased exposure in the up rate shock was primarily driven by an increase in our modeled deposit duration, partially offset by investment portfolio activity. In the second quarter of 2016, we refined our deposit modeling framework to better reflect recent client activity and pricing actions. These enhancements extended our expected deposit duration resulting in a significant exposure reduction in the up 200 basis point scenario. To allow for comparison between periods, we have included December 31, 2015 pro-forma information to show what the results would have been under the same model refinements that are included as of December 31, 2016.
Model Risk Management
The use of quantitative models is widespread throughout the financial services industry, with large and complex organizations relying on sophisticated models to support numerous aspects of their financial decision making. The models contemporaneously represent both a significant advancement in financial management and a new source of risk. In large banking organizations like State Street, model results influence business decisions, and model failure could have a harmful effect on our financial performance. As a result, the Model Risk Management Framework seeks to mitigate model risk at State Street.


State Street Corporation | 105


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Our model risk management program has three principal components:
A model risk governance program that defines roles and responsibilities, including the authority to restrict model usage, provides policies and guidance, monitors compliance, and reports regularly to the Board on the overall degree of model risk across the corporation;
A model development process that focuses on sound design and computational accuracy, and includes activities designed to test for robustness, stability, and sensitivity to assumptions; and
An independent model validation function designed to verify that models are conceptually sound, computationally accurate, are performing as expected, and are in line with their design objectives.
Governance
Models used in the regulatory capital calculation can only be deployed for use after receiving a satisfactory validation review and approval decision from Model Risk Management.
ERM’s Model Risk Management group is responsible for defining the corporate-wide model risk governance framework, and maintains policies that achieve the framework’s objectives. The team is responsible for overall model risk governance capabilities, with particular emphasis in the areas of model validation, model risk reporting, model performance monitoring, tracking of new model development status, and committee-level review and challenge.
MRC, which is composed of senior staff with technical expertise, reports to MRAC, and provides guidance and oversight to the Model Risk Management function.
Model Development and Usage
Models are developed under standards governing data sourcing, methodology selection and model integrity testing. Model development includes a statement of purpose to align development with intended use. It also includes a comparison of alternative approaches to promote a sound modeling approach.
Model developers conduct an assessment of data quality and relevance. The development teams conduct a variety of tests of the accuracy, robustness and stability of each model.
Model owners submit models to the Model Validation Group for validation on a regular basis, as per existing policy.
 
Model Validation
MVG is part of Model Risk Management within ERM and performs model validations. MVG is independent, as contemplated by applicable bank regulatory requirements, of both the developers and users of the models. MVG validates models through a review process that assesses the appropriateness, accuracy, and suitability of data inputs, methodologies, assumptions, and processing code. Model validation also encompasses an assessment of model performance, sensitivity, and robustness, as well as a model’s potential limitations given its particular assumptions or deficiencies. Based on the results of its review, MVG issues a model use decision and may require remedial actions and compensating controls on model use. MVG also maintains a model risk-rating system, which assigns a risk rating to each model based on an assessment of a model's inherent and residual risks. These ratings aid in the understanding and reporting of model risk across the model portfolio, and enable the triaging of needs for remediation.
Although model validation is the primary method of subjecting models to independent review and challenge, in practice, a multi-step governance process provides the opportunity for challenge by multiple parties. First, MVG conducts model validation and issues a model use decision that may be accompanied by mandatory remedial actions and compensating controls. Second, these decisions are reviewed, challenged, and confirmed by the MRC. Finally, model use decisions, risk ratings, and overall levels of model risk are reported to and reviewed by MRAC. MRM also reports regularly on model risk issues to the Board.
Strategic Risk Management
We define strategic risk as the current or prospective impact on earnings or capital arising from adverse business decisions, improper implementation of strategic initiatives, or lack of responsiveness to industry-wide changes. Strategic risks are influenced by changes in the competitive environment; decline in market performance or changes in our business activities; and the potential secondary impacts of reputational risks, not already captured as market, interest rate, credit, operational, model or liquidity risks. We incorporate strategic risk into our assessment of our business plans and risk and capital management processes. Active management of strategic risk is an integral component of all aspects of our business.
Separating the effects of a potential material adverse event into operational and strategic risk is sometimes difficult. For instance, the direct financial impact of an unfavorable event in the form of fines or penalties would be classified as an operational risk


State Street Corporation | 106


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



loss, while the impact on our reputation and consequently the potential loss of clients and corresponding decline in revenue would be classified as a strategic risk loss. An additional example of strategic risk is the integration of a major acquisition. Failure to successfully integrate the operations of an acquired business, and the resultant inability to retain clients and the associated revenue, would be classified as a loss due to strategic risk.
Strategic risk is managed with a long-term focus. Techniques for its assessment and management include the development of business plans, which are subject to robust review and challenge from senior management and the Board of Directors, as well as a formal review and approval process for all new business and product proposals. The potential impact of the various elements of strategic risk is difficult to quantify with any degree of precision. We use a combination of historical earnings volatility, scenario analysis, stress-testing and management judgment to help assess the potential effect on State Street attributable to strategic risk. Management and control of strategic risks are generally the responsibility of the business units, with oversight from the control functions, as part of their overall strategic planning and internal risk management processes.
Capital
Managing our capital involves evaluating whether our actual and projected levels of capital are commensurate with our risk profile, are in compliance with all applicable regulatory requirements, and are sufficient to provide us with the financial flexibility to undertake future strategic business initiatives. We assess capital adequacy based on relevant regulatory capital requirements, as well as our own internal capital goals, targets and other relevant metrics.
Framework
Our objective with respect to management of our capital is to maintain a strong capital base in order to provide financial flexibility for our business needs, including funding corporate growth and supporting clients’ cash management needs, and to provide protection against loss to depositors and creditors. We strive to maintain an appropriate level of capital, commensurate with our risk profile, on which an attractive return to shareholders is expected to be realized over both the short and long term, while protecting our obligations to depositors and creditors and complying with regulatory capital requirements.
Our capital management focuses on our risk exposures, the regulatory requirements applicable to us with respect to multiple capital measures, the evaluations and resulting credit ratings of the major independent rating agencies, our return on capital at
 
both the consolidated and line-of-business level, and our capital position relative to our peers.
Assessment of our overall capital adequacy includes the comparison of capital sources with capital uses, as well as the consideration of the quality and quantity of the various components of capital. The assessment seeks to determine the optimal level of capital and composition of capital instruments to satisfy all constituents of capital, with the lowest overall cost to shareholders. Other factors considered in our assessment of capital adequacy are strategic and contingency planning, stress testing and planned capital actions.
Capital Adequacy Process
Our primary federal banking regulator is the Federal Reserve. Both State Street and State Street Bank are subject to the minimum regulatory capital requirements established by the Federal Reserve and defined in FDICIA . State Street Bank must exceed the regulatory capital thresholds for “well capitalized” in order for our parent company to maintain its status as a financial holding company. Accordingly, one of our primary goals with respect to capital management is to exceed all applicable minimum regulatory capital requirements and to be “well-capitalized” under the PCA guidelines established by the FDIC. Our capital management activities are conducted as part of our corporate-wide CAP and associated Capital Policy and guidelines.
We consider capital adequacy to be a key element of our financial well-being, which affects our ability to attract and maintain client relationships; operate effectively in the global capital markets; and satisfy regulatory, security holder and shareholder needs. Capital is one of several elements that affect our credit ratings and the ratings of our principal subsidiaries.
In conformity with our Capital Policy and guidelines, we strive to achieve and maintain specific internal capital levels, not just at a point in time, but over time and during periods of stress, to account for changes in our strategic direction, evolving economic conditions, and financial and market volatility. We have developed and implemented a corporate-wide CAP to assess our overall capital in relation to our risk profile and to provide a comprehensive strategy for maintaining appropriate capital levels. The CAP considers material risks under multiple scenarios, with an emphasis on stress scenarios, and encompasses existing processes and systems used to measure our capital adequacy.
Capital Contingency Planning
Contingency planning is an integral component of capital management. The objective of contingency planning is to monitor current and forecast levels of select capital, liquidity and other measures that serve


State Street Corporation | 107


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



as early indicators of a potentially adverse capital or liquidity adequacy situation. These measures are one of the inputs used to set our internal capital adequacy level. We review these measures annually for appropriateness and relevance in relation to our financial budget and capital plan.
Stress Testing
We administer a robust State Street-wide stress-testing program that executes multiple stress tests each year to assess the institution’s capital adequacy and/or future performance under adverse conditions. Our stress testing program is structured around what we determine to be the key risks incurred by State Street, as assessed through a recurring material risk identification process. The material risk identification process represents a bottom-up approach to identifying the institution’s most significant risk exposures across all on- and off-balance sheet risk-taking activities, including credit, market, liquidity, interest rate, operational, fiduciary, business, reputation, and regulatory risks. These key risks serve as an organizing principle for much of our risk management framework, as well as reporting, including the “risk dashboard” provided to the Board. Over the past few years, stress scenarios have included a deep recession in the U.S., a break-up of the Eurozone, a severe recession in China and an oil shock precipitated by turmoil in the Middle East/North Africa region.
In connection with the focus on our key risks, each stress test incorporates idiosyncratic loss events tailored to State Street‘s unique risk profile and business activities. Due to the nature of our business model and our consolidated statement of condition, our risks differ from those of a traditional commercial bank.
The Federal Reserve requires bank holding companies with total consolidated assets of $50 billion or more, which includes State Street, to submit a capital plan on an annual basis. The Federal Reserve uses its annual CCAR process, which incorporates hypothetical financial and economic stress scenarios, to review those capital plans and assess whether banking organizations have capital planning processes that account for idiosyncratic risks and provide for sufficient capital to continue operations throughout times of economic and financial stress. As part of its CCAR process, the Federal Reserve assesses each organization’s capital adequacy, capital planning process, and plans to distribute capital, such as dividend payments or stock purchase programs. Management and Board risk committees review, challenge, and approve CCAR results and assumptions before submission to the Federal Reserve.
 
Through the evaluation of State Street’s capital adequacy and/or future performance under adverse conditions, the stress testing processes provide important insights for capital planning, risk management, and strategic decision-making at State Street.
Governance
In order to support integrated decision making, we have identified three management elements to aid in the compatibility and coordination of our CAP:
Risk Management - identification, measurement, monitoring and forecasting of different types of risk and their combined impact on capital adequacy;
Capital Management - determination of optimal capital levels; and
Business Management - strategic planning, budgeting, forecasting, and performance management.
We have a hierarchical structure supporting appropriate committee review of relevant risk and capital information. The ongoing responsibility for capital management rests with our Treasurer. The Capital Planning group within Global Treasury is responsible for the Capital Policy and guidelines, development of the Capital Plan, the management of global capital, capital optimization, and business unit capital management.
MRAC provides oversight of our capital management, our capital adequacy, our internal targets and the expectations of the major independent credit rating agencies. In addition, MRAC approves our balance sheet strategy and related activities. The Board’s RC assists the Board in fulfilling its oversight responsibilities related to the assessment and management of risk and capital. Our Capital Policy is reviewed and approved annually by the Board's RC.
Global Systemically Important Bank
We are one among a group of 30 institutions worldwide that have been identified by the FSB and the BCBS as G-SIBs. Our designation as a G-SIB requires us to maintain an additional capital buffer above the Basel III final rule minimum common equity tier 1 capital ratio of 4.5%, based on a number of factors, as evaluated by banking regulators.
We and our depository institution subsidiaries are subject to the current Basel III minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratio guidelines. The Basel III final rule incorporates several multi-year transition provisions for capital components and minimum ratio requirements for common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital.
Additional information about G-SIBs is provided under “Regulatory Capital Adequacy and Liquidity


State Street Corporation | 108


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Standards” in "Supervision and Regulation" under Item 1, Business, of this Form 10-K.
Regulatory Capital
We and State Street Bank, as advanced approaches banking organizations, are subject to the current Basel III minimum risk-based capital and leverage ratio guidelines. The Basel III final rule incorporates several multi-year transition provisions for capital components and minimum ratio requirements for common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital. The transition period started in January 2014 and will be completed by January 1, 2019, which is concurrent with the full implementation of the Basel III final rule in the U.S.
Among other things, the Basel III final rule introduced a minimum common equity tier 1 risk-based capital ratio of 4.5% and raises the minimum tier 1 risk-based capital ratio from 4% to 6%. In addition, for advanced approaches banking organizations such as State Street, the Basel III final rule imposes a minimum supplementary tier 1 leverage ratio of 3%, the numerator of which is tier 1 capital and the denominator of which includes both on-balance sheet assets and certain off-balance sheet exposures.
The Basel III final rule also introduced a capital conservation buffer and a countercyclical capital buffer that add to the minimum risk-based capital ratios. Specifically, the final rule limits a banking organization’s ability to make capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments to executive officers if it fails to maintain a common equity tier 1 capital conservation buffer of more than 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets and, if deployed during periods of excessive credit growth, a common equity tier 1 countercyclical capital buffer of up to 2.5% of total risk-weighted assets, above each of the minimum common equity tier 1, and tier 1 and total risk-based capital ratios. The countercyclical capital buffer is currently set at zero by U.S. banking regulators.
To maintain the status of our parent company as a financial holding company, we and our insured depository institution subsidiaries are required to be “well-capitalized” by maintaining capital ratios above the minimum requirements. Effective on January 1,
 
2015, the “well-capitalized” standard for our banking subsidiaries was revised to reflect the higher capital requirements in the Basel III final rule.
In addition to introducing new capital ratios and buffers, the Basel III final rule revises the eligibility criteria for regulatory capital instruments and provides for the phase-out of existing capital instruments that do not satisfy the new criteria. For example, existing trust preferred capital securities were phased out from tier 1 capital over a two-year period that ended on January 1, 2016, and subsequently, the qualification of these securities as tier 2 capital will be phased out over a multi-year transition period beginning on January 1, 2016 and ending on January 1, 2022. As of December 31, 2016 , we retired the trusts related to our trust preferred securities and the underlying indentures do not qualify as tier 2 regulatory capital.
Under the Basel III final rule, certain new items are deducted from common equity tier 1 capital and certain regulatory capital deductions were modified as compared to the previously applicable capital regulations. Among other things, the final rule requires significant investments in the common stock of unconsolidated financial institutions, as defined, and certain deferred tax assets that exceed specified individual and aggregate thresholds to be deducted from common equity tier 1 capital. As an advanced approaches banking organization, after-tax unrealized gains and losses on AFS investment securities flow through to and affect State Street’s and State Street Bank's common equity tier 1 capital, subject to a phase-in schedule.
We are required to use the advanced approaches framework as provided in the Basel III final rule to determine our risk-based capital requirements. The Dodd-Frank Act applies a "capital floor" to advanced approaches banking organizations, such as State Street and State Street Bank. We are subject to the more stringent of the risk-based capital ratios calculated under the standardized approach and those calculated under the advanced approaches in the assessment of our capital adequacy under the PCA framework.


State Street Corporation | 109


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



The following table sets forth the transition to full implementation and the minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements under the Basel III final rule. This does not include the potential imposition of an additional countercyclical capital buffer.
TABLE 43: BASEL III FINAL RULES TRANSITION ARRANGEMENTS AND MINIMUM RISK-BASED CAPITAL RATIOS (1) (2)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2015
 
2016
 
2017
 
2018
 
2019
Capital conservation buffer (Common Equity Tier 1)
 
%
 
0.625
%
 
1.250
%
 
1.875
%
 
2.500
%
G-SIB surcharge (CET1) (1)
 

 
0.375

 
0.750

 
1.125

 
1.500

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Minimum common equity tier 1 (3)
 
4.5

 
5.500

 
6.500

 
7.500

 
8.500

Minimum tier 1 capital (3)
 
6.0

 
7.000

 
8.000

 
9.000

 
10.000

Minimum total capital (3)
 
8.0

 
9.000

 
10.000

 
11.000

 
12.000

 
 
 
 
(1) As part of the G-SIB Surcharge final rule, the Federal Reserve published estimated G-SIB surcharges for the eight U.S. G-SIBs based on relevant data from 2012-2014 and the estimated resulting G-SIB surcharge for State Street is 1.5%. Including the 1.5% surcharge, State Street's minimum risk-based capital ratio requirements, as of January 1, 2019 would be 8.5% for common equity tier 1, 10.0% for tier 1 capital and 12.0% for total capital.
(2) Minimum ratios shown above do not reflect the countercyclical buffer, currently set at zero by U.S. banking regulators.
(3) Minimum common equity tier 1 capital, minimum tier 1 capital and minimum total capital presented include the transitional capital conservation buffer as well as the estimated transitional G-SIB surcharge being phased-in beginning January 1, 2016 through January 1, 2019 based on an estimated 1.5% surcharge in all periods.
The specific calculation of State Street's and State Street Bank's risk-based capital ratios will change as the provisions of the Basel III final rule related to the numerator (capital) and denominator (risk-weighted assets) are phased in, and as our risk-weighted assets calculated using the advanced approaches change due to potential changes in methodology. These ongoing methodological changes will result in differences in our reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of applicable changes to our capital base, our asset composition, our off-balance sheet exposures or our risk profile.
The following table presents the regulatory capital structure and related regulatory capital ratios for State Street and State Street Bank as of the dates indicated. We are subject to the more stringent of the risk-based capital ratios calculated under the standardized approach and those calculated under the advanced approaches in the assessment of our capital adequacy under applicable bank regulatory standards.
As a result of changes in the methodologies used to calculate our regulatory capital ratios from period to period, as the provisions of the Basel III final rule are phased in, the ratios presented in the table for each period are not directly comparable. Refer to the footnotes following the table .

State Street Corporation | 110


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 44: REGULATORY CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS
 
State Street
 
State Street Bank
(In millions)
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2016 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2016 (2)

Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2015 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2015 (2)

Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2016 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2016 (2)

Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2015 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2015 (2)
  Common shareholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock and related surplus
$
10,286

 
$
10,286

 
$
10,250

 
$
10,250

 
$
11,376

 
$
11,376

 
$
10,938

 
$
10,938

Retained earnings
17,459

 
17,459

 
16,049

 
16,049

 
12,285

 
12,285

 
10,655

 
10,655

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(1,936
)
 
(1,936
)
 
(1,422
)
 
(1,422
)
 
(1,648
)
 
(1,648
)
 
(1,230
)
 
(1,230
)
Treasury stock, at cost
(7,682
)
 
(7,682
)
 
(6,457
)
 
(6,457
)
 

 

 

 

Total
18,127

 
18,127

 
18,420

 
18,420

 
22,013

 
22,013

 
20,363

 
20,363

Regulatory capital adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities (3)  
(6,348
)
 
(6,348
)
 
(5,927
)
 
(5,927
)
 
(6,060
)
 
(6,060
)
 
(5,631
)
 
(5,631
)
Other adjustments
(155
)
 
(155
)
 
(60
)
 
(60
)
 
(148
)
 
(148
)
 
(85
)
 
(85
)
  Common equity tier 1 capital
11,624

 
11,624

 
12,433

 
12,433

 
15,805

 
15,805

 
14,647

 
14,647

Preferred stock
3,196

 
3,196

 
2,703

 
2,703

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred capital securities subject to phase-out from tier 1 capital

 

 
237

 
237

 

 

 

 

Other adjustments
(103
)
 
(103
)
 
(109
)
 
(109
)
 

 

 

 

  Tier 1 capital
14,717

 
14,717

 
15,264

 
15,264

 
15,805

 
15,805

 
14,647

 
14,647

Qualifying subordinated long-term debt
1,172

 
1,172

 
1,358

 
1,358

 
1,179

 
1,179

 
1,371

 
1,371

Trust preferred capital securities phased out of tier 1 capital

 

 
713

 
713

 

 

 

 

ALLL and other
19

 
77

 
12

 
66

 
15

 
77

 
8

 
66

Other adjustments
1

 
1

 
2

 
2

 

 

 

 

  Total capital
$
15,909

 
$
15,967

 
$
17,349

 
$
17,403

 
$
16,999

 
$
17,061

 
$
16,026

 
$
16,084

  Risk-weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit risk
$
50,900

 
$
98,125

 
$
51,733

 
$
93,515

 
$
47,383

 
$
94,413

 
$
47,677

 
$
89,164

Operational risk (4)
44,579

 
NA

 
43,882

 
NA

 
44,043

 
NA

 
43,324

 
NA

Market risk (5)
3,822

 
1,751

 
3,937

 
2,378

 
3,822

 
1,751

 
3,939

 
2,378

Total risk-weighted assets
$
99,301

 
$
99,876

 
$
99,552

 
$
95,893

 
$
95,248

 
$
96,164

 
$
94,940

 
$
91,542

Adjusted quarterly average assets
$
226,310

 
$
226,310

 
$
221,880

 
$
221,880

 
$
222,584

 
$
222,584

 
$
217,358

 
$
217,358

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Ratios (1) :
2016 Minimum Requirements Including Capital Conservation Buffer and G-SIB Surcharge (6)
2015 Minimum Requirements (7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
5.5
%
4.5
%
11.7
%
 
11.6
%
 
12.5
%
 
13.0
%
 
16.6
%
 
16.4
%
 
15.4
%
 
16.0
%
Tier 1 capital
7.0

6.0

14.8

 
14.7

 
15.3

 
15.9

 
16.6

 
16.4

 
15.4

 
16.0

Total capital
9.0

8.0

16.0

 
16.0

 
17.4

 
18.1

 
17.8

 
17.7

 
16.9

 
17.6

Tier 1 leverage
4.0

4.0

6.5

 
6.5

 
6.9

 
6.9

 
7.1

 
7.1

 
6.7

 
6.7

 
 
 
 
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule. Tier 1 leverage ratio as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(2) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the standardized approach provisions of the Basel III final rule. Tier 1 leverage ratio as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(3) Amounts for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2016 consisted of goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, and 60% of other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities. Amounts for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2015 consisted of goodwill, net of deferred tax liabilities and 40% of other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities. Intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities is phased in as a deduction from capital, in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(4) Under the current advanced approaches rules and regulatory guidance concerning operational risk models, RWA attributable to operational risk can vary substantially from period-to-period, without direct correlation to the effects of a particular loss event on our results of operations and financial condition and impacting dates and periods that may differ from the dates and periods as of and during which the loss event is reflected in our financial statements, with the timing and categorization dependent on the processes for model updates and, if applicable, model revalidation and regulatory review and related supervisory processes. An individual loss event can have a significant effect on the output of our operational risk RWA under the advanced approaches depending on the severity of the loss event and its categorization among the seven Basel-defined UOMs.
(5) Market risk risk-weighted assets reported in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches included a CVA which reflected the risk of potential fair-value adjustments for credit risk reflected in our valuation of over-the-counter derivative contracts.  The CVA was not provided for in the final market risk capital rule; however, it was required by the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule.    We used a simple CVA approach in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches.
(6) Minimum requirements will be phased in up to full implementation beginning on January 1, 2019; minimum requirements listed are as of December 31, 2016 . See Table 43: Basel III Final Rules Transition Arrangements and Minimum Risk Based Capital Ratios.
(7) Minimum requirements will be phased in up to full implementation beginning on January 1, 2019; minimum requirements listed are as of December 31, 2015 . See Table 43: Basel III Final Rules Transition Arrangements and Minimum Risk Based Capital Ratios.

State Street Corporation | 111


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



As of January 1, 2015 we used the standardized provisions of the Basel III final rule in addition to the advanced approaches provisions which were previously implemented in the second quarter of 2014, and the lower of our regulatory capital ratios calculated under the advanced approaches and those ratios calculated under the standardized approach are applied in the assessment of our capital adequacy for regulatory capital purposes. Beginning in the second quarter of 2014, until January 1, 2015, we used the advanced approaches provisions in the Basel III final rule, and transitional provisions of the Basel III final rule, and the lower of our regulatory capital ratios calculated under the advanced approaches and those ratios calculated under the transitional provisions were applied in the assessment of our capital adequacy for regulatory capital purposes.
Our common equity tier 1 capital decreased $ 809 million as of December 31, 2016 compared to December 31, 2015 as a result of purchases by us of our common stock of approximately $1.37 billion, declarations of common and preferred stock dividends of $732 million, foreign currency translation impact on accumulated other comprehensive income, the impact of the phase-in provisions of the Basel III final rule related to other intangible assets and the impact of the acquired GEAM business on deductions for goodwill and intangibles. The decreases in common equity tier 1 capital were mostly offset by net income. In the same comparative period, our tier 1 capital decreased $ 547 million , due to the decrease in common equity tier 1 capital and the phase out of trust preferred capital securities of $237 million from tier 1 to tier 2 capital, offset by $493 million issuance of preferred stock in April 2016. Total capital decreased $1.44 billion under advanced approaches and decreased $1.44 billion under standardized approach due to the changes to tier 1 capital, and the retirement of the trusts related to our trust preferred capital securities. State Street Bank's tier 1 capital increased $1.16 billion, and total capital increased $973 million and $977 million under the advanced and standardized approaches, respectively, as of December 31, 2016 , compared to December 31, 2015 . The increase resulted from year-to-date net income and the GEAM acquisition, partly offset by the phase-in provisions of the Basel III final rule related to other intangible assets, the previously-described impact to accumulated other comprehensive income and dividends paid to State Street.
 
The table below presents a roll-forward of common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
TABLE 45: CAPITAL ROLL-FORWARD
 
State Street
(In millions)
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2016
Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2016
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2015
Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2015
Common equity tier 1 capital:
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital balance, beginning of period
$
12,433

$
12,433

$
13,327

$
13,327

Net income
2,143

2,143

1,980

1,980

Changes in treasury stock, at cost
(1,225
)
(1,225
)
(1,299
)
(1,299
)
Dividends declared
(732
)
(732
)
(666
)
(666
)
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities
(421
)
(421
)
(58
)
(58
)
Effect of certain items in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(514
)
(514
)
(780
)
(780
)
Other adjustments
(60
)
(60
)
(71
)
(71
)
Changes in common equity tier 1 capital
(809
)
(809
)
(894
)
(894
)
Common equity tier 1 capital balance, end of period
11,624

11,624

12,433

12,433

Additional tier 1 capital:
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital balance, beginning of period
15,264

15,264

15,618

15,618

Change in common equity tier 1 capital
(809
)
(809
)
(894
)
(894
)
Net issuance of preferred stock
493

493

742

742

Trust preferred capital securities phased out of tier 1 capital
(237
)
(237
)
(238
)
(238
)
Other adjustments
6

6

36

36

Changes in tier 1 capital
(547
)
(547
)
(354
)
(354
)
Tier 1 capital balance, end of period
14,717

14,717

15,264

15,264

Tier 2 capital:
 
 
 
 
Tier 2 capital balance, beginning of period
2,085

2,139

2,097

2,097

Net issuance and changes in long-term debt qualifying as tier 2
(186
)
(186
)
(260
)
(260
)
Trust preferred capital securities phased into tier 2 capital
(713
)
(713
)
238

238

Changes in ALLL and other
7

11

12

66

Change in other adjustments
(1
)
(1
)
(2
)
(2
)
Changes in tier 2 capital
(893
)
(889
)
(12
)
42

Tier 2 capital balance, end of period
1,192

1,250

2,085

2,139

Total capital:
 
 
 
 
Total capital balance, beginning of period
17,349

17,403

17,715

17,715

Changes in tier 1 capital
(547
)
(547
)
(354
)
(354
)
Changes in tier 2 capital
(893
)
(889
)
(12
)
42

Total capital balance, end of period
$
15,909

$
15,967

$
17,349

$
17,403



State Street Corporation | 112


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



The following table presents a roll-forward of the Basel III advanced approaches risk-weighted assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
TABLE 46: ADVANCED APPROACHES RWA ROLL-FORWARD
 
 
State Street
(In millions)
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Total risk-weighted assets, beginning of period
 
$
99,552

 
$
107,827

Changes in credit risk-weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in investment securities-wholesale
 
(1,027
)
 
597

Net increase (decrease) in loans and leases
 
575

 
(944
)
Net increase (decrease) in securitization exposures
 
(3,246
)
 
(9,569
)
Net increase (decrease) in repo-style transaction exposures
 
606

 
842

Net increase (decrease) in OTC derivatives exposures
 
1,812

 
(1,317
)
Net increase (decrease) in all other (1)
 
447

 
(4,750
)
Net increase (decrease) in credit risk-weighted assets
 
(833
)
 
(15,141
)
Net increase (decrease) in credit valuation adjustment
 
512

 
(618
)
Net increase (decrease) in market risk-weighted assets
 
(627
)
 
(532
)
Net increase (decrease) in operational risk-weighted assets
 
697

 
8,016

Total risk-weighted assets, end of period
 
$
99,301

 
$
99,552

 
 
 
(1) Includes assets not in a definable category, cleared transactions, non-material portfolio, other wholesale, cash and due from, and interest-bearing deposits with banks, equity exposures, and 6% credit risk supervisory charge.
As of December 31, 2016 , total advanced approaches risk-weighted assets decreased $251 million compared to December 31, 2015 , mainly due to a decrease in credit risk and market risk, partially offset by an increase in operational risk and credit valuation adjustment. The decrease in credit risk was mainly due to a decrease in securitization exposures as a result of sell-offs and maturities as well as calls of agency debt securities within our wholesale investment portfolio, mostly offset by an increase in derivatives exposure from marked-to-market FX contracts stemming from a stronger dollar and an increase in securities finance agency lending. The market risk decrease was a result of reduced end of day positions in FX and interest rate risk. Operational risk increased approximately $700 million mainly due to an increase in loss event frequency. The increase in credit valuation adjustment was driven by an increase in the marked-to-market FX contracts.
As of December 31, 2015 , total advanced approaches risk-weighted assets decreased $8.28 billion compared to December 31, 2014 , primarily the result of a reduction in credit risk due to sales, maturities and amortization of the securitized investment portfolio and the subsequent reinvestment in HQLA, a decrease associated with the usage of the
 
alternative modified look through approach for investments in investment funds, and a decline in over-the-counter foreign exchange derivatives mainly due to a decrease in volumes and the addition of new netting agreements. The decreases were partially offset by an $8.02 billion increase in operational risk, which reflects adjustments to the model inputs.
The following table presents a roll-forward of the Basel III standardized approach risk-weighted assets for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
TABLE 47: STANDARDIZED APPROACH RWA ROLL-FORWARD
 
State Street
(In millions)
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Total estimated risk-weighted assets, beginning of period (1)
 
$
95,893

 
$
125,011

Changes in credit risk-weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in investment securities- wholesale
 
(1,471
)
 
(2,579
)
Net increase (decrease) in loans and leases
 
998

 
(539
)
Net increase (decrease) in securitization exposures
 
(3,144
)
 
(9,569
)
Net increase (decrease) in repo-style transaction exposures
 
4,994

 
(7,535
)
Net increase (decrease) in OTC derivatives exposures
 
3,462

 
(4,007
)
Net increase (decrease) in all other (2)
 
(229
)
 
(4,357
)
Net increase (decrease) in credit risk-weighted assets
 
4,610

 
(28,586
)
Net increase (decrease) in market risk-weighted assets
 
(627
)
 
(532
)
Total risk-weighted assets, end of period
 
$
99,876

 
$
95,893

 
 
 
(1) Standardized approach risk-weighted assets as of the periods noted above were calculated using State Street’s estimates, based on our then current interpretation of the Basel III final rule.
(2) Includes assets not in a definable category, cleared transactions, other wholesale, cash and due from, and interest-bearing deposits with banks and equity exposures.
As of December 31, 2016 , total standardized approach risk-weighted assets increased $3.98 billion compared to December 31, 2015 , primarily the result of an increase in securities finance agency lending, an increase in market values of FX contracts, partially offset by a decrease in securitization exposures, wholesale investments and market risk. The decrease in securitization was due to sell-offs and maturities while the decrease in wholesale investments was due calls of agency debt securities. Market risk reduction is resulting from a lower stressed VaR.


State Street Corporation | 113


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



The regulatory capital ratios as of December 31, 2016 , presented in Table 44: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios , are calculated under the standardized approach and advanced approaches in conformity with the Basel III final rule. The advanced approaches-based ratios (actual and estimated pro forma) reflect calculations and determinations with respect to our capital and related matters as of December 31, 2016 , based on State Street and external data, quantitative formulae, statistical models, historical correlations and assumptions, collectively referred to as “advanced systems,” in effect and used by State Street for those purposes as of the time we first reported such ratios in a quarterly report on Form 10-Q. Significant components of these advanced systems involve the exercise of judgment by us and our regulators, and our advanced systems may not, individually or collectively, precisely represent or calculate the scenarios, circumstances, outputs or other results for which they are designed or intended.
Our advanced systems are subject to update and periodic revalidation in response to changes in our business activities and our historical experiences, forces and events experienced by the market broadly or by individual financial institutions, changes in regulations and regulatory interpretations and other factors, and are also subject to continuing regulatory review and approval. For example, a significant operational loss experienced by another financial institution, even if we do not experience a related loss, could result in a material change in the output of our advanced systems and a corresponding material change in our risk exposures, our total risk-weighted assets and our capital ratios compared to prior periods. An operational loss that we experience could also result in a material change in our capital
 
requirements for operational risk under the advanced approaches, depending on the severity of the loss event, its characterization among the seven Basel-defined UOMs, and the stability of the distributional approach for a particular UOM, and without direct correlation to the effects of the loss event, or the timing of such effects, on our results of operations.
Due to the influence of changes in these advanced systems, whether resulting from changes in data inputs, regulation or regulatory supervision or interpretation, State Street-specific or market activities or experiences or other updates or factors, we expect that our advanced systems and our capital ratios calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule will change and may be volatile over time, and that those latter changes or volatility could be material as calculated and measured from period to period. Models implemented under the Basel III final rule, particularly those implementing the advanced approaches, remain subject to regulatory review and approval. The full effects of the Basel III final rule on State Street and State Street Bank are therefore subject to further evaluation and also to further regulatory guidance, action or rule-making.
Estimated Basel III Fully Phased-in Capital Ratios
Table 48: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios - State Street , and Table 49: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios - State Street Bank , present our capital ratios for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2016 , calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions and standardized approach of the Basel III final rule on a pro forma basis under the fully phased-in provisions of the Basel III final rule.



State Street Corporation | 114


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 48: REGULATORY CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS - STATE STREET
December 31, 2016
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
Basel III Advanced Approaches
 
Phase-In Provisions
 
Basel III Advanced Approaches Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate
 
Basel III Standardized Approach
 
Phase-In Provisions
 
Basel III Standardized Approach Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate
Total common shareholders' equity
 
$
18,127

 
$
(104
)
 
$
18,023

 
$
18,127

 
$
(104
)
 
$
18,023

Regulatory capital adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities
 
(6,348
)
 
(561
)
 
(6,909
)
 
(6,348
)
 
(561
)
 
(6,909
)
Other adjustments
 
(155
)
 
(104
)
 
(259
)
 
(155
)
 
(104
)
 
(259
)
Common equity tier 1 capital
 
11,624

 
(769
)
 
10,855

 
11,624

 
(769
)
 
10,855

Additional tier 1 capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
 
 
 
 
3,196

 

 
3,196

 
3,196

 

 
3,196

Trust preferred capital securities
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other adjustments
 
 
 
 
(103
)
 
103

 

 
(103
)
 
103

 

Additional tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
3,093

 
103

 
3,196

 
3,093

 
103

 
3,196

Tier 1 capital
 
 
 
 
14,717

 
(666
)
 
14,051

 
14,717

 
(666
)
 
14,051

Tier 2 capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qualifying subordinated long-term debt
 
1,172

 

 
1,172

 
1,172

 

 
1,172

Trust preferred capital securities
 

 

 

 

 

 

ALLL and other
 
 
 
 
19

 

 
19

 
77

 

 
77

Other
 
 
 
 
1

 
(1
)
 

 
1

 
(1
)
 

Tier 2 capital
 
 
 
 
1,192

 
(1
)
 
1,191

 
1,250

 
(1
)
 
1,249

Total capital
 
 
 
 
$
15,909

 
$
(667
)
 
$
15,242

 
$
15,967

 
$
(667
)
 
$
15,300

Risk weighted assets
 
 
 
 
$
99,301

 
$
33

 
$
99,334

 
$
99,876

 
$
31

 
$
99,907

Adjusted average assets
 
 
 
 
226,310

 
(474
)
 
225,836

 
226,310

 
(474
)
 
225,836

Total assets for SLR
 
 
 
 
251,033

 
(474
)
 
250,559

 
251,033

 
(474
)
 
250,559

Capital ratios (1) :
Minimum Requirement
Minimum Requirement Including Capital Conservation Buffer and G-SIB Surcharge 2016
Minimum Requirement Including Capital Conservation Buffer and G-SIB Surcharge 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (2)
4.5%
5.5%
8.5%
 
11.7
%
 
 
 
10.9
%
 
11.6
%
 

 
10.9
%
Tier 1 capital
6.0
7.0
10.0
 
14.8

 
 
 
14.1

 
14.7

 

 
14.1

Total capital
8.0
9.0
12.0
 
16.0

 
 
 
15.3

 
16.0

 

 
15.3

Tier 1 leverage
4.0
NA
NA
 
6.5

 
 
 
6.2

 
6.5

 

 
6.2

Supplementary leverage
5.0
NA
NA
 
5.9

 
 
 
5.6

 
5.9

 

 
5.6

 
 
 
 
 
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Common equity tier 1 ratio is calculated by dividing common equity tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 capital ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); total capital ratio is calculated by dividing total capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by adjusted average assets (denominator); and supplementary leverage ratio, or SLR, is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by total assets for SLR (denominator).
(2) Common equity tier 1 ratios were calculated in conformity with the provisions of the Basel III final rule; refer to Table 44: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios .


State Street Corporation | 115


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



TABLE 49: REGULATORY CAPITAL STRUCTURE AND RELATED REGULATORY CAPITAL RATIOS - STATE STREET BANK
December 31, 2016
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
Basel III Advanced Approaches
 
Phase-In Provisions
 
Basel III Advanced Approaches Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate
 
Basel III Standardized Approach
 
Phase-In Provisions
 
Basel III Standardized Approach Fully Phased-In Pro-Forma Estimate
Total common shareholders' equity
 
$
22,013

 
$
(96
)
 
$
21,917

 
$
22,013

 
$
(96
)
 
$
21,917

Regulatory capital adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities
 
(6,060
)
 
(540
)
 
(6,600
)
 
(6,060
)
 
(540
)
 
(6,600
)
Other adjustments
 
(148
)
 

 
(148
)
 
(148
)
 

 
(148
)
Common equity tier 1 capital
 
15,805

 
(636
)
 
15,169

 
15,805

 
(636
)
 
15,169

Additional tier 1 capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock
 

 

 

 

 

 

Other adjustments
 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional tier 1 capital
 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 1 capital
 
15,805

 
(636
)
 
15,169

 
15,805

 
(636
)
 
15,169

Tier 2 capital:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Qualifying subordinated long-term debt
 
1,179

 

 
1,179

 
1,179

 

 
1,179

ALLL and other
 
15

 

 
15

 
77

 

 
77

Other
 

 

 

 

 

 

Tier 2 capital
 
1,194

 

 
1,194

 
1,256

 

 
1,256

Total capital
 
$
16,999

 
$
(636
)
 
$
16,363

 
$
17,061

 
$
(636
)
 
$
16,425

Risk weighted assets
 
$
95,248

 
$
(262
)
 
$
94,986

 
$
96,164

 
$
(249
)
 
$
95,915

Adjusted average assets
 
222,584

 
(454
)
 
222,130

 
222,584

 
(454
)
 
222,130

Total assets for SLR
 
247,409

 
(454
)
 
246,955

 
247,409

 
(454
)
 
246,955

Capital ratios (1) :
Minimum Requirement
Minimum Requirement Including Capital Conservation Buffer and G-SIB Surcharge 2016
Minimum Requirement Including Capital Conservation Buffer and G-SIB Surcharge 2019
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital (2)
4.5%
5.5%
8.5%
 
16.6
%
 

 
16.0
%
 
16.4
%
 

 
15.8
%
Tier 1 capital
6.0
7.0
10.0
 
16.6

 

 
16.0

 
16.4

 

 
15.8

Total capital
8.0
9.0
12.0
 
17.8

 

 
17.2

 
17.7

 

 
17.1

Tier 1 leverage
4.0
NA
NA
 
7.1

 

 
6.8

 
7.1

 

 
6.8

Supplementary leverage
6.0
NA
NA
 
6.4

 

 
6.1

 
6.4

 

 
6.1

 
 
 
 
 
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Common equity tier 1 capital ratio is calculated by dividing common equity tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 capital ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); total capital ratio is calculated by dividing total capital (numerator) by risk-weighted assets (denominator); tier 1 leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by adjusted average assets (denominator); and supplementary leverage ratio is calculated by dividing tier 1 capital (numerator) by total assets for SLR (denominator).
(2) Common equity tier 1 ratios were calculated in conformity with the provisions of the Basel III final rule; refer to Table 44: Regulatory Capital Structure and Related Regulatory Capital Ratios .
Fully phased-in pro-forma estimates of common shareholders' equity include 100% of accumulated other comprehensive income, including accumulated other comprehensive income attributable to available-for-sale securities, cash flow hedges and defined benefit pension plans. Fully phased-in pro-forma estimates of common equity tier 1 capital reflect 100% of applicable deductions, including but not limited to, intangible assets net of deferred tax liabilities. Fully phased-in tier 1 capital reflects the transition of trust preferred capital securities from tier 1 capital to tier 2 capital. For both Basel III advanced and standardized approaches, fully phased-in pro-forma estimates of risk-weighted assets reflect the exclusion of intangible assets, offset by additions related to non-significant equity exposures and deferred tax assets related to temporary differences.
 
The Volcker rule, including the required capital deduction for investments in a covered fund, became effective on July 21, 2015, for investments in and relationships with a covered fund made after December 31, 2013. The Federal Reserve issued an order extending the Volcker rule's general conformance period until July 21, 2016 for legacy covered funds and announced its intention to grant banking entities an additional one-year extension of the conformance period until July 21, 2017. As a result, for legacy covered funds, the Volcker rule capital deduction will not become effective until July 21, 2017. On July 7, 2016, the Federal Reserve formally announced the extension of the general conformance period to July 21, 2017. For additional information on the Volcker rule, refer to "Supervision and Regulation" included under Item 1, Business, of this Form 10-K.


State Street Corporation | 116


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Supplementary Leverage Ratio
In 2014, U.S. banking regulators issued final rules implementing an SLR, for certain bank holding companies, like State Street, and their insured depository institution subsidiaries, like State Street Bank, which we refer to as the SLR final rule. Upon implementation, the SLR final rule requires that, as of January 1, 2018, (i) State Street Bank maintain an SLR of at least 6% to be well capitalized under the U.S. banking regulators’ PCA framework and (ii) State Street maintain an SLR of at least 5% to avoid
 
limitations on capital distributions and discretionary bonus payments. In addition to the SLR, State Street is subject to a minimum tier 1 leverage ratio of 4%, which differs from the SLR primarily in that the denominator of the tier 1 leverage ratio is only a quarterly average of on-balance sheet assets and does not include any off-balance sheet exposures. Beginning with reporting for March 31, 2015, State Street was required to include SLR disclosures, calculated on a transitional basis, with its other Basel disclosures.

TABLE 50: SUPPLEMENTARY LEVERAGE RATIO
December 31, 2016
 
Transitional SLR
 
Phase-In Provisions
 
Fully Phased-in Pro Forma SLR Estimate
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
State Street:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
 
$
14,717

 
$
(666
)
 
$
14,051

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On- and off-balance sheet leverage exposure
 
257,509

 

 
257,509

Less: regulatory deductions
 
(6,476
)
 
(474
)
 
(6,950
)
Total assets for SLR
 
$
251,033

 
$
(474
)
 
$
250,559

Supplementary leverage ratio
 
5.9
%
 
(0.3
)%
 
5.6
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
State Street Bank:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Tier 1 capital
 
$
15,805

 
$
(636
)
 
$
15,169

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
On- and off-balance sheet leverage exposure
 
253,487

 

 
253,487

Less: regulatory deductions
 
(6,078
)
 
(454
)
 
(6,532
)
Total assets for SLR
 
$
247,409

 
$
(454
)
 
$
246,955

Supplementary leverage ratio
 
6.4
%
 
(0.3
)%
 
6.1
%

State Street Corporation | 117


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



Capital Actions
Preferred Stock
The following table summarizes selected terms of each of the series of the preferred stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 :
TABLE 51: PREFERRED STOCK ISSUED AND OUTSTANDING
 
Issuance Date
 
Depositary Shares Issued
 
Ownership Interest per Depositary Share
 
Liquidation Preference Per Share
 
Liquidation Preference Per Depositary Share
 
Net Proceeds of Offering (In millions)
 
Redemption Date (1)
Preferred Stock (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C
August 2012
 
20,000,000


1/4,000th

$
100,000


$
25


$
488


September 15, 2017
Series D
February 2014
 
30,000,000


1/4,000th

100,000


25


742


March 15, 2024
Series E
November 2014
 
30,000,000


1/4,000th

100,000


25


728


December 15, 2019
Series F
May 2015
 
750,000


1/100th

100,000


1,000


742


September 15, 2020
Series G
April 2016
 
20,000,000


1/4,000th

100,000


25


493


March 15, 2026
 
 
 
 
( 1) On the redemption date, or any dividend declaration date thereafter, the preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed by us, in whole or in part, at the liquidation price per share and liquidation price per depositary share plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
(2) The preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed at our option in whole, but not in part, prior to the redemption date upon the occurrence of a regulatory capital treatment event, as defined in the certificate of designation, at a redemption price equal to the liquidation price per share and liquidation price per depositary share plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
The following table presents the dividends declared for each of the series of preferred stock issued and outstanding for the periods indicated:
TABLE 52: PREFERRED STOCK DIVIDENDS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Dividends Declared per Depositary Share
 
Total
(In millions)
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Dividends Declared per Depositary Share
 
Total
(In millions)
Preferred Stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C
$
5,250


$
1.32


$
26


$
5,250


$
1.32


$
26

Series D
5,900


1.48


44


5,900


1.48


44

Series E
6,000


1.52


45


6,333


1.60


48

Series F
5,250


52.50


40


1,663


16.63


12

Series G
3,626


0.90


18







Total
 
 
 
 
$
173

 
 
 
 
 
$
130

In January 2017 , we declared dividends on our Series C, D, E, F and G preferred stock of approximately $1,313 , $1,475 , $1,500 , $2,625 and $1,338 , respectively, per share, or approximately $0.33 , $0.37 , $0.38 , $26.26 and $0.33 , respectively, per depositary share. These dividends total approximately $6 million , $11 million , $11 million , $20 million and $7 million on our Series C, D, E, F and G preferred stock, respectively, which will be paid in March 2017.
Common Stock
In July 2016, our Board approved a common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $1.4 billion of our common stock through June 30, 2017 (the 2016 Program). In March 2015, our Board approved a common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $1.8 billion of our common stock through June 30, 2016 (the 2015 Program). The table below presents the activity under both the 2016 Program and the 2015 Program during the year ended December 31, 2016 .
TABLE 53: SHARES REPURCHASED
 
Shares Purchased
(In millions)
 
Average Cost per Share
 
Total Purchased
(In millions)
2016 Program
9.0

 
$
72.66

 
$
650

2015 Program
12.1

 
58.83

 
715

Total
21.1

 
$
64.70

 
$
1,365


State Street Corporation | 118


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



The table below presents the dividends declared on common stock for the periods indicated:
TABLE 54: COMMON STOCK DIVIDENDS
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Total
(In millions)
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Total
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Common Stock
$
1.44

 
$
559

 
$
1.32

 
$
536

Federal and state banking regulations place certain restrictions on dividends paid by subsidiary banks to the parent holding company. In addition, banking regulators have the authority to prohibit bank holding companies from paying dividends. For information concerning limitations on dividends from our subsidiary banks, refer to “Related Stockholder Matters” included under Item 5, Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities , and to Note 15 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Stock purchases may be made using various types of mechanisms, including open market purchases or transactions off market, and may be made under Rule 10b5-1 trading programs. The timing of stock purchases, types of transactions and number of shares purchased will depend on several factors, including, market conditions and State Street’s capital positions, its financial performance and investment opportunities. The common stock purchase program does not have specific price targets and may be suspended at any time.
OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS
On behalf of clients enrolled in our securities lending program, we lend securities to banks, broker/dealers and other institutions. In most circumstances, we indemnify our clients for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities. Though these transactions are collateralized, the substantial volume of these activities necessitates detailed credit-based underwriting and monitoring processes. The aggregate amount of indemnified securities on loan totaled $360.45 billion as of December 31, 2016 , compared to $320.44 billion as of December 31, 2015 . We require the borrower to provide collateral in an amount in excess of 100% of the fair market value of the securities borrowed. We hold the collateral received in connection with these securities lending services as agent, and the collateral is not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. We revalue the securities on loan and the collateral daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary or if excess collateral is required to be returned to the borrower. We held, as agent, cash and securities totaling $377.92 billion and $335.42 billion as
 
collateral for indemnified securities on loan as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.
The cash collateral held by us as agent is invested on behalf of our clients. In certain cases, the cash collateral is invested in third-party repurchase agreements, for which we indemnify the client against loss of the principal invested. We require the counterparty to the indemnified repurchase agreement to provide collateral in an amount in excess of 100% of the amount of the repurchase agreement. In our role as agent, the indemnified repurchase agreements and the related collateral held by us are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. Of the collateral of $377.92 billion and $335.42 billion , referenced above, $60.00 billion and $63.06 billion was invested in indemnified repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively. We or our agents held $63.96 billion and $67.02 billion as collateral for indemnified investments in repurchase agreements as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively.
Additional information about our securities finance activities and other off-balance sheet arrangements is provided in Notes 10 and 12 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES
Our consolidated financial statements are prepared in conformity with U.S. GAAP, and we apply accounting policies that affect the determination of amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements. Additional information on our significant accounting policies, including references to applicable footnotes, is provided in Note  1 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Certain of our accounting policies, by their nature, require management to make judgments, involving significant estimates and assumptions, about the effects of matters that are inherently uncertain. These estimates and assumptions are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, and changes in this information over time could materially affect the


State Street Corporation | 119


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue and expenses reported in subsequent consolidated financial statements.
Based on the sensitivity of reported financial statement amounts to the underlying estimates and assumptions, the more significant accounting policies applied by State Street have been identified by management as those associated with recurring fair-value measurements, OTTI of investment securities, impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, and contingencies. These accounting policies require the most subjective or complex judgments, and underlying estimates and assumptions could be most subject to revision as new information becomes available. An understanding of the judgments, estimates and assumptions underlying these accounting policies is essential in order to understand our reported consolidated results of operations and financial condition.
The following is a discussion of the above-mentioned significant accounting estimates. Management has discussed these significant accounting estimates with the E&A Committee of the Board.
Fair-Value Measurements
We carry certain of our financial assets and liabilities at fair value in our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, including trading account assets, AFS investment securities and derivative instruments.
Changes in the fair value of these financial assets and liabilities are recorded either as components of our consolidated statement of income, or as components of other comprehensive income within shareholders' equity in our consolidated statement of condition. In addition to those financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value in our consolidated financial statements on a recurring basis, we estimate the fair values of other financial assets and liabilities that we carry at amortized cost in our consolidated statement of condition, and we disclose these fair value estimates in the notes to our consolidated financial statements. We estimate the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities using the definition of fair value described below. Additional information with respect to the assets and liabilities carried by us at fair value on a recurring basis is provided in Note 2 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
U.S. GAAP defines fair value as the price that would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in the principal or most advantageous market for an asset or liability in an orderly transaction between market participants on the
 
measurement date. When we measure fair value for our financial assets and liabilities, we consider the principal or the most advantageous market in which we would transact; we also consider assumptions that market participants would use when pricing the asset or liability. When possible, we look to active and observable markets to measure the fair value of identical, or similar, financial assets and liabilities. When identical financial assets and liabilities are not traded in active markets, we look to market-observable data for similar assets and liabilities. In some instances, certain assets and liabilities are not actively traded in observable markets; as a result, we use alternate valuation techniques to measure their fair value.
We categorize the financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition on a recurring basis based on U.S. GAAP's prescribed three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation methods using significant unobservable inputs (level 3).
As of December 31, 2016 , including the effect of netting, we categorized approximately 6% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 1, approximately 92% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 2, and approximately 2% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2015 , including the effect of netting, we categorized approximately 8% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 1, approximately 89% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 2, and approximately 3% of our financial assets carried at fair value in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
As of December 31, 2016 , on the same basis, we categorized none of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 1, approximately 100% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 2, and less than 1% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. As of December 31, 2015 , on the same basis, we categorized approximately 2% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 1, we categorized approximately 98% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 2, and less than 1% of our financial liabilities carried at fair value in level 3 of the fair value hierarchy.
The assets categorized in level 1 were primarily U.S. Treasury obligations and trading account assets. Fair value for these securities was measured by management using unadjusted quoted prices in active markets for identical securities.


State Street Corporation | 120


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



The assets categorized in level 2 were primarily AFS investment securities and derivative instruments. Fair value for the investment securities was measured by management primarily using information obtained from independent third parties. Information obtained from third parties is subject to review by management as part of a validation process. Management utilizes a process to verify the information provided, including an understanding of underlying assumptions and the level of market-participant information used to support those assumptions. In addition, management compares significant assumptions used by third parties to available market information. Such information may include known trades or, to the extent that trading activity is limited, comparisons to market research information pertaining to credit expectations, execution prices and the timing of cash flows and, where information is available, back-testing.
The derivative instruments categorized in level 2 primarily comprised of foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts used in our trading activities, for which fair value was measured by management using discounted cash flow techniques, with inputs consisting of observable spot and forward points, as well as observable interest rate curves.
The substantial majority of our financial assets categorized in level 3 were asset-backed AFS securities. Level-3 assets also included foreign exchange derivative contracts. The aggregate fair value of our financial assets and liabilities categorized in level 3 as of December 31, 2016 decreased approximately 45% compared to 2015 , primarily the result of transfers out of level 3 and paydowns of asset-backed and non-U.S. debt securities.
With respect to derivative instruments, we evaluated the impact on valuation of the credit risk of our counterparties and of our own credit. We considered such factors as the market-based probability of default by us and our counterparties, and our current and expected potential future net exposures by remaining maturities, in determining the appropriate measurements of fair value. Valuation adjustments associated with derivative instruments were not significant to our consolidated financial performance in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 .
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment of Investment Securities
Our portfolio of fixed-income investment securities constitutes a significant portion of the assets carried in our consolidated statement of condition. U.S. GAAP requires the use of expected future cash flows to evaluate OTTI of these investment securities. The amount and timing of these expected future cash flows are significant estimates used in our evaluation of OTTI. An OTTI is
 
triggered if the intent is to sell the security or the security will more likely than not have to be sold before the amortized cost basis is recovered. Additional information with respect to management's assessment of OTTI is provided in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements, of this Form 10-K.
Expectations of defaults and prepayments are the most significant assumptions underlying our estimates of future cash flows. In determining these estimates, management relies on relevant and reliable information, including but not limited to deal structure, including optional and mandatory calls, market interest-rate curves, industry standard asset-class-specific prepayment models, recent prepayment history, independent credit ratings, and recent actual and projected credit losses. Management considers this information based on its relevance and uses its best judgment in order to determine its assumptions for underlying cash-flow expectations and resulting estimates. Management reviews its underlying assumptions and develops expected future cash-flow estimates at least quarterly. Additional detail with respect to the sensitivity of these default and prepayment assumptions is provided under “Investment Securities” in "Financial Condition" of this Management's Discussion and Analysis.
Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and other intangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased long-lived intangible assets, primarily client relationships and core deposit intangible assets, that can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual rights or because the asset can be exchanged on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill is not amortized, while other intangible assets are amortized over their estimated useful lives.
Goodwill is ultimately supported by revenue from our Investment Servicing and Investment Management lines of business. A decline in earnings as a result of a lack of growth, or our inability to deliver cost-effective services over sustained periods, could lead to a perceived impairment of goodwill, which would be evaluated and, if necessary, be recorded as a write-down of the reported amount of goodwill through a charge to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
On an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances arise, management reviews goodwill and evaluates events or other developments that may indicate impairment of the carrying amount. We perform this evaluation at the reporting unit level,


State Street Corporation | 121


MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS (Continued)



which is one level below our two major lines of business. The evaluation methodology for potential impairment is inherently complex and involves significant management judgment in the use of estimates and assumptions.
We evaluate goodwill for impairment using a two-step process. First, we compare the aggregate fair value of the reporting unit to its carrying amount, including goodwill. If the fair value exceeds the carrying amount, no impairment exists. If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds the fair value, then we compare the “implied” fair value of the reporting unit's goodwill to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of the goodwill exceeds the implied fair value, then goodwill impairment is recognized by writing the goodwill down to the implied fair value. The implied fair value of the goodwill is determined by allocating the fair value of the reporting unit to all of the assets and liabilities of that unit, as if the unit had been acquired in a business combination and the overall fair value of the unit was the purchase price.
To determine the aggregate fair value of the reporting unit being evaluated for goodwill impairment, we use one of two principal methodologies: a market approach, based on a comparison of the reporting unit to publicly-traded companies in similar lines of business; or an income approach, based on the value of the cash flows that the business can be expected to generate in the future.
Events that may indicate impairment include significant or adverse changes in the business, economic or political climate; an adverse action or assessment by a regulator; unanticipated competition; and a more-likely-than-not expectation that we will sell or otherwise dispose of a business to which the goodwill or other intangible assets relate. Additional information about goodwill and other intangible assets, including information by line of business, is provided in Note 5 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
Intangible assets are supported by the future cash flows that are directly associated with and expected to arise as a direct result of the use of the intangible asset, less any costs associated with the intangible asset’s eventual disposition.  We evaluate other intangible assets for impairment at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows that are largely independent of the cash flows from other groups of assets using a two-step process.  First, if the intangible asset's estimated future net undiscounted cash flows are greater than the carrying value, there is no indication of impairment, but if the intangible asset's net undiscounted cash flows are
 
less than its carrying value, there is an indication that the intangible asset is not recoverable and we proceed to the second step of the impairment test.  In the second step, if the fair value of the intangible asset is below the carrying value, an impairment is recognized by writing the intangible asset down to its fair value.  We evaluate intangible assets for impairment on an annual basis, or more frequently if circumstances arise that may indicate an impairment of the carrying amount.
Our evaluation of goodwill and other intangible assets indicated that no significant impairment occurred in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 . Goodwill and other intangible assets recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2016 totaled approximately $5.81 billion and $1.75 billion , respectively, compared to $5.67 billion and $1.77 billion , respectively, as of December 31, 2015 .
Contingencies
The significant estimates and judgments related with establishing litigation reserves are discussed in Note 13 of the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.
RECENT ACCOUNTING DEVELOPMENTS
Information with respect to recent accounting developments is provided in Note 1 to the consolidated financial statements included under Item 8, Financial Statements and Supplementary Data, of this Form 10-K.


State Street Corporation | 122



ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK
The information provided under "Market Risk Management" in "Financial Condition" included under Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis, of this Form 10-K, is incorporated by reference herein.
ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA
Additional information about restrictions on the transfer of funds from State Street Bank to the parent company is provided under "Related Stockholder Matters" included under Item 5, Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities , and under "Capital" in “Financial Condition” under Item 7, Management’s Discussion and Analysis, of this Form 10-K.


State Street Corporation | 123








Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Shareholders and Board of Directors of
State Street Corporation
We have audited the accompanying consolidated statements of condition of State Street Corporation (the “Corporation”) as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders' equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 . These financial statements are the responsibility of the Corporation's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of State Street Corporation at December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the consolidated results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 , in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), State Street Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 , based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated February 16, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 16, 2017
 



State Street Corporation | 124



STATE STREET CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF INCOME

 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Fee revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Servicing fees
 
$
5,073

 
$
5,153

 
$
5,108

Management fees
 
1,292

 
1,174

 
1,207

Trading services
 
1,099

 
1,146

 
1,084

Securities finance
 
562

 
496

 
437

Processing fees and other
 
90

 
309

 
174

Total fee revenue
 
8,116

 
8,278

 
8,010

Net interest revenue:
 

 

 

Interest revenue
 
2,512

 
2,488

 
2,652

Interest expense
 
428

 
400

 
392

Net interest revenue
 
2,084

 
2,088

 
2,260

Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net:
 

 

 

Gains (losses) from sales of available-for-sale securities, net
 
10

 
(5
)
 
15

Losses from other-than-temporary impairment
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income
 
(1
)
 

 
(10
)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
 
7

 
(6
)
 
4

Total revenue
 
10,207

 
10,360

 
10,274

Provision for loan losses
 
10

 
12

 
10

Expenses:
 

 

 

Compensation and employee benefits
 
4,353

 
4,061

 
4,060

Information systems and communications
 
1,105

 
1,022

 
976

Transaction processing services
 
800

 
793

 
784

Occupancy
 
440

 
444

 
461

Acquisition and restructuring costs
 
209

 
25

 
133

Professional services
 
379

 
490

 
440

Amortization of other intangible assets
 
207

 
197

 
222

Other
 
584

 
1,018

 
751

Total expenses
 
8,077

 
8,050

 
7,827

Income before income tax expense
 
2,120

 
2,298

 
2,437

Income tax expense (benefit)
 
(22
)
 
318

 
415

Net income from non-controlling interest
 
1

 

 

Net income
 
$
2,143

 
$
1,980

 
$
2,022

Net income available to common shareholders
 
$
1,968

 
$
1,848

 
$
1,958

Earnings per common share:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
$
5.03

 
$
4.53

 
$
4.62

Diluted
 
4.97

 
4.47

 
4.53

Average common shares outstanding (in thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
 
391,485

 
407,856

 
424,223

Diluted
 
396,090

 
413,638

 
432,007

Cash dividends declared per common share
 
$
1.44

 
$
1.32

 
$
1.16







The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

State Street Corporation | 125



STATE STREET CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME


 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
2,143

 
$
1,980

 
$
2,022

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of related taxes:
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign currency translation, net of related taxes of ($11), ($101) and ($94), respectively
(372
)
 
(735
)
 
(889
)
Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities, net of reclassification adjustment and net of related taxes of ($119), ($195) and $269, respectively
(181
)
 
(331
)
 
437

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities designated in fair value hedges, net of related taxes of $16, $5 and ($15), respectively
23

 
12

 
(24
)
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit, net of related taxes of $5, $8 and $12, respectively
7

 
13

 
18

Net unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges, net of related taxes of ($42), $24 and $74, respectively
(64
)
 
17

 
115

Net unrealized gains (losses) on retirement plans, net of related taxes of $1, $51 and ($50), respectively
(11
)
 
89

 
(69
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(598
)
 
(935
)
 
(412
)
Total comprehensive income
$
1,545

 
$
1,045

 
$
1,610



























The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

State Street Corporation | 126



STATE STREET CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CONDITION

 
December 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
2016
 
2015
Assets:
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
$
1,314

 
$
1,207

Interest-bearing deposits with banks
70,935

 
75,338

Securities purchased under resale agreements
1,956

 
3,404

Trading account assets
1,024

 
849

Investment securities available-for-sale
61,998

 
70,070

Investment securities held-to-maturity (fair value of $34,994 and $29,798)
35,169

 
29,952

Loans and leases (less allowance for losses of $53 and $46)
19,704

 
18,753

Premises and equipment (net of accumulated depreciation of $3,333 and $4,820)
2,062

 
1,894

Accrued interest and fees receivable
2,644

 
2,346

Goodwill
5,814

 
5,671

Other intangible assets
1,750

 
1,768

Other assets
38,328

 
33,903

Total assets
$
242,698

 
$
245,155

Liabilities:
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
Non-interest-bearing
$
59,397

 
$
65,800

Interest-bearing—U.S.
30,911

 
29,958

Interest-bearing—non-U.S.
96,855

 
95,869

Total deposits
187,163

 
191,627

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
4,400

 
4,499

Other short-term borrowings
1,585

 
1,754

Accrued expenses and other liabilities
16,901

 
14,643

Long-term debt
11,430

 
11,497

Total liabilities
221,479

 
224,020

Commitments, guarantees and contingencies (Notes 12 and 13)

 

Shareholders’ equity:
 
 
 
Preferred stock, no par, 3,500,000 shares authorized:
 
 
 
Series C, 5,000 shares issued and outstanding
491

 
491

Series D, 7,500 shares issued and outstanding
742

 
742

Series E, 7,500 shares issued and outstanding
728

 
728

Series F, 7,500 shares issued and outstanding
742

 
742

Series G, 5,000 shares issued and outstanding
493

 

Common stock, $1 par, 750,000,000 shares authorized:
 
 
 
503,879,642 and 503,879,642 shares issued
504

 
504

Surplus
9,782

 
9,746

Retained earnings
17,459

 
16,049

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(2,040
)
 
(1,442
)
Treasury stock, at cost (121,940,502 and 104,227,647 shares)
(7,682
)
 
(6,457
)
Total shareholders’ equity
21,219

 
21,103

Non-controlling interest-equity

 
32

Total shareholders' equity
21,219

 
21,135

Total liabilities and shareholders' equity
$
242,698

 
$
245,155


The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

State Street Corporation | 127



STATE STREET CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CHANGES IN SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts, shares in thousands)
PREFERRED
STOCK
 
COMMON STOCK
 
Surplus
 
Retained
Earnings
 
Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)
 
TREASURY STOCK
 
Total
Shares
 
Amount
 
Shares
 
Amount
 
Balance as of December 31, 2013
$
491

 
503,883

 
$
504

 
$
9,776

 
$
13,265

 
$
(95
)
 
69,754

 
$
(3,693
)
 
$
20,248

Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,022

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,022

Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(412
)
 
 
 
 
 
(412
)
Preferred stock issued
1,470

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,470

Cash dividends declared:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Common stock - $1.16 per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(490
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(490
)
   Preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(61
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(61
)
Common stock acquired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
23,749

 
(1,650
)
 
(1,650
)
Common stock awards and options exercised, including income tax benefit of $72
 
 
(3
)
 
 
 
17

 
 
 
 
 
(4,805
)
 
185

 
202

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2
)
 
1

 
 
 
(13
)
 
 
 
(1
)
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
1,961

 
503,880

 
$
504

 
$
9,791

 
$
14,737

 
$
(507
)
 
88,685

 
$
(5,158
)
 
$
21,328

Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,980

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,980

Other comprehensive income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(935
)
 
 
 
 
 
(935
)
Preferred stock issued
742

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
742

Cash dividends declared:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


  Common stock - $1.32 per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(536
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(536
)
 Preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(130
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(130
)
Common stock acquired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
20,521

 
(1,520
)
 
(1,520
)
Common stock awards and options exercised, including income tax benefit of $70
 
 
 
 
 
 
(41
)
 
 
 
 
 
(4,976
)
 
221

 
180

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4
)
 
(2
)
 
 
 
(2
)
 
 
 
(6
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
2,703

 
503,880

 
$
504

 
$
9,746

 
$
16,049

 
$
(1,442
)
 
104,228

 
$
(6,457
)
 
$
21,103

Net income
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,143

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
2,143

Other comprehensive loss
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(598
)
 
 
 
 
 
(598
)
Preferred stock issued
493

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
493

Cash dividends declared:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
  Common stock - $1.44 per share
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(559
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(559
)
  Preferred stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(173
)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(173
)
Common stock acquired
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21,098

 
(1,365
)
 
(1,365
)
Common stock awards and options exercised, including income tax benefit of $13
 
 
 
 
 
 
36

 
 
 
 
 
(3,369
)
 
139

 
175

Other
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1
)
 
 
 
(16
)
 
1

 

Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
3,196

 
503,880

 
$
504

 
$
9,782

 
$
17,459

 
$
(2,040
)
 
121,941

 
$
(7,682
)
 
$
21,219










The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

State Street Corporation | 128



STATE STREET CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Operating Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net income
$
2,143

 
$
1,980

 
$
2,022

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Deferred income tax (benefit) expense
(358
)
 
(168
)
 
60

Amortization of other intangible assets
207

 
197

 
222

Other non-cash adjustments for depreciation, amortization and accretion, net
722

 
604

 
477

(Gains) losses related to investment securities, net
(7
)
 
6

 
(4
)
Change in trading account assets, net
(175
)
 
75

 
(81
)
Change in accrued interest and fees receivable, net
(298
)
 
(104
)
 
(119
)
Change in collateral deposits, net
(18
)
 
(6,662
)
 
(4,362
)
Change in unrealized (gains) losses on foreign exchange derivatives, net
(1,057
)
 
982

 
(2,042
)
Change in other assets, net
1,772

 
1,156

 
3,612

Change in accrued expenses and other liabilities, net
(1,147
)
 
(48
)
 
(635
)
Other, net
506

 
579

 
289

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities
2,290

 
(1,403
)
 
(561
)
Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net (increase) decrease in interest-bearing deposits with banks
4,403

 
18,185

 
(29,266
)
Net (increase) decrease in securities purchased under resale agreements
1,448

 
(1,014
)
 
3,840

Proceeds from sales of available-for-sale securities
1,401

 
12,309

 
9,766

Proceeds from maturities of available-for-sale securities
30,070

 
28,025

 
36,120

Purchases of available-for-sale securities
(30,162
)
 
(25,397
)
 
(43,146
)
Proceeds from maturities of held-to-maturity securities
7,942

 
3,842

 
3,217

Purchases of held-to-maturity securities
(8,425
)
 
(9,398
)
 
(3,778
)
Net increase in loans and leases
(924
)
 
(561
)
 
(4,785
)
Business acquisitions
(437
)
 

 

Purchases of equity investments and other long-term assets
(643
)
 
(366
)
 
(182
)
Purchases of premises and equipment, net
(613
)
 
(703
)
 
(427
)
Other, net
170

 
73

 
149

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
4,230

 
24,995

 
(28,492
)
Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in time deposits
8,488

 
(9,878
)
 
54,404

Net decrease in all other deposits
(12,952
)
 
(7,535
)
 
(27,632
)
Net increase (decrease) in other short-term borrowings
(268
)
 
(7,074
)
 
1,575

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
1,492

 
2,983

 
994

Payments for long-term debt and obligations under capital leases
(1,441
)
 
(1,155
)
 
(788
)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net
493

 
742

 
1,470

Proceeds from exercises of common stock options

 
4

 
14

Purchases of common stock
(1,365
)
 
(1,520
)
 
(1,650
)
Excess tax benefit related to stock-based compensation
13

 
70

 
72

Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding
(122
)
 
(222
)
 
(232
)
Payments for cash dividends
(723
)
 
(655
)
 
(539
)
Other, net
(28
)
 

 

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities
(6,413
)
 
(24,240
)
 
27,688

Net increase (decrease)
107

 
(648
)
 
(1,365
)
Cash and due from banks at beginning of period
1,207

 
1,855

 
3,220

Cash and due from banks at end of period
$
1,314

 
$
1,207

 
$
1,855

 
 
 
 
 
 
Supplemental disclosure:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest paid
$
441

 
$
385

 
$
398

Income taxes paid, net
371

 
211

 
358

          
The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

State Street Corporation | 129



STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 












We use acronyms and other defined terms for certain business terms and abbreviations, as defined on the acronyms list and glossary accompanying these consolidated financial statements.

State Street Corporation | 130


Table of Contents
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 1 .    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation:
The accounting and financial reporting policies of State Street Corporation conform to U.S. GAAP. State Street Corporation, the Parent Company, is a financial holding company headquartered in Boston, Massachusetts. Unless otherwise indicated or unless the context requires otherwise, all references in these notes to consolidated financial statements to “State Street,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar references mean State Street Corporation and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. Our principal banking subsidiary is State Street Bank.
We have two lines of business:
Investment Servicing provides products and services including: custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; our enhanced custody product, which integrates principal securities lending and custody; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
Investment Management , through SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers passive and active asset management strategies across equity, fixed-income, alternative, multi-asset solutions (including OCIO) and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including ETFs, such as the SPDR ® ETF brand.
Consolidation:
Our consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Parent Company and its majority- and wholly-owned and otherwise controlled subsidiaries, including State Street Bank. All material inter-company transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain previously reported amounts have been reclassified to conform to current-year presentation.
We consolidate subsidiaries in which we exercise control. Investments in unconsolidated subsidiaries, recorded in other assets, generally are accounted for under the equity method of accounting if we have the ability to exercise significant influence over the operations of the investee. For investments
 
accounted for under the equity method, our share of income or loss is recorded in processing fees and other revenue in our consolidated statement of income. Investments not meeting the criteria for equity-method treatment are accounted for under the cost method of accounting.
Use of Estimates:
The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions in the application of certain of our significant accounting policies that may materially affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, equity, revenue, and expenses. As a result of unanticipated events or circumstances, actual results could differ from those estimates.
Foreign Currency Translation:
The assets and liabilities of our operations with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated at month-end exchange rates, and revenue and expenses are translated at rates that approximate average monthly exchange rates. Gains or losses from the translation of the net assets of subsidiaries with functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar, net of related taxes, are recorded in AOCI, a component of shareholders’ equity.
Cash and Cash Equivalents:
For purposes of the consolidated statement of cash flows, cash and cash equivalents are defined as cash and due from banks.
Interest-Bearing Deposits with Banks:
Interest-bearing deposits with banks generally consist of highly liquid, short-term investments maintained at the Federal Reserve Bank and other non-U.S. central banks with original maturities at the time of purchase of one month or less.
Securities Purchased Under Resale Agreements and Securities Sold Under Repurchase Agreements:
Securities purchased under resale agreements and sold under repurchase agreements are treated as collateralized financing transactions, and are recorded in our consolidated statement of condition at the amounts at which the securities will be subsequently resold or repurchased, plus accrued interest. Our policy is to take possession or control of securities underlying resale agreements either directly or through agent banks, allowing borrowers the right of collateral substitution and/or short-notice termination. We revalue these securities daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary from the borrower to protect us against credit exposure. We


State Street Corporation | 131


Table of Contents
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

can use these securities as collateral for repurchase agreements.
For securities sold under repurchase agreements collateralized by our investment securities portfolio, the dollar value of the securities remains in investment securities in our consolidated statement of condition. Where a master netting agreement exists or both parties are members of a common clearing organization, resale and repurchase agreements with the same counterparty or clearing house and maturity date are recorded on a net basis.
Fee and Net Interest Revenue:
Fees from investment servicing, investment management, securities finance, trading services and certain types of processing fees and other revenue are recorded in our consolidated statement of income based on estimates or specific contractual terms, including mutually agreed changes to terms, as transactions occur or services are rendered, provided that persuasive evidence exists, the price to the client is fixed or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured. Amounts accrued at period-end are recorded in accrued interest and fees receivable in our consolidated statement of condition. Performance fees generated by our investment management activities are recorded when earned, based on predetermined benchmarks associated with the applicable fund’s performance.
Interest revenue on interest-earning assets and interest expense on interest-bearing liabilities are recorded in our consolidated statement of income as components of net interest revenue, and are generally based on the effective yield of the related financial asset or liability.
 
Other Significant Policies:
The following table identifies our other significant accounting policies and the note and page where a detailed description of each policy can be found.
Acquisition:
On July 1, 2016, we completed our acquisition of GE Asset Management ("GEAM") from General Electric Company, with a total purchase price of approximately $485 million .
The acquisition of GEAM extends our core investment management capabilities, including in the high growth OCIO markets, and enhances our capabilities in connection with the delivery of value added solutions to our client base. AUM associated with the acquired GEAM operations was $112 billion as of the date of acquisition.
We accounted for this acquisition as a business combination and, in accordance with ASC Topic 805, Business Combinations , we have recorded assets acquired and liabilities assumed at their respective fair values as of the acquisition date. Our consolidated financial statements include the operating results for the acquired business from the date of acquisition, July 1, 2016.



State Street Corporation | 132


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Recent Accounting Developments:
Relevant standards that were recently issued but not yet adopted
Standard
Description
Date of Adoption
Effects on the financial statements or other significant matters
ASU 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606)
The standard, and its related amendments, will replace existing revenue recognition standards and expand the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements with customers. Under the new standard, revenue is recognized when a customer obtains control of promised goods or services and is recognized in an amount that reflects the consideration which the entity expects to receive in exchange for those goods or services.
The guidance permits two methods of adoption: retrospectively to each prior reporting period presented (full retrospective method), or retrospectively with the cumulative effect of initially applying the guidance recognized at the date of initial application (the modified retrospective method).
January 1, 2018
We are currently assessing the full impact of the revenue recognition standard and its amendments on our consolidated financial statements and evaluating the alternative methods of adoption.

The standard does not apply to revenue associated with financial instruments, including loans and securities, or revenue recognized under other U.S. GAAP standards. Therefore net interest revenue, securities gains/ losses, revenue related to derivative instruments are not impacted by the standard. Our implementation efforts include the scoping of material revenue streams into cohorts, analysis of underlying contracts for each cohort, business unit workshops to further assess specific contracts and products, and the development of updated disclosures. Based on our efforts to date, we expect both the timing and amount of our material revenue streams, including servicing fees, management fees, trading services, and securities finance to remain substantially unchanged as these revenues likely will continue to be recognized over time. Specifically, under the new standard we expect to recognize revenue related to these activities ratably over the term of the related agreements with customers as the customer simultaneously benefits from the services as they are performed. Due to the complexity of certain of our agreements, the actual revenue recognition treatment required under the standard will be dependent on contract-specific terms, and certain aspects may vary in some instances from recognition ratably over the contract term. While we have not yet identified any material changes, we continue to monitor industry progress and focus our assessment on areas such as any additional costs that may require capitalization under the new standard as well as assessing the impact of changes to principal and agent guidance. The new standard modified some of the principal and agent considerations which may result in changes to gross or net treatment of revenue and expenses but would not affect final net income.

Although we currently expect no material changes to the timing or amount of revenue, we are still assessing the operational and disclosure impacts of each transition method.
ASU 2016-01, Financial Instruments-Overall (Subtopic 825-10): Recognition and Measurement of Financial Assets and Financial Liabilities
The standard makes limited amendments to the guidance on the classification and measurement of financial instruments. Under the new standard, all equity securities will be measured at fair value through earnings with certain exceptions, including investments accounted for under the equity method of accounting. In addition, the FASB clarified the guidance related to valuation allowance assessments when recognizing deferred tax assets on unrealized losses on available-for-sale debt securities. This standard must be applied on a retrospective basis.
January 1, 2018
We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our consolidated financial statements. Based on our initial assessments, we do not currently anticipate this standard to have a material impact on our consolidated financial statements due to the limited number of investments on our consolidated statement of condition that are within scope of the standard.
ASU 2016-02, Leases (Topic 842)
The standard represents a wholesale change to lease accounting and requires all leases, other than short-term leases, to be reported on balance sheet through recognition of a right-of-use asset and a corresponding liability for future lease obligations. The standard also requires extensive disclosures for assets, expenses, and cash flows associated with leases, as well as a maturity analysis of lease liabilities.
January 1, 2019
We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our consolidated financial statements, but we anticipate an increase in assets and liabilities due to the recognition of the required right-of-use asset and corresponding liability for all lease obligations that are currently classified as operating leases, primarily real estate leases for office space, as well as additional disclosure on all our lease obligations.
ASU 2016-05, Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Effect of Derivative Contract Novations on Existing Hedge Accounting Relationships (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force)
The standard clarifies that the novation of a derivative contract that is part of a hedge accounting relationship does not automatically require a dedesignation of that hedge relationship. This may be applied on a prospective or modified retrospective basis.
January 1, 2017
State Street will apply this standard prospectively as applicable, but we do not anticipate a material impact on our consolidated financial statements.
 
 
 
 

State Street Corporation | 133


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Relevant standards that were recently issued but not yet adopted (continued)
Standard
Description
Date of Adoption
Effects on the financial statements or other significant matters
ASU 2016-09, Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvements to Employee Share-Based Payment Accounting
The standard simplifies the guidance related to stock compensation, including the accounting for income taxes by eliminating the windfall pool and requiring recognition of all excess tax benefits and deficiencies within the statement of income, as well as changes in the accounting for forfeitures, classification in the statement of cash flows and tax withholding requirements.
January 1, 2017
We anticipate increased income statement volatility due to the recognition of all excess tax benefits and deficiencies within the consolidated statement of income. Income statement volatility will be driven by the number of shares vesting in any given period, and the change in share price between grant date and vesting. Directionally, increasing share prices from grant date to vesting date will result in lower income tax expense and higher net income.

Upon adoption of the standard on January 1, 2017, excess tax benefits accumulated in surplus of approximately $352 million will be reversed through retained earnings.
ASU 2016-13, Financial Instruments-Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments
The standard requires immediate recognition of expected credit losses for financial assets carried at amortized cost, including trade and other receivables, loans and commitments, held-to-maturity debt securities, and other financial assets, held at the reporting date to be measured based on historical experience, current conditions, and reasonable supportable forecasts. Credit losses on available for sale securities will be recorded as an allowance versus a write-down of the amortized cost basis of the security and will allow for a reversal of impairment loss when the credit of the issuer improves.
January 1, 2020
We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our consolidated financial statements, but we anticipate a significant implementation effort to ensure that expected credit losses are calculated in accordance with the standard.  We have established a steering committee to provide cross-functional governance over the project plan and key decisions, and are currently developing key accounting policies, evaluating existing credit loss models and processes and identifying a complete set of data requirements and sources.  Based on our analysis to date, we expect a significant effort to develop new or modified credit loss models and that the timing of the recognition of credit losses will accelerate under the new standard.
ASU 2016-15, Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Classification of Certain Cash Receipts and Cash Payments (a consensus of the Emerging Issues Task Force)
The standard amends the statement of cash flow guidance to address specific cash flow issues with the objective of reducing the existing diversity in practice.
January 1, 2018
We are currently assessing the impact of the standard on our consolidated financial statements, however based on our current presentation we do not anticipate a significant change to our financial statement presentation of the statement of cash flows.
Relevant standards that were adopted during the year ended December 31, 2016:
We adopted ASU 2015-02, Consolidation (Topic 810): Amendments to the Consolidation Analysis, effective January 1, 2016. The implementation of the new standard did not result in any significant changes to our previous consolidation conclusions.
 
We adopted ASU 2015-03, Simplifying the Presentation of Debt Issuance Costs , effective January 1, 2016 with retrospective application for all prior periods presented. The implementation of this standard resulted in debt issuance costs of $38 million and $37 million as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015, respectively, being netted against long-term debt in our consolidated statement of condition.





State Street Corporation | 134


Table of Contents
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 2 .    Fair Value
Fair-Value Measurements:
We carry trading account assets, AFS investment securities and various types of derivative financial instruments at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition on a recurring basis. Changes in the fair values of these financial assets and liabilities are recorded either as components of our consolidated statement of income or as components of AOCI within shareholders' equity in our consolidated statement of condition.
We measure fair value for the above-described financial assets and liabilities in conformity with U.S. GAAP that governs the measurement of the fair value of financial instruments. Management believes that its valuation techniques and underlying assumptions used to measure fair value conform to the provisions of U.S. GAAP. We categorize the financial assets and liabilities that we carry at fair value based on a prescribed three-level valuation hierarchy. The hierarchy gives the highest priority to quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities (level 1) and the lowest priority to valuation methods using significant unobservable inputs (level 3). If the inputs used to measure a financial asset or liability cross different levels of the hierarchy, categorization is based on the lowest-level input that is significant to the fair-value measurement. Management's assessment of the significance of a particular input to the overall fair-value measurement of a financial asset or liability requires judgment, and considers factors specific to that asset or liability. The three levels of the valuation hierarchy are described below.
Level 1. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on unadjusted quoted prices for identical assets or liabilities in an active market. Our level 1 financial assets and liabilities primarily include positions in U.S. government securities and highly liquid U.S. and non-U.S. government fixed-income securities carried in trading account assets. We may carry U.S. government securities in our AFS portfolio in connection with our asset-and-liability management activities. Our level 1 financial assets also include active exchange-traded equity securities and non-cash collateral received from counterparties in connection with our enhanced custody business.
Level 2. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, and inputs that are observable for the asset or liability, either directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the asset or liability. Level 2 inputs include the following:
Quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets;
 
Quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in non-active markets;
Pricing models whose inputs are observable for substantially the full term of the asset or liability; and
Pricing models whose inputs are derived principally from, or corroborated by, observable market information through correlation or other means for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.
Our level 2 financial assets and liabilities primarily include non-U.S. debt securities carried in trading account assets and various types of fixed-income investment securities available-for-sale, as well as various types of foreign exchange and interest-rate derivative instruments.
Fair value for our investment securities available-for-sale categorized in level 2 is measured primarily using information obtained from independent third parties. This third-party information is subject to review by management as part of a validation process, which includes obtaining an understanding of the underlying assumptions and the level of market participant information used to support those assumptions. In addition, management compares significant assumptions used by third parties to available market information. Such information may include known trades or, to the extent that trading activity is limited, comparisons to market research information pertaining to credit expectations, execution prices and the timing of cash flows and, where information is available, back-testing.
Derivative instruments categorized in level 2 predominantly represent foreign exchange contracts used in our trading activities, for which fair value is measured using discounted cash-flow techniques, with inputs consisting of observable spot and forward points, as well as observable interest-rate curves. With respect to derivative instruments, we evaluate the impact on valuation of the credit risk of our counterparties and our own credit risk. We consider factors such as the likelihood of default by us and our counterparties, our current and potential future net exposures and remaining maturities in determining the fair value. Valuation adjustments associated with derivative instruments were not material to those instruments for the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 .


State Street Corporation | 135


Table of Contents
STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Level 3. Financial assets and liabilities with values based on prices or valuation techniques that require inputs that are both unobservable in the market and significant to the overall measurement of fair value. These inputs reflect management's judgment about the assumptions that a market participant would use in pricing the financial asset or liability, and are based on the best available information, some of which is internally developed. The following provides a more detailed discussion of our financial assets and liabilities that we may categorize in level 3 and the related valuation methodology.
The fair value of our investment securities categorized in level 3 is measured using information obtained from third-party sources, typically non-binding broker or dealer quotes, or through the use of internally-developed pricing models. Management has evaluated its methodologies used to measure fair value, but has considered the level of observable market information to be insufficient to categorize the securities in level 2.
 
The fair value of certain foreign exchange contracts, primarily options, is measured using an option-pricing model. Because of a limited number of observable transactions, certain model inputs are not observable, such as implied volatility surface, but are derived from observable market information.
Our level 3 financial assets and liabilities are similar in structure and profile to our level 1 and level 2 financial instruments, but they trade in less liquid markets, and the measurement of their fair value is inherently more difficult.
The following tables present information with respect to our financial assets and liabilities carried at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition on a recurring basis as of the dates indicated. No transfers of financial assets or liabilities between levels 1 and 2 occurred during 2016 or 2015.



State Street Corporation | 136


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Fair-Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
 
as of December 31, 2016
(In millions)
Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impact of Netting (1)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
in Consolidated
Statement of
Condition
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government securities
$
30

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
$
30

Non-U.S. government securities
495

 
174

 

 
 
 
669

Other

 
325

 

 
 
 
325

Total trading account assets
525

 
499

 

 
 
 
1,024

AFS Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
3,824

 
439

 

 
 
 
4,263

Mortgage-backed securities

 
13,257

 

 
 
 
13,257

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans

 
5,499

 
97

 
 
 
5,596

Credit cards

 
1,351

 

 
 
 
1,351

Sub-prime

 
272

 

 
 
 
272

Other (2)

 

 
905

 
 
 
905

Total asset-backed securities

 
7,122

 
1,002

 

 
8,124

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

 
6,535

 

 
 
 
6,535

Asset-backed securities

 
2,484

 
32

 
 
 
2,516

Government securities

 
5,836

 

 
 
 
5,836

Other (3)

 
5,365

 
248

 
 
 
5,613

Total non-U.S. debt securities

 
20,220

 
280

 
 
 
20,500

State and political subdivisions

 
10,283

 
39

 
 
 
10,322

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 
2,577

 
16

 
 
 
2,593

Other U.S. debt securities

 
2,469

 

 
 
 
2,469

U.S. equity securities

 
42

 

 
 
 
42

Non-U.S. equity securities

 
3

 

 
 
 
3

U.S. money-market mutual funds

 
409

 

 
 
 
409

Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds

 
16

 

 
 
 
16

Total investment securities available-for-sale
3,824

 
56,837

 
1,337

 

 
61,998

Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts

 
16,476

 
8

 
$
(9,163
)
 
7,321

Interest-rate contracts

 
68

 

 
(68
)
 

Total derivative instruments

 
16,544

 
8

 
(9,231
)
 
7,321

Total assets carried at fair value
$
4,349

 
$
73,880

 
$
1,345

 
$
(9,231
)
 
$
70,343

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
$

 
$
15,948

 
$
8

 
$
(10,456
)
 
$
5,500

Interest-rate contracts

 
348

 

 
(226
)
 
122

Other derivative contracts

 
380

 

 

 
380

Total derivative instruments

 
16,676

 
8

 
(10,682
)
 
6,002

Total liabilities carried at fair value
$

 
$
16,676

 
$
8

 
$
(10,682
)
 
$
6,002

 
 
 
 
(1) R epresents counterparty netting against level 2 financial assets and liabilities where a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between State Street and the counterparty. Netting also reflects asset and liability reductions of $906 million and $2,356 million , respectively, for cash collateral received from and provided to derivative counterparties.
(2) As of December 31, 2016 , the fair value of other asset-backed securities was primarily composed of $905 million of collateralized loan obligations.
(3) As of December 31, 2016 , the fair value of other non-U.S. debt securities was primarily composed of $3,769 million of covered bonds and $988 million of corporate bonds.

State Street Corporation | 137


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Fair-Value Measurements on a Recurring Basis
 
as of December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Quoted Market
Prices in Active
Markets
(Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Observable
Market Inputs
(Level 2)
 
Pricing Methods
with Significant
Unobservable
Market Inputs
(Level 3)
 
Impact of Netting (1)
 
Total Net
Carrying Value
in Consolidated
Statement of
Condition
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government securities
$
32

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
$
32

Non-U.S. government securities
479

 

 

 
 
 
479

Other
10

 
328

 

 
 
 
338

Total trading account assets
521

 
328

 

 
 
 
849

AFS Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
5,206

 
512

 

 
 
 
5,718

Mortgage-backed securities

 
18,165

 

 
 
 
18,165

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans

 
6,987

 
189

 
 
 
7,176

Credit cards

 
1,341

 

 
 
 
1,341

Sub-prime

 
419

 

 
 
 
419

Other (2)

 

 
1,764

 
 
 
1,764

Total asset-backed securities

 
8,747

 
1,953

 
 
 
10,700

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

 
7,071

 

 
 
 
7,071

Asset-backed securities

 
3,093

 
174

 
 
 
3,267

Government securities

 
4,355

 

 
 
 
4,355

Other (3)

 
4,579

 
255

 
 
 
4,834

Total non-U.S. debt securities

 
19,098

 
429

 
 
 
19,527

State and political subdivisions

 
9,713

 
33

 
 
 
9,746

Collateralized mortgage obligations

 
2,948

 
39

 
 
 
2,987

Other U.S. debt securities

 
2,614

 
10

 
 
 
2,624

U.S. equity securities

 
39

 

 
 
 
39

Non-U.S. equity securities

 
3

 

 
 
 
3

U.S. money-market mutual funds

 
542

 

 
 
 
542

Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds

 
19

 

 
 
 
19

Total investment securities available-for-sale
5,206

 
62,400

 
2,464

 
 
 
70,070

Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts

 
11,311

 
5

 
$
(6,562
)
 
4,754

Interest-rate contracts

 
135

 

 
(115
)
 
20

Other derivative contracts

 
5

 

 
(2
)
 
3

Total derivative instruments

 
11,451

 
5

 
(6,679
)
 
4,777

Other
2

 

 

 

 
2

Total assets carried at fair value
$
5,729

 
$
74,179

 
$
2,469

 
$
(6,679
)
 
$
75,698

Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Trading account liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. government securities
$
5

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
5

Non-U.S. government securities
76

 

 

 

 
76

Other
5

 
13

 

 

 
18

Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts

 
10,863

 
5

 
(6,995
)
 
3,873

Interest-rate contracts

 
182

 

 
(24
)
 
158

Other derivative contracts

 
103

 

 
(2
)
 
101

Total derivative instruments

 
11,148

 
5

 
(7,021
)
 
4,132

Other
2

 

 

 

 
2

Total liabilities carried at fair value
$
88

 
$
11,161

 
$
5

 
$
(7,021
)
 
$
4,233

 
 
 
 
(1) Represents counterparty netting against level 2 financial assets and liabilities where a legally enforceable master netting agreement exists between State Street and the counterparty. Netting also reflects asset and liability reductions of $776 million and $1.12 billion , respectively, for cash collateral received from and provided to derivative counterparties.
(2) As of December 31, 2015 , the fair value of other asset-backed securities was primarily composed of $1,764 million of collateralized loan obligations.
(3) As of December 31, 2015 , the fair value of other non-U.S. debt securities was primarily composed of $3,184 million of covered bonds and $613 million of corporate bonds.

State Street Corporation | 138


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present activity related to our level 3 financial assets during the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. Transfers into and out of level 3 are reported as of the beginning of the period presented. During the years ended December 31, 2016 and 2015 , transfers out of level 3 were mainly related to certain mortgage- and asset-backed securities, including non-U.S. debt securities, for which fair value was measured using prices for which observable market information became available.
 
Fair Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
 
Fair Value  as of
December 31,
2015
 
Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Purchases
 
Sales
 
Settlements
 
Transfers out of Level 3
 
Fair Value  as of December 31, 2016 (2)
 
Change in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31, 2016
(In millions)
Recorded in Revenue (1)
 
Recorded in Other Comprehensive Income (1)
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
AFS Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies, mortgage-backed securities
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
325

 
$

 
$

 
$
(325
)
 
$

 
 
Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
189

 
1

 
3

 

 

 

 
(96
)
 
97

 
 
Other
1,764

 
31

 
(23
)
 
469

 
(82
)
 
(1,254
)
 

 
905

 
 
Total asset-backed securities
1,953


32


(20
)

469


(82
)
 
(1,254
)

(96
)

1,002

 
 
Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 
90

 

 

 
(90
)
 

 
 
Asset-backed securities
174

 

 

 
196

 

 
(60
)
 
(278
)
 
32

 
 
Other
255

 

 

 
222

 

 
(7
)
 
(222
)
 
248

 
 
Total Non-U.S. debt securities
429






508



 
(67
)

(590
)

280

 
 
State and political subdivisions
33

 

 
9

 

 

 
(3
)
 

 
39

 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
39

 

 
2

 
89

 
(66
)
 
(27
)
 
(21
)
 
16

 
 
Other U.S. debt securities
10

 

 

 

 

 
(10
)
 

 

 
 
Total AFS investment securities
2,464


32


(9
)

1,391


(148
)
 
(1,361
)

(1,032
)

1,337

 
 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
5

 
9

 

 
3

 

 
(9
)
 

 
8

 
$
5

Total derivative instruments
5


9




3



 
(9
)



8


5

Total assets carried at fair value
$
2,469


$
41


$
(9
)

$
1,394


$
(148
)
 
$
(1,370
)

$
(1,032
)

$
1,345


$
5

 
 
 
 
(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investment securities are included within gains (losses) related to investment securities, net. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments are included within trading services.  
(2) There were no transfers of assets into level 3 during the year ended December 31, 2016 .



State Street Corporation | 139


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Fair-Value Measurements Using Significant Unobservable Inputs
 
Year Ended December 31, 2015
 
Fair Value  as of December 31,
2014
 
Total Realized and
Unrealized Gains (Losses)
 
Purchases
 
Sales
 
Settlements
 
Transfers
into
Level 3
 
Transfers
out of
Level 3
 
Fair Value  as of
December 31, 2015
 
Change in
Unrealized
Gains
(Losses)
Related to
Financial
Instruments
Held as of
December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Recorded
in
Revenue
(1)
 
Recorded
in Other
Comprehensive
Income
(1)
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Investment securities available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
$
259

 
$
1

 
$
(4
)
 
$

 
$

 
$
(6
)
 
$

 
$
(61
)
 
$
189

 
 
Other
3,780

 
53

 
(50
)
 

 
(1,105
)
 
(914
)
 

 

 
1,764

 
 
Total asset-backed securities
4,039

 
54

 
(54
)
 

 
(1,105
)
 
(920
)
 

 
(61
)
 
1,953

 
 
Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities

 

 

 
43

 

 

 
97

 
(140
)
 

 
 
Asset-backed securities
295

 
2

 
(1
)
 
249

 

 
(190
)
 
4

 
(185
)
 
174

 
 
Other
371

 

 
(1
)
 
111

 

 
(39
)
 

 
(187
)
 
255

 
 
Total non-U.S. debt securities
666

 
2


(2
)

403




(229
)

101

 
(512
)
 
429

 
 
State and political subdivisions
38

 
1

 
(3
)
 

 

 
(3
)
 

 

 
33

 
 
Collateralized mortgage obligations
614

 
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
294

 
(88
)
 
(105
)
 

 
(673
)
 
39

 
 
Other U.S. debt securities
9

 

 

 

 

 

 
10

 
(9
)
 
10

 
 
Total AFS investment securities
5,366

 
56

 
(61
)
 
697

 
(1,193
)
 
(1,257
)
 
111

 
(1,255
)
 
2,464

 
 
Other assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
81

 
48

 

 
9

 

 
(133
)
 

 

 
5

 
$
(4
)
Total derivative instruments
81

 
48

 

 
9

 

 
(133
)
 

 

 
5

 
(4
)
Total assets carried at fair value
$
5,447

 
$
104

 
$
(61
)
 
$
706

 
$
(1,193
)
 
$
(1,390
)
 
$
111

 
$
(1,255
)
 
$
2,469

 
$
(4
)
 
 
 
 
(1) Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on AFS investment securities are included within gains (losses) related to investment securities, net. Total realized and unrealized gains (losses) on derivative instruments are included within trading services.
The following table presents quantitative information, as of the dates indicated, about the valuation techniques and significant unobservable inputs used in the valuation of our level 3 financial assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis for which we use internally-developed pricing models. The significant unobservable inputs for our level 3 financial assets and liabilities whose fair value is measured using pricing information from non-binding broker or dealer quotes are not included in the table, as the specific inputs applied are not provided by the broker/dealer.
 
 
Quantitative Information about Level 3 Fair-Value Measurements
 
 
Fair Value
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted-Average
(Dollars in millions)
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2015
 
Valuation Technique
 
Significant
Unobservable Input
(1)
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
As of December 31, 2015
Significant unobservable inputs readily available to State Street:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities, other
 
$
1

 
$
28

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Credit spread
 
0.3
%
 
(0.1
)%
State and political subdivisions
 
39

 
33

 
Discounted cash flows
 
Credit spread
 
1.8

 
2.2

Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts
 
8

 
5

 
Option model
 
Volatility
 
14.4

 
9.3

Total
 
$
48

 
$
66

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivative instruments, foreign exchange contracts
 
$
8

 
$
5

 
Option model
 
Volatility
 
14.4

 
9.2

Total
 
$
8

 
$
5

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) Significant chan ges in these unobservable inputs would result in significant changes in fair value measurement.



State Street Corporation | 140


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Fair Value Estimates:
Estimates of fair value for financial instruments not carried at fair value on a recurring basis in our consolidated statement of condition are generally subjective in nature, and are determined as of a specific point in time based on the characteristics of the financial instruments and relevant market information. Disclosure of fair-value estimates is not required by U.S. GAAP for certain items, such as lease financing, equity-method investments, obligations for pension and other post-retirement plans, premises and equipment, other intangible assets and income-tax assets and liabilities. Accordingly, aggregate fair-value estimates presented do not purport to represent, and should not be considered representative of, our underlying “market” or franchise value. In addition, because of potential differences in methodologies and assumptions used to estimate fair values, our estimates of fair value should not be compared to those of other financial institutions.
We use the following methods to estimate the fair values of our financial instruments:
For financial instruments that have quoted market prices, those quoted prices are used to estimate fair value.
For financial instruments that have no defined maturity, have a remaining maturity of 180 days or less, or reprice frequently to a market rate, we assume that the fair value of these instruments approximates their reported value, after taking into consideration any applicable credit risk.
For financial instruments for which no quoted market prices are available, fair value is estimated using information obtained from independent third parties, or by discounting the expected cash flows using an estimated current market interest rate for the financial instrument.
The generally short duration of certain of our assets and liabilities results in a significant number of financial instruments for which fair value equals or closely approximates the amount recorded in our consolidated statement of condition. These financial instruments are reported in the following captions in our consolidated statement of condition: cash and due from banks; interest-bearing deposits with banks; securities purchased under resale agreements; accrued interest and fees receivable; deposits; securities sold under repurchase agreements; federal funds purchased; and other short-term borrowings.
In addition, due to the relatively short duration of certain of our loans, we consider fair value for these
 
loans to approximate their reported value. The fair value of other types of loans, such as senior secured bank loans, commercial real estate loans, purchased receivables and municipal loans is estimated using information obtained from independent third parties or by discounting expected future cash flows using current rates at which similar loans would be made to borrowers with similar credit ratings for the same remaining maturities. Commitments to lend have no reported value because their terms are at prevailing market rates.
 


State Street Corporation | 141


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present the reported amounts and estimated fair values of the financial assets and liabilities not carried at fair value on a recurring basis, as they would be categorized within the fair-value hierarchy, as of the dates indicated.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair-Value Hierarchy
(In millions)
 
Reported Amount 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods with Significant Observable Market Inputs (Level 2) 
 
Pricing Methods with Significant Unobservable Market Inputs (Level 3)
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
 
$
1,314

 
$
1,314

 
$
1,314

 
$

 
$

Interest-bearing deposits with banks
 
70,935

 
70,935

 

 
70,935

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements
 
1,956

 
1,956

 

 
1,956

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity
 
35,169

 
34,994

 
17,400

 
17,439

 
155

Net loans (excluding leases)
 
18,862

 
18,877

 

 
18,781

 
96

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Non-interest-bearing
 
$
59,397

 
$
59,397

 
$

 
$
59,397

 
$

     Interest-bearing - U.S.
 
30,911

 
30,911

 

 
30,911

 

     Interest-bearing - non-U.S.
 
96,855

 
96,855

 

 
96,855

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
4,400

 
4,400

 

 
4,400

 

Other short-term borrowings
 
1,585

 
1,585

 

 
1,585

 

Long-term debt
 
11,430

 
11,618

 

 
11,282

 
336

 
 
 
 
 
 
Fair-Value Hierarchy
(In millions)
 
Reported Amount 
 
Estimated Fair Value
 
Quoted Market Prices in Active Markets (Level 1)
 
Pricing Methods with Significant Observable Market Inputs (Level 2) 
 
Pricing Methods with Significant Unobservable Market Inputs (Level 3)
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Financial Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Cash and due from banks
 
$
1,207

 
$
1,207

 
$
1,207

 
$

 
$

Interest-bearing deposits with banks
 
75,338

 
75,338

 

 
75,338

 

Securities purchased under resale agreements
 
3,404

 
3,404

 

 
3,404

 

Investment securities held-to-maturity
 
29,952

 
29,798

 

 
29,798

 

Net loans (excluding leases) (1)
 
17,838

 
17,792

 

 
17,667

 
125

Financial Liabilities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Non-interest-bearing
 
$
65,800

 
$
65,800

 
$

 
$
65,800

 
$

     Interest-bearing - U.S.
 
29,958

 
29,958

 

 
29,958

 

     Interest-bearing - non-U.S.
 
95,869

 
95,869

 

 
95,869

 

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
 
4,499

 
4,499

 

 
4,499

 

Other short-term borrowings
 
1,754

 
1,754

 

 
1,754

 

Long-term debt
 
11,497

 
11,604

 

 
11,215

 
389

 
 
 
 
(1) Includes $14 million of loans classified as held-for-sale that were measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2015 .

State Street Corporation | 142


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 3 .    Investment Securities
Investment securities held by us are classified as either trading, AFS , or HTM at the time of purchase and reassessed periodically, based on management’s intent.
Generally, trading assets are debt and equity securities purchased in connection with our trading activities and, as such, are expected to be sold in the near term. Our trading activities typically involve active and frequent buying and selling with the objective of generating profits on short-term movements. AFS investment securities are those securities that we intend to hold for an indefinite period of time. AFS investment securities include securities utilized as part of our asset-and-liability management activities that may be sold in response to changes in interest rates, prepayment risk, liquidity needs or other factors. HTM securities are debt securities that management has the intent and the ability to hold to maturity.
 
Trading assets are carried at fair value. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on trading assets are recorded in trading services revenue in our consolidated statement of income. Debt and marketable equity securities classified as AFS are carried at fair value, and after-tax net unrealized gains and losses are recorded in AOCI. Gains or losses realized on sales of AFS investment securities are computed using the specific identification method and are recorded in gains (losses) related to investment securities, net, in our consolidated statement of income. HTM investment securities are carried at cost, adjusted for amortization of premiums and accretion of discounts.


State Street Corporation | 143


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents the amortized cost and fair value, and associated unrealized gains and losses, of investment securities as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
 
Fair
Value
 
Amortized
Cost
 
Gross
Unrealized
 
Fair
Value
(In millions)
Gains
 
Losses
 
Gains
 
Losses
 
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
4,265

 
$
7

 
$
9

 
$
4,263

 
$
5,717

 
$
6

 
$
5

 
$
5,718

Mortgage-backed securities
13,340

 
76

 
159

 
13,257

 
18,168

 
131

 
134

 
18,165

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans (1)
5,659

 
12

 
75

 
5,596

 
7,358

 
16

 
198

 
7,176

Credit cards
1,377

 

 
26

 
1,351

 
1,378

 

 
37

 
1,341

Sub-prime
289

 
1

 
18

 
272

 
448

 
2

 
31

 
419

Other (2)
895

 
10

 

 
905

 
1,724

 
43

 
3

 
1,764

Total asset-backed securities
8,220

 
23

 
119

 
8,124

 
10,908

 
61

 
269

 
10,700

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
6,506

 
35

 
6

 
6,535

 
7,010

 
72

 
11

 
7,071

Asset-backed securities
2,513

 
4

 
1

 
2,516

 
3,272

 
2

 
7

 
3,267

Government securities
5,834

 
8

 
6

 
5,836

 
4,348

 
7

 

 
4,355

Other (3)
5,587

 
31

 
5

 
5,613

 
4,817

 
29

 
12

 
4,834

Total non-U.S. debt securities
20,440

 
78

 
18

 
20,500

 
19,447

 
110

 
30

 
19,527

State and political subdivisions
10,233

 
201

 
112

 
10,322

 
9,402

 
371

 
27

 
9,746

Collateralized mortgage obligations
2,610

 
18

 
35

 
2,593

 
2,993

 
16

 
22

 
2,987

Other U.S. debt securities
2,481

 
18

 
30

 
2,469

 
2,611

 
31

 
18

 
2,624

U.S. equity securities
39

 
6

 
3

 
42

 
33

 
9

 
3

 
39

Non-U.S. equity securities
3

 

 

 
3

 
3

 

 

 
3

U.S. money-market mutual funds
409

 

 

 
409

 
542

 

 

 
542

Non-U.S. money-market mutual funds
16

 

 

 
16

 
19

 

 

 
19

Total
$
62,056

 
$
427

 
$
485

 
$
61,998

 
$
69,843

 
$
735

 
$
508

 
$
70,070

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
17,527

 
$
17

 
$
58

 
$
17,486

 
$
20,878

 
$
2

 
$
217

 
$
20,663

Mortgage-backed securities
10,334

 
20

 
221

 
10,133

 
610

 
2

 
8

 
604

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans (1)
2,883

 
5

 
30

 
2,858

 
1,592

 

 
47

 
1,545

Credit cards
897

 
2

 

 
899

 
897

 

 
1

 
896

Other
35

 

 

 
35

 
366

 
2

 
1

 
367

Total asset-backed securities
3,815

 
7

 
30

 
3,792

 
2,855

 
2

 
49

 
2,808

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
1,150

 
70

 
15

 
1,205

 
2,202

 
109

 
26

 
2,285

Asset-backed securities
531

 

 

 
531

 
1,415

 
4

 
3

 
1,416

Government securities
286

 
3

 

 
289

 
239

 

 
1

 
238

Other
113

 
1

 

 
114

 
65

 

 

 
65

Total non-U.S. debt securities
2,080

 
74

 
15

 
2,139

 
3,921

 
113

 
30

 
4,004

State and political subdivisions

 

 

 

 
1

 

 

 
1

Collateralized mortgage obligations
1,413

 
42

 
11

 
1,444

 
1,687

 
60

 
29

 
1,718

Total
$
35,169

 
$
160

 
$
335

 
$
34,994

 
$
29,952

 
$
179

 
$
333

 
$
29,798

 
 
 
 
(1) Primarily composed of securities guaranteed by the federal government with respect to at least 97% of defaulted principal and accrued interest on the underlying loans.
(2) As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , the fair value of other ABS was primarily composed of $905 million and $1,764 million , respectively, of collateralized loan obligations.
(3) As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , the fair value of other non-U.S. debt securities was primarily composed of $3,769 million and $3,184 million , respectively, of covered bonds and $988 million and $613 million , as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, of corporate bonds.



State Street Corporation | 144


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Aggregate investment securities with carrying values of approximately $46 billion and $41 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, were designated as pledged for public and trust deposits, short-term borrowings and for other purposes as provided by law.
In the fourth quarter of 2016 , $4.9 billion of Agency MBS and Student Loan ABS previously classified as AFS were transferred to HTM and in the fourth quarter of 2015 , $7.1 billion , of U.S. Treasuries previously classified as AFS were transferred to HTM. Both transfers reflect our intent to hold these securities until their maturity. These securities were transferred at fair value, which included a net
 
unrealized gain of $87 million and $89 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively, within accumulated other comprehensive loss which will be accreted into interest income over the remaining life of the transferred security (ranging from approximately 7 to 49 years).
The following tables present the aggregate fair values of investment securities that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for less than 12 months , and those that have been in a continuous unrealized loss position for 12 months or longer, as of the dates indicated:


State Street Corporation | 145


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
December 31, 2016
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
651

 
$
8

 
$
180

 
$
1

 
$
831

 
$
9

Mortgage-backed securities
7,072

 
131

 
1,114

 
28

 
8,186

 
159

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
54

 

 
3,745

 
75

 
3,799

 
75

Credit cards
795

 
1

 
494

 
25

 
1,289

 
26

Sub-prime
1

 

 
252

 
18

 
253

 
18

Other
75

 

 

 

 
75

 

Total asset-backed securities
925

 
1

 
4,491

 
118

 
5,416

 
119

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
442

 
1

 
893

 
5

 
1,335

 
6

Asset-backed securities
253

 

 
276

 
1

 
529

 
1

Government securities
1,314

 
6

 

 

 
1,314

 
6

Other
670

 
4

 
218

 
1

 
888

 
5

Total non-U.S. debt securities
2,679

 
11

 
1,387

 
7

 
4,066

 
18

State and political subdivisions
3,390

 
102

 
304

 
10

 
3,694

 
112

Collateralized mortgage obligations
1,259

 
31

 
162

 
4

 
1,421

 
35

Other U.S. debt securities
944

 
24

 
157

 
6

 
1,101

 
30

U.S. equity securities
8

 

 
5

 
3

 
13

 
3

Total
$
16,928

 
$
308

 
$
7,800

 
$
177

 
$
24,728

 
$
485

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
8,891

 
$
57

 
$
86

 
$
1

 
$
8,977

 
$
58

Mortgage-backed securities
6,838

 
221

 

 

 
6,838

 
221

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
705

 
9

 
1,235

 
21

 
1,940

 
30

Credit cards
33

 

 

 

 
33

 

Other
18

 

 
9

 

 
27

 

Total asset-backed securities
756

 
9

 
1,244

 
21

 
2,000

 
30

Non-U.S. mortgage-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
54

 
2

 
330

 
13

 
384

 
15

Asset-backed securities
28

 

 
35

 

 
63

 

Government securities
180

 

 

 

 
180

 

Total non-U.S. debt securities
262

 
2

 
365

 
13

 
627

 
15

Collateralized mortgage obligations
537

 
4

 
204

 
7

 
741

 
11

Total
$
17,284

 
$
293

 
$
1,899

 
$
42

 
$
19,183

 
$
335


State Street Corporation | 146


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Less than 12 months
 
12 months or longer
 
Total
December 31, 2015
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
 
Fair
Value
 
Gross
Unrealized
Losses
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
3,123

 
$
4

 
$
121

 
$
1

 
$
3,244

 
$
5

Mortgage-backed securities
5,729

 
48

 
3,166

 
86

 
8,895

 
134

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
2,841

 
54

 
3,217

 
144

 
6,058

 
198

Credit cards
838

 
7

 
490

 
30

 
1,328

 
37

Sub-prime
7

 

 
387

 
31

 
394

 
31

Other
720

 
3

 
43

 

 
763

 
3

Total asset-backed securities
4,406

 
64

 
4,137

 
205

 
8,543

 
269

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
1,457

 
7

 
437

 
4

 
1,894

 
11

Asset-backed securities
2,190

 
7

 
22

 

 
2,212

 
7

Government securities
1,691

 

 

 

 
1,691

 

Other
1,548

 
5

 
527

 
7

 
2,075

 
12

Total non-U.S. debt securities
6,886

 
19

 
986

 
11

 
7,872

 
30

State and political subdivisions
206

 
1

 
658

 
26

 
864

 
27

Collateralized mortgage obligations
1,511

 
14

 
217

 
8

 
1,728

 
22

Other U.S. debt securities
475

 
9

 
178

 
9

 
653

 
18

U.S. equity securities

 

 
5

 
3

 
5

 
3

Total
$
22,336

 
$
159

 
$
9,468

 
$
349

 
$
31,804

 
$
508

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
16,370

 
$
120

 
$
3,005

 
$
97

 
$
19,375

 
$
217

     Mortgage-backed securities
560

 
8

 

 

 
560

 
8

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
896

 
25

 
615

 
22

 
1,511

 
47

Credit cards
636

 
1

 

 

 
636

 
1

Other
102

 

 
31

 
1

 
133

 
1

Total asset-backed securities
1,634

 
26

 
646

 
23

 
2,280

 
49

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
338

 
2

 
524

 
24

 
862

 
26

Asset-backed securities
1,015

 
3

 
69

 

 
1,084

 
3

Government securities
128

 
1

 

 

 
128

 
1

Other

 

 
43

 

 
43

 

Total non-U.S. debt securities
1,481

 
6

 
636

 
24

 
2,117

 
30

Collateralized mortgage obligations
634

 
9

 
537

 
20

 
1,171

 
29

Total
$
20,679

 
$
169

 
$
4,824

 
$
164

 
$
25,503

 
$
333


State Street Corporation | 147


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents contractual maturities of debt investment securities by carrying amount as of December 31, 2016 . The maturities of certain asset-backed securities, mortgage-backed securities, and collateralized mortgage obligations are based on expected principal payments. Actual maturities may differ from these expected maturities since certain borrowers have the right to prepay obligations with or without prepayment penalties.
December 31, 2016
Under 1
Year
 
1 to 5
Years
 
6 to 10
Years
 
Over 10
Years
 
Total
(In millions)
 
 
 
 
Available-for-sale:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
2,722

 
$
1,114

 
$
44

 
$
383

 
$
4,263

Mortgage-backed securities
213

 
1,533

 
3,022

 
8,489

 
13,257

Asset-backed securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Student loans
590

 
3,181

 
757

 
1,068

 
5,596

Credit cards
4

 
1,052

 
295

 

 
1,351

Sub-prime
3

 
1

 
2

 
266

 
272

Other
1

 
21

 
883

 

 
905

Total asset-backed securities
598

 
4,255

 
1,937

 
1,334

 
8,124

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
1,301


3,339


731


1,164

 
6,535

Asset-backed securities
289


1,877


346


4

 
2,516

Government securities
4,372


987


477



 
5,836

Other
1,901


3,304


408



 
5,613

Total non-U.S. debt securities
7,863

 
9,507

 
1,962

 
1,168

 
20,500

State and political subdivisions
509


2,347


5,548


1,918

 
10,322

Collateralized mortgage obligations
2


44


871


1,676

 
2,593

Other U.S. debt securities
508


1,003


922


36

 
2,469

Total
$
12,415

 
$
19,803

 
$
14,306

 
$
15,004

 
$
61,528

Held-to-maturity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Direct obligations
$
400


$
14,888


$
2,167


$
72

 
$
17,527

Mortgage-backed securities


193


1,536


8,605

 
10,334

Asset-backed securities:










 
 
Student loans
442


201


349


1,891

 
2,883

Credit cards
99


798





 
897

Other
7


18


8


2

 
35

Total asset-backed securities
548

 
1,017

 
357

 
1,893

 
3,815

Non-U.S. debt securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Mortgage-backed securities
148


339


47


616

 
1,150

Asset-backed securities
163


368





 
531

Government securities
180


106





 
286

Other
71


42





 
113

Total non-U.S. debt securities
562

 
855

 
47

 
616

 
2,080

Collateralized mortgage obligations
102


23


488


800

 
1,413

Total
$
1,612

 
$
16,976

 
$
4,595

 
$
11,986

 
$
35,169


State Street Corporation | 148


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present gross realized gains and losses from sales of AFS investment securities, and the components of net impairment losses included in net gains and losses related to investment securities for the periods indicated.
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Gross realized gains from sales of AFS investment securities
 
$
15

 
$
57

 
$
64

Gross realized losses from sales of AFS investment securities
 
(5
)
 
(62
)
 
(49
)
Net impairment losses
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross losses from OTTI
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income
 
(1
)
 

 
(10
)
Net impairment losses (1)
 
(3
)
 
(1
)
 
(11
)
Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
 
$
7

 
$
(6
)
 
$
4

(1)  Net impairment losses, recognized in our consolidated statement of income, were composed of the following:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Impairment associated with expected credit losses
 
$
(1
)
 
$

 
$
(10
)
Impairment associated with adverse changes in timing of expected future cash flows
 
(2
)
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
Net impairment losses
 
$
(3
)
 
$
(1
)
 
$
(11
)
The following table presents a roll-forward with respect to net impairment losses that have been recognized in income for the periods indicated.
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Balance, beginning of period
 
$
92

 
$
115

 
$
122

Additions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Losses for which OTTI was previously recognized
 
2

 
1

 
11

Deductions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Previously recognized losses related to securities sold or matured
 
(28
)
 
(24
)
 
(12
)
Losses related to securities intended or required to be sold
 

 

 
(6
)
Balance, end of period
 
$
66

 
$
92

 
$
115

Interest revenue related to debt securities is recognized in our consolidated statement of income using the effective interest method, or on a basis approximating a level rate of return over the contractual or estimated life of the security. The level rate of return considers any non-refundable fees or costs, as well as purchase premiums or discounts, resulting in amortization or accretion, accordingly.
For debt securities acquired for which we consider it probable as of the date of acquisition that we will be unable to collect all contractually required principal, interest and other payments, the excess of our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows from these securities over their initial recorded investment is accreted into interest revenue on a level-yield basis over the securities’ estimated remaining terms.
 
Subsequent decreases in these securities’ expected future cash flows are either recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yields on the securities over their remaining terms, or are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment. Increases in expected future cash flows are recognized prospectively over the securities’ estimated remaining terms through the recalculation of their yields.
For certain debt securities acquired which are considered to be beneficial interests in securitized financial assets, the excess of our estimate of undiscounted future cash flows from these securities over their initial recorded investment is accreted into interest revenue on a level-yield basis over the securities’ estimated remaining terms. Subsequent decreases in these securities’ expected future cash flows are either recognized prospectively through an adjustment of the yields on the securities over their remaining terms, or are evaluated for other-than-temporary impairment. Increases in expected future cash flows are recognized prospectively over the securities’ estimated remaining terms through the recalculation of their yields.
Impairment:
We conduct periodic reviews of individual securities to assess whether OTTI exists. Impairment exists when the current fair value of an individual security is below its amortized cost basis. When the decline in the security's fair value is deemed to be other than temporary, the loss is recorded in our consolidated statement of income. In addition, for AFS and HTM debt securities, impairment is recorded in our consolidated statement of income when management intends to sell (or may be required to sell) the securities before they recover in value, or when management expects the present value of cash flows expected to be collected from the securities to be less than the amortized cost of the impaired security (a credit loss).
Our review of impaired securities generally includes:
the identification and evaluation of securities that have indications of potential OTTI, such as issuer-specific concerns, including deteriorating financial condition or bankruptcy;
the analysis of expected future cash flows of securities, based on quantitative and qualitative factors;
the analysis of the collectability of those future cash flows, including information about past events, current conditions, and reasonable and supportable forecasts;


State Street Corporation | 149


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the analysis of the underlying collateral for mortgage- and asset-backed securities;
the analysis of individual impaired securities, including consideration of the length of time the security has been in an unrealized loss position, the anticipated recovery period, and the magnitude of the overall price decline;
evaluation of factors or triggers that could cause individual securities to be deemed OTTI and those that would not support OTTI; and
documentation of the results of these analyses.
Factors considered in determining whether impairment is other than temporary include:
certain macroeconomic drivers;
certain industry-specific drivers;
the length of time the security has been impaired;
the severity of the impairment;
the cause of the impairment and the financial condition and near-term prospects of the issuer;
activity in the market with respect to the issuer's securities, which may indicate adverse credit conditions; and
our intention not to sell, and the likelihood that we will not be required to sell, the security for a period of time sufficient to allow for its recovery in value.
Substantially all of our investment securities portfolio is composed of debt securities. A critical component of our assessment of OTTI of these debt securities is the identification of credit-impaired securities for which management does not expect to receive cash flows sufficient to recover the entire amortized cost basis of the security.
Debt securities that are not deemed to be credit-impaired are subject to additional management analysis to assess whether management intends to sell, or, more likely than not, would be required to sell, the security before the expected recovery of its amortized cost basis.
The following provides a description of our process for the identification and assessment of OTTI, as well as information about OTTI recorded in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 and changes in period-end unrealized losses, for major security types as of December 31, 2016 .
U.S. Agency Securities
Our portfolio of U.S. agency direct obligations and mortgage-backed securities receives the implicit
 
or explicit backing of the U.S. government in conjunction with specified financial support of the U.S. Treasury. We recorded no OTTI on these securities in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 . The overall increase in the unrealized losses on these securities as of December 31, 2016 was primarily attributable to interest rate increases in 2016 .
Asset-Backed Securities - Student Loans
Asset-backed securities collateralized by student loans are primarily composed of securities collateralized by FFELP loans. FFELP loans benefit from a federal government guarantee of at least 97% of defaulted principal and accrued interest, with additional credit support provided in the form of over-collateralization, subordination and excess spread, which collectively total in excess of 100% . Accordingly, the vast majority of FFELP loan-backed securities are protected from traditional consumer credit risk.
We recorded no OTTI on these securities in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 . The gross unrealized losses in our FFELP loan-backed securities portfolio as of December 31, 2016 were primarily attributable to the widening FFELP spreads during the year as some rating agencies are reviewing the FFELP market for bonds with cash flows that might extend past their legal final maturities.
Our assessment of OTTI of these securities considers, among many other factors, the strength of the U.S. government guarantee, the performance of the underlying collateral, and the remaining average term of the FFELP loan-backed securities portfolio, which was approximately 4.1 years as of December 31, 2016 .
In the fourth quarter of 2016, Moody’s and Fitch downgraded approximately $1.7 billion of FFELP loan-backed securities in our portfolio due to potential extension of student loan repayments beyond the securities’ legal final maturity dates. Approximately $2.2 billion of our FFELP loan-backed portfolio are on credit watch negative by Fitch. Based on the limited price impact on the overall FFELP loan-backed securities portfolio and recent remedial actions by issuers, including amending loan-backed securities maturity dates and exercising cleanup calls, the credit quality of the FFELP loan-backed securities portfolio remains stable and we, as a bondholder, remain protected from principal loss as a result of the aforementioned federal government guarantee and over-collateralization. Downside risks remain should remedial actions fail to address the extension risks.
Our total exposure to private student loan-backed securities was less than $200 million as of December 31, 2016 . Our assessment of OTTI of


State Street Corporation | 150


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

private student loan-backed securities considers, among other factors, the impact of high unemployment rates on the collateral performance of private student loans. We recorded no OTTI on these securities in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 .
Non-U.S. Mortgage- and Asset-Backed Securities
Non-U.S. mortgage- and asset-backed securities are primarily composed of U.K., Australian and Dutch securities collateralized by residential mortgages and German securities collateralized by automobile loans and leases. Our assessment of impairment with respect to these securities considers the location of the underlying collateral, collateral enhancement and structural features, expected credit losses under base-case and stressed conditions and the macroeconomic outlook for the country in which the collateral is located, including housing prices and unemployment. Where appropriate, any potential loss after consideration of the above-referenced factors is further evaluated to determine whether any OTTI exists.
We recorded OTTI of $2 million , $1 million , and $1 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively, on non-U.S. residential mortgage-backed securities in our consolidated statement of income associated with adverse changes in the timing of expected future cash flows from the securities.
Our assessment of OTTI of these securities takes into account government intervention in the corresponding mortgage markets and assumes a conservative baseline macroeconomic environment for this region, factoring in slower economic growth and continued government austerity measures. Our baseline view assumes a recessionary period characterized by high unemployment and by additional housing price declines of between 3% and 23% across these four countries. Our evaluation of OTTI in our base case does not assume a disorderly sovereign-debt restructuring or a break-up of the Eurozone. In addition, we perform stress testing and sensitivity analysis in order to understand the impact of more severe assumptions on potential OTTI.
State and Political Subdivisions and Other U.S. Debt Securities
Our municipal securities portfolio primarily includes securities issued by U.S. states and their municipalities. A portion of this portfolio is held in connection with our tax-exempt investment program, more fully described in Note 14 . Our portfolio of other U.S. debt securities is primarily composed of securities issued by U.S. corporations. 
Our assessment of OTTI of these portfolios considers, among other factors, adverse conditions specifically related to the industry, geographic area or
 
financial condition of the issuer; the structure of the security, including collateral, if any, and payment schedule; rating agency changes to the security's credit rating; the volatility of the fair value changes; and our intent and ability to hold the security until its recovery in value.  If the impairment of the security is credit-related, we estimate the future cash flows from the security, tailored to the security and considering the above-described factors, and any resulting impairment deemed to be other-than-temporary is recorded in our consolidated statement of income.  
We recorded no OTTI on these securities in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 . The decline in the unrealized losses on these securities as of December 31, 2016 was primarily attributable to the narrowing of spreads and U.S. Treasury rates in 2016 .
U.S. Non-Agency Residential Mortgage-Backed Securities
We assess OTTI of our portfolio of U.S. non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities using cash flow models, tailored for each security, that estimate the future cash flows from the underlying mortgages, using the security-specific collateral and transaction structure. Estimates of future cash flows are subject to management judgment. The future cash flows and performance of our portfolio of U.S. non-agency residential mortgage-backed securities are a function of a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the condition of the U.S. economy, the condition of the U.S. residential mortgage markets, and the level of loan defaults, prepayments and loss severities. Management's estimates of future losses for each security also consider the underwriting and historical performance of each specific security, the underlying collateral type, vintage, borrower profile, third-party guarantees, current levels of subordination, geography and other factors.
We recorded no OTTI on these securities in 2016 , 2015 or 2014 .
U.S. Non-Agency Commercial Mortgage-Backed Securities
With respect to our portfolio of U.S. non-agency commercial mortgage-backed securities, OTTI is assessed by considering a number of factors, including, but not limited to, the condition of the U.S. economy and the condition of the U.S. commercial real estate market, as well as capitalization rates. Management estimates of future losses for each security also consider the underlying collateral type, property location, vintage, debt-service coverage ratios, expected property income, servicer advances and estimated property values, as well as current levels of subordination. In 2016 , we recorded $1 million of OTTI on these securities, all associated with


State Street Corporation | 151


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

expected credit losses. We recorded no OTTI on these securities 2015 . In 2014 , we recorded $10 million of OTTI on these securities, all associated with expected credit losses.
The estimates, assumptions and other risk factors utilized in our assessment of impairment as described above are used by management to identify securities which are subject to further analysis of potential credit losses. Additional analyses are performed using more stressful assumptions to further evaluate the sensitivity of losses relative to the above-described factors. However, since the assumptions are based on the unique characteristics of each security, management uses a range of estimates for prepayment speeds, default, and loss severity forecasts that reflect the collateral profile of the securities within each asset class. In addition, in measuring expected credit losses, the individual characteristics of each security are examined to determine whether any additional factors would increase or mitigate the expected loss. Once losses are determined, the timing of the loss will also affect the ultimate OTTI, since the loss is ultimately subject to a discount commensurate with the purchase yield of the security.
After a review of the investment portfolio, taking into consideration current economic conditions, adverse situations that might affect our ability to fully collect principal and interest, the timing of future payments, the credit quality and performance of the collateral underlying mortgage- and asset-backed securities and other relevant factors, and excluding OTTI recorded in 2016 , management considers the aggregate decline in fair value of the investment securities portfolio and the resulting gross pre-tax unrealized losses of $820 million related to 1,727 securities as of December 31, 2016 to be temporary, and not the result of any material changes in the credit characteristics of the securities.
Note  4 .    Loans and Leases
Loans are generally recorded at their principal amount outstanding, net of the allowance for loan losses, unearned income, and any net unamortized deferred loan origination fees. Acquired loans have been initially recorded at fair value based on management's expectation with respect to future principal and interest collection as of the date of acquisition. Acquired loans are held for investment, and as such their initial fair value is not adjusted subsequent to acquisition. Loans that are classified as held-for-sale are measured at lower of cost or fair value on an individual basis.
Interest revenue related to loans is recognized in our consolidated statement of income using the interest method, or on a basis approximating a level
 
rate of return over the term of the loan. Fees received for providing loan commitments and letters of credit that we anticipate will result in loans typically are deferred and amortized to interest revenue over the term of the related loan, beginning with the initial borrowing. Fees on commitments and letters of credit are amortized to processing fees and other revenue over the commitment period when funding is not known or expected.
Leveraged-lease investments are reported at the aggregate of lease payments receivable and estimated residual values, net of non-recourse debt and unearned income. Lease residual values are reviewed regularly for other-than-temporary impairment, with valuation adjustments recorded against processing fees and other revenue. Unearned income is recognized to yield a level rate of return on the net investment in the leases. Gains and losses on residual values of leased equipment sold are recorded in processing fees and other revenue.
The following table presents our recorded investment in loans and leases, by segment, as of the dates indicated:
(In millions)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Domestic:
 
 
 
Commercial and financial:
 
 
 
Loans to investment funds
$
11,734

 
$
11,915

Senior secured bank loans
3,256

 
2,929

Loans to municipalities
1,352

 
962

Other
70

 
93

Commercial real estate
27

 
28

Lease financing
338

 
337

Total domestic
16,777

 
16,264

Non-U.S.:
 
 
 
Commercial and financial:
 
 
 
Loans to investment funds
2,224

 
1,752

Senior secured bank loans
252

 
205

Lease financing
504

 
578

Total non-U.S.
2,980

 
2,535

Total loans and leases
19,757

 
18,799

Allowance for loan and lease losses
(53
)
 
(46
)
Loans and leases, net of allowance
$
19,704

 
$
18,753

We segregate our loans and leases into three segments: commercial and financial loans, commercial real estate loans, and lease financing. We further classify commercial and financial loans as loans to investment funds, senior secured bank loans, loans to municipalities, and other. These classifications reflect their risk characteristics, their initial measurement attributes and the methods we use to monitor and assess credit risk.
The commercial and financial segment is composed of primarily floating-rate loans to mutual fund clients, purchased senior secured bank loans,


State Street Corporation | 152


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

and loans to municipalities. Investment fund lending is composed of short-duration revolving credit lines providing liquidity to fund clients in support of their transaction flows associated with securities' settlement activities.
Certain loans are pledged as collateral for access to the Federal Reserve's discount window. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , the loans pledged as collateral totaled $1.5 billion and $2.5 billion , respectively.
The lease financing segment includes our investment in leveraged lease financing. The
 
components of our net investment in leveraged lease financing, included in the lease financing segment in the preceding table, were as follows as of December 31:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Net rental income receivable
$
1,039

 
$
1,159

Estimated residual values
89

 
89

Unearned income
(286
)
 
(333
)
Investment in leveraged lease financing
842

 
915

Less: related deferred income tax liabilities
(313
)
 
(334
)
Net investment in leveraged lease financing
$
529

 
$
581


The following tables present our recorded investment in each class of loans and leases by credit quality indicator as of the dates indicated:
December 31, 2016
Commercial and Financial
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Lease
Financing
 
Total Loans and Leases
(In millions)
Investment grade (1)
$
14,889

 
$
27

 
$
842

 
$
15,758

Speculative (2)
3,984

 

 

 
3,984

Substandard (4)
15

 

 

 
15

Total
$
18,888

 
$
27

 
$
842

 
$
19,757

December 31, 2015
Commercial and Financial
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Lease
Financing
 
Total Loans and Leases
(In millions)
Investment grade (1)
$
14,288

 
$
28

 
$
888

 
$
15,204

Speculative (2)
3,537

 

 
27

 
3,564

Special mention (3)
31

 

 

 
31

Total
$
17,856

 
$
28

 
$
915

 
$
18,799

 
 
 
 
(1) Investment-grade loans and leases consist of counterparties with strong credit quality and low expected credit risk and probability of default. Ratings apply to counterparties with a strong capacity to support the timely repayment of any financial commitment.
(2) Speculative loans and leases consist of counterparties that face ongoing uncertainties or exposure to business, financial, or economic downturns. However, these counterparties may have financial flexibility or access to financial alternatives, which allow for financial commitments to be met.
(3) Special mention loans and leases consist of counterparties with potential weaknesses that, if uncorrected, may result in deterioration of repayment prospects.
(4) Substandard loans and leases consist of counterparties with well-defined weakness that jeopardizes repayment with the possibility we will sustain some loss.
We use an internal risk-rating system to assess our risk of credit loss for each loan or lease. This risk-rating process incorporates the use of risk-rating tools in conjunction with management judgment. Qualitative and quantitative inputs are captured in a systematic manner, and following a formal review and approval process, an internal credit rating based on our credit scale is assigned.
 
In assessing the risk rating assigned to each individual loan or lease, among the factors considered are the borrower's debt capacity, collateral coverage, payment history and delinquency experience, financial flexibility and earnings strength, the expected amounts and source of repayment, the level and nature of contingencies, if any, and the industry and geography in which the borrower operates. These factors are based on an evaluation of historical and current information, and involve subjective assessment and interpretation. Credit counterparties are evaluated and risk-rated on an individual basis at least annually. Management considers the ratings to be current as of December 31, 2016 .


State Street Corporation | 153


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents our recorded investment in loans and leases, disaggregated based on our impairment methodology, as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Commercial and Financial
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Lease Financing
 
Total Loans and Leases
 
Commercial and Financial
 
Commercial Real Estate
 
Lease Financing
 
Total Loans and Leases
Loans and leases (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Individually evaluated for impairment
$
15

 
$

 
$

 
$
15

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

Collectively evaluated for impairment
18,873

 
27

 
842

 
19,742

 
17,856

 
28

 
915

 
18,799

Total
$
18,888

 
$
27

 
$
842

 
$
19,757

 
$
17,856

 
$
28

 
$
915

 
$
18,799

 
 
 
 
(1) For those portfolios where there are a small number of loans each with a large balance, we review each loan annually for indicators of impairment. For those loans where no such indicators are identified, the loans are collectively evaluated for impairment. As of December 31, 2016 , $195 thousand of the allowance for loan and lease loss related to commercial and financial loans individually evaluated for impairment, and the remainder of the allowance related to commercial and financial loans collectively evaluated for impairment. As of December 31, 2015 , all of the allowance for loan and lease loss related to commercial and financial loans collectively evaluated for impairment.
The following table presents information related to our recorded investment in impaired loans and leases for the dates or periods indicated. As of December 31, 2015 , we had no impaired loans and leases.
 
As of December 31, 2016
 
Year Ended December 31, 2016
(In millions)
Recorded Investment
 
Unpaid
Principal
Balance (1)
 
Related Allowance (2)
 
Average Recorded Investment
 
Interest Revenue Recognized
Commercial and financial (1)
$
15

 
$
15

 
$

 
$
15

 
$

Total
$
15

 
$
15

 
$

 
$
15

 
$

 
 
 
 
(1) As of December 31, 2016, the related allowance for loan loss was approximately $195 thousand . This relates to one loan, which was on non-accrual status.
(2) As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , with exception of the aforementioned specific allowance, all of the allowance for loan and lease losses of $53 million and $46 million , respectively, related to loans that were not impaired.
In certain circumstances, we restructure troubled loans by granting concessions to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty. Once restructured, the loans are generally considered impaired until their maturity, regardless of whether the borrowers perform under the modified terms of the loans. No loans were modified in troubled debt restructurings during the years ended December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 .
We generally place loans on non-accrual status once principal or interest payments are 60 days contractually past due, or earlier if management determines that full collection is not probable. Loans 60 days past due, but considered both well-secured and in the process of collection, may be excluded from non-accrual status. When we place a loan on non-accrual status, the accrual of interest is discontinued and previously recorded but unpaid interest is reversed and generally charged against interest revenue. For loans on non-accrual status, revenue is recognized on a cash basis after recovery of principal, if and when interest payments are received. Loans may be removed from non-accrual status when repayment is reasonably assured and performance under the terms of the loan has been demonstrated.
 
As of December 31, 2016 , there was one commercial and financial loan on non-accrual status, no CRE loans or leases were on non-accrual status, and no loans and leases were 90 days or more contractually past due. As of December 31, 2015 , no loans or leases were on non-accrual status or 90 days or more contractually past due.
Allowance for loan and lease losses
The allowance for loan and lease losses, recorded as a reduction of loans and leases in our consolidated statement of condition, represents management’s estimate of incurred credit losses in our loan and lease portfolio as of the balance sheet date. The allowance is evaluated on a regular basis by management. Factors considered in evaluating the appropriate level of the allowance for each segment of our loan-and-lease portfolio include loss experience, the probability of default reflected in our internal risk rating of the counterparty's creditworthiness, current economic conditions and adverse situations that may affect the borrower’s ability to repay, the estimated value of the underlying collateral, if any, the performance of individual credits in relation to contract terms, and other relevant factors.


State Street Corporation | 154


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Loans and leases are charged off to the allowance for loan and lease losses in the reporting period in which either an event occurs that confirms the existence of a loss on a loan or lease or a portion of a loan or lease is determined to be uncollectible. In addition, any impaired loan or lease that is determined to be collateral-dependent is reduced to an amount equal to the fair value of the collateral less costs to sell. A loan or lease is identified as collateral-dependent when management determines that it is probable that the underlying collateral will be the sole source of repayment. Recoveries are recorded on a cash basis as adjustments to the allowance.
The following table presents activity in the allowance for loan and lease losses for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In millions)
Total Loans and Leases
 
Total Loans and Leases
 
Total Loans and Leases
Allowance for loan and lease losses (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
46

 
$
38

 
$
28

Provision for loan and lease losses
10

 
12

 
10

Charge-offs
(3
)
 
(4
)
 

Ending balance
$
53

 
$
46

 
$
38

 
 
 
 
(1) The provisions and charge-offs for loans and leases were attributable to exposure to senior secured loans to non-investment grade borrowers, purchased in connection with our participation in syndicated loans.
Loans and leases are reviewed on a regular basis, and any provisions for loan and lease losses that are recorded reflect management's estimate of the amount necessary to maintain the allowance for loan and lease losses at a level considered appropriate to absorb estimated incurred losses in the loan and lease portfolio.
Off-balance sheet credit exposures
The reserve for off-balance sheet credit exposures, recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated statement of condition, represents management’s estimate of probable credit losses in outstanding letters and lines of credit and other credit-enhancement facilities provided to our clients and outstanding as of the balance sheet date.
 
The reserve is evaluated on a regular basis by management. Factors considered in evaluating the appropriate level of this reserve are similar to those considered with respect to the allowance for loan and lease losses. Provisions to maintain the reserve at a level considered by us to be appropriate to absorb estimated incurred credit losses in outstanding facilities are recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
Note 5 .    Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the net tangible and other intangible assets acquired. Other intangible assets represent purchased long-lived intangible assets, primarily client relationships and core deposit intangible assets, that can be distinguished from goodwill because of contractual rights or because the asset can be exchanged on its own or in combination with a related contract, asset or liability. Goodwill is not amortized, but is subject to annual evaluation for impairment. Other intangible assets, which are also subject to annual evaluation for impairment, are mainly related to client relationships, which are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from five to twenty years, and core deposit intangible assets, which are amortized over periods ranging from sixteen to twenty-two years, with such amortization recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
Impairment of goodwill is deemed to exist if the carrying value of a reporting unit, including its allocation of goodwill and other intangible assets, exceeds its estimated fair value. Impairment of other intangible assets is deemed to exist if the balance of the other intangible asset exceeds the cumulative expected net cash inflows related to the asset over its remaining estimated useful life. If these reviews determine that goodwill or other intangible assets are impaired, the value of the goodwill or the other intangible asset is written down through a charge to other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.



State Street Corporation | 155


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the periods indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 
Total
 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 
Total
Goodwill:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
5,641

 
$
30

 
$
5,671

 
$
5,793

 
$
33

 
$
5,826

Acquisitions (1)

 
236

 
236

 

 

 

Divestitures and other reductions
(11
)
 

 
(11
)
 

 

 

Foreign currency translation
(80
)
 
(2
)
 
(82
)
 
(152
)
 
(3
)
 
(155
)
Ending balance
$
5,550

 
$
264

 
$
5,814

 
$
5,641

 
$
30

 
$
5,671

 
 
 
 
(1) Amounts for 2016 reflect our acquisition of GEAM, which is more fully described in Note 1.
The following table presents changes in the net carrying amount of other intangible assets during the periods indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 
Total
 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 
Total
Other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Beginning balance
$
1,753

 
$
15

 
$
1,768

 
$
1,998

 
$
27

 
$
2,025

Acquisitions (1)

 
217

 
217

 
16

 

 
16

Divestitures
(8
)
 

 
(8
)
 

 

 

Amortization
(186
)
 
(21
)
 
(207
)
 
(187
)
 
(10
)
 
(197
)
Foreign currency translation and other, net
(20
)
 

 
(20
)
 
(74
)
 
(2
)
 
(76
)
Ending balance
$
1,539

 
$
211

 
$
1,750

 
$
1,753

 
$
15

 
$
1,768

 
 
 
 
(1) Amounts for 2016 reflect our acquisition of GEAM, which is more fully described in Note 1.
The following table presents the gross carrying amount, accumulated amortization and net carrying amount of other intangible assets by type as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
(In millions)
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
 
Gross
Carrying
Amount
 
Accumulated
Amortization
 
Net
Carrying
Amount
Other intangible assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Client relationships
$
2,620

 
$
(1,306
)
 
$
1,314

 
$
2,486

 
$
(1,198
)
 
$
1,288

Core deposits
661

 
(277
)
 
384

 
667

 
(246
)
 
421

Other
132

 
(80
)
 
52

 
147

 
(88
)
 
59

Total
$
3,413

 
$
(1,663
)
 
$
1,750

 
$
3,300

 
$
(1,532
)
 
$
1,768

Amortization expense related to other intangible assets was $207 million , $197 million and $222 million in 2016, 2015 and 2014, respectively. An impairment of approximately $9 million associated with intangible assets was included in amortization expense in 2014.
Expected future amortization expense for other intangible assets recorded as of December 31, 2016 is as follows:
(In millions)
Future Amortization
Years Ending December 31,
2017
$
208

2018
186

2019
169

2020
166

2021
161



State Street Corporation | 156


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note  6 .    Other Assets
The following table presents the components of other assets as of the dates indicated:
(In millions)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Receivable - securities lending (1)
$
21,204

 
$
20,121

Derivative instruments, net
7,321

 
4,777

Bank-owned life insurance
3,158

 
3,078

Investments in joint ventures and other unconsolidated entities
2,363

 
2,034

Collateral, net
2,236

 
1,344

Accounts receivable
886

 
1,018

Prepaid expenses
333

 
284

Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance (2)
210

 
182

Deposits with clearing organizations
132

 
127

Income taxes receivable
106

 
154

Receivable for securities settlement
40

 
311

Other (3)
339

 
473

Total
$
38,328

 
$
33,903

 
 
(1) Refer to Note 11 for further information on the impact of collateral on our financial statement presentation of securities borrowing transactions.
(2) Deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded in our consolidated statement of condition are netted within the same tax jurisdiction as of December 31, 2015. Gross deferred tax assets and liabilities are presented in Note 22.
(3) Includes amounts held in escrow accounts at third parties related to the negotiated settlements in the indirect foreign exchange legal matter presented in Note 13.
 
Note 7 . Deposits
As of December 31, 2016 , we had $55.03 billion of time deposits outstanding, of which $214 million were non-U.S. and all of which are scheduled to mature in 2017. As of December 31, 2015 , we had $46.55 billion of time deposits outstanding, of which $127 million were non-U.S. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , substantially all U.S. and non-U.S. time deposits were in amounts of $100,000 or more.
Note  8 . Short-Term Borrowings
Our short-term borrowings include securities sold under repurchase agreements, federal funds purchased and other short-term borrowings; other short-term borrowings include borrowings associated with our tax-exempt investment program, more fully described in Note 14 . We phased out our commercial paper program prior to December 31, 2015 consistent with the objectives of our 2015 recovery and resolution plan developed pursuant to the requirements of the Dodd-Frank Act.
Collectively, short-term borrowings had weighted-average interest rates of 0.13% and 0.05% in 2016 and 2015 , respectively.

The following tables present information with respect to the amounts outstanding and weighted-average interest rates of the primary components of our short-term borrowings as of and for the years ended December 31 :
 
Securities Sold Under
Repurchase Agreements
 
Federal Funds Purchased
(Dollars in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Balance as of December 31
$
4,400

 
$
4,499

 
$
8,925

 
$

 
$
6

 
$
21

Maximum outstanding as of any month-end
5,572

 
10,977

 
10,955

 
29

 
29

 
29

Average outstanding during the year
4,113

 
8,875

 
8,817

 
31

 
21

 
20

Weighted-average interest rate as of year-end
.040
%
 
.020
%
 
.005
%
 
.00
%
 
.03
%
 
.01
%
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
.02

 
.01

 
.00

 
.17

 
.01

 
.00

 
Tax-Exempt
Investment Program
 
Corporate Commercial Paper
Program (1)
(Dollars in millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2015
 
2014
Balance as of December 31
$
1,158

 
$
1,748

 
$
1,870

 
$

 
$
2,485

Maximum outstanding as of any month-end
1,726

 
1,865

 
1,938

 
2,919

 
2,485

Average outstanding during the year
1,512

 
1,807

 
1,903

 
1,897

 
2,136

Weighted-average interest rate as of year-end
.67
%
 
.03
%
 
.06
%
 
.00
%
 
.16
%
Weighted-average interest rate for the year
.36

 
.06

 
.08

 
.26

 
.17

 
 
(1) We phased out our commercial paper program prior to December 31, 2015.



State Street Corporation | 157


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Obligations to repurchase securities sold are recorded as a liability in our consolidated statement of condition. U.S. government securities with a fair value of $4.49 billion underlying the repurchase agreements remained in our investment securities portfolio as of December 31, 2016 .
The following table presents information about these U.S. government securities and the carrying value of the related repurchase agreements, including accrued interest, as of December 31, 2016 . The table excludes repurchase agreements collateralized by securities purchased under resale agreements and collateralized by trading account assets.
 
U.S. Government
Securities Sold
 
Repurchase
Agreements (1)
(In millions)
Amortized
Cost
 
Fair Value
 
Amortized
Cost
Overnight maturity
$
4,490

 
$
4,491

 
$
4,400

 
 
(1) Collateralized by investment securities
 
We maintain an agreement with a clearing organization that enables us to net all securities purchased under resale agreements and sold under repurchase agreements with counterparties that are also members of the clearing organization. As a result of this netting, the average balances of securities purchased under resale agreements and securities sold under repurchase agreements were reduced by $30.86 billion for 2016 and $30.30 billion for 2015 .
State Street Bank currently maintains a line of credit of CAD 1.40 billion , or approximately $1.04 billion as of December 31, 2016 , to support its Canadian securities processing operations. The line of credit has no stated termination date and is cancelable by either party with prior notice. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there was no balance outstanding on this line of credit.


State Street Corporation | 158


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 9 . Long-Term Debt
(Dollars in millions)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
As of December 31,
Issuance Date
 
Maturity Date
 
Coupon Rate
 
Seniority
 
Interest Due Dates
 
2016
 
2015 (6)
Statutory business trusts (5) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
April 30, 2007
 
June 15, 2037
 
Floating-rate
 
Junior subordinated debentures
 
3/15; 6/15; 9/15; 12/15
 
$

 
$
793

May 15, 1998
 
May 15, 2028
 
Floating-rate
 
Junior subordinated debentures
 
2/15; 5/15; 8/15; 11/15
 

 
155

Parent company and non-banking subsidiary issuances:
 
 
 
 
August 18, 2015
 
August 18, 2025
 
3.55
%
 
Senior notes
 
2/18; 8/18 (1)
 
1,293

 
1,301

August 18, 2015
 
August 18, 2020
 
2.55
%
 
Senior notes
 
2/18; 8/18 (1)
 
1,192

 
1,194

November 19, 2013
 
November 20, 2023
 
3.7
%
 
Senior notes
 
5/20; 11/20 (1)
 
1,033

 
1,046

December 15, 2014
 
December 16, 2024
 
3.3
%
 
Senior notes
 
6/16; 12/16 (1)
 
999

 
1,007

May 15, 2013
 
May 15, 2023 (2)
 
3.1
%
 
Subordinated notes
 
5/15; 11/15 (1)
 
987

 
993

April 30, 2007 (5)
 
June 15, 2037
 
Floating-rate
 
Junior subordinated debentures
 
3/15; 6/15; 9/15; 12/15
 
793

 

March 7, 2011
 
March 7, 2021
 
4.375
%
 
Senior notes
 
3/7; 9/7 (1)
 
738

 
738

May 19, 2016
 
May 19, 2021
 
1.95
%
 
Senior notes
 
5/19; 11/19 (1)
 
726

 

May 19, 2016
 
May 19, 2026
 
2.65
%
 
Senior notes
 
5/19; 11/19 (1)
 
704

 

February 11, 2011
 
March 15, 2018 (3)
 
4.956
%
 
Junior subordinated debentures
 
3/15; 9/15 (1)
 
511

 
519

August 18, 2015
 
August 18, 2020
 
Floating-rate
 
Senior notes
 
2/18; 5/18; 8/18; 11/18
 
499

 
498

May 15, 2013
 
May 15, 2018
 
1.35
%
 
Senior notes
 
5/15; 11/15 (1)
 
497

 
495

April 30, 2007
 
April 30, 2017
 
5.375
%
 
Senior notes
 
4/30; 10/30
 
450

 
449

May 15, 1998 (5)
 
May 15, 2028
 
Floating-rate
 
Junior subordinated debentures
 
2/15; 5/15; 8/15; 11/15
 
150

 

June 21, 1996
 
June 15, 2026 (4)
 
7.35
%
 
Senior notes
 
6/15; 12/15
 
150

 
150

March 7, 2011
 
March 7, 2016
 
2.875
%
 
Senior notes
 
3/7
 

 
1,001

Parent company:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Long-term capital leases
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
293

 
334

State Street Bank issuances:
 
 
September 24, 2003
 
October 15, 2018 (2)
 
5.25
%
 
Subordinated notes
 
4/15; 10/15
 
415

 
424

December 8, 2005
 
January 15, 2016
 
5.3
%
 
Subordinated notes
 
1/15
 

 
400

Total long-term debt
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
11,430

 
$
11,497

 
 
 
 
(1)  
We have entered into interest-rate swap agreements, recorded as fair value hedges, to modify our interest expense on these senior and subordinated notes from a fixed rate to a floating rate. As of December 31, 2016 , the carrying value of long-term debt associated with these fair value hedges decreased $15 million . As of December 31, 2015 , the carrying value of long-term debt associated with these fair value hedges increased $105 million . Refer to Note  10 for additional information about fair value hedges.
(2)  
The subordinated notes qualify for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines.
(3)  
We do not have the right to redeem the debenture prior to maturity other than upon the occurrence of specified events. Such redemption is subject to federal regulatory approval. The junior subordinated debenture qualify for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines.
(4)  
We may not redeem the note prior to their maturity.
(5)  
On December 21, 2016, the statutory business trusts were liquidated and the floating-rate junior subordinated debentures issuances of the statutory business trusts were exchanged for a like principal amount of State Street Corporation's floating-rate junior subordinated debentures with the same maturity dates.
(6)  
Refer to Note 1 regarding the retrospective application of ASU 2015-03, which resulted in the netting of debt issuance costs within long-term debt.
We maintain an effective universal shelf registration that allows for the offering and sale of debt securities, capital securities, common stock, depositary shares and preferred stock, and warrants to purchase such securities, including any shares into which the preferred stock and depositary shares may be convertible, or any combination thereof.
 
As of December 31, 2016 , State Street Bank had Board authority to issue unsecured senior debt securities from time to time, provided that the aggregate principal amount of such unsecured senior debt outstanding at any one time does not exceed $5 billion . As of December 31, 2016 , $4 billion was available for issuance pursuant to this authority. As of December 31, 2016 , State Street Bank also had Board authority to issue an additional $500 million of subordinated debt.


State Street Corporation | 159


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Statutory Business Trusts:
As of December 31, 2015 , we had two statutory business trusts, State Street Capital Trusts I and IV, which as of December 31, 2015 had collectively issued $955 million of trust preferred capital securities. Proceeds received by each of the trusts from their capitalization and from their capital securities issuances were invested in junior subordinated debentures issued by the parent company. The junior subordinated debentures were the sole assets of Capital Trusts I and IV. Each of the trusts was wholly-owned by us; however, in conformity with U.S. GAAP, we did not record the trusts in our consolidated financial statements.
Payments made by the trusts to holders of the capital securities were dependent on our payments made to the trusts on the junior subordinated debentures. Our fulfillment of these commitments had the effect of providing a full, irrevocable and unconditional guarantee of the trusts’ obligations under the capital securities. While the capital securities issued by the trusts were not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition, a portion of the junior subordinated debentures qualified for inclusion in tier 1 regulatory capital with the remainder qualifying for inclusion in tier 2 regulatory capital under current federal regulatory capital guidelines. Information about restrictions on our ability to obtain funds from our subsidiary banks is provided in Note 16 .
Interest paid by the parent company on the debentures was recorded in interest expense. Distributions to holders of the capital securities by the trusts were payable from interest payments received on the debentures and were due quarterly by State Street Capital Trusts I and IV, subject to deferral for up to five years under certain conditions. The capital securities were subject to mandatory redemption in whole at the stated maturity upon repayment of the debentures, with an option by us to redeem the debentures at any time. Such optional redemption was subject to federal regulatory approval.
Effective December 21, 2016, the liquidation date, State Street Capital Trusts I and IV were dissolved in accordance with the terms of State Street Capital Trusts I and IV, and we exchanged the floating-rate capital securities of State Street Capital Trust I due in 2028 for a like principal amount of State Street Corporation floating-rate junior subordinated debentures due in 2028, and we exchanged the floating-rate capital securities of State Street Capital Trust IV due in 2037 for a like principal amount of State Street Corporation floating-rate junior subordinated debentures due in 2037.
 
The next scheduled interest payment on the State Street Corporation floating-rate junior subordinated debentures due in 2028 and 2037 will include any accrued and unpaid distributions on the floating rate capital securities of State Street Capital Trust I due in 2028 and State Street Capital Trust IV due in 2037, respectively.
Parent Company:
As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , long-term capital leases included $278 million and $308 million , respectively, related to our One Lincoln Street headquarters building and related underground parking garage. Refer to Note  20 for additional information.
Note 10 .    Derivative Financial Instruments
A derivative financial instrument is a financial instrument or other contract which has one or more referenced indices and one or more notional amounts, either no initial net investment or a smaller initial net investment than would be expected for similar types of contracts, and which requires or permits net settlement.
We use derivative financial instruments to support our clients' needs and to manage our interest-rate and currency risk. In undertaking these activities, we assume positions in both the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and using derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange options and interest-rate contracts. Our derivative positions include derivative contracts held by a consolidated sponsored investment fund (refer to Note 14 ). We record derivatives in our consolidated statement of condition at their fair value on a recurring basis.
Interest rate contracts involve an agreement with a counterparty to exchange cash flows based on the movement of an underlying interest rate index. An interest rate swap agreement involves the exchange of a series of interest payments, at either a fixed or variable rate, based on the notional amount without the exchange of the underlying principal amount. An interest rate option contract provides the purchaser, for a premium, the right, but not the obligation, to receive an interest rate based upon a predetermined notional amount during a specified period. An interest rate futures contract is a commitment to buy or sell, at a future date, a financial instrument at a contracted price; it may be settled in cash or through the delivery of the contracted instrument.
Foreign exchange contracts involve an agreement to exchange one currency for another currency at an agreed-upon rate and settlement date. Foreign exchange contracts generally consist of


State Street Corporation | 160


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

foreign exchange forward and spot contracts, option contracts and cross-currency swaps. Future cash requirements, if any, related to foreign exchange contracts are represented by the gross amount of currencies to be exchanged under each contract unless we and the counterparty have agreed to pay or to receive the net contractual settlement amount on the settlement date.
Derivative financial instruments involve the management of interest-rate and foreign currency risk, and involve, to varying degrees, market risk and credit and counterparty risk (risk related to repayment). Market risk is defined by U.S. banking regulators as the risk of loss that could result from broad market movements, such as changes in the general level of interest rates, credit spreads, foreign exchange rates or commodity prices. We use a variety of risk management tools and methodologies to measure, monitor and manage the market risk associated with our trading activities, which include our use of derivative financial instruments. One such risk-management measure is VaR. VaR is an estimate of potential loss for a given period within a stated statistical confidence interval. We use a risk measurement system to measure VaR daily. We have adopted standards for measuring VaR, and we maintain regulatory capital for market risk in accordance with currently applicable regulatory market risk requirements.
Derivative financial instruments are also subject to credit and counterparty risk, which we manage by performing credit reviews, maintaining individual counterparty limits, entering into netting arrangements and requiring the receipt of collateral. Cash collateral received from and provided to counterparties in connection with derivative financial instruments is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities and other assets, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , we had recorded approximately $1.99 billion and $1.40 billion , respectively, of cash collateral received from counterparties and approximately $4.39 billion and $1.65 billion , respectively, of cash collateral provided to counterparties in connection with derivative financial instruments in our consolidated statement of condition.
Certain of our derivative assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 are subject to master netting agreements with our derivative counterparties. Certain of these agreements contain credit risk-related contingent features in which the counterparty has the right to declare us in default and accelerate cash settlement of our net derivative liabilities with the counterparty in the event that our
 
credit rating falls below specified levels. The aggregate fair value of all derivative instruments with credit risk-related contingent features that were in a net liability position as of December 31, 2016 totaled approximately $1.19 billion , against which we provided $92 million of underlying collateral. If our credit rating were downgraded below levels specified in the agreements, the maximum additional amount of payments related to termination events that could have been required pursuant to these contingent features, assuming no change in fair value, as of December 31, 2016 was approximately $1.10 billion . Such accelerated settlement would be at fair value and therefore not affect our consolidated results of operations.
On the date a derivative contract is entered into, we designate the derivative as: (1) a hedge of the fair value of a recognized fixed-rate asset or liability or of an unrecognized firm commitment (a “fair value” hedge); (2) a hedge of a forecast transaction or of the variability of cash flows to be received or paid related to a recognized variable-rate asset or liability (a “cash flow” hedge); (3) a foreign currency fair value or cash flow hedge (a “foreign currency” hedge); (4) a hedge of a net investment in a non-U.S. operation; or (5) a derivative utilized in either our trading activities or in our asset-and-liability management activities that is not designated as a hedge of an asset or liability.
At both the inception of the hedge and on an ongoing basis, we formally assess and document the effectiveness of a derivative designated in a hedging relationship and the likelihood that the derivative will be an effective hedge in future periods. We discontinue hedge accounting prospectively when we determine that the derivative is no longer highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of the underlying risk being hedged, the derivative expires, terminates or is sold, or management discontinues the hedge designation.
Unrealized gains and losses on foreign exchange and interest-rate contracts are reported at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition as a component of other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, on a gross basis, except where such gains and losses arise from contracts covered by qualifying master netting agreements.
Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments:
In connection with our trading activities, we use derivative financial instruments in our role as a financial intermediary and as both a manager and servicer of financial assets, in order to accommodate our clients' investment and risk management needs. In addition, we use derivative financial instruments for


State Street Corporation | 161


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

risk management purposes as economic hedges, which are not formally designated as accounting hedges, in order to contribute to our overall corporate earnings and liquidity. These activities are designed to generate trading services revenue and to manage volatility in our net interest revenue. The level of market risk that we assume is a function of our overall objectives and liquidity needs, our clients' requirements and market volatility.
With respect to cross-border investing, our clients often enter into foreign exchange forward contracts to convert currency for international investments and to manage the currency risk in their international investment portfolios. As an active participant in the foreign exchange markets, we provide foreign exchange forward contracts and options in support of these client needs, and also act as a dealer in the currency markets. As part of our trading activities, we assume positions in both the foreign exchange and interest-rate markets by buying and selling cash instruments and using derivative financial instruments, including foreign exchange forward contracts, foreign exchange and interest-rate options and interest rate swaps, interest rate forward contracts, and interest rate futures. In the aggregate, we seek to match positions closely with the objective of minimizing related currency and interest-rate risk. We also use foreign currency swap contracts to manage the foreign exchange risk associated with certain foreign currency-denominated liabilities. The foreign exchange swap contracts are entered into for periods generally consistent with foreign currency exposure of the underlying transactions.
The entire changes in the fair value of the derivatives utilized in our trading activities are recorded in trading services revenue, and the entire changes in fair value of derivatives utilized in our asset-and-liability management activities are recorded in processing fees and other revenue.
We offer products that provide book-value protection primarily to plan participants in stable value funds managed by non-affiliated investment managers of post-retirement defined contribution benefit plans, particularly 401(k) plans. We account for the associated contingencies, more fully described in Note 12 , individually as derivative financial instruments. These contracts are valued quarterly and unrealized losses, if any, are recorded in other expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
We grant deferred cash awards to certain of our employees as part of our employee incentive compensation plans. We account for these awards as derivative financial instruments, as the underlying referenced shares are not equity instruments of State Street. The fair value of these derivatives is
 
referenced to the value of units in State Street-sponsored investment funds or funds sponsored by other unrelated entities. We re-measure these derivatives to fair value quarterly, and record the change in value in compensation and employee benefits expenses in our consolidated statement of income.
Derivatives Designated as Hedging Instruments:
In connection with our asset-and-liability management activities, we use derivative financial instruments to manage our interest rate risk and foreign currency risk. Interest rate risk, defined as the sensitivity of income or financial condition to variations in interest rates, is a significant non-trading market risk to which our assets and liabilities are exposed. We manage our interest rate risk by identifying, quantifying and hedging our exposures, using fixed-rate portfolio securities and a variety of derivative financial instruments, most frequently interest-rate swaps. Interest rate swap agreements alter the interest-rate characteristics of specific balance sheet assets or liabilities. We use foreign exchange forward and swap contracts to hedge foreign exchange exposure to various foreign currencies with respect to certain assets and liabilities. Our hedging relationships are formally designated, and qualify for hedge accounting, as fair value, cash flow or net investment hedges.
 Fair Value Hedges
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges are utilized to mitigate the risk of changes in the fair values of recognized assets and liabilities. Differences between the gains and losses on the hedging derivative and the gains and losses on the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk represent hedge ineffectiveness. We use interest rate or foreign exchange contracts in this manner to manage our exposure to changes in the fair value of hedged items caused by changes in interest rates or foreign exchange rates. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that is highly effective, and that is designated and qualifies as a fair value hedge, are recorded in processing fees and other revenue, along with the changes in fair value of the hedged asset or liability attributable to the hedged risk.
We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to modify our interest revenue from certain AFS investment securities from a fixed rate to a floating rate. The hedged AFS investment securities included hedged trusts that had a weighted-average life of approximately 4.5 years


State Street Corporation | 162


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)


We have entered into interest rate swap agreements to modify our interest expense on eight senior notes and two subordinated notes from fixed rates to floating rates. The senior and subordinated notes are hedged with interest rate swap contracts with notional amounts, maturities and fixed-rate coupon terms that effectively hedge the fixed-rate notes. The interest rate swap contracts convert the fixed-rate coupons to floating rates indexed to LIBOR, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the fair values of the senior and subordinated notes stemming from changes in the benchmark interest rates. The table below summarizes the maturities and the paid fixed interest rates for the hedged senior and subordinated notes:
December 31, 2016
 
Maturity
 
Paid Fixed Interest Rate
Senior Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
1.35%
 
 
2020
 
2.55
 
 
2021
 
1.95
 
 
2021
 
4.38
 
 
2023
 
3.70
 
 
2024
 
3.30
 
 
2025
 
3.55
 
 
2026
 
2.65
 
 
 
 
 
Subordinated Notes
 
 
 
 
 
 
2018
 
4.96
 
 
2023
 
3.10
We have entered into foreign exchange swap contracts to hedge the change in fair value attributable to foreign exchange movements in our foreign currency denominated investment securities and deposits. These forward contracts convert the foreign currency risk to U.S. dollars, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the fair value of the securities and deposits attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. Generally, no ineffectiveness is recorded in earnings, since the notional amount of the hedging instruments is aligned with the carrying value of the hedged securities and deposits. The forward points on the hedging instruments are considered to be a hedging cost, and accordingly are excluded from the evaluation of hedge effectiveness and recorded in net interest revenue. Changes in the fair value of a derivative that are highly effective, and that are designated and qualify as a foreign currency hedge, are recorded in processing fees and other revenue.
 
Cash Flow Hedges 
Derivatives categorized as cash flow hedges are utilized to offset the variability of cash flows to be received from or paid on a floating-rate asset or liability. Ineffectiveness of cash flow hedges is defined as the extent to which the changes in fair value of the derivative exceed the changes in the present value of the forecasted cash flows attributable to the forecasted transaction.
We have entered into foreign exchange contracts to hedge the change in cash flows attributable to foreign exchange movements in foreign currency denominated investment securities. These foreign exchange contracts convert the foreign currency risk to U.S. dollars, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the cash flows of the securities attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. Generally, no ineffectiveness is recorded in earnings, since the critical terms of the hedging instruments and the hedged securities are aligned. Changes in the fair value of the derivative that are highly effective, and that are designated and qualify as a foreign currency hedge, are recorded in other comprehensive income.
Net Investment Hedges
We have entered into foreign exchange contracts to protect the net investment in our foreign operations against adverse changes in exchange rates. These forward contracts convert the foreign currency risk to U.S. dollars, thereby mitigating our exposure to fluctuations in the fair value of our net investments in our foreign operations attributable to changes in foreign exchange rates. The changes in fair value of the foreign exchange forward contracts are recorded, net of taxes, in the foreign currency translation component of other comprehensive income.  Effectiveness of net investment hedges is based on the overall changes in the fair value of the forward contracts and we measure the ineffectiveness of net investment hedge based on changes in forward foreign currency rates. There was no ineffectiveness for our net investment hedge during 2016.


State Street Corporation | 163


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents the aggregate contractual, or notional, amounts of derivative financial instruments entered into in connection with our trading and asset-and-liability management activities as of the dates indicated:
(In millions)
December 31,
2016
 
December 31,
2015
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
Interest-rate contracts:
 
 
 
Swap agreements and forwards
$

 
$
336

Futures
13,455

 
2,621

Foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
Forward, swap and spot
1,414,765

 
1,274,277

Options purchased
337

 
403

Options written
202

 
404

Credit derivative contracts:
 
 
Credit swap agreements (1)

 
141

Commodity and equity contracts:
 
 
Commodity (1)

 
113

Equity (1)

 
87

Other:
 
 
 
Stable value contracts
27,182

 
24,583

Deferred value awards (2)(3)
409

 
320

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
Interest-rate contracts:
 
 
 
Swap agreements
10,169

 
9,398

Foreign exchange contracts:
 
 
 
Forward and swap
8,564

 
4,515

 
 
(1) Primarily composed of positions held by a consolidated sponsored investment fund, more fully described in Note 14 .
(2) Represents grants of deferred value awards to employees; refer to discussion in this note under "Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging Instruments."
(3) Amount as of December 31, 2016 reflects $249 million related to the acceleration of expense associated with certain cash settled deferred incentive compensation awards.
 
In connection with our asset-and-liability management activities, we have entered into interest-rate contracts designated as fair value hedges to manage our interest rate risk. The following tables present the aggregate notional amounts of these interest rate contracts and the related assets or liabilities being hedged as of the dates indicated:
 
December 31,
2016 (1)
(In millions)
Fair Value Hedges
Investment securities available-for-sale
$
1,444

Long-term debt (2)
8,725

Total
$
10,169

 
December 31,
2015 (1)
(In millions)
Fair Value Hedges
Investment securities available-for-sale
$
1,698

Long-term debt (2)
7,700

Total
$
9,398

 
 
(1) As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , there were no interest-rate contracts designated as cash flow hedges.
(2) As of December 31, 2016 , these fair value hedges decreased the carrying value of long-term debt presented in our consolidated statement of condition by $15 million . As of December 31, 2015 , these fair value hedges increased the carrying value of long-term debt presented in our consolidated statement of condition by $105 million .
Notional amounts of derivative financial instruments are not recorded in the consolidated statement of condition. They are provided here as an indication of the volume of our derivative activity and do not represent a measure of our potential gains or losses. The notional amounts are not required to be exchanged for most of our derivative contracts and they generally serve as a reference to calculate the fair values of the derivatives.
The following table presents the contractual and weighted-average interest rates for long-term debt, which include the effects of the fair value hedges presented in the table above, for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Contractual
Rates
 
Rate 
Including
Impact of Hedges
 
Contractual
Rates
 
Rate 
Including
Impact of Hedges
Long-term debt
3.40
%
 
2.29
%
 
3.57
%
 
2.42
%


State Street Corporation | 164


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present the fair value of derivative financial instruments, excluding the impact of master netting agreements, recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as of the dates indicated. The impact of master netting agreements is disclosed in Note 11 .
 
Derivative Assets (1)
 
Fair Value
(In millions)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts
$
15,982

 
$
10,799

Interest-rate contracts

 
2

Other derivative contracts

 
5

Total
$
15,982

 
$
10,806

 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts
$
502

 
$
517

Interest-rate contracts
68

 
133

Total
$
570

 
$
650

 
 
(1) Derivative assets are included within other assets in our consolidated statement of condition.
 
Derivative Liabilities (1)
 
Fair Value
(In millions)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts
$
15,881

 
$
10,795

Other derivative contracts
380

 
103

Interest-rate contracts

 
2

Total
$
16,261

 
$
10,900

 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as hedging instruments:
Foreign exchange contracts
$
75

 
$
73

Interest-rate contracts
348

 
180

Total
$
423

 
$
253

 
 
(1) Derivative liabilities are included within other liabilities in our consolidated statement of condition.
The following tables present the impact of our use of derivative financial instruments on our consolidated statement of income for the periods indicated:
 
Location of Gain (Loss) on
Derivative in Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
Amount of Gain (Loss) on Derivative Recognized in Consolidated Statement of Income
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
Trading services revenue
 
$
662

 
$
686

 
$
612

Interest-rate contracts
Processing fees and other revenue
 
1

 

 

Interest-rate contracts
Trading services revenue
 
(7
)
 
(2
)
 
1

Credit derivative contracts
Trading services revenue
 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 
1

Credit derivative contracts
Processing fees and other revenue
 

 

 
(1
)
Other derivative contracts
Trading services revenue
 
(2
)
 
8

 
(2
)
Other derivative contracts (1)
Compensation and employee benefits
 
(448
)
 
(149
)
 
(106
)
Total
 
 
$
205

 
$
542

 
$
505

 
 
 
 
 
(1) Amount in 2016 reflects $249 million related to the acceleration of expense associated with certain cash settled deferred incentive compensation awards.

State Street Corporation | 165


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivative in Consolidated Statement of Income
 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
Hedged Item in Fair Value Hedging Relationship
 
Location of Gain (Loss) on Hedged Item in Consolidated Statement of Income
 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Hedged
Item Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Derivatives designated as fair value hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
Processing fees and
other revenue
 
$
(6
)
 
$
(101
)
 
$
(92
)
 
Investment securities
 
Processing fees and
other revenue
 
$
6

 
$
101

 
$
92

Foreign exchange contracts
Processing fees and other revenue
 
221

 
(241
)
 

 
FX deposit
 
Processing fees and other revenue
 
(221
)
 
241

 

Interest-rate contracts
Processing fees and
other revenue
 
43

 
16

 
(44
)
 
Available-for-sale securities
 
Processing fees and
other revenue (1)
 
(40
)
 
(17
)
 
39

Interest-rate contracts
Processing fees and
other revenue
 
(98
)
 
61

 
150

 
Long-term debt
 
Processing fees and
other revenue
 
100

 
(54
)
 
(138
)
Total
 
 
$
160

 
$
(265
)
 
$
14

 
 
 
 
 
$
(155
)
 
$
271

 
$
(7
)
 
 
 
 
 
(1) In 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , $23 million of net unrealized gains, $12 million of net unrealized gains and $24 million net unrealized losses, respectively, on AFS investment securities designated in fair value hedges were recognized in OCI.
Differences between the gains (losses) on the derivative and the gains (losses) on the hedged item, excluding any amounts recorded in net interest revenue, represent hedge ineffectiveness.
 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in Other
Comprehensive
Income
 
Location of Gain (Loss) Reclassified from OCI to Consolidated Statement of Income
 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) Reclassified
from OCI to
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
Location of Gain (Loss) on Derivative Recognized in Consolidated Statement of Income
 
Amount of Gain
(Loss) on Derivative
Recognized in
Consolidated
Statement of Income
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-rate contracts
$

 
$

 
$
(2
)
 
Net interest revenue
 
$

 
$
(4
)
 
$
(4
)
 
Net interest revenue
 
$

 
$

 
$
3

Foreign exchange contracts
(39
)
 
55

 
126

 
Net interest revenue
 

 

 

 
Net interest revenue
 
24

 
10

 
6

Total
$
(39
)
 
$
55

 
$
124

 
 
 
$

 
$
(4
)
 
$
(4
)
 
 
 
$
24

 
$
10

 
$
9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Derivatives designated as net investment hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
$
109

 
$

 
$

 
Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
Gains (Losses) related to investment securities, net
 
$

 
$

 
$

Total
$
109

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
$

 
$

 
$

 
 
 
$

 
$

 
$

Note 11 . Offsetting Arrangements
 We manage credit and counterparty risk by entering into enforceable netting agreements and other collateral arrangements with counterparties to derivative contracts and secured financing transactions, including resale and repurchase agreements, and principal securities borrowing and lending agreements. These netting agreements mitigate our counterparty credit risk by providing for a single net settlement with a counterparty of all financial transactions covered by the agreement in an event of default as defined under such agreement. In limited cases, a netting agreement may also provide for the periodic netting of settlement payments with respect to multiple different transaction types in the normal course of business. Certain of our derivative contracts are executed under either standardized netting agreements or, for exchange-traded
 
derivatives, the relevant contracts for a particular exchange which contain enforceable netting provisions. In certain cases, we may have cross-product netting arrangements which allow for netting and set-off of a variety of types of derivatives with a single counterparty. A derivative netting arrangement creates an enforceable right of set-off that becomes effective, and effects the realization or settlement of individual financial assets and liabilities, only following a specified event of default. Collateral requirements associated with our derivative contracts are determined after a review of the creditworthiness of each counterparty, and the requirements are monitored and adjusted daily, typically based on net exposure by counterparty. Collateral is generally in the form of cash or highly liquid U.S. government securities.
In connection with secured financing transactions, we enter into netting agreements and


State Street Corporation | 166


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

other collateral arrangements with counterparties, which provide for the right to liquidate collateral in the event of default. Collateral is generally required in the form of cash, equity securities or fixed-income securities. Default events may include the failure to make payments or deliver securities timely, material adverse changes in financial condition or insolvency, the breach of minimum regulatory capital requirements, or loss of license, charter or other legal authorization necessary to perform under the contract.
In order for an arrangement to be eligible for netting, we must have a reasonable basis to conclude that such netting arrangements are legally enforceable. The analysis of the legal enforceability of an arrangement differs by jurisdiction, depending on the laws of that jurisdiction. In many jurisdictions, specific legislation exists that provides for the enforceability in bankruptcy of close-out netting under a netting agreement, typically by way of specific exception from more general prohibitions on the exercise of creditor rights.
When we have a legally enforceable netting arrangement between us and the derivative counterparty and the relevant transaction is the type of transaction that is recorded in our consolidated statement of condition, we offset derivative assets
 
and liabilities, and the related collateral received and provided, in our consolidated statement of condition. We also offset assets and liabilities related to secured financing transactions with the same counterparty or clearinghouse which have the same maturity date and are settled in the normal course of business on a net basis.
Collateral that we receive in the form of securities in connection with secured financing transactions and derivative contracts can be transferred or re-pledged as collateral in many instances to enter into repurchase agreements or securities finance or derivative transactions. The securities collateral received in connection with our securities finance activities is recorded at fair value in other assets in our consolidated statement of condition, with a related liability to return the collateral, if we have the right to transfer or re-pledge the collateral. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , the fair value of securities received as collateral from third parties where we are permitted to transfer or re-pledge the securities totaled $1.77 billion and $3.05 billion , respectively, and the fair value of the portion that had been transferred or re-pledged as of the same date was $166 million and $262 million , respectively.


State Street Corporation | 167


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present information about the offsetting of assets related to derivative contracts and secured financing transactions, as of the dates indicated:
Assets:
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition
(In millions)
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets (1)(2)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition (3)
 
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition
 
Cash and Securities Received (5)
 
Net Amount (6)
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
16,484

 
$
(8,257
)
 
$
8,227

 
 
 
$
8,227

Interest-rate contracts
 
68

 
(68
)
 

 
 
 

Cash collateral and securities netting
 
NA

 
(906
)
 
(906
)
 
$
(247
)
 
(1,153
)
Total derivatives
 
16,552

 
(9,231
)
 
7,321

 
(247
)
 
7,074

Other financial instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resale agreements and securities borrowing (4)
 
58,677

 
(35,517
)
 
23,160

 
(22,939
)
 
221

Total derivatives and other financial instruments
 
$
75,229

 
$
(44,748
)
 
$
30,481

 
$
(23,186
)
 
$
7,295

Assets:
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition
(In millions)
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Assets (1)(2)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition (3)
 
Net Amounts of Assets Presented in Statement of Condition
 
Cash and Securities Received (5)
 
Net Amount (6)
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
11,316

 
$
(5,896
)
 
$
5,420

 
 
 
$
5,420

Interest-rate contracts
 
135

 
(5
)
 
130

 
 
 
130

Other derivative contracts
 
5

 
(2
)
 
3

 
 
 
3

Cash collateral and securities netting
 
NA

 
(776
)
 
(776
)
 
$
(405
)
 
(1,181
)
Total derivatives
 
11,456

 
(6,679
)
 
4,777

 
(405
)
 
4,372

Other financial instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resale agreements and securities borrowing (4)
 
62,522

 
(38,997
)
 
23,525

 
(22,875
)
 
650

Total derivatives and other financial instruments
 
$
73,978

 
$
(45,676
)
 
$
28,302

 
$
(23,280
)
 
$
5,022

 
 
 
 
 
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Amounts include all transactions regardless of whether or not they are subject to an enforceable netting arrangement.
(2) Derivative amounts are carried at fair value and securities financing amounts are carried at amortized cost, except for securities collateral which is also carried at fair value. Refer to Note 1 and Note 2 for additional information on the measurement basis of these instruments.
(3) Amounts subject to netting arrangements which have been determined to be legally enforceable and eligible for netting in the consolidated statement of condition.
(4) Included in the $23,160 million as of December 31, 2016 were $1,956 million of resale agreements and $21,204 million of collateral provided related to securities borrowing. Included in the $23,525 million as of December 31, 2015 were $3,404 million of resale agreements and $20,121 million of collateral provided related to securities borrowing. Resale agreements and collateral provided related to securities borrowing were recorded in securities purchased under resale agreements and other assets, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. Refer to Note 12 for additional information with respect to principal securities finance transactions.
(5) Includes securities in connection with our securities borrowing transactions.
(6) Includes amounts secured by collateral not determined to be subject to enforceable netting arrangements.

State Street Corporation | 168


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following tables present information about the offsetting of liabilities related to derivative contracts and secured financing transactions, as of the dates indicated:
Liabilities:
 
December 31, 2016
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition
(In millions)
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities (1)(2)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition (3)
 
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition
 
Cash and Securities Provided (5)
 
Net Amount (6)
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
15,956

 
$
(8,253
)
 
$
7,703

 
 
 
$
7,703

Interest-rate contracts
 
348

 
(73
)
 
275

 
 
 
275

Other derivative contracts
 
380

 

 
380

 
 
 
380

Cash collateral and securities netting
 
NA

 
(2,356
)
 
(2,356
)
 
$
(180
)
 
(2,536
)
Total derivatives
 
16,684

 
(10,682
)
 
6,002

 
(180
)
 
5,822

Other financial instruments:
 
 
 
 
 


Repurchase agreements and securities lending (4)
 
44,933

 
(35,517
)
 
9,416

 
(7,059
)
 
2,357

Total derivatives and other financial instruments
 
$
61,617

 
$
(46,199
)
 
$
15,418

 
$
(7,239
)
 
$
8,179

Liabilities:
 
December 31, 2015
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Gross Amounts Not Offset in Statement of Condition
(In millions)
 
Gross Amounts of Recognized Liabilities (1)(2)
 
Gross Amounts Offset in Statement of Condition (3)
 
Net Amounts of Liabilities Presented in Statement of Condition
 
Cash and Securities Provided (5)
 
Net Amount (6)
Derivatives:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Foreign exchange contracts
 
$
10,868

 
$
(5,896
)
 
$
4,972

 
 
 
$
4,972

Interest-rate contracts
 
182

 
(5
)
 
177

 
 
 
177

Other derivative contracts
 
103

 
(2
)
 
101

 
 
 
101

Cash collateral and securities netting
 
NA

 
(1,118
)
 
(1,118
)
 
$
(64
)
 
(1,182
)
Total derivatives
 
11,153

 
(7,021
)
 
4,132

 
(64
)
 
4,068

Other financial instruments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Resale agreements and securities lending (4)
 
46,766

 
(38,997
)
 
7,769

 
(5,350
)
 
2,419

Total derivatives and other financial instruments
 
$
57,919

 
$
(46,018
)
 
$
11,901

 
$
(5,414
)
 
$
6,487

 
 
 
 
 
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Amounts include all transactions regardless of whether or not they are subject to an enforceable netting arrangement.
(2) Derivative amounts are carried at fair value and securities financing amounts are carried at amortized cost, except for securities collateral which is also carried at fair value. Refer to Note 1 and Note 2 for additional information on the measurement basis of these instruments.
(3) Amounts subject to netting arrangements which have been determined to be legally enforceable and eligible for netting in the consolidated statement of condition.
(4) Included in the $9,416 million as of December 31, 2016 were $4,400 million of repurchase agreements and $5,016 million of collateral received related to securities lending. Included in the $7,769 million as of December 31, 2015 were $4,499 million of repurchase agreements and $3,270 million of collateral received related to securities lending. Repurchase agreements and collateral received related to securities lending were recorded in securities sold under repurchase agreements and accrued expenses and other liabilit ies, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. Refer to Note 12 for additional information with respect to principal securities finance transactions.
(5) Includes securities provided in connection with our securities lending transactions.
(6) Includes amounts secured by collateral not determined to be subject to enforceable netting arrangements.


State Street Corporation | 169


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The securities transferred under resale and repurchase agreements typically are U.S. Treasury, agency and agency mortgage-backed securities. In our principal securities borrowing and lending arrangements, the securities transferred are predominantly equity securities and some corporate debt securities. The fair value of the securities transferred may increase in value to an amount greater than the amount received under our repurchase and securities lending arrangements, which exposes the Company with counterparty risk. We require the review of the price of the underlying
 
securities in relation to the carrying value of the repurchase agreements and securities lending arrangements on a daily basis and when appropriate, adjust the cash or security to be obtained or returned to counterparties that is reflective of the required collateral levels.
The following tables summarize our repurchase agreements and securities lending transactions by category of collateral pledged and remaining maturity of these agreements as of the periods indicated:

 
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
 
 
As of December 31, 2016
(In millions)
 
Overnight and Continuous
 
Up to 30 days
 
30 – 90 days
 
Total
Repurchase agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
 
$
35,509

 
$

 
$

 
$
35,509

Total
 
35,509

 

 

 
35,509

Securities lending transactions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities
 
53

 

 

 
53

Equity securities
 
8,337

 

 
1,034

 
9,371

Total
 
8,390

 

 
1,034

 
9,424

Gross amount of recognized liabilities for repurchase agreements and securities lending
 
$
43,899

 
$

 
$
1,034

 
$
44,933

 
 
Remaining Contractual Maturity of the Agreements
 
 
As of December 31, 2015
(In millions)
 
Overnight and Continuous
 
Up to 30 days
 
30 – 90 days
 
Total
Repurchase agreements:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and agency securities
 
$
37,157

 
$
5

 
$

 
$
37,162

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
 

 
97

 

 
97

Total
 
37,157

 
102

 

 
37,259

Securities lending transactions:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Corporate debt securities
 
1

 

 

 
1

Equity securities
 
8,502

 

 
1,002

 
9,504

Non-U.S. sovereign debt
 
2

 

 

 
2

Total
 
8,505

 

 
1,002

 
9,507

Gross amount of recognized liabilities for repurchase agreements and securities lending
 
$
45,662

 
$
102

 
$
1,002

 
$
46,766



State Street Corporation | 170


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note  12 .    Commitments and Guarantees
The following table presents the aggregate gross contractual amounts of our off-balance sheet commitments and off-balance sheet guarantees as of the dates indicated.
(In millions)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Commitments (1) :
 
 
 
Unfunded credit facilities
$
28,154

 
$
26,570

 
 
 
 
Guarantees (2) :
 
 
 
Indemnified securities financing
$
360,452

 
$
320,436

Stable value protection
27,182

 
24,583

Standby letters of credit
3,459

 
4,700

 
 
(1) The potential losses associated with these commitments equal the gross contractual amounts, and do not consider the value of any collateral.
(2) The potential losses associated with these guarantees equal the gross contractual amounts and do not consider the value of any collateral or reflect any participations to independent third parties.
Unfunded Credit Facilities
Unfunded credit facilities consist of liquidity facilities for our fund and municipal lending clients and undrawn lines of credit related to senior secured bank loans.
As of December 31, 2016 , approximately 73% of our unfunded commitments to extend credit expire within one year. Since many of these commitments are expected to expire or renew without being drawn upon, the gross contractual amounts do not necessarily represent our future cash requirements.
Indemnified Securities Financing
On behalf of our clients, we lend their securities, as agent, to brokers and other institutions. In most circumstances, we indemnify our clients for the fair market value of those securities against a failure of the borrower to return such securities. We require the borrowers to maintain collateral in an amount in excess of 100% of the fair market value of the securities borrowed. Securities on loan and the collateral are revalued daily to determine if additional collateral is necessary or if excess collateral is required to be returned to the borrower. Collateral received in connection with our securities lending services is held by us as agent and is not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition.
The cash collateral held by us as agent is invested on behalf of our clients. In certain cases, the cash collateral is invested in third-party repurchase agreements, for which we indemnify the client against loss of the principal invested. We require the counterparty to the indemnified repurchase agreement to provide collateral in an amount in excess of 100% of the amount of the repurchase
 
agreement. In our role as agent, the indemnified repurchase agreements and the related collateral held by us are not recorded in our consolidated statement of condition.
The following table summarizes the aggregate fair values of indemnified securities financing and related collateral, as well as collateral invested in indemnified repurchase agreements, as of the dates indicated:
(In millions)
December 31, 2016
 
December 31, 2015
Fair value of indemnified securities financing
$
360,452

 
$
320,436

Fair value of cash and securities held by us, as agent, as collateral for indemnified securities financing
377,919

 
335,420

Fair value of collateral for indemnified securities financing invested in indemnified repurchase agreements
60,003

 
63,055

Fair value of cash and securities held by us or our agents as collateral for investments in indemnified repurchase agreements
63,959

 
67,016

In certain cases, we participate in securities finance transactions as a principal. As a principal, we borrow securities from the lending client and then lend such securities to the subsequent borrower, either a State Street client or a broker/dealer. Collateral provided and received in connection with such transactions is recorded in other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , we had approximately $21.20 billion and $20.12 billion , respectively, of collateral provided and approximately $5.02 billion and $3.27 billion , respectively, of collateral received from clients in connection with our participation in principal securities finance transactions.
Stable Value Protection
In the normal course of our business, we offer products that provide book-value protection, primarily to plan participants in stable value funds managed by non-affiliated investment managers of post-retirement defined contribution benefit plans, particularly 401(k) plans. The book-value protection is provided on portfolios of intermediate investment grade fixed-income securities, and is intended to provide safety and stable growth of principal invested. The protection is intended to cover any shortfall in the event that a significant number of plan participants withdraw funds when book value exceeds market value and the liquidation of the assets is not sufficient to redeem the participants. The investment


State Street Corporation | 171


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

parameters of the underlying portfolios, combined with structural protections, are designed to provide cushion and guard against payments even under extreme stress scenarios.
These contingencies are individually accounted for as derivative financial instruments. The notional amounts of the stable value contracts are presented as “derivatives not designated as hedging instruments” in the table of aggregate notional amounts of derivative financial instruments provided in Note 10 . We have not made a payment under these contingencies that we consider material to our consolidated financial condition, and management believes that the probability of payment under these contingencies in the future, that we would consider material to our consolidated financial condition, is remote.
Standby Letters of Credit
Standby letters of credit provide credit enhancement to our municipal clients to support the issuance of capital markets financing.
Note  13 .    Contingencies
Legal and Regulatory Matters:
In the ordinary course of business, we and our subsidiaries are involved in disputes, litigation, and governmental or regulatory inquiries and investigations, both pending and threatened. These matters, if resolved adversely against us or settled, may result in monetary damages, fines and penalties or require changes in our business practices. The resolution or settlement of these matters is inherently difficult to predict. Based on our assessment of these pending matters, we do not believe that the amount of any judgment, settlement or other action arising from any pending matter is likely to have a material adverse effect on our consolidated financial condition. However, an adverse outcome in certain of the matters described below could have a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for the period in which such matter is resolved, or an accrual is determined to be required, on our consolidated financial condition, or on our reputation.
We evaluate our needs for accruals of loss contingencies related to legal proceedings on a case-by-case basis. When we have a liability that we deem probable and that we deem can be reasonably estimated as of the date of our consolidated financial statements, we accrue for our estimate of the loss. We also consider a loss probable and establish an accrual when we make, or intend to make, an offer of settlement. Once established, an accrual is subject to subsequent adjustment as a result of additional information. The resolution of proceedings and the
 
reasonably estimable loss (or range thereof) are inherently difficult to predict, especially in the early stages of proceedings. Even if a loss is probable, due to many complex factors, such as speed of discovery and the timing of court decisions or rulings, a loss or range of loss might not be reasonably estimated until the later stages of the proceeding.
As of December 31, 2016, our aggregate accruals for legal loss contingencies and regulatory matters totaled approximately $90 million (excluding amounts relating to client reimbursements in connection with errors in invoicing certain of our Investment Servicing clients, described below). To the extent that we have established accruals in our consolidated statement of condition for probable loss contingencies, such accruals may not be sufficient to cover our ultimate financial exposure associated with any settlements or judgments. We may be subject to proceedings in the future that, if adversely resolved, would have a material adverse effect on our businesses or on our future consolidated financial statements. Except where otherwise noted below, we have not established accruals with respect to the claims discussed and do not believe that potential exposure is probable and can be reasonably estimated.
The following discussion provides information with respect to significant legal and regulatory matters.
Foreign Exchange
In 2016, we settled our previously disclosed litigation and governmental investigations regarding our FX execution service that we refer to as indirect FX. Such settlements were satisfied from the previously established reserves.
Transition Management
In January 2014, we entered into a settlement with the FCA, pursuant to which we paid a fine of £22.9 million (approximately $37.8 million ), as a result of our having charged six clients of our U.K. transition management business during 2010 and 2011 amounts in excess of the contractual terms. The SEC and the DOJ opened separate investigations into this matter. In April 2016, the U.S. Attorney’s office in Boston charged two former employees in our transition management business with criminal fraud in connection with their alleged role in this matter, and, in May 2016, the SEC commenced a parallel civil enforcement proceeding against one of these individuals.
On January 18, 2017, we announced that we had entered into a settlement agreement with the DOJ and the United States Attorney for the District of Massachusetts to resolve their investigation. Under


State Street Corporation | 172


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

the terms of the agreement, we, among other things, paid a fine of $32.3 million and entered into a deferred prosecution agreement. Under the deferred prosecution agreement, we agreed to retain an independent compliance consultant and compliance monitor for a term of three years (subject to extension) which will, among other things, evaluate the effectiveness of our compliance controls and business ethics and make related recommendations.
As previously disclosed, we are also in discussions with the SEC Staff regarding a resolution of their investigation, and have reached an agreement in principle with the Staff of the SEC to pay a penalty of $32.3 million (equal to the fine being paid to the DOJ). Resolution of the matter is subject to completion of negotiations with the SEC Staff on other terms of the settlement, followed by review and consideration by the SEC.
As of December 31, 2016 we had accrued $65 million with respect to the DOJ and the SEC investigations, which includes $23 million accrued in the fourth quarter.
GovEx
We are cooperating in an ongoing inquiry by the SEC relating to the GovEx electronic trading platform, which was offered and operated by State Street Global Markets, LLC from September 2009 to July 2015. The subjects of the inquiry are our communications related to volume, pricing and functionalities of the platform. We are currently engaged in discussions with the Staff of the SEC concerning a possible resolution of this matter, and have reached an agreement in principle with the Staff to pay a penalty of $3 million . Resolution of the matter is subject to completion of negotiations with the SEC Staff on other terms of the settlement, followed by review and consideration by the SEC. As of December 31, 2016, we had accrued $3 million for this matter.
Federal Reserve/Massachusetts Division of Banks Written Agreement
On June 1, 2015, we entered into a written agreement with the Federal Reserve and the Massachusetts Division of Banks relating to deficiencies identified in our compliance programs with the requirements of the Bank Secrecy Act, AML regulations and U.S. economic sanctions regulations promulgated by OFAC. As part of this enforcement action, we are required to, among other things, implement improvements to our compliance programs and to retain an independent firm to conduct a review of account and transaction activity covering a prior three-month period to evaluate whether any suspicious activity not previously reported should
 
have been identified and reported in accordance with applicable regulatory requirements. To the extent deficiencies in our historical reporting are identified as a result of the transaction review or if we fail to comply with the terms of the written agreement, we may become subject to fines and other regulatory sanctions, which may have a material adverse effect on us.
Invoicing Matter
In December 2015, we announced a review of the manner in which we invoiced certain expenses to some of our Investment Servicing clients, primarily in the United States, during an 18-year period going back to 1998, and our determination that we had incorrectly invoiced clients for certain expenses. We informed our clients in December 2015 that we will pay to them the amounts we concluded were incorrectly invoiced to them, plus interest. We currently expect to pay at least $340 million (including interest), in connection with that review, which is ongoing. We are implementing enhancements to our billing processes, and we are reviewing the conduct of our employees and have taken appropriate steps to address conduct inconsistent with our standards, including, in some cases, termination of employment. We are also evaluating other billing practices relating to our Investment Servicing clients, including calculation of asset-based fees.
We have received a purported class action demand letter alleging that our invoicing practices were unfair and deceptive under Massachusetts law. A class of customers, or particular customers, may assert that we have not paid to them all amounts incorrectly invoiced, and may seek double or treble damages under Massachusetts law. We are also responding to requests for information from, and are cooperating with investigations by, governmental authorities on these matters, including the civil and criminal divisions of the DOJ, the SEC, the Department of Labor and the Massachusetts Attorney General, which could result in significant fines or other sanctions, civil and criminal, against us. The severity of such fines or other sanctions could take into account factors such as the amount and duration of our incorrect invoicing, the government’s assessment of the conduct of our employees, as well as prior conduct such as that which resulted in our recent deferred prosecution agreement in connection with transition management services and our recent settlement of civil claims regarding our indirect foreign exchange business. Any of the foregoing could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or business, including the imposition of restrictions on the operation of our business or a reduction in client demand. Resolution of these matters could also have


State Street Corporation | 173


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

a material adverse effect on our consolidated results of operations for the period or periods in which such matters are resolved or an accrual is determined to be required. No accrual, other than a reserve for client reimbursement, is reflected on our consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2016.
In April 2016, the Massachusetts Secretary of State commenced an administrative enforcement proceeding against State Street Global Markets, LLC, alleging that our conduct concerning expense invoices caused State Street Global Markets, LLC to violate state law governing the securities industry by virtue of our alleged control of State Street Global Markets, LLC. The complaint sought to impose a censure, a fine and to provide for reimbursement or other relief. In December 2016, the proceeding was concluded pursuant to an agreement with the Secretary of State.
Shareholder Litigation
In January 2017, a State Street shareholder filed a purported class action complaint against the Company alleging that statements made by the Company in its annual reports for the 2011-15 period regarding its internal controls and procedures were misleading due to the omission of information regarding the Transition Management and Invoicing Matters discussed above.
Income Taxes:
In determining our provision for income taxes, we make certain judgments and interpretations with respect to tax laws in jurisdictions in which we have business operations. Because of the complex nature of these laws, in the normal course of our business, we are subject to challenges from U.S. and non-U.S. income tax authorities regarding the amount of income taxes due. These challenges may result in adjustments to the timing or amount of taxable income or deductions or the allocation of taxable income among tax jurisdictions. We recognize a tax benefit when it is more likely than not that our position will result in a tax deduction or credit. Additional information with respect to our provision for income taxes and tax benefits, including unrecognized tax benefits, is provided in Note 22.
We are presently under audit by a number of tax authorities, including the Internal Revenue Service, which completed their field audit procedures on our U.S. income tax returns for the tax years 2012 and 2013. The earliest tax year open to examination in jurisdictions where we have material operations is 2010. Management believes that we have sufficiently accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2016 for tax exposures.
 
Note  14 .    Variable Interest Entities
We are involved, in the normal course of our business, with various types of special purpose entities, some of which meet the definition of VIEs. When evaluating a VIE for consolidation, we must determine whether or not we have a variable interest in the entity. Variable interests are investments or other interests that absorb portions of an entity’s expected losses or receive portions of the entity’s expected returns. If it is determined that State Street does not have a variable interest in the VIE, no further analysis is required and State Street does not consolidate the VIE. If State Street holds a variable interest in a VIE, we are required by U.S. GAAP to consolidate that VIE when we have a controlling financial interest in the VIE and therefore are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. State Street is determined to have a controlling financial interest in a VIE when it has both the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits of the VIE that could potentially be significant to that VIE. This determination is evaluated periodically as facts and circumstances change.
Asset-Backed Investment Securities:
We invest in various forms of asset-backed securities, which we carry in our investment securities portfolio. These asset-backed securities meet the U.S. GAAP definition of asset securitization entities, which are considered to be VIEs. We are not considered to be the primary beneficiary of these VIEs since we do not have control over their activities. Additional information about our asset-backed securities is provided in Note 3 .
Tax-Exempt Investment Program:
In the normal course of our business, we structure and sell certificated interests in pools of tax-exempt investment-grade assets, principally to our mutual fund clients. We structure these pools as partnership trusts, and the assets and liabilities of the trusts are recorded in our consolidated statement of condition as AFS investment securities and other short-term borrowings. As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , we carried AFS investment securities, composed of securities related to state and political subdivisions, with a fair value of $1.35 billion and $2.10 billion , respectively, and other short-term borrowings of $1.16 billion and $1.75 billion , respectively, in our consolidated statement of condition in connection with these trusts. The interest revenue and interest expense generated by the investments and certificated interests, respectively, are recorded as components of net interest revenue when earned or incurred.


State Street Corporation | 174


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

We transfer assets to the trusts from our investment securities portfolio at adjusted book value, and the trusts finance the acquisition of these assets by selling certificated interests issued by the trusts to third-party investors and to State Street as residual holder. These transfers do not meet the de-recognition criteria defined by U.S. GAAP , and therefore, the assets continue to be recorded in our consolidated financial statements. The trusts had a weighted-average life of approximately 4.5 years as of December 31, 2016 , compared to approximately 5.4 years as of December 31, 2015 .
Under separate legal agreements, we provide liquidity facilities to these trusts and, with respect to certain securities, letters of credit. As of December 31, 2016 , our commitments to the trusts under these liquidity facilities and letters of credit totaled $1.16 billion and $351 million , respectively, and none of the liquidity facilities were utilized. In the event that our obligations under these liquidity facilities are triggered, no material impact to our consolidated results of operations or financial condition is expected to occur, because the securities are already recorded at fair value in our consolidated statement of condition. In addition, neither creditors nor third-party investors in the trusts have any recourse to State Street’s general credit other than through the liquidity facilities and letters of credit noted above.
Interests in Investment Funds:
In the normal course of business, we manage various types of investment funds through SSGA in which our clients are investors, including sponsored investment funds and other similar investment structures. Substantially all of our assets under management are contained within such funds. The services we provide to these funds generate management fee revenue. From time to time, we may invest cash in the funds in order for the funds to establish a performance history for newly-launched strategies, referred to as seed capital, or for other purposes.
With respect to our interests in funds that meet the definition of a VIE, a primary beneficiary assessment is performed to determine if we have a controlling financial interest. As part of our assessment, we consider all the facts and circumstances regarding the terms and characteristics of the variable interest(s), the design and characteristics of the fund and the other involvements of the enterprise with the fund. Upon consolidation of certain funds, we retain the specialized investment company accounting rules followed by the underlying funds.
 
All of the underlying investments held by such consolidated funds are carried at fair value, with corresponding changes in the investments’ fair values reflected in trading services revenue in our consolidated statement of income. When we no longer control these funds due to a reduced ownership interest or other reasons, the funds are de-consolidated and accounted for under another accounting method if we continue to maintain investments in the funds.
As of December 31, 2016 , we have no consolidated funds. As of December 31, 2015 , the aggregate assets and liabilities of our consolidated funds totaled $321 million and $228 million , respectively.
Our conclusion to consolidate a fund may vary from period to period, most commonly as a result of fluctuation in our ownership interest as a result of changes in the number of fund shares held by either us or by third parties. Given that the funds follow specialized investment company accounting rules which prescribe fair value, a de-consolidation generally would not result in gains or losses for us.
The net assets of any consolidated fund are solely available to settle the liabilities of the fund and to settle any investors’ ownership redemption requests, including any seed capital invested in the fund by State Street. We are not contractually required to provide financial or any other support to any of our funds. In addition, neither creditors nor equity investors in the funds have any recourse to State Street’s general credit.
As of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , we managed certain funds, considered VIEs, in which we held a variable interest but for which we were not deemed to be the primary beneficiary. Our potential maximum loss exposure related to these unconsolidated funds totaled $121 million and $93 million as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , respectively, and represented the carrying value of our investments, which are recorded in either AFS investment securities or other assets in our consolidated statement of condition. The amount of loss we may recognize during any period is limited to the carrying amount of our investments in the unconsolidated funds.


State Street Corporation | 175


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 15 .    Shareholders' Equity

Preferred Stock:
The following table summarizes selected terms of each of the series of the preferred stock issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2016 :
 
Issuance Date
 
Depositary Shares Issued
 
Ownership Interest per Depositary Share
 
Liquidation Preference Per Share
 
Liquidation Preference Per Depositary Share
 
Net Proceeds of Offering
(In millions)
 
Redemption Date (1)
Preferred Stock (2) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C
August 2012
 
20,000,000

 
1/4,000th
 
$
100,000

 
$
25

 
$
488

 
September 15, 2017
Series D
February 2014
 
30,000,000

 
1/4,000th
 
100,000

 
25

 
742

 
March 15, 2024
Series E
November 2014
 
30,000,000

 
1/4,000th
 
100,000

 
25

 
728

 
December 15, 2019
Series F
May 2015
 
750,000

 
1/100th
 
100,000

 
1,000

 
742

 
September 15, 2020
Series G
April 2016
 
20,000,000

 
1/4,000th
 
100,000

 
25

 
493

 
March 15, 2026
 
 
 
 
(1) On the redemption date, or any dividend declaration date thereafter, the preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed by us, in whole or in part, at the liquidation price per share and liquidation price per depositary share plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
(2) The preferred stock and corresponding depositary shares may be redeemed at our option in whole, but not in part, prior to the redemption date upon the occurrence of a regulatory capital treatment event, as defined in the certificate of designation, at a redemption price equal to the liquidation price per share and liquidation price per depositary share plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends.
The following table presents the dividends declared for each of the series of preferred stock issued and outstanding for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Dividends Declared per Depositary Share
 
Total
(In millions)
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Dividends Declared per Depositary Share
 
Total
(In millions)
Preferred Stock:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Series C
$
5,250

 
$
1.32

 
$
26

 
$
5,250

 
$
1.32

 
$
26

Series D
5,900

 
1.48

 
44

 
5,900

 
1.48

 
44

Series E
6,000

 
1.52

 
45

 
6,333

 
1.60

 
48

Series F
5,250

 
52.50

 
40

 
1,663

 
16.63

 
12

Series G
3,626

 
0.90

 
18

 

 

 

Total
 
 
 
 
$
173

 
 
 
 
 
$
130

In January 2017 , we declared dividends on our Series C, D, E, F and G preferred stock of approximately $1,313 , $1,475 , $1,500 , $2,625 and $1,338 , respectively, per share, or approximately $0.33 , $0.37 , $0.38 , $26.26 and $0.33 , respectively, per depositary share. These dividends total approximately $6 million , $11 million , $11 million , $20 million and $7 million on our Series C, D, E, F and G preferred stock, respectively, which will be paid in March 2017.
Common Stock:
In July 2016, our Board approved a common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $1.4 billion of our common stock through June 30, 2017 (the 2016 Program). In March 2015, our Board approved a common stock purchase program authorizing the purchase of up to $1.8 billion of our common stock through June 30, 2016 (the 2015 Program). The table below presents the activity under both the 2016 Program and the 2015 Program during the year ended December 31, 2016 .
 
Shares Purchased
(In millions)
 
Average Cost per Share
 
Total Purchased
(In millions)
2016 Program
9.0

 
$
72.66

 
$
650

2015 Program
12.1

 
58.83

 
715

Total
21.1

 
$
64.70

 
$
1,365



State Street Corporation | 176


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The table below presents the dividends declared on common stock for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Total
(In millions)
 
Dividends Declared per Share
 
Total
(In millions)
 
2016
 
2015
Common Stock
$
1.44

 
$
559

 
$
1.32

 
$
536

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss):
The following table presents the after-tax components of AOCI as of December 31:
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net unrealized gains on cash flow hedges
$
229

 
$
293

 
$
276

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities portfolio
(225
)
 
9

 
273

Net unrealized gains (losses) related to reclassified available-for-sale securities
25

 
(28
)
 
39

Net unrealized gains (losses) on available-for-sale securities
(200
)
 
(19
)
 
312

Net unrealized losses on available-for-sale securities designated in fair value hedges
(86
)
 
(109
)
 
(121
)
Other-than-temporary impairment on available-for-sale securities related to factors other than credit

 

 
1

Net unrealized gains (losses) on hedges of net investments in non-U.S. subsidiaries
95

 
(14
)
 
(14
)
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit
(9
)
 
(16
)
 
(29
)
Net unrealized losses on retirement plans
(194
)
 
(183
)
 
(272
)
Foreign currency translation
(1,875
)
 
(1,394
)
 
(660
)
Total
$
(2,040
)
 
$
(1,442
)
 
$
(507
)
The following table presents changes in AOCI by component, net of related taxes, for the periods indicated:
(In millions)
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Cash Flow Hedges
 
Net Unrealized Gains (Losses) on Available-for-Sale Securities
 
Net Unrealized Losses on Hedges of Net Investments in Non-U.S. Subsidiaries
 
Other-Than-Temporary Impairment on Held-to-Maturity Securities
 
Net Unrealized Losses on Retirement Plans
 
Foreign Currency Translation
 
Total
Balance as of December 31, 2014
$
276

 
$
192

 
$
(14
)
 
$
(29
)
 
$
(272
)
 
$
(660
)
 
$
(507
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
20

 
(314
)
 

 
15

 
1

 
(734
)
 
(1,012
)
Amounts reclassified into (out of) earnings
(3
)
 
(6
)
 

 
(2
)
 
88

 

 
77

Other comprehensive income (loss)
17

 
(320
)
 

 
13

 
89

 
(734
)
 
(935
)
Balance as of December 31, 2015
$
293

 
$
(128
)
 
$
(14
)
 
$
(16
)
 
$
(183
)
 
$
(1,394
)
 
$
(1,442
)
Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications
(64
)
 
(164
)
 
109

 
8

 

 
(478
)
 
(589
)
Amounts reclassified into (out of) earnings

 
6

 

 
(1
)
 
(11
)
 
(3
)
 
(9
)
Other comprehensive income (loss)
(64
)
 
(158
)
 
109

 
7

 
(11
)
 
(481
)
 
(598
)
Balance as of December 31, 2016
$
229

 
$
(286
)
 
$
95

 
$
(9
)
 
$
(194
)
 
$
(1,875
)
 
$
(2,040
)


State Street Corporation | 177


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents after-tax reclassifications into earnings for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
 
 
2016
 
2015
 
 
(In millions)
Amounts Reclassified into (out of) Earnings
 
Affected Line Item in Consolidated Statement of Income
Cash flow hedges:
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-rate contracts, net of related taxes of $0 and $2, respectively
$

 
$
(3
)
 
Net interest revenue
Available-for-sale securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net realized gains from sales of available-for-sale securities, net of related taxes of ($4) and $1, respectively
6

 
(6
)
 
Net gains (losses) from sales of available-for-sale securities
Held-to-maturity securities:
 
 
 
 
 
Other-than-temporary impairment on held-to-maturity securities related to factors other than credit, net of related taxes of $1 and $0, respectively
(1
)
 
(2
)
 
Losses reclassified (from) to other comprehensive income
Retirement plans:
 
 
 
 
 
Amortization of actuarial losses, net of related taxes of ($1) and ($51), respectively
(11
)
 
88

 
Compensation and employee benefits expenses
Foreign currency translation:
 
 
 
 
 
Sales of non-U.S. entities, net of related taxes of ($2) and $0, respectively
(3
)
 

 
Processing fees and other revenue
Total reclassifications into (out of) AOCI
$
(9
)
 
$
77

 
 


State Street Corporation | 178


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 16 .    Regulatory Capital
We are subject to various regulatory capital requirements administered by federal banking agencies. Failure to meet minimum regulatory capital requirements can initiate certain mandatory and discretionary actions by regulators that, if undertaken, could have a direct material effect on our consolidated financial condition. Under current regulatory capital adequacy guidelines, we must meet specified capital requirements that involve quantitative measures of our consolidated assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet exposures calculated in conformity with regulatory accounting practices. Our capital components and their classifications are subject to qualitative judgments by regulators about components, risk weightings and other factors.
As required by the Dodd-Frank Act, State Street and State Street Bank, as advanced approaches banking organizations, are subject to a permanent "capital floor" in the calculation and assessment of their regulatory capital adequacy by U.S. banking regulators. Beginning on January 1, 2015, we were required to calculate our risk-based capital ratios using both the advanced approaches and the standardized approach. As a result, from January 1, 2015 going forward, our risk-based capital ratios for regulatory assessment purposes are the lower of each ratio calculated under the standardized approach and the advanced approaches.
The methods for the calculation of our and State Street Bank's risk-based capital ratios will change as the provisions of the Basel III final rule related to the
 
numerator (capital) and denominator (risk-weighted assets) are phased in, and as we begin calculating our risk-weighted assets using the advanced approaches. These ongoing methodological changes will result in differences in our reported capital ratios from one reporting period to the next that are independent of applicable changes to our capital base, our asset composition, our off-balance sheet exposures or our risk profile.
As of December 31, 2016 , State Street and State Street Bank exceeded all regulatory capital adequacy requirements to which they were subject. As of December 31, 2016 , State Street Bank was categorized as “well capitalized” under the applicable regulatory capital adequacy framework, and exceeded all “well capitalized” ratio guidelines to which it was subject. Management believes that no conditions or events have occurred since December 31, 2016 that have changed the capital categorization of State Street Bank.
The following table presents the regulatory capital structure, total risk-weighted assets, related regulatory capital ratios and the minimum required regulatory capital ratios for State Street and State Street Bank as of the dates indicated. As a result of changes in the methodologies used to calculate our regulatory capital ratios from period to period as the provisions of the Basel III final rule are phased in, the ratios presented in the table for each period-end are not directly comparable. Refer to the footnotes following the table.


State Street Corporation | 179


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

 
 
 
State Street
 
State Street Bank
(In millions)
 
Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2016 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2016 (2)

Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2015 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2015 (2)

Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2016 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2016 (2)

Basel III Advanced Approaches December 31, 2015 (1)

Basel III Standardized Approach December 31, 2015 (2)
  Common shareholders' equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common stock and related surplus
$
10,286

 
$
10,286

 
$
10,250

 
$
10,250

 
$
11,376

 
$
11,376

 
$
10,938

 
$
10,938

Retained earnings
 
17,459

 
17,459

 
16,049

 
16,049

 
12,285

 
12,285

 
10,655

 
10,655

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
(1,936
)
 
(1,936
)
 
(1,422
)
 
(1,422
)
 
(1,648
)
 
(1,648
)
 
(1,230
)
 
(1,230
)
Treasury stock, at cost
 
(7,682
)
 
(7,682
)
 
(6,457
)
 
(6,457
)
 

 

 

 

Total
 
 
18,127


18,127

 
18,420

 
18,420

 
22,013

 
22,013

 
20,363

 
20,363

Regulatory capital adjustments:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Goodwill and other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities (3)  
(6,348
)
 
(6,348
)
 
(5,927
)
 
(5,927
)
 
(6,060
)
 
(6,060
)
 
(5,631
)
 
(5,631
)
Other adjustments
 
(155
)
 
(155
)
 
(60
)
 
(60
)
 
(148
)
 
(148
)
 
(85
)
 
(85
)
  Common equity tier 1 capital
 
11,624


11,624

 
12,433

 
12,433

 
15,805

 
15,805

 
14,647

 
14,647

Preferred stock
3,196

 
3,196

 
2,703

 
2,703

 

 

 

 

Trust preferred capital securities subject to phase-out from tier 1 capital

 

 
237

 
237

 

 

 

 

Other adjustments
 
(103
)
 
(103
)
 
(109
)
 
(109
)
 

 

 

 

  Tier 1 capital
14,717


14,717

 
15,264

 
15,264

 
15,805

 
15,805

 
14,647

 
14,647

Qualifying subordinated long-term debt
1,172

 
1,172

 
1,358

 
1,358

 
1,179

 
1,179

 
1,371

 
1,371

Trust preferred capital securities phased out of tier 1 capital

 

 
713

 
713

 

 

 

 

ALLL and other

19

 
77

 
12

 
66

 
15

 
77

 
8

 
66

Other adjustments
 
1

 
1

 
2

 
2

 

 

 

 

  Total capital
$
15,909


$
15,967

 
$
17,349

 
$
17,403

 
$
16,999

 
$
17,061

 
$
16,026

 
$
16,084

  Risk-weighted assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Credit risk
 
 
$
50,900

 
$
98,125

 
$
51,733

 
$
93,515

 
$
47,383

 
$
94,413

 
$
47,677

 
$
89,164

Operational risk (4)
44,579

 
NA

 
43,882

 
NA

 
44,043

 
NA

 
43,324

 
NA

Market risk (5)
3,822

 
1,751

 
3,937

 
2,378

 
3,822

 
1,751

 
3,939

 
2,378

Total risk-weighted assets
 
$
99,301

 
$
99,876

 
$
99,552

 
$
95,893

 
$
95,248

 
$
96,164

 
$
94,940

 
$
91,542

Adjusted quarterly average assets
$
226,310

 
$
226,310

 
$
221,880

 
$
221,880

 
$
222,584

 
$
222,584

 
$
217,358

 
$
217,358

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Capital Ratios:
2016 Minimum Requirements Including Capital Conservation Buffer and
G-SIB Surcharge (6)
2015 Minimum Requirements (7)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Common equity tier 1 capital
5.5
%
4.5
%
11.7
%
 
11.6
%
 
12.5
%
 
13.0
%
 
16.6
%
 
16.4
%
 
15.4
%
 
16.0
%
Tier 1 capital
7.0

6.0

14.8

 
14.7

 
15.3

 
15.9

 
16.6

 
16.4

 
15.4

 
16.0

Total capital
9.0

8.0

16.0

 
16.0

 
17.4

 
18.1

 
17.8

 
17.7

 
16.9

 
17.6

Tier 1 leverage
4.0

4.0

6.5

 
6.5

 
6.9

 
6.9

 
7.1

 
7.1

 
6.7

 
6.7

 
 
 
 
NA: Not applicable.
(1) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule. Tier 1 leverage ratio as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(2) Common equity tier 1 capital, tier 1 capital and total capital ratios as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the standardized approach provisions of the Basel III final rule. Tier 1 leverage ratio as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 were calculated in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(3) Amounts for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2016 consisted of goodwill, net of associated deferred tax liabilities, and 60% of other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities. Amounts for State Street and State Street Bank as of December 31, 2015 consisted of goodwill, net of deferred tax liabilities and 40% of other intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities. Intangible assets, net of associated deferred tax liabilities is phased in as a deduction from capital, in conformity with the Basel III final rule.
(4) Under the current advanced approaches rules and regulatory guidance concerning operational risk models, RWA attributable to operational risk can vary substantially from period-to-period, without direct correlation to the effects of a particular loss event on our results of operations and financial condition and impacting dates and periods that may differ from the dates and periods as of and during which the loss event is reflected in our financial statements, with the timing and categorization dependent on the processes for model updates and, if applicable, model revalidation and regulatory review and related supervisory processes. An individual loss event can have a significant effect on the output of our operational risk RWA under the advanced approaches depending on the severity of the loss event and its categorization among the seven Basel-defined UOMs.
(5) Market risk risk-weighted assets reported in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches included a CVA which reflected the risk of potential fair-value adjustments for credit risk reflected in our valuation of over-the-counter derivative contracts.  The CVA was not provided for in the final market risk capital rule; however, it was required by the advanced approaches provisions of the Basel III final rule.  We used a simple CVA approach in conformity with the Basel III advanced approaches.
(6) Minimum requirements will be phased in up to full implementation beginning on January 1, 2019; minimum requirements listed are as of December 31, 2016 .
(7) Minimum requirements will be phased in up to full implementation beginning on January 1, 2019; minimum requirements listed are as of December 31, 2015 .

State Street Corporation | 180


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 17 .    Net Interest Revenue
The following table presents the components of interest revenue and interest expense, and related net interest revenue, for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Interest revenue:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits with banks
$
126

 
$
208

 
$
196

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
821

 
735

 
672

State and political subdivisions
224

 
227

 
231

Other investments
756

 
934

 
1,241

Securities purchased under resale agreements
146

 
62

 
38

Loans and leases
378

 
311

 
266

Other interest-earning assets
61

 
11

 
8

Total interest revenue
2,512

 
2,488

 
2,652

Interest expense:
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits
85

 
97

 
99

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
1

 

 

Short-term borrowings
7

 
7

 
5

Long-term debt
260

 
250

 
245

Other interest-bearing liabilities
75

 
46

 
43

Total interest expense
428

 
400

 
392

Net interest revenue
$
2,084

 
$
2,088

 
$
2,260

Note 18 .     Equity-Based Compensation
We record compensation expense for equity-based awards, such as restricted stock, deferred stock and performance awards, based on the closing price of our common stock on the date of grant, adjusted if appropriate based on the award’s eligibility to receive dividends. The fair value of stock options and stock appreciation rights is determined using the Black-Scholes valuation model.
Compensation expense related to equity-based awards with service-only conditions and terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule is recognized on a straight-line basis over the required service period for the entire award. Compensation expense related to equity-based awards with performance conditions and terms that provide for a graded vesting schedule is recognized over the requisite service period for each separately vesting tranche of the award, and is based on the probable outcome of the performance conditions at each reporting date. Compensation expense is adjusted for assumptions with respect to the estimated amount of awards that will be forfeited prior to vesting, and for employees who have met certain retirement eligibility criteria. Compensation expense for common stock awards
 
granted to employees meeting early retirement eligibility criteria is fully expensed on the grant date.
Dividend equivalents for certain equity-based awards are paid on stock units on a current basis prior to vesting and distribution.
As of December 31, 2016 , a cumulative total of 65.7 million shares had been awarded under the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, or 2006 Plan, compared with cumulative totals of 60.9 million shares and 56.9 million shares as of December 31, 2015 and 2014 , respectively. The 2006 Plan allows for shares withheld in payment of the exercise price of an award or in satisfaction of tax withholding requirements, shares forfeited due to employee termination, shares expired under options awards, or shares not delivered when performance conditions have not been met, to be added back to the pool of shares available for awards. From inception to December 31, 2016 , 23.7 million shares had been awarded under the 2006 Plan but not delivered, and have become available for reissue. A total of 18.5 million shares are available for future issuance under the 2006 Plan.
The exercise price of non-qualified and incentive stock options and stock appreciation rights may not be less than the fair value of such shares on the date of grant. Stock options and stock appreciation rights granted under the 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, or 1997 Plan, and the 2006 Plan, collectively the Plans, generally vest over four years and expire no later than ten years from the date of grant. No common stock options or stock appreciation rights have been granted since 2009. For restricted stock awards granted under the Plans, common stock is issued at the time of grant and recipients have dividend and voting rights. In general, these grants vest over three to four years. As of December 31, 2016 there are no outstanding stock options or restricted stock awards.
For deferred stock awards granted under the Plans, no common stock is issued at the time of grant and the award does not possess dividend and voting rights. Generally, these grants vest over one to four years. Performance awards granted are earned over a performance period based on the achievement of defined goals, generally over three years. Payment for performance awards is made in shares of our common stock equal to its fair market value per share, based on the performance of certain financial ratios, after the conclusion of each performance period.
Beginning with 2012, malus-based forfeiture provisions were included in deferred stock awards granted to employees identified as “material risk-takers,” as defined by management. These malus-based forfeiture provisions provide for the reduction or cancellation of unvested deferred compensation,


State Street Corporation | 181


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

such as deferred stock awards and performance based awards, if it is determined that a material risk-taker made risk-based decisions that exposed State Street to inappropriate risks that resulted in a material unexpected loss at the business-unit, line-of-business or corporate level. In addition, awards granted to certain of our senior executives, as well as awards granted to individuals in certain jurisdictions, may be subject to recoupment after vesting (if applicable) and delivery to the individual in specified circumstances generally relating to fraud or willful misconduct by the individual that results in material harm to us or a material financial restatement.
Compensation expense related to stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards, deferred stock awards and performance
 
awards, which we record as a component of compensation and employee benefits expense in our consolidated statement of income, was $268 million , $319 million and $329 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Such expense for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 excluded $9 million , $10 million and $20 million , respectively, associated with acceleration of expense in connection with targeted staff reductions. This expense was included in the severance-related portion of the associated restructuring charges recorded in each respective year.
The following table presents information about the Plans as of December 31, 2016 , and related activity during the years indicated:

 
Shares
(In thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Exercise
Price
 
Weighted-Average
Remaining Contractual Term
(In years)
 
Total
Intrinsic
Value
(In millions)
Stock Options and Stock Appreciation Rights:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014
1,861

 
$
74.12

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(398
)
 
62.63

 
 
 
 
Forfeited or expired
(257
)
 
81.71

 
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2015
1,206

 
76.29

 
 
 
 
Exercised
(227
)
 
70.59

 
 
 
 
Forfeited or expired
(24
)
 
81.71

 
 
 
 
Outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2016 (1)
955

 
$
77.52

 
0.7
 
$
2.6

 
 
 
 
(1) Consists of zero shares subject to stock options and 955 thousand stock appreciation rights.
The total intrinsic value of options and stock appreciation rights exercised during the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 was $1 million , $5 million and $14 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , there was no unrecognized compensation cost related to stock options and stock appreciation rights.
The following tables present activity related to other common stock awards during the years indicated:
 
Shares
(In thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Restricted Stock Awards:
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014
31

 
$
41.27

Vested
(31
)
 
41.22

Forfeited

 

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015 (1)

 
$

 
 
 
 
(1) No restricted stock awards were issued or outstanding in 2016 .
 
The total fair value of restricted stock awards vested for the years ended December 31, 2015 and 2014 , based on the weighted average grant date fair value in each respective year, was $1 million and $54 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2015 , all restricted stock awards had vested, and no new restricted stock awards were granted in 2016.
 
Shares
(In thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Deferred Stock Awards:
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014
12,431

 
$
51.47

Granted
3,461

 
72.98

Vested
(6,910
)
 
49.17

Forfeited
(246
)
 
59.22

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015
8,736

 
61.59

Granted
4,336

 
52.49

Vested
(4,897
)
 
56.18

Forfeited
(361
)
 
60.12

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016
7,814

 
$
60.01



State Street Corporation | 182


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The total fair value of deferred stock awards vested for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , based on the weighted average grant date fair value in each respective year, was $275 million , $340 million and $310 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , total unrecognized compensation cost related to deferred stock awards, net of estimated forfeitures, was $252 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years.
 
Shares
(In thousands)
 
Weighted-Average
Grant Date Fair
Value
Performance Awards:
 
 
 
Outstanding as of December 31, 2014
1,627

 
$
49.46

Granted
400

 
72.24

Forfeited
(1
)
 
41.02

Paid out
(861
)
 
45.09

Outstanding as of December 31, 2015
1,165

 
60.45

Granted
506

 
50.81

Forfeited

 

Paid out
(424
)
 
49.27

Outstanding as of December 31, 2016
1,247

 
$
60.37

The total fair value of performance awards paid out for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , based on the weighted average grant date fair value in each respective year, was $21 million , $39 million and $44 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 , total unrecognized compensation cost related to performance awards, net of estimated forfeitures, was $3.9 million , which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.1 years.
We utilize either treasury shares or authorized but unissued shares to satisfy the issuance of common stock under our equity incentive plans. We do not have a specific policy concerning purchases of our common stock to satisfy stock issuances, including exercises of stock options. We have a general policy concerning purchases of our common stock to meet issuances under our employee benefit plans, including option exercises and other corporate purposes. Various factors determine the amount and timing of our purchases of our common stock, including regulatory reviews and approvals or non-objections, our regulatory capital requirements, the number of shares we expect to issue under employee benefit plans, market conditions (including the trading price of our common stock), and legal considerations. These factors can change at any time, and the number of shares of common stock we will purchase or when we will purchase them cannot be assured. See Note 15 for further information on our common stock purchase program
 
Note 19 .    Employee Benefits
Defined Benefit Pension and Other Post-Retirement Benefit Plans:
State Street Bank and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries participate in a non-contributory, tax-qualified defined benefit pension plan. The U.S. defined benefit pension plan was frozen as of December 31, 2007 and no new employees were eligible to participate after that date. State Street has agreed to contribute sufficient amounts as necessary to meet the benefits paid to plan participants and to fund the plan’s service cost, plus interest. U.S. employee account balances earn annual interest credits until the employee begins receiving benefits. Non-U.S. employees participate in local defined benefit plans which are funded as required in each local jurisdiction. In addition to the defined benefit pension plans, we have non-qualified unfunded SERP s that provide certain officers with defined pension benefits in excess of allowable qualified plan limits. State Street Bank and certain of its U.S. subsidiaries also participate in a post-retirement plan that provides health care benefits for certain retired employees. The total expense for these tax-qualified and non-qualified plans was $16 million , $46 million and $32 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
We recognize the funded status of our defined benefit pension plans and other post-retirement benefit plans, measured as the difference between the fair value of the plan assets and the projected benefit obligation, in the consolidated statement of position. The assets held by the defined benefit pension plans are largely made up of common, collective funds that are liquid and invest principally in U.S. equities and high-quality fixed income investments. The majority of these assets fall within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy. The benefit obligations associated with our primary U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit plans, non-qualified unfunded supplemental retirement plans and post-retirement plans were $1.23 billion , $136 million and $21 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2016 and $1.18 billion , $155 million and $30 million , respectively, as of December 31, 2015 . As the primary defined benefit plans are frozen, the benefit obligation will only vary over time as a result of changes in market interest rates, the life expectancy of the plan participants and payments made from the plans. The primary U.S. and non-U.S. defined benefit pension plans were underfunded by $32 million and $16 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The non-qualified supplemental retirement plans were underfunded by $136 million and $155 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The other post-retirement benefit plans


State Street Corporation | 183


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

were underfunded by $21 million and $30 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively. The underfunded status is included in other liabilities.
Defined Contribution Retirement Plans:
We contribute to employer-sponsored U.S. and non-U.S. defined contribution plans. Our contribution to these plans was $132 million , $130 million , and $147 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Note  20 . Occupancy Expense and Information Systems and Communications Expense
Occupancy expense and information systems and communications expense include depreciation of buildings, leasehold improvements, computer hardware and software, equipment, and furniture and fixtures. Total depreciation expense in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 was $472 million , $443 million and $417 million , respectively.
We lease 1,025,000 square feet at One Lincoln Street, our headquarters building located in Boston, Massachusetts, and a related underground parking garage, under 20 -year, non-cancelable capital leases expiring in September 2023 . A portion of the lease payments is offset by subleases for approximately 127,000 square feet of the building. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , an aggregate net book value of $194 million and $231 million , respectively, related to the above-described capital leases was recorded in premises and equipment, with the related
 
liability recorded in long-term debt, in our consolidated statement of condition.
Capital lease asset amortization is recorded in occupancy expense on a straight-line basis in our consolidated statement of income over the respective lease term. Lease payments are recorded as a reduction of the liability, with a portion recorded as imputed interest expense. In 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , interest expense related to these capital lease obligations, reflected in net interest revenue, was $22 million , $32 million and $38 million , respectively. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , accumulated amortization of capital lease assets was $365 million and $334 million , respectively.
We have entered into non-cancelable operating leases for premises and equipment. Nearly all of these leases include renewal options. Costs related to operating leases for office space are recorded in occupancy expense. Costs related to operating leases for equipment are recorded in information systems and communications expense. Both are recorded on a straight-line basis.
Total rental expense net of sublease revenue in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 amounted to $194 million , $190 million and $204 million , respectively. Total rental expense was reduced by sublease revenue of $4 million in both 2016 and 2015 , and $6 million in 2014 .

The following table presents a summary of future minimum lease payments under non-cancelable capital and operating leases as of December 31, 2016 . Aggregate future minimum rental commitments have been reduced by aggregate sublease rental commitments of $43 million for capital leases and $16 million for operating leases.
(In millions)
Capital
Leases
 
Operating
Leases
 
Total
2017
$
57

 
$
205

 
$
262

2018
53

 
185

 
238

2019
46

 
138

 
184

2020
45

 
123

 
168

2021
45

 
118

 
163

Thereafter
79

 
380

 
459

Total minimum lease payments
325

 
$
1,149

 
$
1,474

Less amount representing interest payments
(76
)
 
 
 
 
Present value of minimum lease payments
$
249

 
 
 
 

State Street Corporation | 184


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 21 .    Expenses
The following table presents the components of other expenses for the periods indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Insurance
$
93

 
$
126

 
$
80

Regulatory fees and assessments
82

 
115

 
74

Litigation
50

 
422

 
173

Securities processing
42

 
79

 
68

Other
317

 
276

 
356

Total other expenses
$
584

 
$
1,018

 
$
751

Acquisition Costs
We recorded acquisition costs of $69 million , $20 million and $58 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Costs incurred in 2016 include approximately $53 million related to our acquisition of GEAM on July 1, 2016. For further information on the GEAM acquisition, refer to Note 1.
Restructuring Charges
In the year ended December 31, 2016 , we recorded restructuring charges of $142 million related to State Street Beacon .
The following table presents aggregate restructuring activity for the periods indicated.
(In millions)
Employee
Related Costs
 
Real Estate
Consolidation
 
Asset and Other Write-offs
 
Total
Balance at December 31, 2013
$
52

 
$
47

 
$
7

 
$
106

Accruals for Business Operations and IT
32

 
22

 
21

 
75

Payments and other adjustments
(45
)
 
(46
)
 
(21
)
 
(112
)
Balance at December 31, 2014
$
39

 
$
23

 
$
7

 
$
69

Accruals for Business Operations and IT
(5
)
 
(3
)
 
13

 
5

Payments and other adjustments
(25
)
 
(9
)
 
(17
)
 
(51
)
Balance at December 31, 2015
$
9

 
$
11

 
$
3

 
$
23

Accruals for Business Operations and IT
(2
)
 

 

 
(2
)
Accruals for State Street Beacon
94

 
18

 
30

 
142

Payments and other adjustments
(64
)
 
(12
)
 
(31
)
 
(107
)
Balance at December 31, 2016
$
37

 
$
17

 
$
2

 
$
56

 
Note  22 .    Income Taxes
We use an asset-and-liability approach to account for income taxes. Our objective is to recognize the amount of taxes payable or refundable for the current year through charges or credits to the current tax provision, and to recognize deferred tax assets and liabilities for future tax consequences of temporary differences between amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements and their respective tax bases. The measurement of tax assets and liabilities is based on enacted tax laws and applicable tax rates. The effects of a tax position on our consolidated financial statements are recognized when we believe it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained. A valuation allowance is established if it is considered more likely than not that all or a portion of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. Deferred tax assets and liabilities recorded in our consolidated statement of condition are netted within the same tax jurisdiction.
The following table presents the components of income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended December 31 :  
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Current:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
$
(14
)
 
$
52

 
$
59

State
30

 
92

 
39

Non-U.S.
320

 
342

 
257

Total current expense
336

 
486

 
355

Deferred:
 
 
 
 
 
Federal
(311
)
 
(39
)
 
38

State
38

 
40

 
10

Non-U.S.
(85
)
 
(169
)
 
12

Total deferred (benefit) expense
(358
)
 
(168
)
 
60

Total income tax expense (benefit)
$
(22
)
 
$
318

 
$
415



State Street Corporation | 185


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory income tax rate to our effective tax rate based on income before income tax expense for the years ended December 31 :
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
U.S. federal income tax rate
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
 
35.0
 %
Changes from statutory rate:
 
 
 
 
 
State taxes, net of federal benefit
2.0

 
4.2

 
1.5

Tax-exempt income
(6.1
)
 
(5.6
)
 
(5.1
)
Business tax credits (1)
(13.6
)
 
(9.4
)
 
(6.8
)
Foreign tax differential
(7.7
)
 
(9.6
)
 
(8.5
)
Foreign designated earnings
(6.8
)
 

 

Foreign capital transactions
(4.3
)
 

 

Tax refund

 
(2.8
)
 

Litigation expense
1.4

 
2.7

 
1.3

Other, net
(0.9
)
 
(0.7
)
 
(0.3
)
Effective tax rate
(1.0
)%
 
13.8
 %
 
17.1
 %
 
 
(1) Business tax credits include low-income housing, production and investment tax credits.
The 2016 foreign designated earnings include the benefits attributable to the change in designation of certain of our foreign earnings as indefinitely invested overseas. The foreign capital transactions include the tax benefits from incremental foreign tax credits and a foreign affiliate tax loss. The increase in business tax credits is attributable to an increase in alternative energy investments.
In 2015 we recognized benefits associated with the reduction of an Italian deferred tax liability and the approval of a tax refund for prior years, partially offset by a change in New York tax law.
The amount of income tax expense (benefit) related to net gains (losses) from sales of investment securities was $4 million , $(3) million and $5 million in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively. Pre-tax income attributable to our operations located outside the U.S. was approximately $1.22 billion , $1.30 billion and $1.33 billion for 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
Pre-tax earnings of our non-U.S. subsidiaries are subject to U.S. income tax when effectively repatriated. As of December 31, 2016 , we have chosen to indefinitely reinvest approximately $5.5 billion of earnings of certain of our non-U.S. subsidiaries. No provision has been recorded for U.S. income taxes that could be incurred upon repatriation. As of December 31, 2016 , if such earnings had been repatriated to the U.S., we would have provided for approximately $1.1 billion of additional income tax expense.
 
The following table presents significant components of our gross deferred tax assets and gross deferred tax liabilities as of December 31 :
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Deferred tax assets:
 
 
 
Unrealized losses on investment securities, net
$
157

 
$
57

Deferred compensation
285

 
167

Defined benefit pension plan
116

 
143

Restructuring charges and other reserves
199

 
383

Foreign currency translation
225

 
155

Tax credit carryforwards
425

 

Other
105

 
32

Total deferred tax assets  
1,512

 
937

Valuation allowance for deferred tax assets
(66
)
 
(27
)
Deferred tax assets, net of valuation allowance
$
1,446

 
$
910

Deferred tax liabilities:
 
 
 
Leveraged lease financing
$
313

 
$
334

Fixed and intangible assets
886

 
804

Non-U.S. earnings
164

 
265

Other
120

 
121

Total deferred tax liabilities
$
1,483

 
$
1,524

Management considers the valuation allowance adequate to reduce the total deferred tax assets to an aggregate amount that will more likely than not be realized. Management has determined that a valuation allowance is not required for the remaining deferred tax assets because it is more likely than not that there is sufficient taxable income of the appropriate nature within the carryback and carryforward periods to realize these assets.
As of December 31, 2016 , we had deferred tax assets associated with tax credit carryforwards of $425 million . Of the total tax credit carryforwards, $406 million expire through 2036 and the remaining do not expire. As of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , we had deferred tax assets associated with non-U.S. and state loss carryforwards of $46 million and $26 million , respectively, included in “other” in the table above. Of the total loss carryforwards of $46 million as of December 31, 2016 , $31 million do not expire, and the remaining $15 million expire through 2035 . The loss carryforwards have a valuation allowance of $38 million and $22 million for 2016 and 2015 .


State Street Corporation | 186


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The following table presents activity related to unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31 :
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Beginning balance
$
63

 
$
163

Decrease related to agreements with tax authorities
(13
)
 
(122
)
Increase related to tax positions taken during current year
7

 
8

Increase related to tax positions taken during prior year
14

 
14

Ending balance
$
71

 
$
63

The amount of unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would reduce income tax expense and our effective tax rate was $63 million as of December 31, 2016 . Unrecognized tax benefits do not include accrued interest of approximately $5 million and $3 million as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 .
It is reasonably possible that the unrecognized tax benefits could decrease by up to $14 million within the next 12 months due to the resolution of various audits, of which $5 million would reduce our income tax expense and our effective tax rate. Management believes that we have sufficient accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2016 for tax exposures and related interest expense.
We recorded interest and penalties related to income taxes as a component of income tax expense. Income tax expense included related interest and penalties of approximately $2 million and $5 million in 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
Note 23 .    Earnings Per Common Share
Basic EPS is calculated pursuant to the “two-class” method, by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the weighted-average common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted EPS is calculated pursuant to the two-class method, by dividing net income available to common shareholders by the total weighted-average number of common shares outstanding for the period plus the shares representing the dilutive effect of common stock options and other equity-based awards. The effect of common stock options and other equity-based awards is excluded from the calculation of diluted EPS in periods in which their effect would be anti-dilutive.
The two-class method requires the allocation of undistributed net income between common and participating shareholders. Net income available to common shareholders, presented separately in our consolidated statement of income, is the basis for the calculation of both basic and diluted EPS. Participating securities are composed of unvested restricted stock, unvested and fully vested SERP
 
shares and fully vested deferred director stock awards, which are equity-based awards that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends, and are considered to participate with the common stock in undistributed earnings.
The following table presents the computation of basic and diluted earnings per common share for the years indicated:
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions, except per share amounts)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net income
$
2,143

 
$
1,980

 
$
2,022

Less:
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred stock dividends
(173
)
 
(130
)
 
(61
)
Dividends and undistributed earnings allocated to participating securities (1)
(2
)
 
(2
)
 
(3
)
Net income available to common shareholders
$
1,968

 
$
1,848

 
$
1,958

Average common shares outstanding (In thousands):
 
 
 
 
 
Basic average common shares
391,485

 
407,856

 
424,223

Effect of dilutive securities: common stock options and common stock awards
4,605

 
5,782

 
7,784

Diluted average common shares
396,090

 
413,638

 
432,007

Anti-dilutive securities (2)
2,143

 
661

 
1,498

Earnings per Common Share:
 
 
 
 
 
Basic
$
5.03

 
$
4.53

 
$
4.62

Diluted (3)
4.97

 
4.47

 
4.53

 
 
(1) Represents the portion of net income available to common equity allocated to participating securities, composed of fully vested deferred director stock and unvested restricted stock that contain non-forfeitable rights to dividends during the vesting period on a basis equivalent to dividends paid to common shareholders.
(2) Represents common stock options and other equity-based awards outstanding but not included in the computation of diluted average common shares, because their effect was anti-dilutive. Refer to Note 18 for additional information about equity-based awards.
(3) Calculations reflect allocation of earnings to participating securities using the two-class method, as this computation is more dilutive than the treasury stock method.


State Street Corporation | 187


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 24 .    Line of Business Information
Our operations are organized into two lines of business: Investment Servicing and Investment Management, which are defined based on products and services provided. The results of operations for these lines of business are not necessarily comparable with those of other companies, including companies in the financial services industry.
Investment Servicing provides services for U.S. mutual funds, collective investment funds and other investment pools, corporate and public retirement plans, insurance companies, foundations and endowments worldwide. Products include custody; product- and participant-level accounting; daily pricing and administration; master trust and master custody; record-keeping; cash management; foreign exchange, brokerage and other trading services; securities finance; our enhanced custody product, which integrates principal securities lending and custody; deposit and short-term investment facilities; loans and lease financing; investment manager and alternative investment manager operations outsourcing; and performance, risk and compliance analytics to support institutional investors.
We provide shareholder services, which include mutual fund and collective investment fund shareholder accounting, through 50% -owned affiliates, Boston Financial Data Services, Inc. and the International Financial Data Services group of companies.
Investment Management, through SSGA, provides a broad array of investment management, investment research and investment advisory services to corporations, public funds and other sophisticated investors. SSGA offers passive and active asset management strategies across equity, fixed-income, alternative, multi-asset solutions (including OCIO) and cash asset classes. Products are distributed directly and through intermediaries using a variety of investment vehicles, including ETFs, such as the SPDR ® ETF brand.
Our investment servicing strategy is to focus on total client relationships and the full integration of our products and services across our client base through cross-selling opportunities. In general, our clients will use a combination of services, depending on their needs, rather than one product or service. For instance, a custody client may purchase securities finance and cash management services from different business units. Products and services that we provide to our clients are parts of an integrated offering to these clients. We price our products and services on the basis of overall client relationships and other factors; as a result, revenue may not necessarily reflect the stand-alone market price of
 
these products and services within the business lines in the same way it would for separate business entities.
Our servicing and management fee revenue from the investment servicing and investment management business lines, including trading services and securities finance activities, represents approximately 75% to 80% of our consolidated total revenue. The remaining 20% to 25% is composed of processing fees and other revenue as well as net interest revenue, which is largely generated by our investment of client deposits, short-term borrowings and long-term debt in a variety of assets, and net gains (losses) related to investment securities. These other revenue types are generally fully allocated to, or reside in, Investment Servicing and Investment Management.
Revenue and expenses are directly charged or allocated to our lines of business through management information systems. Assets and liabilities are allocated according to policies that support management’s strategic and tactical goals. Capital is allocated based on the relative risks and capital requirements inherent in each business line, along with management judgment. Capital allocations may not be representative of the capital that might be required if these lines of business were separate business entities.
The following is a summary of our line-of-business results for the periods indicated.
The “Other” column for the year ended December 31, 2016 included net costs of $199 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $209 million ; and
Net severance cost adjustments associated with staffing realignment of $(10) million .
The “Other” column for the year ended December 31, 2015 included net costs of $98 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $25 million ; and
Net severance costs associated with staffing realignment of $73 million .
The “Other” column for the year ended December 31, 2014 included net costs of $219 million composed of the following -
Net acquisition and restructuring costs of $133 million ;
Net severance costs associated with staffing realignment of $84 million ; and
Net provisions for litigation exposure and other costs of $2 million .


State Street Corporation | 188


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

The amounts in the “Other” columns were not allocated to State Street's business lines. Prior reported results reflect reclassifications, for comparative purposes, related to management changes in methodologies associated with allocations of revenue and expenses to lines-of-business in 2016 .
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
Investment
Servicing
 
Investment
Management
 
Other
 
Total
(Dollars in millions, except where otherwise noted)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Servicing fees
$
5,073

 
$
5,153

 
$
5,108

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$

 
$
5,073

 
$
5,153

 
$
5,108

Management fees

 

 

 
1,292

 
1,174

 
1,207

 

 

 

 
1,292

 
1,174

 
1,207

Trading services
1,052

 
1,108

 
1,039

 
47

 
38

 
45

 

 

 

 
1,099

 
1,146

 
1,084

Securities finance
562

 
496

 
437

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
562

 
496

 
437

Processing fees and other
105

 
325

 
179

 
(15
)
 
(16
)
 
(5
)
 

 

 

 
90

 
309

 
174

Total fee revenue
6,792

 
7,082

 
6,763

 
1,324

 
1,196

 
1,247

 

 

 

 
8,116

 
8,278

 
8,010

Net interest revenue
2,081

 
2,086

 
2,245

 
3

 
2

 
15

 

 

 

 
2,084

 
2,088

 
2,260

Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
7

 
(6
)
 
4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
7

 
(6
)
 
4

Total revenue
8,880

 
9,162

 
9,012

 
1,327

 
1,198

 
1,262

 

 

 

 
10,207

 
10,360

 
10,274

Provision for loan losses
10

 
12

 
10

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
10

 
12

 
10

Total expenses
6,660

 
6,990

 
6,648

 
1,218

 
962

 
960

 
199

 
98

 
219

 
8,077

 
8,050

 
7,827

Income before income tax expense
$
2,210

 
$
2,160

 
$
2,354

 
$
109

 
$
236

 
$
302

 
$
(199
)
 
$
(98
)
 
$
(219
)
 
$
2,120

 
$
2,298

 
$
2,437

Pre-tax margin
25
%
 
24
%
 
26
%
 
8
%
 
20
%
 
24
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
21
%
 
22
%
 
24
%
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Average assets (in billions)
$
225.3

 
$
246.6

 
$
234.2

 
$
4.4

 
$
3.9

 
$
3.9

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
$
229.7

 
$
250.5

 
$
238.1


State Street Corporation | 189


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

Note 25 .    Non-U.S. Activities
We define our non-U.S. activities as those revenue-producing business activities that arise from clients which are generally serviced or managed outside the U.S. Due to the integrated nature of our business, precise segregation of our U.S. and non-U.S. activities is not possible. Subjective estimates, assumptions and other judgments are applied to quantify the financial results and assets related to our non-U.S. activities, including our application of funds transfer pricing, our asset-and-liability management
 
policies and our allocation of certain indirect corporate expenses. Management periodically reviews and updates its processes for quantifying the financial results and assets related to our non-U.S. activities.
Non-U.S. revenue in 2016 , 2015 and 2014 included $1.05 billion , $938 million and $1.02 billion , respectively, in the U.K., primarily from our London operations.

The following table presents our U.S. and non-U.S. financial results for the periods indicated:
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(In millions)
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Total
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Total
 
Non-U.S.
 
U.S.
 
Total
Total revenue
$
4,419

 
$
5,788

 
$
10,207

 
$
4,428

 
$
5,932

 
$
10,360

 
$
4,644

 
$
5,630

 
$
10,274

Income before income taxes
1,047

 
1,073

 
2,120

 
1,193

 
1,105

 
2,298

 
1,343

 
1,094

 
2,437

Non-U.S. assets were $79.1 billion and $78.1 billion as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , respectively.
Note  26 .    Parent Company Financial Statements
The following tables present the financial statements of the Parent Company without consolidation of its banking and non-banking subsidiaries, as of and for the years indicated:
STATEMENT OF INCOME - PARENT COMPANY
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Cash dividends from consolidated banking subsidiary
$
640

 
$
585

 
$
1,470

Cash dividends from consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities
75

 
171

 
138

Other, net
92

 
73

 
63

Total revenue
807

 
829

 
1,671

Interest expense
249

 
209

 
193

Other expenses
107

 
310

 
55

Total expenses
356

 
519

 
248

Income tax benefit
(47
)
 
(186
)
 
(83
)
Income before equity in undistributed income of consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities
498

 
496

 
1,506

Equity in undistributed income of consolidated subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities:
 
 
 
 
 
Consolidated banking subsidiary
1,629

 
1,384

 
360

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities
16

 
100

 
156

Net income
$
2,143

 
$
1,980

 
$
2,022



State Street Corporation | 190


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

STATEMENT OF CONDITION - PARENT COMPANY
 
December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
Assets:
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits with consolidated banking subsidiary
$
3,635

 
$
5,735

Trading account assets
325

 
308

Investment securities available-for-sale
39

 
35

Investments in subsidiaries:
 
 
 
Consolidated banking subsidiary
22,147

 
20,584

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries
2,687

 
2,816

Unconsolidated entities
297

 
315

Notes and other receivables from:
 
 
 
Consolidated banking subsidiary
2,743

 
1,558

Consolidated non-banking subsidiaries and unconsolidated entities
126

 
275

Other assets
461

 
478

Total assets
$
32,460

 
$
32,104

 
 
 
 
Liabilities:
 
 
 
Accrued expenses and other liabilities
$
514

 
$
643

Long-term debt
10,727

 
10,326

Total liabilities
11,241

 
10,969

Shareholders’ equity
21,219

 
21,135

Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
32,460

 
$
32,104




State Street Corporation | 191


STATE STREET CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS (Continued)

STATEMENT OF CASH FLOWS - PARENT COMPANY
 
Years Ended December 31,
(In millions)
2016
 
2015
 
2014
Net cash provided by operating activities
$
417

 
$
926

 
$
1,767

Investing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net decrease (increase) in interest-bearing deposits with consolidated banking subsidiary
2,100

 
295

 
(1,610
)
Investments in consolidated banking and non-banking subsidiaries
(7,600
)
 
(7,959
)
 
(1,142
)
Sale or repayment of investment in consolidated banking and non-banking subsidiaries
6,703

 
7,891

 
1,011

Business acquisitions
(395
)
 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities
808

 
227

 
(1,741
)
Financing Activities:
 
 
 
 
 
Net increase (decrease) in commercial paper

 
(2,485
)
 
667

Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt, net of issuance costs
1,492

 
2,983

 
994

Payments for long-term debt
(1,000
)
 

 
(750
)
Proceeds from issuance of preferred stock, net of issuance costs
493

 
742

 
1,470

Proceeds from exercises of common stock options

 
4

 
14

Purchases of common stock
(1,365
)
 
(1,520
)
 
(1,650
)
Repurchases of common stock for employee tax withholding
(122
)
 
(222
)
 
(232
)
Payments for cash dividends
(723
)
 
(655
)
 
(539
)
Net cash used in financing activities
(1,225
)
 
(1,153
)
 
(26
)
Net change

 

 

Cash and due from banks at beginning of year

 

 

Cash and due from banks at end of year
$

 
$

 
$



State Street Corporation | 192



STATISTICAL DISCLOSURE BY BANK HOLDING COMPANIES
Distribution of Average Assets, Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity; Interest Rates and Interest Differential (Unaudited)
The following table presents consolidated average statements of condition and net interest revenue for the years indicated.
 
Years Ended December 31,
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
(Dollars in millions; fully
taxable-equivalent basis)
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Rate
 
Average
Balance
 
Interest
 
Average
Rate
Assets:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits with U.S. banks
$
19,639

 
$
102

 
.52
 %
 
$
52,135

 
$
136

 
.26
%
 
$
45,158

 
$
115

 
.25
%
Interest-bearing deposits with non-U.S. banks
33,452

 
24

 
.07

 
17,618

 
72

 
.41

 
10,195

 
81

 
.80

Securities purchased under resale agreements
2,558

 
146

 
5.70

 
3,233

 
62

 
1.92

 
4,077

 
38

 
.94

Trading account assets
921

 

 

 
1,194

 
1

 
.08

 
959

 
1

 
.13

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies (1)
46,551

 
821

 
1.76

 
40,056

 
735

 
1.84

 
32,481

 
672

 
2.07

 State and political subdivisions (1)
10,326

 
385

 
3.73

 
10,481

 
399

 
3.81

 
10,619

 
404

 
3.81

Other investments
43,861

 
756

 
1.72

 
55,074

 
935

 
1.70

 
73,709

 
1,241

 
1.68

Loans
18,136

 
354

 
1.95

 
17,007

 
276

 
1.62

 
14,838

 
231

 
1.56

Lease financing (1)
877

 
30

 
3.44

 
941

 
35

 
3.74

 
1,074

 
35

 
3.26

Other interest-earning assets
22,863

 
61

 
.27

 
22,717

 
10

 
.04

 
15,944

 
7

 
.05

Total interest-earning assets (1)
199,184

 
2,679

 
1.34

 
220,456


2,661

 
1.21

 
209,054


2,825

 
1.36

Cash and due from banks
3,157

 
 
 
 
 
2,460

 
 
 
 
 
4,139

 
 
 
 
Other assets
27,386

 
 
 
 
 
27,516

 
 
 
 
 
24,908

 
 
 
 
Total assets
$
229,727

 
 
 
 
 
$
250,432

 
 
 
 
 
$
238,101

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and shareholders’ equity:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time
$
19,223

 
$
125

 
.65
 %
 
$
20,758

 
$
44

 
.21
%
 
$
7,254

 
$
15

 
.20
%
Savings
10,884

 
7

 
.06

 
10,061

 
7

 
.07

 
14,042

 
6

 
.04

Non-U.S.
95,551

 
(47
)
 
(.05
)
 
102,491

 
46

 
.05

 
109,003

 
78

 
.07

Total interest-bearing deposits
125,658

 
85

 
.07

 
133,310

 
97

 
.07

 
130,299

 
99

 
.08

Securities sold under repurchase agreements
4,113

 
1

 
.02

 
8,875

 
1

 
.01

 
8,817

 

 

Federal funds purchased
31

 

 

 
21

 

 

 
20

 

 

Other short-term borrowings
1,666

 
7

 
.40

 
3,826

 
6

 
.15

 
4,177

 
5

 
.12

Long-term debt
11,401

 
260

 
2.29

 
10,301

 
250

 
2.43

 
9,282

 
245

 
2.64

Other interest-bearing liabilities
5,394

 
75

 
1.39

 
6,471

 
46

 
.71

 
7,351

 
43

 
.59

Total interest-bearing liabilities
148,263

 
428

 
.29

 
162,804

 
400

 
.25

 
159,946

 
392

 
.25

Non-interest-bearing deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Special time
32,589

 
 
 
 
 
34,774

 
 
 
 
 
5,862

 
 
 
 
Demand
12,107

 
 
 
 
 
16,746

 
 
 
 
 
37,900

 
 
 
 
Non-U.S. (2)
131

 
 
 
 
 
155

 
 
 
 
 
279

 
 
 
 
Other liabilities
14,742

 
 
 
 
 
14,626

 
 
 
 
 
12,935

 
 
 
 
Shareholders’ equity
21,895

 
 
 
 
 
21,327

 
 
 
 
 
21,179

 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and shareholders’ equity
$
229,727

 
 
 
 
 
$
250,432

 
 
 
 
 
$
238,101

 
 
 
 
Net interest revenue, fully taxable-equivalent basis
 
 
$
2,251

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,261

 
 
 
 
 
$
2,433

 
 
Excess of rate earned over rate paid
 
 
 
 
1.05
 %
 
 
 
 
 
.96
%
 
 
 
 
 
1.11
%
Net interest margin (3)
 
 
 
 
1.13

 
 
 
 
 
1.03

 
 
 
 
 
1.16

 
 
 
 
(1)  
Fully taxable-equivalent revenue is a method of presentation in which the tax savings achieved by investing in tax-exempt investment securities and certain leases are included in interest revenue with a corresponding charge to income tax expense. This method facilitates the comparison of the performance of these assets. The adjustments are computed using a federal income tax rate of 35%, adjusted for applicable state income taxes, net of the related federal tax benefit. The fully taxable-equivalent adjustments included in interest revenue presented above were $167 million , $173 million and $173 million for the years ended December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively, and were substantially related to tax-exempt securities (state and political subdivisions).
(2)  
Non-U.S. non-interest-bearing deposits were $337 million , $95 million and $180 million as of December 31, 2016 , 2015 and 2014 , respectively.
(3)  
Net interest margin is calculated by dividing fully taxable-equivalent net interest revenue by average total interest-earning assets.

State Street Corporation | 193



The following table summarizes changes in fully taxable-equivalent interest revenue and interest expense due to changes in volume of interest-earning assets and interest-bearing liabilities, and due to changes in interest rates. Changes attributed to both volumes and rates have been allocated based on the proportion of change in each category.
Years Ended December 31,
2016 Compared to 2015
 
2015 Compared to 2014
(In millions; fully
taxable-equivalent basis)
Change in
Volume
 
Change in
Rate
 
Net (Decrease)
Increase
 
Change in
Volume
 
Change in
Rate
 
Net (Decrease)
Increase
Interest revenue related to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Interest-bearing deposits with U.S. banks
$
(84
)
 
$
50

 
$
(34
)
 
$
17

 
$
4

 
$
21

Interest-bearing deposits with non-U.S. banks
65

 
(113
)
 
(48
)
 
59

 
(68
)
 
(9
)
Securities purchased under resale agreements
(13
)
 
97

 
84

 
(8
)
 
32

 
24

Trading account assets

 
(1
)
 
(1
)
 

 

 

Investment securities:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
U.S. Treasury and federal agencies
120

 
(34
)
 
86

 
157

 
(94
)
 
63

State and political subdivisions
(6
)
 
(8
)
 
(14
)
 
(5
)
 

 
(5
)
Other investments
(191
)
 
12

 
(179
)
 
(313
)
 
7

 
(306
)
Loans
18

 
60

 
78

 
34

 
11

 
45

Lease financing
(2
)
 
(3
)
 
(5
)
 
(4
)
 
4

 

Other interest-earning assets

 
51

 
51

 
3

 

 
3

Total interest-earning assets
(93
)
 
111

 
18

 
(60
)
 
(104
)
 
(164
)
Interest expense related to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Deposits:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Time
(3
)
 
84

 
81

 
27

 
2

 
29

Savings
1

 
(1
)
 

 
(2
)
 
3

 
1

Non-U.S.
(3
)
 
(90
)
 
(93
)
 
(5
)
 
(27
)
 
(32
)
Securities sold under repurchase agreements

 

 

 

 
1

 
1

Federal funds purchased

 

 

 

 

 

Other short-term borrowings
(3
)
 
4

 
1

 

 
1

 
1

Long-term debt
27

 
(17
)
 
10

 
27

 
(22
)
 
5

Other interest-bearing liabilities
(8
)
 
37

 
29

 
(5
)
 
8

 
3

Total interest-bearing liabilities
11

 
17

 
28

 
42

 
(34
)
 
8

Net interest revenue
$
(104
)
 
$
94

 
$
(10
)
 
$
(102
)
 
$
(70
)
 
$
(172
)


State Street Corporation | 194



Quarterly Summarized Financial Information (Unaudited)
 
2016 Quarters
 
2015 Quarters
(Dollars in millions,
except per share amounts; shares in thousands)
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
 
First
 
Fourth
 
Third
 
Second
 
First
Total fee revenue
$
2,014

 
$
2,079

 
$
2,053

 
$
1,970

 
$
2,044

 
$
2,103

 
$
2,076

 
$
2,055

Interest revenue
616

 
647

 
620

 
629

 
603

 
614

 
629

 
642

Interest expense
102

 
110

 
99

 
117

 
109

 
101

 
94

 
96

Net interest revenue
514

 
537

 
521

 
512

 
494

 
513

 
535

 
546

Gains (losses) related to investment securities, net
2

 
4

 
(1
)
 
2

 

 
(2
)
 
(3
)
 
(1
)
Total revenue
2,530

 
2,620

 
2,573

 
2,484

 
2,538

 
2,614

 
2,608

 
2,600

Provision for loan losses
2

 

 
4

 
4

 
1

 
5

 
2

 
4

Total expenses
2,183

 
1,984

 
1,860

 
2,050

 
1,857

 
1,962

 
2,134

 
2,097

Income before income tax expense
345

 
636

 
709

 
430

 
680

 
647

 
472

 
499

Income tax expense
(248
)
 
72

 
92

 
62

 
103

 
67

 
54

 
94

Net income (loss) from minority interest

 
(1
)
 
2

 

 
(1
)
 
1

 

 

Net income
$
593

 
$
563

 
$
619

 
$
368

 
$
576

 
$
581

 
$
418

 
$
405

Net income available to common shareholders
$
557

 
$
507

 
$
585

 
$
319

 
$
547

 
$
539

 
$
389

 
$
373

Earnings per common share (1) :
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Basic
$
1.45

 
$
1.31

 
$
1.48

 
$
.80

 
$
1.36

 
$
1.33

 
$
.95

 
$
.90

     Diluted
1.43

 
1.29

 
1.47

 
.79

 
1.34

 
1.31

 
.93

 
.89

Average common shares outstanding:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     Basic
384,115

 
388,358

 
394,160

 
399,421

 
402,041

 
406,612

 
410,674

 
412,225

     Diluted
389,046

 
393,212

 
398,847

 
403,615

 
407,012

 
412,167

 
416,712

 
418,750

     Dividends per common share
$
.38

 
$
.38

 
$
.34

 
$
.34

 
$
.34

 
$
.34

 
$
.34

 
$
.30

Common stock price:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
     High
$
81.91

 
$
71.62

 
$
64.69

 
$
65.65

 
$
75.40

 
$
81.26

 
$
81.20

 
$
79.31

     Low
68.16

 
51.22

 
50.60

 
50.73

 
63.97

 
65.76

 
72.56

 
70.50

     Closing
77.72

 
69.63

 
53.92

 
58.52

 
66.36

 
67.21

 
77.00

 
73.53

 
 
 
 
(1)  
Basic and diluted earnings per common share for full-year 2016 and basic earnings per common share for full-year 2015 do not equal the sum of the four quarters for the year.

State Street Corporation | 195



ACRONYMS
 
 
 
 
ABS
Asset-backed securities
FX
Foreign exchange
AFS
Available-for-sale
GAAP
Generally accepted accounting principles
AIRB (1)
Advanced Internal Ratings-Based Approach
GCR
Global credit review
AIFMD
Alternative Investment Fund Managers Directive
GDPR
General Data Protection Regulation
ALCO
Asset-Liability Committee
GEAM
General Electric Asset Management
ALLL
Allowance for loan and lease losses
G-SIB
Global systemically important bank
AML
Anti-money laundering
HQLA (1)
High-quality liquid assets
AOCI
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
HTM
Held-to-maturity
ASU
Accounting Standards Update
IDI
Insured depository institution
AUCA
Assets under custody and administration
ISDA
International Swaps and Derivatives Association
AUM
Assets under management
LCR (1)
Liquidity coverage ratio
BCBS
Basel Committee on Banking Supervision
LDA model
Loss distribution approach model
Board
Board of Directors
LEDR
Loss Event Data Repository
BOC
Basel Oversight Committee
LTD
Long term debt
BCRC
Business Conduct Risk Committee
MiFID
Markets in Financial Instruments Directive
BRRD
Bank Recovery and Resolution Directive
MiFID II
Markets in Financial Instruments Directive II
CAP
Capital adequacy process
MiFIR
Markets in Financial Instruments Regulation
CCAR
Comprehensive Capital Analysis and Review
MRAC
Management Risk and Capital Committee
CD
Certificates of deposit
MRC
Model Risk Committee
CEO
Chief Executive Officer
MVG
Model Validation Group
CET1 (1)
Common equity tier 1
NIR
Net interest revenue
CFO
Chief Financial Officer
NSFR (1)
Net stable funding ratio
CFP
Contingency funding plan
NYSE
New York Stock Exchange
CFTC
Commodity Futures Trading Commission
OCC
Office of the Comptroller of the Currency
CIS
Corporate Information Security
OFAC
Office of Foreign Assets Control
CLO
Collateralized loan obligations
ORM
Operational risk management
COSO
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission
OCI
Other comprehensive income (loss)
CRE
Commercial real estate
OCIO
Outsourced Chief Investment Officer
CRO
Chief Risk Officer
OFAC
Office of Foreign Assets Control
CRPC
Credit Risk & Policy Committee
OTC
Over-the-counter
CVA
Credit valuation adjustment
OTTI
Other-than-temporary-impairment
DIF
Deposit Insurance Fund
Parent Company
State Street Corporation
Dodd-Frank Act
Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act
PCA
Prompt corrective action
DOJ
Department of Justice
PD (1)
Probability-of-default
DPD
Data Protection Directive
PUA
Purchase undertaking agreement
E&A Committee
Examining and Audit Committee
P&L
Profit-and-loss
EAD (1)
Exposure-at-default
RC
Risk Committee
ECB
European Central Bank
RCSA
Risk and control self-assessment
ECC
Executive Compensation Committee
RWA (1)
Risk-weighted assets
EMIR
European Market Infrastructure Resolution
SEC
Securities and Exchange Commission
EPS
Earnings per share
SERP
Supplemental executive retirement plans
ERISA
Employee Retirement Income Security Act
SIFI
Systemically important financial institutions
ERM
Enterprise Risk Management
SLR (1)
Supplementary leverage ratio
ETF
Exchange-Traded Fund
SOX
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002
EVE
Economic value of equity
SSGA
State Street Global Advisors
FASB
Financial Accounting Standards Board
SSGA FM
State Street Global Advisors Funds Management, Inc.
FCA
Financial Conduct Authority
SSGA Ltd.
State Street Global Advisors Limited
FDIC
Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation
State Street Bank
State Street Bank and Trust Company
Federal Reserve
Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System
TLAC (1)
Total loss-absorbing capacity
FFELP
Federal Family Education Loan Program
TMRC
Trading and Markets Risk Committee
FFIEC
Federal Financial Institution Examination Council
TORC
Technology and Operational Risk Committee
FHLB
Federal Home Loan Bank of Boston
UCITS
Undertakings for Collective Investments in Transferable Securities
FRBB
Federal Reserve Bank of Boston
UOM
Unit of measure
FSB
Financial Stability Board
VaR
Value-at-risk
FSOC
Financial Stability Oversight Council
VIE
Variable interest entity
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1) As defined by the applicable U.S. regulations.

State Street Corporation | 196



GLOSSARY
 
 
 
 
Asset-backed securities:  A financial security backed by collateralized assets, other than real estate or mortgage backed securities.

Assets under custody and administration:  Assets that we hold directly or indirectly on behalf of clients under a safekeeping or custody arrangement or for which we provide administrative services for clients. To the extent that we provide more than one AUCA service for a client’s assets, the value of the asset is only counted once in the total amount of AUCA.

Assets under management:  The total market value of client assets for which we provide investment management strategy services, advisory services and/or distribution services generating management fees based on a percentage of the assets’ market values. These client assets are not included on our balance sheet.

Certificates of deposit:  A savings certificate with a fixed maturity date, specified fixed interest rate and can be issued in any denomination aside from minimum investment requirements. A CD restricts access to the funds until the maturity date of the investment.

Collateralized loan obligations: A security backed by a pool of debt, primarily senior secured leveraged loans. CLOs are similar to collateralized mortgage obligations, except for the different type of underlying loan. With a CLO, the investor receives scheduled debt payments from the underlying loans, assuming most of the risk in the event borrowers default, but is offered greater diversity and the potential for higher-than-average returns.

Commercial real estate:  Property intended to generate profit from capital gains or rental income. Our CRE loans are composed of loans acquired in 2008 pursuant to indemnified repurchase agreements with an affiliate of Lehman Brothers.
                                                                                                                                                      Economic value of equity:  Long-term interest rate risk measure designed to estimate the fair value of assets, liabilities and off-balance sheet instruments based on a discounted cash flow model.

Exchange-Traded Fund:
 A type of exchange-traded investment product that offer investors a way to pool their money in a fund that makes investments in stocks, bonds, or other assets and, in return, to receive an interest in that investment pool. ETF shares are traded on a national stock exchange and at market prices that may or may not be the same as the net asset value.

Exposure-at-default:
 A parameter used in the calculation of regulatory capital under Basel III. It can be defined as the expected amount of loss a bank may be exposed to upon default of an obligor.

Global systemically important bank:  A financial institution whose distress or disorderly failure, because of its size, complexity and systemic interconnectedness, would cause significant disruption to the wider financial system and economic activity, which will be subject to additional capital requirements.

Held-to-maturity investment securities:  We classify investments in debt securities as held-to-maturity only if we have the positive intent and ability to hold those securities to maturity. Investments in debt securities classified as held-to-maturity are measured subsequently at amortized cost in the statement of financial position.

High-quality liquid assets:  Cash or assets that can be converted into cash at little or no loss of value in private markets and are considered unencumbered.






Liquidity coverage ratio:  A Basel III framework requirement for banks and bank holding companies to measure liquidity. It is designed to ensure that certain banking institutions, including us, maintain a minimum amount of unencumbered HQLA sufficient to withstand the net cash outflow under a hypothetical standardized acute liquidity stress scenario for a 30-day stress period. The ratio of our encumbered high-quality liquid assets divided by our total net cash outflows over a 30-day stress period.
                                                                                                                                                               Net asset value:  The amount of net assets attributable to each share of capital stock (other than senior securities, such as, preferred stock) outstanding at the close of the period.

Net stable funding ratio:  The ratio of the amount of available stable funding relative to the amount of required stable funding. This ratio should be equal to at least 100% on an ongoing basis.

Other-than-temporary-impairment:  Impairment charge taken on a security whose fair value has fallen below its carrying value on balance sheet and its value is not expected to recover through the holding period of the security.

Probability-of-default:  An internal risk rating that indicates the likelihood that a credit obligor will enter into default status.

Qualified financial contracts:  Securities contracts, commodity contracts, forward contracts, repurchase agreements, swap agreements and any other contract determined by the FDIC to be a qualified financial contract.
                                                                                                         Risk-weighted assets:  A measurement used to quantify risk inherent in our on and off-balance sheet assets by adjusting the asset value for risk. RWA is used in the calculation of our risk-based capital ratios.

Supplementary leverage ratio:  The ratio of our tier 1 capital to our total leverage exposure, which measures our capital adequacy relative to our on and off-balance sheet assets.
                                                                                                                                                             Total loss-absorbing capacity:  The sum of our tier 1 regulatory capital plus eligible external long-term debt issued by us.

Value-at-Risk:  Statistical model used to measure the potential loss in value of a portfolio that could occur in normal markets condition, over a defined holding period, within a certain confidence level.

Variable interest entity:  An entity that: (1) lacks enough equity investment at risk to permit the entity to finance its activities without additional financial support from other parties; (2) has equity owners that lack the right to make significant decisions affecting the entity’s operations; and/or (3) has equity owners that do not have an obligation to absorb or the right to receive the entity’s losses or return.
















State Street Corporation | 197



ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE
None.
ITEM 9A.    CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES
DISCLOSURE CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES; CHANGES IN INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING
State Street has established and maintains disclosure controls and procedures that are designed to ensure that material information related to State Street and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis required to be disclosed in its reports filed or submitted under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC's rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to State Street's management, including its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. For the quarter ended December 31, 2016 , State Street's management carried out an evaluation, with the participation of the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, of the effectiveness of the design and operation of State Street's disclosure controls and procedures. Based on the evaluation of these disclosure controls and procedures, the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that State Street's disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of December 31, 2016 .
State Street has also established and maintains internal control over financial reporting as a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of consolidated financial statements for external purposes in conformity with GAAP. In the ordinary course of business, State Street routinely enhances its internal controls and procedures for financial reporting by either upgrading its current systems or implementing new systems. Changes have been made and may be made to State Street's internal controls and procedures for financial reporting as a result of these efforts. During the quarter ended December 31, 2016 , no change occurred in State Street's internal control over financial reporting that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, State Street's internal control over financial reporting.

State Street Corporation | 198



INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

The management of State Street is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements and other financial information contained in this Form 10-K. Management is also responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting. Management has designed business processes and internal controls and has also established and is responsible for maintaining a business culture that fosters financial integrity and accurate reporting. To these ends, management maintains a comprehensive system of internal controls intended to provide reasonable assurances regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of the consolidated financial statements of State Street in conformity with GAAP. State Street's accounting policies and internal control over financial reporting, established and maintained by management, are under the general oversight of State Street's Board of Directors, including the Board's Examining and Audit Committee.
Management has made a comprehensive review, evaluation and assessment of State Street's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 . The standard measures adopted by management in making its evaluation are the measures in the Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the “COSO criteria”).
Based on its review and evaluation, management concluded that State Street's internal control over financial reporting was effective as of December 31, 2016 , and that State Street's internal control over financial reporting as of that date had no material weaknesses.
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, which has audited and reported on the consolidated financial statements contained in this Form 10-K, has issued its written attestation report on its assessment of State Street's internal control over financial reporting, which follows this report.


State Street Corporation | 199



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Shareholders and Board of Directors of
State Street Corporation
We have audited State Street Corporation’s (the “Corporation”) internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 , based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the “COSO criteria”). State Street Corporation management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Corporation’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit.
We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.
A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.
Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.
In our opinion, State Street Corporation maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2016 , based on the COSO criteria.
We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States), the consolidated statements of condition of State Street Corporation as of December 31, 2016 and 2015 , and the related consolidated statements of income, comprehensive income, changes in shareholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2016 and our report dated February 16, 2017 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Boston, Massachusetts
February 16, 2017

State Street Corporation | 200




ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION
On February 16, 2017 Thomas J. Wilson informed the parent company that he has decided not to stand for re-election as a director of the parent company at the 2017 annual meeting of shareholders.
PART III
ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Information concerning our directors will appear in our Proxy Statement for the 2017 Annual Meeting of Shareholders, to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A on or before May 1, 2017 , referred to as the 2017 Proxy Statement, under the caption “Election of Directors.” Information concerning compliance with Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act will appear in our 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption “Section 16(a) Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance.” Information concerning our Code of Ethics for Senior Financial Officers and our Examining and Audit Committee will appear in our 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption “Corporate Governance at State Street.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
Information about our executive officers is included under Part I.
ITEM 11.    EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
Information in response to this item will appear in our 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption “Executive Compensation.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.


State Street Corporation | 201



ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
Information concerning security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management will appear in our 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
 
RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS
The following table presents the number of outstanding common stock awards, options, warrants and rights granted by State Street to participants in our equity compensation plans, as well as the number of securities available for future issuance under these plans, as of December 31, 2016 . The table provides this information separately for equity compensation plans that have and have not been approved by shareholders. Shares presented in the table and in the footnotes following the table are stated in thousands of shares.

(Shares in thousands)
(a)
Number of securities
to be issued
upon exercise of
outstanding
options,
warrants and rights
 
(b)
Weighted-average
exercise price of
outstanding
options,
warrants and rights (1)
 
(c)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected
in column (a))
Plan category:
 
 
 
 
 
Equity compensation plans approved by shareholders
10,016

(2)  
$
77.52

 
18,491

Equity compensation plans not approved by shareholders
24

(3)  


 

Total
10,040

 


 
18,491

 
 
 
 
 
(1) Excludes deferred stock awards and performance awards for which there is no exercise price.
(2) Consists of 7,814 thousand shares subject to deferred stock awards, zero shares subject to stock options, 955 thousand stock appreciation rights and 1,247 thousand shares subject to performance awards (assuming payout at 100% for all awards, including awards for which performance is uncertain).
(3) Consists of shares subject to deferred stock awards.
Individual directors who are not our employees have received stock awards and cash retainers, both of which may be deferred. Directors may elect to receive shares of our common stock in place of cash. If payment is in the form of common stock, the number of shares is determined by dividing the approved cash amount by the closing price on the date of the annual shareholders' meeting or date of grant, if different. All deferred shares, whether stock awards or common stock received in place of cash retainers, are increased to reflect dividends paid on the common stock and, for certain directors, may include share amounts in respect of an accrual under a terminated retirement plan. Directors may elect to defer 50% or 100% of cash or stock awards until a date that they specify, usually after termination of service on the Board.  The deferral may also be paid in either a lump sum or in installments over a two- to ten-year period. Stock awards totaling 230,915 shares of common stock were outstanding as of December 31, 2016 ; awards made through June 30, 2003, totaling 23,606 shares outstanding as of December 31, 2016 , have not been approved by shareholders. There are no other equity compensation plans under which our equity securities are authorized for issuance that have been adopted without shareholder approval. Awards of stock made or retainer shares paid to individual directors after June 30, 2003 have been or will be made under our 1997 or 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, both of which were approved by shareholders.
 
ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE
Information concerning certain relationships and related transactions and director independence will appear in our 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption “Corporate Governance at State Street.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.
ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTING FEES AND SERVICES
Information concerning principal accounting fees and services and the Examining and Audit Committee's pre-approval policies and procedures will appear in our 2017 Proxy Statement under the caption “Examining and Audit Committee Matters.” Such information is incorporated herein by reference.


State Street Corporation | 202



PART IV. OTHER INFORMATION
ITEM 15.    EXHIBITS, FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
(A)(1) FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
The following consolidated financial statements of State Street are included in Item 8 hereof:
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
Consolidated Statement of Income - Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statement of Comprehensive Income - Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
Consolidated Statement of Condition - As of December 31, 2016 and 2015
Consolidated Statement of Changes in Shareholders' Equity - Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and
2014
Consolidated Statement of Cash Flows - Years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements
(A)(2) FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
Certain schedules to the consolidated financial statements have been omitted if they were not required by Article 9 of Regulation S-X or if, under the related instructions, they were inapplicable, or the information was contained elsewhere herein.
(A)(3) EXHIBITS
The exhibits listed in the Exhibit Index following the signature page of this Form 10-K are filed herewith or are incorporated herein by reference to other SEC filings.

ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY
Not applicable.


State Street Corporation | 203






SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirement of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, on February 16, 2017 , hereunto duly authorized. 
 
STATE STREET CORPORATION
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ M ICHAEL  W. B ELL
 
 
MICHAEL W. BELL,
 
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
By
/s/ S EAN  P. N EWTH
 
 
SEAN P. NEWTH
 
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below on February 16, 2017 by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities indicated.
OFFICERS:
/s/ J OSEPH  L. H OOLEY
 
 
/s/ M ICHAEL  W. B ELL
JOSEPH L. HOOLEY,
 
 
MICHAEL W. BELL,
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer; Director
 
 
Executive Vice President and
Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ S EAN  P. N EWTH
 
 
 
SEAN P. NEWTH
 
 
 
Senior Vice President, Chief Accounting Officer and Controller







DIRECTORS:
/s/ J OSEPH  L. H OOLEY
 
 
 
JOSEPH L. HOOLEY
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ K ENNETT  F. B URNES
 
 
/s/ L INDA  A. H ILL
KENNETT F. BURNES
 
 
LINDA A. HILL
 
 
 
 
/s/ P ATRICK   de  S AINT -A IGNAN
 
 
/s/ R ICHARD  P. S ERGEL
PATRICK de SAINT-AIGNAN
 
 
RICHARD P. SERGEL
 
 
 
 
/s/ Lynn A. Dugle
 
 
/s/ R ONALD  L. S KATES
LYNN A. DUGLE
 
 
RONALD L. SKATES
 
 
 
 
/s/ A MELIA  C. F AWCETT
 
 
/s/ G REGORY  L. S UMME
AMELIA C. FAWCETT
 
 
GREGORY L. SUMME
 
 
 
 
/s/ W ILLIAM  C. F REDA
 
 
/s/ T HOMAS  J. W ILSON
WILLIAM C. FREDA
 
 
THOMAS J. WILSON
 
 
 
 

State Street Corporation | 204



EXHIBIT INDEX
 
 
3.1
 
Restated Articles of Organization, as amended
 
 
 
 
 
3.2
 
By-Laws, as amended (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) filed on October 20, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
4.1
 
The description of State Street’s Common Stock is included in State Street’s Registration Statement on Form 8-A (File No. 001-07511), as filed on January 18, 1995 and March 7, 1995 (filed with the SEC on January 18, 1995 and March 7, 1995 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
4.2
 
Deposit Agreement, dated August 21, 2012, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary), and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) filed with the SEC on August 21, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
4.3
 
Deposit Agreement, dated March 4, 2014, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary), and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated March 4, 2014 filed with the SEC on March 4, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
4.4
 
Deposit Agreement, dated November 25, 2014, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary) and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated November 25, 2014 filed with the SEC on November 25, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
4.5
 
Deposit Agreement dated May 21, 2015, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary) and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1) to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-7511) dated May 21, 2015 filed with the SEC on May 21, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
4.6
 
Deposit Agreement dated April 11, 2016, among State Street Corporation, American Stock Transfer & Trust Company, LLC (as depositary) and the holders from time to time of depositary receipts (filed as Exhibit 4.1) to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-7511) dated April 11, 2016 filed with the SEC on April 11, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
(Note: None of the instruments defining the rights of holders of State Street’s outstanding long-term debt are in respect of indebtedness in excess of 10% of the total assets of State Street and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis. State Street hereby agrees to furnish to the SEC upon request a copy of any other instrument with respect to long-term debt of State Street and its subsidiaries.)
 
 
 
 
 
10.1†
 
State Street's Management Supplemental Retirement Plan Amended and Restated, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.2†
 
State Street's Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (formerly “State Street Supplemental Defined Benefit Pension Plan for Executive Officers”) Amended and Restated, as amended
 
 
 
 
 
10.3†
 
Supplemental Cash Incentive Plan, as amended, and form of award and agreement thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2014 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.4†
 
Form of Amended and Restated Employment Agreement entered into with each of Joseph L. Hooley, James S. Phalen and Michael Rogers (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2009 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference) and Form of Amendment dated March 26, 2014 to Employment Agreement (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated March 26, 2014 filed with the SEC on March 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 

State Street Corporation | 205



 
10.5†
 
Employment Agreement entered into with Michael W. Bell dated June 17, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference) and Form of Amendment dated March 26, 2014 to Employment Agreement (filed as Exhibit 99.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated March 26, 2014 filed with the SEC on March 31, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.6†
 
State Street’s Executive Compensation Trust Agreement dated December 6, 1996 (Rabbi Trust) (filed as Exhibit 10.5 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.7†
 
State Street’s 1997 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of award agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.6 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2008 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2009 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.8†
 
State Street’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as amended, and forms of award agreements thereunder (filed as Exhibit 10.8 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2014 and filed with the SEC on February 20, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.9†
 
Terms of Employment for Jeffrey N. Carp dated November 11, 2005, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.9 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2015 and filed with the SEC on February 19, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.10†
 
State Street’s Management Supplemental Savings Plan, Amended and Restated, as amended
 
 
 
 
 
10.11†
 
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of State Street Corporation, Restated January 1, 2008, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.11 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2012 filed with the SEC on February 22, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.12†
 
Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors of State Street Corporation, Restated January 1, 2007, as amended (filed as Exhibit 10.12 to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2011 filed with the SEC on February 27, 2012 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.13†
 
Description of compensation arrangements for non-employee directors
 
 
 
 
 
10.14
 
Deferred Prosecution Agreement dated January 17, 2017 between State Street Corporation and the U.S. Department of Justice and United States Attorney for the District of Massachusetts

 
 
 
 
 
10.15†
 
Employment Letter Agreement entered into with Eric Aboaf dated September 22, 2016 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) dated September 28, 2016 filed with the SEC on September 28, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.16†
 
Letter Agreement with Michael W. Bell dated May 23, 2013 (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to State Street's Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q (File No. 001-07511) for the quarter ended June 30, 2013 filed with the SEC on August 6, 2013 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.17A†
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Corporation and each of its directors (filed as Exhibit 10.18A to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.17B†
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Corporation and each of its executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.18B to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.17C†
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Bank and Trust Company and each of its directors (filed as Exhibit 10.18C to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 

State Street Corporation | 206



 
10.17D†
 
Form of Indemnification Agreement between State Street Bank and Trust Company and each of its executive officers (filed as Exhibit 10.18D to State Street's Annual Report on Form 10-K (File No. 001-07511) for the year ended December 31, 2013 filed with the SEC on February 21, 2014 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.18†
 
2011 Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 99.2 to State Street's Current Report on Form 8-K (File No. 001-07511) filed with the SEC on May 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
10.19†
 
2016 State Street Corporation Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan
 
 
 
 
 
10.20†
 
Transition Agreement dated April 15, 2016 between State Street Bank and Trust Company and Michael W. Bell (filed as Exhibit 10.1 State Street's Form 10-Q (File No. 001-07511) for the quarter ended March 31, 2016 filed with the SEC on May 6, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference)
 
 
 
 
 
12
 
Statement of Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
 
 
21
 
Subsidiaries of State Street Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
23
 
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
 
 
 
 
 
31.1
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
31.2
 
Rule 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) Certification of Chief Financial Officer
 
 
 
 
 
32
 
Section 1350 Certifications
 
 
 
 
*
101.INS
 
XBRL Instance Document
 
 
 
 
*
101.SCH
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document
 
 
 
 
*
101.CAL
 
XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
*
101.DEF
 
XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
*
101.LAB
 
XBRL Taxonomy Label Linkbase Document
 
 
 
 
*
101.PRE
 
XBRL Taxonomy Presentation Linkbase Document

 
 
 
 
 
Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement
*
 
Submitted electronically herewith
Attached as Exhibit 101 to this report are the following formatted in XBRL (Extensible Business Reporting Language): (i) consolidated statement of income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 , (ii) consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 , (iii) consolidated statement of condition as of December 31, 2016 and December 31, 2015 , (iv) consolidated statement of changes in shareholders' equity for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 , (v) consolidated statement of cash flows for the years ended December 31, 2016, 2015 and 2014 , and (vi) notes to consolidated financial statements.


State Street Corporation | 207



EXHIBIT 3.1
RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION OF REGISTRANT, AS AMENDED
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
JOHN F. X. DAVOREN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
STATE HOUSE, BOSTON, MASS.
RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the restated articles of organization. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
 
 
We, George B. Rockwell
 
, President/and
Winthrop B. Walker
 
, Clerk of
State Street Boston Financial Corporation
(Name of Corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02101 do hereby certify that the following restatement of the articles of organization of the corporation was duly adopted on June 11, 1970, by written consent of the holder of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
100
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
out of
 
100
 
shares outstanding,
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding, and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding,
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being all of the stock outstanding and entitled to vote and of each class or series of stock adversely affected thereby:-
1. The name by which the corporation shall be known is:- State Street Boston Financial Corporation
2. The purposes for which the corporation is formed are as follows:- See Continuation Sheet 2A.
Note:
Provisions for which the space provided under articles 2, 4, 5, and 6 is not sufficient should be set out on continuation sheets to be numbered 2A, 2B, etc. Indicate under each article where the provision is set out. Continuation sheets shall be on 8 1 / 2 ” wide × 11” high paper and must have a left-hand margin 1 inch wide for binding. Only one side should be used.
3. The total number of shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue is as follows:





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CLASS OF STOCK
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
 
 
NUMBER OF
SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Preferred
 
700,000

 
0
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
Common
 
0

 
3,500,000

 
$
10


*4. If more than one class is authorized, a description of each of the different classes of stock with, if any, the preferences, voting powers, qualifications, special or relative rights or privileges as to each class thereof and any series now established:
See Continuation Sheet 4A
*5. The restrictions, if any, imposed by the articles of organization upon the transfer of shares of stock of any class are as follows:
None
*6. Other lawful provision, if any, for the conduct and regulation of the business and affairs of the corporation, for its voluntary dissolution, or for limiting, defining, or regulating the powers of the corporation, or of its directors or stockholders, or of any class of stockholders:
See Continuation Sheets 6A, 6B, and 6C.
*
If there are no such provisions, state “None”.
CONTINUATION SHEET 2A
To acquire, hold, dispose of and otherwise deal in and with securities (including but not limited to stocks, shares, evidences of beneficial interest, evidences of indebtedness and evidences of any right to subscribe for or purchase or sell any thereof), and any interest therein, issued or created by or evidencing or representing any interest in any one or more banks, trust companies, other corporations, associations, trusts, firms, partnerships, governments, governmental or political units, instrumentalities, subdivisions, agencies or authorities, or other organizations, persons or entities, public or private; and
To engage in any other lawful business or activity in which a corporation organized under the Business Corporation Law of Massachusetts is permitted to engage.
CONTINUATION SHEET 4A
The board of directors is authorized, subject to the limitations prescribed by law and these articles, to divide the Preferred Stock into two or more series and to establish and designate each series and fix and determine the variations in the relative rights and preferences as between the different series, provided that all shares of the Preferred Stock shall be identical except that there may be variations fixed and so determined between different series as to:
(a) The number of shares constituting each series and the distinctive designation of that series;
(b) Whether or not the shares of any series shall be redeemable and, if redeemable, the price (which may vary under different conditions and at different redemption dates), the terms and the manner of redemption, including the date or dates on or after which they shall be redeemable;
(c) The dividend rate on the shares of each series, the conditions and dates upon which dividends thereon shall be payable, the extent, if any, to which dividends thereon shall be cumulative, and the relative rights of preference, if any, of payment of dividends thereon;
(d) The rights of each series on liquidation, voluntary or involuntary, including dissolution or winding up of the corporation;
(e) The sinking fund or purchase fund provisions, if any, applicable to each series, including without limitation the annual amount thereof and the terms relating thereto;





(f) The conversion rights, if any, of each series, including the terms and conditions of conversion, which terms and conditions may contain provisions for adjustment of the conversion rate in such events as the board of directors shall determine; and
(g) The conditions under which each series shall have separate voting rights or no voting rights, in addition to the voting rights provided by law.
CONTINUATION SHEET 6A
By-laws
The board of directors is authorized to make, amend or repeal the by-laws of the corporation in whole or in part, except with respect to any provision thereof which by law, by these articles of organization or by the by-laws requires action by the stockholders.
Place of Meetings of the Stockholders
Meetings of the stockholders may be held anywhere in the United States.
Partnership
The corporation may be a partner in any business enterprise which the corporation would have power to conduct by itself.
Indemnification of Directors, Officers and Others
The corporation shall indemnify each person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the corporation, and each person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or other agent of another organization in which it directly or indirectly owns shares or of which it is directly or indirectly a creditor, against all liabilities, costs and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in settlement or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees and disbursements, reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or disposition of or otherwise in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, before any court or administrative or legislative or investigative body, in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of his being or having been such a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, or by reason of any action taken or not taken in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action
CONTINUATION SHEET 6B
was in the best interests of the corporation. Expenses, including but not limited to counsel fees and disbursements, so incurred by any such person in defending any such action, suit or proceeding, may be paid from time to time by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person indemnified to repay the amounts so paid if it shall ultimately be determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized hereunder.
As to any matter disposed of by settlement by any such person, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no such indemnification either for the amount of such settlement or for any other expenses shall be provided unless such settlement shall be approved as in the best interests of the corporation, after notice that it involves such indemnification, (a) by vote of a majority of the disinterested directors then in office (even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum), or (b) by any disinterested person or persons to whom the question may be referred by vote of a majority of such disinterested directors, or (c) by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock at the time entitled to vote for directors, voting as a single class, exclusive of any stock owned by any interested person, or (d) by any disinterested person or persons to whom the question may be referred by vote of the holders of a majority of such stock. No such approval shall prevent the recovery from any such officer, director, employee, agent or trustee of any amounts paid to him or on his behalf as indemnification in accordance by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the corporation.





The right of indemnification hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any director, officer, employee, agent or trustee may be entitled or which may lawfully be granted to him. As used herein, the terms “director”, “officer”, “employee”, “agent” and “trustee” include their respective executors, administrators and other legal representatives, an “interested” person is one against whom the action, suit or other proceeding in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or had been pending or threatened, and a “disinterested” person is a person against whom no such action, suit or other proceeding is then or had been pending or threatened.
By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in such action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such amounts as the board of directors may from time to time deem appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the
CONTINUATION SHEET 6C
corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or other agent of another organization in which it directly or indirectly owns shares or of which it is directly or indirectly a creditor, against any liability incurred by him in any such capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability.
Intercompany Transactions
No contract or transaction between the corporation and one or more of its directors or officers, or between the corporation and any other organization of which one or more of its directors or officers are directors, trustees or officers, or in which any of them has any financial or other interest, shall be void or voidable, or in any way affected, solely for this reason, or solely because the director or officer is present at or participates in the meeting of the board of directors or committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction, or solely because his or their votes are counted for such purpose, if:
(a) The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the board of directors or the committee which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction, and the board or committee in good faith authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction by the affirmative votes of a majority of the disinterested directors, even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum; or
(b) The material facts as to his relationship or interest and as to the contract or transaction are disclosed or are known to the stockholders entitled to vote thereon, and the contract or transaction is specifically authorized, approved or ratified in good faith by vote of the stockholders; or
(c) The contract or transaction is fair as to the corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board of directors, a committee thereof, or the stockholders.
Common or interested directors may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the board of directors or of a committee thereof which authorizes, approves or ratifies the contract or transaction. No director or officer of the corporation shall be liable or accountable to the corporation or to any of its stockholders or creditors or to any other person, either for any loss to the corporation or to any other person or for any gains or profits realized by such director or officer, by reason of any contract or transaction as to which clauses (a), (b) or (c) above are applicable.
*We further certify that the foregoing restated articles of organization effect no amendments to the articles of organization of the corporation as heretofore amended, except amendments to the following articles 3 and 4
(*If there are no such amendments, state “None”.)
Article Three is amended by increasing the authorized capital stock of this corporation by
(a) 3,485,000 shares of Common Stock, $10 par value, to a total of 3,500,000 shares; and
(b) 700,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value.
Article Four is amended by the addition of provisions authorizing the Board of Directors to divide the Preferred Stock into two or more series and to establish and designate each series and fix and determine the variations in the relative rights and preferences as between the different series.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have signed our names
this 11th day of June in the year 1970.





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ GEORGE B. ROCKWELL
 
 
 
President
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ WINTHROP B. WALKER
 
 
 
Clerk
 
 
THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 74)
I hereby approve the within restated articles of organization and, the filing fee in the amount of $24,550.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 15th day of June, 1970.
 
/s/ JOHN F.X. DAVOREN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
State House, Boston, Mass.
[STAMP]
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF RESTATED ARTICLES OF ORGANIZATION TO BE SENT

TO:
Jerome E. Andrews, Jr., Esq.
Choate, Hall & Stewart
28 State Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
Tel: 227-5020
Copy Mailed MON 7.8.70
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Secretary of the Commonwealth
STATE HOUSE, BOSTON, MASS.
02133
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
Peter S. Maher
 
 
 
Senior Vice President, and
 
 
 
Dean W. Harrison
 
 
 
Clerk of
 
STATE STREET BOSTON FINANCIAL CORPORATION





(Name of Corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02101 do hereby certify that the following amendment to the articles of organization of the corporation was duly adopted at a meeting held on April 20, 1977, by vote of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,664,380
 
shares of
 
Common
 
out of
 
2,280,323
 
shares outstanding,
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding, and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding, and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being at least a majority of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B. Section 70
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B. Section 71
NOTE: Amendment for which the space provided above is not sufficient should be set out on continuation sheets to be numbered 2A, 2B, etc. Continuation sheets shall be an 8 1 / 2 ” wide × 11” high paper and must have a left-hand margin 1 inch wide for binding. Only one side should be used.
VOTED: to change the name of the STATE STREET BOSTON FINANCIAL CORPORATION to STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION.
CONSENT
On April 20, 1977, the stockholders of State Street Boston Financial Corporation voted to change the name of said corporation to State Street Boston Corporation.

The undersigned hereby consent to said corporation’s change of name to State Street Boston Corporation.





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATE STREET BOSTON LEASING COMPANY, INC. 225 Franklin Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02101
 
 
 
 
Date 4/20/77
 
 
 
By
 
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE] EXECUTIVE VICE PRESIDENT
 
 
 
 
Its
 
SENIOR MANAGER
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATE STREET BOSTON CREDIT COMPANY, INC.
225 Franklin Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02101
 
 
 
 
Date 4/20/77
 
 
 
By
 
/s/ PETER S MAHER
 
 
 
 
Its
 
General Manager
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
STATE STREET BOSTON SECURITIES SERVICES CORP.
40 Exchange Place
New York, New York
 
 
 
 
Date 4/20/77
 
 
 
By
 
/s/ [ILLEGIBLE]
 
 
 
 
Its
 
President
The foregoing amendment will become effective when these articles of amendment are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B, Section 6 of the General Laws unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this twentieth day of April, in the year 1977
 
 
 
/s/ PETER S. MAHER
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
/s/ DEAN W. HARRISON
 
Clerk






THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and, the filing fee in the amount of $50.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 3rd day of May, 1977.
 
 
 
 
 
[STAMP]
 
 
 
/s/ PAUL GUZZI
 
 
 
 
Secretary of the Commonwealth
State House, Boston, Mass.
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT
TO:
Paul F. Lorenz
State Street Bank & Trust Co.
225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02101
Copy Mailed MAY 6 1977
 
 
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
 
 
 
 
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
Secretary of State
ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS. 02108
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72
 
FEDERAL INDENTIFICATION
No. 04-2456637
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
Robert J. Malley
 
Senior Vice President, and
 
 
Christoph H. Schmidt
 
Clerk of
State Street Boston Corporation
(Name of Corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 do hereby certify that the following amendments to the articles of organization of the corporation were duly adopted at a meeting held on April 21, 1982, by vote of





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,315,382
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
out of
 
2,111,476
 
shares outstanding, on Vote 1
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
1,089,224
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
out of
 
2,111,476
 
shares outstanding, on Vote 2 and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being at least a majority of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon:- /1/


 
 
 
(Vote 1)
 
VOTED: That Article 3 of the Articles of Organization of this Corporation is hereby amended to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, $10 par value, of the Corporation from 3,500,000 to 7,000,000; and that the Board of Directors be and it hereby is authorized to issue any and all of the authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock, $10 par value, of this Corporation at such time or times, to such persons, and for such lawful consideration, including cash, tangible or intangible property, services or expenses, or as stock dividends, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 70
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 71
Note: If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.
FOR INCREASE IN CAPITAL FILL IN THE FOLLOWING:





 
 
 
 
 
The total amount of capital stock already authorized is
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(-0- shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
with par value
 
 
(3,500,000 shares common)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(700,000 shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
without par value
 
 
(-0- shares common)
 
 
 
 
 
The amount of additional capital stock authorized is
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(-0- shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
with par value
 
 
(3,500,000 shares common)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(2,800,000 shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
without par value
 
 
(-0- shares common)
 
 

 
 
 
(Vote 2)
 
VOTED: That Article 3 of the Articles of Organization of this Corporation is hereby amended to increase the number of authorized shares of Preferred Stock, no par value, of the Corporation from 700,000 to 3,500,000; and that the Board of Directors be and it hereby is authorized to issue any and all of the authorized but unissued shares of the Preferred Stock, no par value, of this Corporation at such time or times, to such persons, and for such lawful consideration, including cash, tangible or intangible property, services or expenses, or as stock dividends, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.
The foregoing amendments will become effective when these articles of amendment are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B, Section 6 of The General Laws unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this eleventh day of May, in the year 1982
 
 
 
/s/ ROBERT J. MALLEY
 
Senior Vice President
 
 
/s/ CHRISTOPHER H. SCHMIDT
 
Clerk







THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and the filing fee in the amount of $45,500.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 12th day of May, 1982.
 
 
 
 
 
[stamp]
 
/s/ MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
 
 
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
 
 
Secretary of State
 
 
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT
TO
Mr. Robert J. Malley, S.V.P.
State Street Boston Corp.
225 Franklin Street-4th Floor
Boston, MA 02101
Telephone: (617) 786-3104
Copy Mailed MAY 19 1982
 
 
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
Secretary of State
ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS. 02108
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72
 
FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
NO. 04-2456637
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
William S. Edgerly
 
President, and
 
 
Robert J. Malley
 
Secretary of
State Street Boston Corporation
(Name of Corporation)






located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 do hereby certify that the following amendments to the articles of organization of the corporation were duly adopted at a meeting held on April 20, 1983, by vote of Common Stock
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
3,223,000
 
shares of
 
$10.00 par value
 
out of
 
4,311,465
 
shares outstanding,
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding, and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being at least a majority of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon:-/1/
VOTED:
That Article 3 of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization be amended to change the authorized common stock from 7,000,000 shares having a par value of $10.00 per share to 14,000,000 shares having a par value of $1.00 per share; and that the Board of Directors be and it hereby is authorized to issue any and all of the authorized but unissued shares of the Common Stock, $1 par value, of this Corporation at such time or times, to such persons, and for such lawful consideration, including cash, tangible or intangible property, services or expenses, or as such stock dividends, as may be determined from time to time by the Board of Directors.”
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 70
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 71
Note: If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.
FOR INCREASE IN CAPITAL FILL IN THE FOLLOWING:





 
 
 
 
 
The total amount of capital stock already authorized is
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
( shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
with par value
 
 
( shares common)
 
 
 
 
( shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
without par value
 
 
( shares common)
 
 
 
 
 
The amount of additional capital stock authorized is
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
( shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
with par value
 
 
( shares common)
 
 
 
 
( shares preferred)
 
 
 
 
 
 
without par value
 
 
( shares common)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The foregoing amendment will become effective when these articles of amendment are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B, Section 6 of the General Laws unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this 21 st day of April, in the year 1983.
 
 
 
/s/ WILLIAM S. EDGERLY
 
President
 
 
/s/ ROBERT J. MALLEY
 
Secretary


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and the filing fee in the amount of $75.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 22 nd day of April, 1983.





 
 
 
 
 
[stamp]
 
/s/ MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
 
 
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
 
 
Secretary of State
 
 
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT
TO
Mr. Robert J. Malley, S.V.P.
State Street Boston Corporation
225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02101
Telephone: (617) 786-3104
Copy Mailed APR 28 1983
 
 
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY, Secretary
ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS. 02108
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72
 
FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
No. 04-2456637
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
William S. Edgerly
 
 
 
 
Robert J. Malley
 
 
STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION
(Name of Corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02101 do hereby certify that the following amendment to the articles of organization of the Corporation was duly adopted at a meeting held on April 17, 1985, by vote of





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
6,669,209
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
out of
 
8,241,453
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
$1 par (Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding, and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being at least a majority of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon:- /1/
“VOTED: That Article 3 of the Articles of Organization be amended to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, $1 par value, from 14 million to 28 million.”
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 70
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 71
Note: If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.
TO CHANGE the number of shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock within the corporation fill in the following:
The total presently authorized is:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
COMMON
 

 
14,000,000

 
$
1

 
PREFERRED
 
3,500,000

 

 
 
 
CHANGE the total to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
COMMON
 

 
28,000,000

 
$
1

 
PREFERRED
 
3,500,000

 

 
 
 
The foregoing amendment will become effective when these articles of amendment are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B, Section 6 of the General Laws unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this 25 th day of April, in the year 1985.





 
 
 
/s/ WILLIAM S. EDGERLY
 
President
 
 
/s/ ROBERT J. MALLEY
 
Secretary & Clerk


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and the filing fee in the amount of $7,000.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 29 th day of April, 1985.
 
 
 
[STAMP]
 
/s/ MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
Secretary of State
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT
TO:
Robert J. Malley, S.V.P. & General Counsel
State Street Boston Corporation
225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02101
Telephone (617) 654-3104
Copy Mailed
 
 
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY, Secretary
ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS. 02108
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72
 
FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
NO. 04-2456637
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
David A. Spina
Robert J. Malley
 
Executive Vice President,
and
Secretary & Clerk of





STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION
(Name of Corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02101 do hereby certify that the following amendment to the articles of organization of the corporation was duly adopted at a meeting held on April 16, 1986, by vote of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
14,092,857
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
out of
 
17,216,198
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding,
and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being at least a majority of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon:-/1/
“VOTED: That Article 3 of the Articles of Organization be amended to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock of the Corporation, $1 par value, from 28 million to 56 million.”

For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 70.
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 71.
Note: If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.
TO CHANGE the number of shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock within the corporation fill in the following:
The total presently authorized is:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
COMMON
 

 
28,000,000

 
$
1

 
PREFERRED
 
3,500,000

 

 
 
 
CHANGE the total to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
COMMON
 

 
56,000,000

 
$
1

 
PREFERRED
 
3,500,000

 

 
 
 
The foregoing amendment will become effective when these articles of amendment are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B, Section 6 of the General Laws unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.





IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this 9 th day of May, in the year 1986.
 
 
 
/s/ David A. Spina
 
Executive Vice President
 
 
/s/ Robert J. Malley
 
Clerk and Secretary


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and the filing fee in the amount of $14,000.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 9th day of May, 1986.
 
 
 
[stamp]
 
/s/ MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
Secretary of State
 
 
 

TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION PHOTO COPY OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT
TO
Mr. Robert J. Malley, Secretary & Clerk
State Street Boston Corporation
225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02101
Telephone: (617) 654-3104
Copy Mailed
 
 
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY, Secretary
ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS. 02108
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72
 
FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
NO. 04-2456637
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.





 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
David A. Spina
Robert J. Malley
 
Executive Vice President,
and
Secretary & Clerk of
STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION
(Name of Corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02101 do hereby certify that the following amendments to the articles of organization of the corporation were duly adopted at a meeting held on April 15, 1987, by vote of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27,682,822
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
out of
 
35,116,000
 
shares outstanding, Amendment
#1
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
27,501,803
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
out of
 
35,116,000
 
shares outstanding, Amendment
#2
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being at least two-thirds of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon and of each class or series of stock whose rights are adversely affected thereby:-/2/
AMENDMENT #1
“VOTED: That Article 6 of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization be amended to add the following new paragraph pursuant to the Business Corporation of Massachusetts:
(See Continuation Sheet 1A, attached)
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 70
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 71
Note: If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.


TO CHANGE the number of shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock within the corporation fill in the following:
The total presently authorized is:





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR
VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CHANGE the total to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR
VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION
Continuation Sheet 1A
Amendment # 1 (continued)
“Liability of Directors
A director of this corporation shall not be personally liable to the corporation or its stockholders for monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director notwithstanding any provision of law imposing such liability, provided, however, that this paragraph of Article Six shall not eliminate the liability of a director to the extent such liability is imposed by applicable law (i) for any breach of the director’s duty of loyalty to this corporation or its stockholders, (ii) for acts or omissions not in good faith or which involve intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law, (iii) for any transaction from which the director derived an improper personal benefit, or (iv) for paying a dividend, approving a stock repurchase or making loans which are illegal under certain provisions of Massachusetts law, as the same exists or hereafter may be amended. If Massachusetts law is hereafter amended to authorize the further limitation of the legal liability of the directors of this





corporation, the liability of the directors shall then be deemed to be limited to the fullest extent then permitted by Massachusetts law as so amended. Any repeal or modification of this paragraph of this Article Six which may hereafter be effected by the stockholders of this corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the liability of a director for acts or omissions prior to such repeal or modification.”
Continuation Sheet 2A
INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS, OFFICERS AND OTHERS
The corporation shall to the fullest extent legally permissible indemnify each person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the corporation and each person who is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise or organization against all liabilities, costs and expenses, including but not limited to amounts paid in satisfaction of judgments, in settlement or as fines and penalties, and counsel fees and disbursements, reasonably incurred by him in connection with the defense or disposition of or otherwise in connection with or resulting from any action, suit or other proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, before any court or administrative or legislative or investigative body, in which he may be or may have been involved as a party or otherwise or with which he may be or may have been threatened, while in office or thereafter, by reason of his being or having been such a director, officer, employee, agent or trustee, or by reason of any action taken or not taken in any such capacity, except with respect to any matter as to which he shall have been finally adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the corporation (any person serving another organization in one or more of the indicated capacities at the request of the corporation who shall not have been adjudicated in any proceeding not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interest of such other organization shall be deemed so to have acted in good faith with respect to the corporation) or to the extent that such matter relates to service with respect to an employee benefit plan, in the best interest of the participants or beneficiaries of such employee benefit plan. Expenses, including but not limited to counsel fees and disbursements, or incurred by any such person in defending any such action, suit or proceeding, shall be paid from time to time by the corporation in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the person indemnified to repay the amounts so paid if it shall ultimately be determined that indemnification of such expenses is not authorized hereunder.
If, in an action, suit or proceeding brought by or in the name of the corporation, a director of the corporation is held not liable for monetary damages, whether because that director is relieved of personal liability under the provisions of this Article Six of the Articles of Organization, or otherwise, that director shall be deemed to have met the standard of conduct set forth above and to be entitled to indemnification for expenses reasonably incurred in the defense of such action, suit or proceeding.
As to any matter disposed of by settlement by such person, pursuant to a consent decree or otherwise, no such indemnification either for the amount of such settlement or for any other expenses shall be provided unless such settlement shall be approved as in the best interests of the corporation, after notice that it involves such indemnification, (a) by vote of a majority of the disinterested directors then in office (even though the disinterested directors be less than a quorum), or (b) by any disinterested person or persons to whom the question may be referred by vote of a majority of such disinterested directors, or (c) by vote of the holders of a majority of the outstanding stock at the time entitled to vote for directors, voting as a single class, exclusive of any stock owned by any interested person, or (d) by any disinterested person or persons to whom the question may be referred by vote of the holders of a majority of such stock. No such approval shall prevent the recovery from any such director, officer, employee, agent or trustee of any amounts paid to him or on his behalf as indemnification in accordance with the preceding sentence if such person is subsequently adjudicated by a court of competent jurisdiction not to have acted in good faith in the reasonable belief that his action was in the best interests of the corporation.
The right of indemnification hereby provided shall not be exclusive of or affect any other rights to which any director, officer, employee, agent or trustee may be entitled or which may lawfully be granted to him. As used herein, the terms “director”, “officer”, “employee”, “agent”, and “trustee” include their respective executors, administrators and other legal representatives, an “interested” person is one against whom the action, suit or other proceeding in question or another action, suit or other proceeding on the same or similar grounds is then or had been pending or threatened, and a “disinterested” person is a person against whom no such action, suit or other proceeding is then or had been pending or threatened.
By action of the board of directors, notwithstanding any interest of the directors in such action, the corporation may purchase and maintain insurance, in such amounts as the board of directors may from time to time deem appropriate, on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or other agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, trustee, officer, employee or other agent of another corporation or of any partnership, joint venture, trust, employee benefit plan or other enterprise or organization against any liability incurred by him in any such





capacity, or arising out of his status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify him against such liability.

Amendment #2
VOTED: That Article 6 of the Articles of Organization be further amended and restated with respect to indemnification to read as follows:
(See Continuation Sheet 2A, attached)
The foregoing amendment will become effective when these articles of amendment are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B, Section 6 of The General Laws unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this twenty-fourth day of April, in the year 1987.
 
 
 
/s/ DAVID A SPINA
 
Executive Vice President
 
 
/s/ ROBERT J. MALLEY
 
Clerk


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and the filing fee in the amount of $75.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 1 st day of May, 1987.
 
 
 
[stamp]
 
/s/ MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
Secretary of State
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT
TO
Mr. Robert J. Malley, Secretary & Clerk
State Street Boston Corporation
225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02101
Telephone: (617) 654-3104
Copy Mailed





 
 
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY, Secretary
ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS.02108
CERTIFICATE OF VOTE OF DIRECTORS ESTABLISHING
A SERIES OF A CLASS OF STOCK
General Laws, Chapter 1568, Section 26
 
FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
No. 04-2456637

 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
Robert J. Malley,
Robert J. Malley,
 
Vice President, and
Clerk of
 
 
 
 
 

located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110 do hereby certify that a meeting of the directors of the corporation held on September 15,1988, the following vote establishing and designating a series of a class of stock and determining the relative rights and preferences thereof was duly adopted:-
See continuation sheets numbered 2A through 2A-7
NOTE: Votes for which the space provided above is not sufficient should be set out on continuation sheets to be numbered 2A, 2B, etc. Continuation sheets must have a left-hand margin 1 inch wide for binding and shall be 8 1 / 2 ” X 11”. Only one side should be used.
VOTED: That pursuant to the authority to granted and vested in the Board of Directors in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Organization, as amended to date, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation and hereby states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative rights, preferences and limitations thereof (in addition to the provisions set forth in the Articles of Organization which are applicable to the Preferred Stock of all classes and series), as set forth in the Certificate of Designation, Preferences and Rights comprising Exhibit A to the Rights Agreement, which is attached hereto and incorporated herein by reference; and


Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION,
PREFERENCES AND RIGHTS
of
SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK
of
STATE STREET BOSTON CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Section 26 of the
Massachusetts Business Corporation Law)
State Street Boston Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the Business Corporation Law of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (hereinafter called the “Corporation”), hereby certifies that the following resolution was adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation as required by Section 26 of the Business Corporation Law at a meeting duly called and held on September 15, 1988:





RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority granted to and vested in the Board of Directors of this Corporation (hereinafter called the “Board of Directors” or the “Board”) in accordance with the provisions of the Articles of Organization, the Board of Directors hereby creates a series of Preferred Stock, without par value (the “Preferred Stock”), of the Corporation and hereby states the designation and number of shares, and fixes the relative rights, preferences, and limitations thereof (in addition to any provisions set forth in the Articles of Organization of the Corporation which are applicable to the Preferred Stock of all classes and series) as follows:
Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock:
Section 1. Designation and Amount. The shares of such series shall be designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Preferred Stock”) and the number of shares constituting the Series A Preferred Stock shall be 400,000. Such number of shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided , that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Preferred Stock to a number less than the number of shares then outstanding plus the number of shares reserved for issuance upon the exercise of outstanding options, rights or warrants or upon the conversion of any outstanding securities issued by the Corporation convertible into Series A Preferred Stock.
Section 2. Dividends and Distributions.
(A) Subject to the rights of the holders of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock (or any similar stock) ranking prior and superior to the Series A Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock, in preference to the holders of Common Stock, $1 par value (the “Common Stock”), of the Corporation, and of any other junior stock, shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in cash on the first day of March, June, September and December in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the first issuance of a share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock, in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (a) $1 or (b) subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, 100 times the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and 100 times the aggregate per share amount (payable in kind) of all non-cash dividends or other distributions, other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), declared on the Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or, with respect to the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, since the first issuance of any share or fraction of a share of Series A Preferred Stock. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
(B) The Corporation shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) of this Section immediately after it declared a dividend or distribution on the Common Stock (other than a dividend payable in shares of Common Stock); provided that, in the event no dividend or distribution shall have been declared on the Common Stock during the period between any Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and the next subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, a dividend of $1 per share on the Series A Preferred Stock shall nevertheless be payable on such subsequent Quarterly Dividend Payment Date.
(C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock from the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the date of issue of such shares, unless the date of issue of such shares is prior to the record date for the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in which case dividends on such shares shall begin to accrue from the date of issue of such shares, or unless the date of issue is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is a date after the record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to receive a quarterly dividend and before such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, in either of which events such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Preferred Stock in an amount less than the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding. The Board of Directors may fix a record date for the determination of holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock entitled to received payment of a dividend or distribution declared thereon, which record date shall be not more than 60 days prior to the date fixed for the payment thereof.
Section 3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall the following voting rights:





(A) Subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to 100 votes on all matters submitted to a vote of the stockholders of the Corporation. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the number of votes per share to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event shall be adjusted by multiplying such number by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
(B) Except as otherwise provided herein, in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock, or by law, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock and the holders of shares of Common Stock and any other capital stock of the Corporation having general voting rights shall vote together as one class on all matters submitted to a vote of stockholders of the Corporation.
(C) Except as set forth herein, or as otherwise provided by law, holders of Series A Preferred Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Common Stock as set forth herein) for taking any corporate action.
Section 4. Certain Restrictions.
(A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of Series A Preferred Stock outstanding shall been paid in full, the Corporation shall not:
(i) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock;
(ii) declare or pay dividends, or make any other distributions, on any shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled:
(iii) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration shares of any stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock, provided that the Corporation may at any time redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such junior stock in exchange for shares of any stock of the Corporation ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock; or
(iv) redeem or purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Preferred Stock, or any shares of stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Preferred Stock, except in accordance with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors) to all holders of such shares upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable treatment among the respective series or classes.
(B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock of the Corporation unless the Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares at such time and in such manner.
Section 5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired and cancelled promptly after the acquisition thereof. All such shares will upon their cancellation become authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of Preferred Stock subject to the conditions and restrictions on issuance set forth herein, in the Articles of Organization, or in any other Certificate of Designations creating a series of Preferred Stock or any similar stock or as otherwise required by law.
Section 6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up. Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, no distribution shall be made (1) to the holders of shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall have received $100 per share, plus an amount equal to accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, provided that the holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive an aggregate amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment hereinafter set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount to be distributed per share to holders of shares of Common Stock, or (2) to the holders of shares of stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) with the Series A Preferred





Stock, except distributions made ratably on the Series A Preferred Stock and all such parity stock in proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are entitled upon such liquidation, dissolution or winding up. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the aggregate amount to which holders of shares of Series A Preferred Stock were entitled immediately prior to such event under the proviso in clause (1) of the preceding sentence shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Section 7. Consolidation, Merger, etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation, merger, combination or other transaction in which the shares of Common Stock are exchanged for or changed into other stock or securities, cash and/or any other property, then in any such case each share of Series A Preferred Stock shall at the same time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share, subject to the provision for adjustment herein-after set forth, equal to 100 times the aggregate amount of stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Common Stock is changed or exchanged. In the event the Corporation shall at any time declare or pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock, or effect a subdivision or combination or consolidation of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend in shares of Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then in each such case the amount set forth in the preceding sentence with respect to the exchange or change of shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall be adjusted by multiplying such amount by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.
Section 8. No Redemption. The shares of Series A Preferred Stock shall not be redeemable.
Section 9. Rank. The Series A Preferred Stock shall rank junior with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets to all other series of the Corporation’s Preferred Stock.
Section 10. Amendment. The Articles of Organization of the Corporation shall not be amended in any manner which would materially alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of the Series A Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely without the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares of Series A Preferred Stock, voting together as a single class.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this 31 st day of January, in the year 1992
 
 
 
/s/ ROBERT J. MALLEY
 
Senior Vice President
Robert J. Malley
 
 
 
 
/s/ ROBERT J. MALLEY
 
Clerk
Robert J. Malley
 
 


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
Certificate of Vote of Directors Establishing
A Series of a Class of Stock
(General Laws, Chapter 156B Section 26)
I hereby approve the within certificate and, the filing fee in the amount of $100 having been paid, said certificate is hereby filed this 6 th day of FEBRUARY 1992.





 
 
 
[STAMP]
 
/s/ MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
Michael Joseph Connolly
 
 
Secretary of State
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF CERTIFICATE TO BE SENT
TO:
Robert J. Malley, Vice President & Clerk
State Street Boston Corporation
225 Franklin Street
Boston, MA 02110
Telephone 617-654-3104
Copy Mailed
 
 
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
OFFICE OF THE MASSACHUSETTS SECRETARY OF STATE
MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY, Secretary
ONE ASHBURTON PLACE, BOSTON, MASS. 02108
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72
 
FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
NO. 04-2456637
This certificate must be submitted to the Secretary of the Commonwealth within sixty days after the date of the vote of stockholders adopting the amendment. The fee for filing this certificate is prescribed by General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 114. Make check payable to the Commonwealth of Massachusetts.
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
We,
 
Marshall N. Carter
Robert J. Malley
 
 
 
 
 
President, and
Clerk of
5


State Street Boston Corporation
(Name of Corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02210 do hereby certify that the following amendment to the articles of organization of the corporation was duly adopted at a meeting held on April 15, 1992, by vote of





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
31,180,121
 
shares of
 
Common Stock (Class of Stock)
 
out of
 
37,248,358
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding, and
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
out of
 
 
 
shares outstanding.
 
 
 
 
(Class of Stock)
 
 
 
 
 
 
being at least a majority of each class outstanding and entitled to vote thereon:- /1/
“VOTED: That Article 3 of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to increase the authorized number of shares of Common Stock $1 par value, from 56 million to 112 million, and to authorize the Board of Directors to issue such shares from time to time for general corporate purposes.”
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 70
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 71
Note: If the space provided under any Amendment or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper leaving a left hand margin of at least 1 inch for binding. Additions to more than one Amendment may be continued on a single sheet so long as each Amendment requiring each such addition is clearly indicated.
TO CHANGE the number of shares and the par value, if any, of each class of stock within the corporation fill in the following:
The total presently authorized is:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
COMMON
 

 
56,000,000

 
$
1

PREFERRED
 
3,500,000

 

 
 
CHANGE the total to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
KIND OF STOCK
 
NO PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
COMMON
 

 
112,000,000

 
$
1

PREFERRED
 
3,500,000

 

 
 
The foregoing amendment will become effective when these articles of amendment are filed in accordance with Chapter 156B, Section 6 of the General Laws unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF AND UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, we have hereto signed our names this 22nd day of April, in the year 1992.





 
 
 
/s/ MARSHALL N. CARTER
 
President
Marshall N. Carter
 
 
 
 
/s/ ROBERT J. MALLEY
 
Clerk
Robert J. Malley
 
 


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within articles of amendment and, the filing fee in the amount of $56,000.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 24 th day of April, 1992.
 
 
 
[stamp]
 
/s/ MICHAEL JOSEPH CONNOLLY
 
 
Michael Joseph Connolly
 
 
Secretary of State

TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
PHOTO COPY OF AMENDMENT TO BE SENT
TO
Mr. Robert J. Malley, Clerk
State Street Boston Corporation
225 Franklin Street-4th Floor
Boston, MA 02101
Telephone: (617) 654-3104

Copy Mailed
[LETTERHEAD OF STATE STREET]
April 16, 1997
BY HAND
Commonwealth of Massachusetts
Division of Corporations
Office of the State Secretary
One Ashburton Place, Room 1710
Boston, Massachusetts 02108
Re:
State Street Boston Corporation
Gentlemen:





State Street Corporation is a wholly-owned subsidiary of State Street Boston Corporation and has no objection and hereby consents to the change of name of State Street Boston Corporation to State Street Corporation.
 
Very truly yours,
 
/s/ Evelyn Lipton Fishbein
Enclosure

FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
No. 04-2456637
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
 
 
 
We,
 
David A. Spina
and
 
John R. Towers
of
 
State Street Boston Corporation
(Exact name of corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA. 02110
(Street address of corporation in Massachusetts)
certify that these Articles of Amendment affecting articles numbered:
Articles 1 and 3
(Number those articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5 and/or 6 being amended)

of the Articles of Organization were duly adopted at a meeting held on April 16, 1997. by vote of
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
67,456,754
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
of
 
80,515,785
 
shares outstanding Vote 1
 
 
 
 
(type, class & series, if any)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
66,278,074
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
of
 
80,515,785
 
shares outstanding Vote 2 and
 
 
 
 
(type, class & series, if any)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
of
 
 
 
shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
(type, class & series, if any)
 
 
 
 
 
 






**
being at least a majority of each type, class or series outstanding and entitled to vote thereof
See Continuation Sheet.
*
Delete the inapplicable words.

**
Delete the inapplicable clause

/1/
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 70

/2/
For amendments adopted pursuant to Chapter 156B, Section 71
Note: If the space provided under any article or there on this form is insufficient additions shall be set forth on one side only of separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper with a left margin of at least 1 inch. Additions to more than one article may be made on a single sheet so long as each article requiring each addition is clearly indicated.
To change the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type, class or series of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue, fill in the following:

The total presently authorized is:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS
 
WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Common
 

 
Common
 
112,000,000

 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
 
3,500,000

 
Preferred
 

 
 
Change the total authorized to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS
 
WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Common
 

 
Common
 
250,000,000

 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
 
3,500,000

 
Preferred
 
0

 
 
CONTINUATION SHEET
 
 
 
 
 
(Vote 1)
 
VOTED:
 
That Article 1 of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to change the name of the Corporation from State Street Boston Corporation to State Street Corporation.
 
 
 
(Vote 2)
 
VOTED:
 
That Article 3 of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, $1 par value, from 112,000,000 to 250,000,000, and to authorize the issuance from time to time of the authorized and unissued shares of the Corporation by the Board of Directors.





The foregoing amendment(s) will become effective when these Articles of Amendment are filed in accordance with General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 6 unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.

Later effective date:
SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, this 16th day of April, 1997.
 
 
 
/s/ David A. Spina
 
President
 
 
/s/ John R. Towers
 
Clerk

*
Delete the inapplicable words.


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within Articles of Amendment and, the filing fee in the amount of $138,100.00 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 16th day of April, 1997.
Effective date:
 
/s/ William Francis Galvin
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
[stamp]
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Photocopy of document to be sent to:
John R. Towers, Clerk
State Street Corporation
225 Franklin Street, M-4
Boston, MA 02101

FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
NO. 04-2456637
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512





ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 72)
 
 
 
 
We,
 
David A. Spina
 
and
 
Maureen Scannell Bateman
 
of
 
State Street Corporation
 
(Exact name of corporation)
located at 225 Franklin Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110 ,
(Street address of corporation in Massachusetts)
certify that these Articles of Amendment affecting articles numbered:
Article 3
(Number those articles 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, and/or 6 being amended)


of the Articles of Organization were duly adopted at a meeting held on April 18, 2001, by vote of:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
133,261,123
 
shares of
 
Common Stock
 
of
 
163,006,883
 
shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
(type, class & series, if any)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
of
 
 
 
shares outstanding, and
 
 
 
 
(type, class & series, if any)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
shares of
 
 
 
of
 
 
 
shares outstanding
 
 
 
 
(type, class & series, if any)
 
 
 
 
 
 

/1/**
being at least a majority of each type, class or series outstanding and entitled to vote thereon:
See Continuation Sheet
*
Delete the inapplicable words

**
Delete the inapplicable clause

/1/
For amendment adapted pursuant to Chapter 156B. Section *0






/2/
For amendment adapted pursuant to Chapter 156B. Section -1
Note: If the space provided under any article or item on this form is insufficient, additions shall be set forth on one side only of separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of paper with a left margin of at least 1 inch. Additions to more than one article may be made on a single sheet as long as each article requiring each addition is clearly indicated.
To change the number of shares and the par value (if any) of any type, class or series of stock which the corporation is authorized to issue, fill in the following:
The total presently authorized is:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS
 
WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Common
 

 
Common
 
250,000,000

 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
 
3,500,000

 
Preferred
 

 
 


Change the total authorized to:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE STOCKS
 
WITH PAR VALUE STOCKS
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Common
 

 
Common
 
500,000,000

 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
 
3,500,000

 
Preferred
 

 
 
CONTINUATION SHEET
That Article 3 of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to increase the number of authorized shares of Common Stock, $1 par value, from 250,000,000 to 500,000,000.
The foregoing amendment(s) will become effective when these Articles of Amendment are filed in accordance with General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 6 unless these articles specify, in accordance with the vote adopting the amendment, a later effective date not more than thirty days after such filing, in which event the amendment will become effective on such later date.
Later effective date:
SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, this 18th day of April, 2001.
 
 
 
/s/ David A. Spina
 
President
 
 
/s/ Maureen Scannell Bateman
 
Clerk

*
Delete the inapplicable words.







THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
ARTICLES OF AMENDMENT
(General Laws, Chapter 156E, Section 72)
I hereby approve the within Articles of Amendment and, the filing fee in the amount of $250,000 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 18 th day of April 2001.
Effective date:
 
/s/ William Francis Galvin
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
 
[STAMP]
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Photocopy of document to be sent to:
Maureen Scannell Bateman, Clerk
State Street Corporation
225 Franklin Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02110
Telephone: (617) 786-3000

FEDERAL IDENTIFICATION
NO. 04-2456637
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
CERTIFICATE OF CORRECTION
(General Laws, Chapter 156B, Section 6A)
1. Exact name of corporation: State Street Corporation
2. Document to be corrected: Articles of Amendment
3. The above mentioned document was filed with the Secretary of the Commonwealth on April 19, 2001
4. Please state the inaccuracy or defect in said document:
The Articles of Amendment were adopted by vote of:
133,261,123 shares of Common Stock of 163,006,883 shares outstanding
5. Please state corrected version of the document:
The Articles of Amendment were adopted by vote of:
133,263,771 shares of Common Stock of 163,006,883 shares outstanding
Note: This correction should be signed by the person(s) required by law to sign the original document.







SIGNED UNDER THE PENALTIES OF PERJURY, this 30 th day of April, 2001.
 
 
 
/s/ David A. Spina
 
*President
 
 
/s/ Maureen Scannell Bateman
 
*Clerk

*
Delete the inapplicable words.
Note: If the inaccuracy or defect to be corrected is not apparent on the face of the document, minutes of the meeting substantiating the error must be filed with the certificate. Additional information may be provided on separate 8 1 / 2 × 11 sheets of white paper with a left margin of at least 1 inch.
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws, Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34))
State Street Corporation, having a registered office at 101 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111, certifies as follows:
FIRST, Article 4 of the Articles of Organization of the corporation, including the Certificate of Vote of Directors Establishing a Series of a Class of Stock, which was filed with the Secretary of State of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts as an amendment to such Article 4 on February 6, 1992, is amended by this Amendment.
SECOND, this Amendment was duly adopted and approved on October 19, 2006 by the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.
THIRD, Article 4 is hereby amended by (i) rescinding the designation of $400,000 shares of Preferred Stock as Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock, (ii) reclassifying such shares as Preferred Stock and (iii) eliminating from the Articles of Organization all references to Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock and the preferences, limitations and relative rights thereto.

FOURTH:
(a) The total shares authorized prior to this Amendment was (i) 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, and (ii) 3,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value.
(b) The total shares authorized upon the effectiveness of this Amendment is (i) 500,000,000 shares of Common Stock, par value $1.00 per share, and (ii) 3,500,000 shares of Preferred Stock, without par value.
FIFTH, this Amendment will become effective on October 20, 2006 at 5:30 p.m. Boston time.
 
 
 
Signed by
 
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
 
 
(signature of authorized individual)
 
 
Jeffrey N. Carp, Esq.
 
 
Executive Vice President
¬
Chairman of the board of directors,
¬





President,
x
Other Officer,
¬
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 19 th day of October, 2006.


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $100 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 20 th day of October 20 06 , at 10:30 a.m./p.m. time
Effective date:
 
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)
 
/s/ William Francis Galvin
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
[STAMP]
Contact Information:
Jeffrey N. Carp, Esq.
c/o State Street Corporation
State Street Financial Center
One Lincoln Street
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Telephone: (617) 664-5176
Email: jcarp@statestreet.com


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512





Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
(1) Exact name of corporation: State Street Corporation
(2) Registered office address: 155 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
(3) These articles of amendment affect article(s): 3
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))
(4) Date adopted: April 18, 2007
(month, day, year)
(5) Approved by:
(check appropriate box)
¬
the incorporators.
¬
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.
x
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
VOTED: That Article 3 of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to increase the number of authorized shares of common stock, $1 par value, from 500,000,000 to 750,000,000.
To change the number of shares and the par value, *if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Common
 

 
Common
 
500,000,000

 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
 
3,500,000

 
Preferred
 

 
 
Total authorized after amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Common
 

 
Common
 
750,000,000

 
$
1

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Preferred
 
3,500,000

 
Preferred
 

 
 







(7) The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:
*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto.

 
 
 
Signed by:
 
/s/ Richard P. Jacobson
 
 
(signature of authorized individual)
¬
Chairman of the board of directors,
¬
President,
x
Other officer,
¬
Court-appointed fiduciary,
On this 18 th day of April, 2007

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $150,000 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 23rd day of April 2007, at 1:30 a.m./p.m. time
Effective date:
 
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)
 
/s/ William Francis Galvin
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION





[STAMP]
 
 
 
Examiner
 
Contact Information:
Name Approval
 
Richard Jacobson, Assistant Secretary
State Street Corporation
One Lincoln Street
c
 
Boston, Massachusetts 02111
Telephone: (617) 664-3507
Email: rpjacobson@statestreet.com
m
 
 
Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/com. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.


The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06: 950 CMR 113.34)





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
 
Exact name of corporation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
State Street Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
(2)
 
Registered office address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
155 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
 
 
 
 
 
 
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
 
 
 
 
 
(3)
 
These articles of amendment affect article(s):
 
 
 
 
 
 
Four
 
 
 
 
 
 
(specify the number(s) of articles(s) being amended(I-VI))
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4)
 
Date adopted:
 
January 16, 2008
 
 
 
 
 
 
(month, day, year)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
 
Approved by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(check appropriate box)
 
 
 
 
å
the incorporators.
 
 
 
 
x
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.
 
 
 
 
å
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
 
 
(6)
 
State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
That Article 4 of the Restated Articles of Organization be Amended to designate a Series A of preferred stock more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
 
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
 
PAR VALUE
Total authorized after amendment:





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
 
 
WITH PAR VALUE
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
 

(7)
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a letter effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:

*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminate the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and comment relative thereto.

 
 
 
Signed by:
 
/s/ David C. Phelan
 
 
(signature of authorized individual)
¬
Chairman of the board of directors,
¬
President,
x
Other officer,
¬
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 24 th day of January, 2008.


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $ having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this day of , January 24, 2008 , at 3:54 p.m.
 
 
 
Effective date:
 
 
 
 
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)





WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Contact Information:
 
David C. Phelan
 
 
State Street Corporation
 
 
One Lincoln Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02111
 

 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
Email: dcphelan@statestreet.com
Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.

EXHIBIT A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES A
OF
STATE STREET CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act)
State Street Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.02 thereof, hereby certifies:
The Executive Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated March 16, 2006, March 15, 2007 and December 13, 2007 and the provisions of the





Articles of Organization, adopted the following resolutions creating a series of 5,001 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as “Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A”.
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Committee and in accordance with the resolutions of the Board of Directors dated March 16, 2006, March 15, 2007 and December 13, 2007 and the provisions of the Articles of Organization, a series of Preferred Stock, without par value, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares, and the preferences, limitations, and relative rights thereof are as follows:
Section 1. Designation and Number, Issue Date. The series will be designated the “Non-cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A” (hereinafter called the “Series A”) and will initially consist of 5,001 shares. The number of shares constituting this Series may be increased from time to time in accordance with law up to the maximum number of shares of Preferred Stock authorized to be issued under the Articles of Organization less all shares at the time authorized of any other series of Preferred Stock as of the date hereof. Shares of this Series will be dated the date of issue. Shares of the Series A that are redeemed, purchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation, or converted into another series of Preferred Stock, shall, after such redemption, purchase or acquisition, have the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock of the Corporation, without designation as to series until such shares are once more designated as part of a particular series by the Board of Directors.
Section 2. Definitions. As used herein with respect to the Series A:
(a) “Articles of Organization” means the Articles of Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designation.
(b) “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(c) “Bylaws” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time.
(d) “Business Day” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York, Boston, Massachusetts or Wilmington, Delaware are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.
(e) “Calculation Agent” means, at any time, the person or entity appointed by the Corporation and serving as such agent at such time. The Corporation may terminate any such appointment and may appoint a successor agent at any time and from time to time, provided that the Corporation shall use its best efforts to ensure that there is, at all relevant times when the Series A is outstanding, a person or entity appointed and serving as such agent. The Calculation Agent may be a person or entity affiliated with the Corporation.
(f) “Certificate of Designation” means this Certificate of Designation relating to the Series A, as it may be amended from time to time.
(g) “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
(h) “Junior Stock” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than the Series A) that ranks junior to the Series A either or both as to the payment of dividends and/or as to the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(i) “London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks are open for general business (including dealings in deposits in U.S. dollars) in London, England.
(j) “Preferred Stock” means any and all series of Preferred Stock, having no par value, of the Corporation, including the Series A.
(k) “Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page” means the display designated on the Reuters 3000 Xtra (or such other page as may replace that page on that service or such other service as may be nominated by the British Bankers’ Association for the purpose of displaying London interbank offered rates for U.S. dollar deposits).
(l) “Three-month LIBOR,” with respect to any Dividend Period, means the offered rate expressed as a percentage per annum for deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period commencing on the first day of such Dividend Period, as that rate appears on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page as of 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period.
If Three-month LIBOR does not appear on Reuters Screen LIBOR01 Page, Three-month LIBOR shall be determined on the basis of the rates at which deposits in U.S. dollars for a three-month period, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000 are offered to prime banks in the London interbank market by four major banks in that market selected by the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., London time, on the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of such Dividend Period. The Calculation Agent shall request the principal London office of each of these banks to provide a quotation of its rate. If at





least two quotations are provided, Three-month LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean of such quotations (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001 of 1%) of such quotations.
If fewer than two quotations are provided as described in the preceding paragraph, Three-month LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be the arithmetic mean (rounded upward if necessary to the nearest 0.00001 of 1%) of the rates quoted by three major banks in New York City selected by the Calculation Agent at approximately 11:00 A.M., New York City time, on the first day of such Dividend Period for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a three-month period, beginning on the first day of such Dividend Period, and in a principal amount of not less than $1,000,000.
If fewer than three banks selected by the Calculation Agent to provide quotations are quoting as described in the preceding paragraph, Three-month LIBOR for such Dividend Period shall be the Three-month LIBOR in effect for the prior Dividend Period or in the case of the first Dividend Period, the most recent Three-month LIBOR that could have been determined had the Preferred Stock been outstanding.
(m) “Voting Parity Stock” means, with regard to any election or removal of a Preferred Stock Director (as defined in Section 6(b) below) or any other matter as to which the holders of Series A are entitled to vote as specified in Section 6 of this Certificate of Designation, any and all series of Preferred Stock (other than the Series A) that rank equally with the Series A as to the payment of dividends, whether bearing dividends on a non-cumulative or cumulative basis, and having voting rights equivalent to those described in Section 6(b).

Section 3. Dividends.
(a) Rate. Holders of the Series A shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) out of funds legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at the rate determined as set forth below in this Section 3 applied to the liquidation preference amount of $100,000 per share of Series A. Such dividends shall be payable in arrears (as provided below in this Section 3(a)), but only when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors), (a) if the shares of Series A are issued prior to March 15, 2011, on March 15 and September 15 of each year until March 15, 2011, and (b) thereafter, on March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year (each a “Dividend Payment Date”); provided that if any such Dividend Payment Date on or after March 15, 2011 would otherwise occur on a day that is not a Business Day, such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be (and any dividend payable on the Series A on such Dividend Payment Date shall instead be payable on) the immediately succeeding Business Day. If a Dividend Payment Date prior to March 15, 2011 is not a Business Day, the applicable dividend shall be paid on the first Business Day following that day without adjustment. Dividends on the Series A shall not be cumulative; holders of Series A shall not be entitled to receive any dividends not declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) and no interest, or sum of money in lieu of interest, shall be payable in respect of any dividend not so declared.
Dividends that are payable on the Series A on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of the Series A as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “Dividend Record Date”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.
Each dividend period (a “Dividend Period”) shall commence on and include a Dividend Payment Date (other than the initial Dividend Period, which shall commence on and include the date of original issue of the Series A) and shall end on and include the calendar day preceding the next Dividend Payment Date. Dividends payable on the Series A in respect of a Dividend Period shall be computed by the Calculation Agent (i) if shares of Series A are issued prior to March 15, 2011, on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve-30 day months until the Dividend Payment Date in March 2011 and (ii) thereafter, by multiplying the per annum dividend rate in effect for that Dividend Period by a fraction, the numerator of which will be the actual number of days in that Dividend Period and the denominator of which will be 360, and multiplying the rate obtained by $100,000. Dividends payable in respect of a Dividend Period shall be payable in arrears-i.e., on the first Dividend Payment Date after such Dividend Period.
The dividend rate on the Series A, for each Dividend Period, shall be (a) if the shares of Series A are issued prior to March 15, 2011, a rate per annum equal to 8.250% until the Dividend Payment date in March 15, 2011, and (b) thereafter, a rate per annum that will be reset quarterly and shall be equal to Three-month LIBOR for such Dividend Period plus 4.990%, applied to the $100,000 liquidation preference per share.
The Calculation Agent’s determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of dividends for any Dividend Period, will be maintained on file at the Corporation’s principal offices and will be available to any shareholder upon request and will be final and binding in the absence of manifest error.





Holders of the Series A shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on the Series A as specified in this Section 4 (subject to the other provisions of this Certificate of Designation).
(b) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series A remains outstanding, no dividend shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock), unless (i) full dividends for the then current Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series A have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside) and (ii) the Corporation is not in default on its obligation to redeem any shares of Series A that have been called for redemption. The Corporation and its subsidiaries shall not purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire, directly or indirectly, for consideration any shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock (other than as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, or the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock and other than through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock) nor shall the Corporation pay or make available any monies for a sinking fund for the redemption of any shares of Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock during a Dividend Period, unless the full dividends for the most recently-completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series A have been declared and paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside). The foregoing provision shall not restrict the ability of the Corporation, or any other affiliate of the Corporation to engage in any market-making transactions in Junior Stock in the ordinary course of business.
On any Dividend Payment Date for which full dividends are not paid, or declared and funds set aside therefor, upon the Preferred Stock and other equity securities designated as ranking on a parity with the Series A as to payment of dividends (“Dividend Parity Stock”), all dividends paid or declared for payment on that Dividend Payment Date with respect to the Series A and the Dividend Parity Stock shall be shared (1) first ratably by the holders of any such shares who have the right to receive dividends with respect to Dividend Periods prior to the then- current Dividend Period for which such dividends were not declared and paid, in proportion to the respective amounts of the undeclared and unpaid dividends relating to prior Dividend Periods, and thereafter (2) by the holders of these shares on a pro rata basis.
Subject to the foregoing, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and the Series A shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.
Any class or series of preferred stock issued at any time by the Corporation that is entitled to receive dividends when, as and if declared by the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) shall have, for any period when any shares of Series A is outstanding, the same dividend payment dates as the Dividend Payment Dates of the Series A.
Section 4. Liquidation Rights.
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation. In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Series A shall be entitled to receive, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to shareholders of the Corporation, and after satisfaction of all liabilities and obligations to creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to the Series A as to such distribution, in full an amount equal to $100,000 per share (the “Series A Liquidation Amount”), together with an amount equal to all dividends (if any) that have been declared but not paid prior to the date of payment of such distribution (but without any amount in respect of dividends that have not been declared prior to such payment date). After payment of the full amount of such liquidation distribution, the holders of Series A shall not be entitled to any further participation in any distribution of assets of the Corporation.
(b) Partial Payment. If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay the Liquidation Preferences (as defined below) in full to all holders of Series A and all holders of any stock of the Corporation ranking equally with the Series A as to such distribution, the amounts paid to the holders of Series A and to the holders of all such other stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate Liquidation Preferences of the holders of Series A and the holders of all such other stock. In any such distribution, the “Liquidation Preference” of any holder of stock of the Corporation shall mean the amount otherwise payable to such holder in such distribution (assuming no limitation on the assets of the Corporation available for such distribution), including an amount equal to any declared but unpaid dividends (and, in the case of any holder of stock other than the Series A and on which dividends accrue on a cumulative basis, an amount equal to any unpaid, accrued, cumulative dividends, whether or not declared, as applicable).





(c) Residual Distributions. If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Series A, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Series A receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
Section 5. Redemption.
(a) Optional Redemption. The Series A may not be redeemed by the Corporation prior to the later of March 15, 2011 and the date of original issue of the Series A. On or after that date, the Corporation, at its option, may redeem, in whole at any time or in part from time to time, the shares of Series A at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a cash redemption price equal to $100,000 per share, together (except as otherwise provided herein) with an amount equal to any dividends that have been declared but not paid prior to the redemption date (but with no amount in respect of any dividends that have not been declared prior to such date). The redemption price for any shares of Series A shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.
(b) No Sinking Fund. The Series A will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series A will have no right to require redemption of any shares of Series A.
(c) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series A shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Series A designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series A. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series A or any depositary shares representing interests in the Series A are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Company or any other similar facility, notice of redemption may be given to the holders of Series A at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each such notice given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Series A to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.

(d) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series A at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors (or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors) may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Corporation shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series A shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.
(e) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other funds, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of two years from the redemption date, to the extent permitted by law, shall be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.
Section 6. Voting Rights.





(a) General. The holders of Series A shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by applicable law.
(b) Right To Elect Two Directors Upon Nonpayment Events. If and whenever the dividends on the Series A and any other class or series of Voting Parity Stock have not been declared and paid in an aggregate amount (i) in the case of the Series A and any other class or series of Voting Parity Stock bearing non-cumulative dividends, equal to at least six quarterly dividends (whether or not consecutive) or (ii) in the case of any class or series of Voting Parity Stock bearing cumulative dividends, in an aggregate amount equal to full dividends for at least six quarterly dividend periods or their equivalent (whether or not consecutive) (a “Nonpayment Event”), the number of directors then constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of Series A, together with the holders of any outstanding shares of Voting Parity Stock, voting as a single class, shall be entitled to elect the two additional directors (the “Preferred Stock Directors”), provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any such Preferred Stock Director that the election of such director shall not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirement of the New York Stock Exchange (or any other securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded) that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors and provided further that the Board of Directors shall at no time include more than two Preferred Stock Directors (including, for purposes of this limitation, all directors that the holders of any series of Voting Parity Stock are entitled to elect pursuant to like voting rights).
In the event that the holders of Series A and such other holders of Voting Parity Stock shall be entitled to vote for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors following a Nonpayment Event, such directors shall be initially elected following such Nonpayment Event only at a special meeting called at the request of the holders of record of at least 20% of the Series A and each other series of Voting Parity Stock then outstanding (unless such request for a special meeting is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders of the Corporation, in which event such election shall be held only at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders), and at each subsequent annual meeting of shareholders of the Corporation. Such request to call a special meeting for the initial election of the Preferred Stock Directors after a Nonpayment Event shall be made by written notice, signed by the requisite holders of Series A or Voting Parity Stock, and delivered to the Secretary of the Corporation in such manner as provided for in Section 8 below, or as may otherwise be required by applicable law. If the Secretary of the Corporation fails to call a special meeting for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors within 20 days of receiving proper notice, any holder of Series A may call such a meeting at the Corporation’s expense solely for the election of the Preferred Stock Directors, and for this purpose only such Series A holder shall have access to the Corporation’s stock ledger.
When dividends have been paid in full on the Series A and any and all series of non-cumulative Voting Parity Stock (other than the Series A) for Dividend Periods, whether or not consecutive, equivalent to at least one year after a Nonpayment Event and all dividends on any cumulative Voting Parity Stock have been paid in full, then the right of the holders of Series A to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall cease (but subject always to revesting of such voting rights in the case of any future Nonpayment Event), and, if and when any rights of holders of Series A and Voting Parity Stock to elect the Preferred Stock Directors shall have ceased, the terms of office of all the Preferred Stock Directors shall forthwith terminate and the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors shall automatically be reduced accordingly.
Any Preferred Stock Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A and Voting Parity Stock, when they have the voting rights described above (voting together as a single class). The Preferred Stock Directors elected at any such special meeting shall hold office until the next annual meeting of the shareholders if such office shall not have previously terminated as below provided. In case any vacancy shall occur among the Preferred Stock Directors, a successor shall be elected by the Board of Directors to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders upon the nomination of the then remaining Preferred Stock Director or, if no Preferred Stock Director remains in office, by the vote of the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series A and such Voting Parity Stock for which dividends have not been paid, voting as a single class. The Preferred Stock Directors shall each be entitled to one vote per director on any matter that shall come before the Board of Directors for a vote.
(c) Other Voting Rights. So long as any shares of Series A are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of shareholders required by law or by the Articles of Organization, the vote or consent of the holders of at least a majority of the shares of Series A at the time outstanding and entitled to vote thereon, voting separately as a single class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:
(i) Authorization of Senior Stock. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles of Organization or Bylaws to authorize or create, or increase the authorized amount of, any shares of any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to the Series A with respect to either the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;





(ii) Amendment of Series A. Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Articles of Organization or Bylaws so as to adversely affect the special rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A; provided , however , that any amendment of the Articles of Organization to authorize or create or to increase the authorized amount of any Junior Stock or any class or series or any securities convertible into shares of any class or series of Dividend Parity Stock or other series of Preferred Stock ranking equally with the Series A with respect to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Series A; or
(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations. Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Series A, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, or any merger or consolidation of the Corporation with or into any entity other than a corporation unless in each case (x) the shares of Series A remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting corporation, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting corporation or a corporation controlling such corporation, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof as would not require a vote of the holders of the Preferred Stock pursuant to clauses (i) or (ii) above if such change were effected by an amendment of the Articles of Organization.
If any amendment, alteration, repeal, share exchange, reclassification, merger or consolidation specified in this Section 6(c) would adversely affect the Series A and one or more but not all other series of Preferred Stock, then only the Series A and such series of Preferred Stock as are adversely affected by and entitled to vote on the matter shall vote on the matter together as a single class (in lieu of all other series of Preferred Stock).
(d) Changes for Clarification. Without the consent of the holders of Series A, so long as such action does not adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of the Series A, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series A:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series A that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption. No vote or consent of the holders of Series A shall be required pursuant to Section 6(b) or (c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series A shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.
(f) Procedures for Voting and Consents. The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Series A (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Articles of Organization, the Bylaws, applicable law and any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which the Series A is listed or traded at the time. Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Series A and any Voting Parity Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Series A are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amounts of the shares voted or covered by the consent.
For purposes of determining the voting rights of the holders of Series A under this Section 6, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each $100,000 of liquidation preference to which his or her shares are entitled. Holders of shares of Series A will be entitled to one vote for each such share of Series A held by them.
Section 7. Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for the Series A may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series A as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 8. Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Series A shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, in the Articles of Organization or Bylaws or by applicable law.





Section 9. No Preemptive Rights. No share of Series A shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.

Section 10. Other Rights. The shares of Series A shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Organization or as provided by applicable law.


04-2456637
 
 
 
D
 
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
PC
 
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512

 
 
 
 
 
FOR MUST BE TYPED
 
Articles of Amendment
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)





 
 
 
 
 
(1)
 
Exact name of corporation: State Street Corporation 042456637
 
 
(2)
 
Registered office address: 155 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110
 
 
 
 
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
 
 
(3)
 
These articles of amendment affect article(s): IV
 
 
 
 
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))
 
 
(4)
 
Date adopted: October 27, 2008
 
 
 
 
(month, day, year)
 
 
(5)
 
Approved by:
 
 
 
 
(check appropriate box)
 
 
 
 
å  the incorporators.
 
 
 
 
þ  the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.
 
 
 
 
å  the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
 
 
(6)
 
State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
That Article 4 of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to designate a Series B of Preferred Stock more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 





Total authorized after amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
(7)
 
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date nor more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:

*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto.


Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATIONS
OF
FIXED RATE CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES B
OF
STATE STREET CORPORATION
State Street Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Corporation ”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.02 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, does hereby certify:
The board of directors of the Corporation (the “ Board of Directors ”) or an applicable committee of the Board of Directors, in accordance with the articles of organization and bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, adopted the following resolution on October 27, 2008 creating a series of 20,000 shares of Preferred Stock of the Corporation designated as “ Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B ”.
RESOLVED, that pursuant to the provisions of the articles of organization and the bylaws of the Corporation and applicable law, a series of Preferred Stock, no par value per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares of such series, and the voting and other powers, preferences and relative, participating, optional or other rights, and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, of the shares of such series, are as follows:





Part 1. Designation and Number of Shares . There is hereby created out of the authorized and unissued shares of preferred stock of the Corporation a series of preferred stock designated as the “Fixed Rate Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series B” (the “ Designated Preferred Stock ”). The authorized number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be 20,000.
Part 2. Standard Provisions . The Standard Provisions contained in Annex A attached hereto are incorporated herein by reference in their entirety and shall be deemed to be a part of this Certificate of Designations to the same extent as if such provisions had been set forth in full herein.
Part 3. Definitions . The following terms are used in this Certificate of Designations (including the Standard Provisions in Annex A hereto) as defined below:
(a) “ Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
(b) “ Dividend Payment Date ” means March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15 of each year.
(c) “ Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation the terms of which expressly provide that it ranks junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

(d) “ Liquidation Amount ” means $100,000 per share of Designated Preferred Stock.
(e) “ Minimum Amount ” means $500,000,000.
(f) “ Parity Stock ” means any class or series of stock of the Corporation (other than Designated Preferred Stock) the terms of which do not expressly provide that such class or series will rank senior or junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to dividend rights and/or as to rights on liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation (in each case without regard to whether dividends accrue cumulatively or non-cumulatively). Without limiting the foregoing, Parity Stock shall include the Corporation’s Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series A.
(g) “ Signing Date ” means October 26, 2008.
Part 4. Certain Voting Matters . Whether the vote or consent of the holders of a plurality, majority or other portion of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock and any Voting Parity Stock has been cast or given on any matter on which the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote shall be determined by the Corporation by reference to the specified liquidation amount of the shares voted or covered by the consent as if the Corporation were liquidated on the record date for such vote or consent, if any, or in the absence of a record date, on the date for such vote or consent. For purposes of determining the voting rights of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock under Section 7 of the Standard Provisions forming part of this Certificate of Designations, each holder will be entitled to one vote for each $100,000 of liquidation preference to which such holder’s shares are entitled.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Jeffrey N. Carp, its Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer, this 27th day of October 2008.
 
 
STATE STREET CORPORATION
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
Name:
Jeffrey N. Carp
Title:
Executive Vice President and Chief Legal Officer


ANNEX A
STANDARD PROVISIONS





Section 1. General Matters . Each share of Designated Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Designated Preferred Stock. The Designated Preferred Stock shall be perpetual, subject to the provisions of Section 5 of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations. The Designated Preferred Stock shall rank equally with Parity Stock and shall rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any dissolution, liquidation or winding up of the Corporation.
Section 2. Standard Definitions . As used herein with respect to Designated Preferred Stock:
(a) “ Applicable Dividend Rate ” means (i) during the period from the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 5% per annum and (ii) from and after the first day of the first Dividend Period commencing on or after the fifth anniversary of the Original Issue Date, 9% per annum.
(b) “ Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.
(c) “ Business Combination ” means a merger, consolidation, statutory share exchange or similar transaction that requires the approval of the Corporation’s stockholders.
(d) “ Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday and any day on which banking institutions in the State of New York generally are authorized or required by law or other governmental actions to close.
(e) “ Bylaws ” means the bylaws of the Corporation, as they may be amended from time to time.
(f) “ Certificate of Designations ” means the Certificate of Designations or comparable instrument relating to the Designated Preferred Stock, of which these Standard Provisions form a part, as it may be amended from time to time.
(g) “ Charter ” means the Corporation’s certificate or articles of incorporation, articles of association, or similar organizational document.
(h) “ Dividend Period ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
(i) “ Dividend Record Date ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(a).
(j) “ Liquidation Preference ” has the meaning set forth in Section 4(a).

(k) “ Original Issue Date ” means the date on which shares of Designated Preferred Stock are first issued.
(1) “ Preferred Director ” has the meaning set forth in Section 7(b).
(m) “ Preferred Stock ” means any and all series of preferred stock of the Corporation, including the Designated Preferred Stock.
(n) “ Qualified Equity Offering ” means the sale and issuance for cash by the Corporation to persons other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries after the Original Issue Date of shares of perpetual Preferred Stock, Common Stock or any combination of such stock, that, in each case, qualify as and may be included in Tier 1 capital of the Corporation at the time of issuance under the applicable risk-based capital guidelines of the Corporation’s Appropriate Federal Banking Agency (other than any such sales and issuances made pursuant to agreements or arrangements entered into, or pursuant to financing plans which were publicly announced, on or prior to October 13, 2008).
(o) “ Share Dilution Amount ” has the meaning set forth in Section 3(b).
(p) “ Standard Provisions ” mean these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations relating to the Designated Preferred Stock.
(q) “ Successor Preferred Stock ” has the meaning set forth in Section 5(a).
(r) “ Voting Parity Stock ” means, with regard to any matter as to which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock are entitled to vote as specified in Sections 7(a) and 7(b) of these Standard Provisions that form a part of the Certificate of Designations, any and all series of Parity Stock upon which like voting rights have been conferred and are exercisable with respect to such matter.
Section 3. Dividends .





(a) Rate . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, on each share of Designated Preferred Stock if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, but only out of assets legally available therefor, cumulative cash dividends with respect to each Dividend Period (as defined below) at a rate per annum equal to the Applicable Dividend Rate on (i) the Liquidation Amount per share of Designated Preferred Stock and (ii) the amount of accrued and unpaid dividends for any prior Dividend Period on such share of Designated Preferred Stock, if any. Such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from the Original Issue Date, shall compound on each subsequent Dividend Payment Date ( i.e. , no dividends shall accrue on other dividends unless and until the first Dividend Payment Date for such other dividends has passed without such other dividends having been paid on such date) and shall be payable quarterly in arrears on each Dividend Payment Date, commencing with the first such Dividend Payment Date to occur at least 20 calendar days after the Original Issue Date. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date would otherwise fall on a day that is not a Business Day, the dividend payment due on that date will be postponed to the next day that is a Business Day and no additional dividends will accrue as a result of that postponement. The period from and including any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date is a “ Dividend Period ”, provided that the initial Dividend Period shall be the period from and including the Original Issue Date to, but excluding, the next Dividend Payment Date.
Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock in respect of any Dividend Period shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of dividends payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any date prior to the end of a Dividend Period, and for the initial Dividend Period, shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months, and actual days elapsed over a 30-day month.
Dividends that are payable on Designated Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date will be payable to holders of record of Designated Preferred Stock as they appear on the stock register of the Corporation on the applicable record date, which shall be the 15th calendar day immediately preceding such Dividend Payment Date or such other record date fixed by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors that is not more than 60 nor less than 10 days prior to such Dividend Payment Date (each, a “ Dividend Record Date ”). Any such day that is a Dividend Record Date shall be a Dividend Record Date whether or not such day is a Business Day.
Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any dividends, whether payable in cash, securities or other property, other than dividends (if any) declared and payable on Designated Preferred Stock as specified in this Section 3 (subject to the other provisions of the Certificate of Designations).
(b) Priority of Dividends . So long as any share of Designated Preferred Stock remains outstanding, no dividend or distribution shall be declared or paid on the Common Stock or any other shares of Junior Stock (other than dividends payable solely in shares of Common Stock) or Parity Stock, subject to the immediately following paragraph in the case of Parity Stock, and no Common Stock, Junior Stock or Parity Stock shall be, directly or indirectly, purchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries unless all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been or are contemporaneously declared and paid in full (or have been declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside for the benefit of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock on the applicable record date). The foregoing limitation shall not apply to (i) redemptions, purchases or other acquisitions of shares of Common Stock or other Junior Stock in connection with the administration of any employee benefit plan in the ordinary course of business (including purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount (as defined below) pursuant to a publicly announced repurchase plan) and consistent with past practice, provided that any purchases to offset the Share Dilution Amount shall in no event exceed the Share Dilution Amount; (ii) purchases or other acquisitions by a broker-dealer subsidiary of the Corporation solely for the purpose of market-making, stabilization or customer facilitation transactions in Junior Stock or Parity Stock in the ordinary course of its business; (iii) purchases by a broker-dealer subsidiary of the Corporation of capital stock of the Corporation for resale pursuant to an offering by the Corporation of such capital stock underwritten by such broker-dealer subsidiary; (iv) any dividends or distributions of rights or Junior Stock in connection with a stockholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of rights pursuant to any stockholders’ rights plan; (v) the acquisition by the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries of record ownership in Junior Stock or Parity Stock for the beneficial ownership of any other persons (other than the Corporation or any of its subsidiaries), including as trustees or custodians; and (vi) the exchange or conversion of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock or of Parity Stock for or into other Parity Stock (with the same or lesser aggregate liquidation amount) or Junior Stock, in each case, solely to the extent required pursuant to binding contractual agreements entered into prior to the Signing Date or any subsequent agreement for the accelerated exercise, settlement or exchange thereof for Common Stock. “ Share Dilution Amount ” means the increase in the number of diluted shares outstanding (determined in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles in the United States, and as measured from the date of the Corporation’s consolidated financial statements most recently filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission prior to the Original Issue Date) resulting from the grant, vesting or exercise of equity-based compensation to employees and equitably adjusted for any stock split, stock dividend, reverse stock split, reclassification or similar transaction.





When dividends are not paid (or declared and a sum sufficient for payment thereof set aside for the benefit of the holders thereof on the applicable record date) on any Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within a Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) in full upon Designated Preferred Stock and any shares of Parity Stock, all dividends declared on Designated Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock and payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) shall be declared pro rata so that the respective amounts of such dividends declared shall bear the same ratio to each other as all accrued and unpaid dividends per share on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) and all Parity Stock payable on such Dividend Payment Date (or, in the case of Parity Stock having dividend payment dates different from the Dividend Payment Dates, on a dividend payment date falling within the Dividend Period related to such Dividend Payment Date) (subject to their having been declared by the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors out of legally available funds and including, in the case of Parity Stock that bears cumulative dividends, all accrued but unpaid dividends) bear to each other. If the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide written notice to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock prior to such Dividend Payment Date.
Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, securities or other property) as may be determined by the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors may be declared and paid on any securities, including Common Stock and other Junior Stock, from time to time out of any funds legally available for such payment, and holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividends.
Section 4. Liquidation Rights .
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation . In the event of any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, whether voluntary or involuntary, holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive for each share of Designated Preferred Stock, out of the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof (whether capital or surplus) available for distribution to stockholders of the Corporation, subject to the rights of any creditors of the Corporation, before any distribution of such assets or proceeds is made to or set aside for the holders of Common Stock and any other stock of the Corporation ranking junior to Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, payment in full in an amount equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) the amount of any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), whether or not declared, to the date of payment (such amounts collectively, the “ Liquidation Preference ”).
(b) Partial Payment . If in any distribution described in Section 4(a) above the assets of the Corporation or proceeds thereof are not sufficient to pay in full the amounts payable with respect to all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Corporation ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution, holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the holders of such other stock shall share ratably in any such distribution in proportion to the full respective distributions to which they are entitled.
(c) Residual Distributions . If the Liquidation Preference has been paid in full to all holders of Designated Preferred Stock and the corresponding amounts payable with respect of any other stock of the Corporation ranking equally with Designated Preferred Stock as to such distribution has been paid in full, the holders of other stock of the Corporation shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation (or proceeds thereof) according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation . For purposes of this Section 4, the merger or consolidation of the Corporation with any other corporation or other entity, including a merger or consolidation in which the holders of Designated Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares, or the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Corporation, shall not constitute a liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
Section 5. Redemption .
(a) Optional Redemption . Except as provided below, the Designated Preferred Stock may not be redeemed prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date. On or after the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, out of funds legally available therefor, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above,





dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, prior to the first Dividend Payment Date falling on or after the third anniversary of the Original Issue Date, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may redeem, in whole or in part, at any time and from time to time, the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, upon notice given as provided in Section 5(c) below, at a redemption price equal to the sum of (i) the Liquidation Amount per share and (ii) except as otherwise provided below, any accrued and unpaid dividends (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount) (regardless of whether any dividends are actually declared) to, but excluding, the date fixed for redemption; provided that (x) the Corporation (or any successor by Business Combination) has received aggregate gross proceeds of not less than the Minimum Amount (plus the “Minimum Amount” as defined in the relevant certificate of designations for each other outstanding series of preferred stock of such successor that was originally issued to the United States Department of the Treasury (the “ Successor Preferred Stock ”) in connection with the Troubled Asset Relief Program Capital Purchase Program) from one or more Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor), and (y) the aggregate redemption price of the Designated Preferred Stock (and any Successor Preferred Stock) redeemed pursuant to this paragraph may not exceed the aggregate net cash proceeds received by the Corporation (or any successor by Business Combination) from such Qualified Equity Offerings (including Qualified Equity Offerings of such successor).
The redemption price for any shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be payable on the redemption date to the holder of such shares against surrender of the certificate(s) evidencing such shares to the Corporation or its agent. Any declared but unpaid dividends payable on a redemption date that occurs subsequent to the Dividend Record Date for a Dividend Period shall not be paid to the holder entitled to receive the redemption price on the redemption date, but rather shall be paid to the holder of record of the redeemed shares on such Dividend Record Date relating to the Dividend Payment Date as provided in Section 3 above.
(b) No Sinking Fund . The Designated Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Designated Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Designated Preferred Stock.
(c) Notice of Redemption . Notice of every redemption of shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of the shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the books of the Corporation. Such mailing shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Any notice mailed as provided in this Subsection shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to give such notice by mail, or any defect in such notice or in the mailing thereof, to any holder of shares of Designated Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Designated Preferred Stock. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Corporation or any other similar facility, notice of
redemption may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock at such time and in any manner permitted by such facility. Each notice of redemption given to a holder shall state: (1) the redemption date; (2) the number of shares of Designated Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder; (3) the redemption price; and (4) the place or places where certificates for such shares are to be surrendered for payment of the redemption price.
(d) Partial Redemption . In case of any redemption of part of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata or in such other manner as the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions hereof, the Board of Directors or a duly authorized committee thereof shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time. If fewer than all the shares represented by any certificate are redeemed, a new certificate shall be issued representing the unredeemed shares without charge to the holder thereof.
(e) Effectiveness of Redemption . If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been deposited by the Corporation, in trust for the pro rata benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, with a bank or trust company doing business in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, and having a capital and surplus of at least $500 million and selected by the Board of Directors, so as to be and continue to be available solely therefor, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date dividends shall cease to accrue on all shares so called for redemption, all shares so called for redemption shall no longer be deemed outstanding and all





rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from such bank or trust company, without interest. Any funds unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released to the Corporation, after which time the holders of the shares so called for redemption shall look only to the Corporation for payment of the redemption price of such shares.
(f) Status of Redeemed Shares . Shares of Designated Preferred Stock that are redeemed, repurchased or otherwise acquired by the Corporation shall revert to authorized but unissued shares of Preferred Stock ( provided that any such cancelled shares of Designated Preferred Stock may be reissued only as shares of any series of Preferred Stock other than Designated Preferred Stock).
Section 6. Conversion . Holders of Designated Preferred Stock shares shall have no right to exchange or convert such shares into any other securities.
Section 7. Voting Rights .
(a) General. The holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any voting rights except as set forth below or as otherwise from time to time required by law.

(b) Preferred Stock Directors . Whenever, at any time or times, dividends payable on the shares of Designated Preferred Stock have not been paid for an aggregate of six quarterly Dividend Periods or more, whether or not consecutive, the authorized number of directors of the Corporation shall automatically be increased by two and the holders of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have the right, with holders of shares of any one or more other classes or series of Voting Parity Stock outstanding at the time, voting together as a class, to elect two directors (hereinafter the “ Referred Directors ” and each a “ Preferred Director ”) to fill such newly created directorships at the Corporation’s next annual meeting of stockholders (or at a special meeting called for that purpose prior to such next annual meeting) and at each subsequent annual meeting of stockholders until all accrued and unpaid dividends for all past Dividend Periods, including the latest completed Dividend Period (including, if applicable as provided in Section 3(a) above, dividends on such amount), on all outstanding shares of Designated Preferred Stock have been declared and paid in full at which time such right shall terminate with respect to the Designated Preferred Stock, except as herein or by law expressly provided, subject to revesting in the event of each and every subsequent default of the character above mentioned; provided that it shall be a qualification for election for any Preferred Director that the election of such Preferred Director shall not cause the Corporation to violate any corporate governance requirements of any securities exchange or other trading facility on which securities of the Corporation may then be listed or traded that listed or traded companies must have a majority of independent directors. Upon any termination of the right of the holders of shares of Designated Preferred Stock and Voting Parity Stock as a class to vote for directors as provided above, the Preferred Directors shall cease to be qualified as directors, the term of office of all Preferred Directors then in office shall terminate immediately and the authorized number of directors shall be reduced by the number of Preferred Directors elected pursuant hereto. Any Preferred Director may be removed at any time, with or without cause, and any vacancy created thereby may be filled, only by the affirmative vote of the holders a majority of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding voting separately as a class together with the holders of shares of Voting Parity Stock, to the extent the voting rights of such holders described above are then exercisable. If the office of any Preferred Director becomes vacant for any reason other than removal from office as aforesaid, the remaining Preferred Director may choose a successor who shall hold office for the unexpired term in respect of which such vacancy occurred.
(c) Class Voting Rights as to Particular Matters . So long as any shares of Designated Preferred Stock are outstanding, in addition to any other vote or consent of stockholders required by law or by the Charter, the vote or consent of the holders of at least 66 2 / 3 % of the shares of Designated Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting as a separate class, given in person or by proxy, either in writing without a meeting or by vote at any meeting called for the purpose, shall be necessary for effecting or validating:
(i) Authorization of Senior Stock . Any amendment or alteration of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter to authorize or create or increase the authorized amount of, or any issuance of, any shares of, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for shares of, any class or series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking senior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to either or both the payment of dividends and/or the distribution of assets on any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation;

(ii) Amendment of Designated Preferred Stock . Any amendment, alteration or repeal of any provision of the Certificate of Designations for the Designated Preferred Stock or the Charter (including, unless no vote on such merger or consolidation is required by Section 7(c)(iii) below, any amendment, alteration or repeal by means of a merger, consolidation or otherwise) so as to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers of the Designated Preferred Stock; or





(iii) Share Exchanges, Reclassifications, Mergers and Consolidations . Any consummation of a binding share exchange or reclassification involving the Designated Preferred Stock, or of a merger or consolidation of the Corporation with another corporation or other entity, unless in each case (x) the shares of Designated Preferred Stock remain outstanding or, in the case of any such merger or consolidation with respect to which the Corporation is not the surviving or resulting entity, are converted into or exchanged for preference securities of the surviving or resulting entity or its ultimate parent, and (y) such shares remaining outstanding or such preference securities, as the case may be, have such rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, taken as a whole, as are not materially less favorable to the holders thereof than the rights, preferences, privileges and voting powers, and limitations and restrictions thereof, of Designated Preferred Stock immediately prior to such consummation, taken as a whole;
provided, however , that for all purposes of this Section 7(c), any increase in the amount of the authorized Preferred Stock, including any increase in the authorized amount of Designated Preferred Stock necessary to satisfy preemptive or similar rights granted by the Corporation to other persons prior to the Signing Date, or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, whether pursuant to preemptive or similar rights or otherwise, of any other series of Preferred Stock, or any securities convertible into or exchangeable or exercisable for any other series of Preferred Stock, ranking equally with and/or junior to Designated Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers, and shall not require the affirmative vote or consent of, the holders of outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock.
(d) Changes after Provision for Redemption . No vote or consent of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of the Designated Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been deposited in trust for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 5 above.
(e) Procedures for Voting and Consents . The rules and procedures for calling and conducting any meeting of the holders of Designated Preferred Stock (including, without limitation, the fixing of a record date in connection therewith), the solicitation and use of proxies at such a meeting, the obtaining of written consents and any other aspect or matter with regard to such a meeting or such consents shall be governed by any rules of the Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors, in its discretion, may adopt from time to
time, which rules and procedures shall conform to the requirements of the Charter, the Bylaws, and applicable law and the rules of any national securities exchange or other trading facility on which Designated Preferred Stock is listed or traded at the time.
Section 8. Record Holders . To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and the transfer agent for Designated Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Designated Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 9. Notices . All notices or communications in respect of Designated Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designations, in the Charter or Bylaws or by applicable law. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if shares of Designated Preferred Stock are issued in book-entry form through The Depository Trust Corporation or any similar facility, such notices may be given to the holders of Designated Preferred Stock in any manner permitted by such facility.
Section 10. No Preemptive Rights . No share of Designated Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 11. Replacement Certificates . The Corporation shall replace any mutilated certificate at the holder’s expense upon surrender of that certificate to the Corporation. The Corporation shall replace certificates that become destroyed, stolen or lost at the holder’s expense upon delivery to the Corporation of reasonably satisfactory evidence that the certificate has been destroyed, stolen or lost, together with any indemnity that may be reasonably required by the Corporation.
Section 12. Other Rights . The shares of Designated Preferred Stock shall not have any rights, preferences, privileges or voting powers or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Charter or as provided by applicable law.





 
 
 
 
 
Signed by:
 
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
 
 
 
 
Jeffrey N. Carp (signature of authorized individual)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

å
Chairman of the board of directors,

å
President,

þ
Other officer,

å
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 27th day of October, 2008.

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
 
 
 
 
 
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $100 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 27 th  day of Oct. 2008, at 2:28 p.m.
 
 
time
Effective date: October 27 2008
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
/s/ WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
 
 
 
 
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
 
 
 
 
Secretary of the Commonwealth
 
 






 
 
 
RE
 
Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
Examiner
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Contact Information:
Name approval
 
 
 
C
 
Mark Devine c/o WilmerHale
 
 
 
 
 
M
 
60 State Street
 
 
 
 
Boston, MA 02109
 
 
 
 
Telephone: 617-526-5122
 
 
 
 
Email: mark.devine@wilmerhale.com
 
 
 
 
Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.

 
 
 
 
 

D
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
PC
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(1)
 
Exact name of corporation:
 
 
 
 
 
 
State Street Corporation
 
 
 
 
 
(2)
 
Registered office address:
 
 
 
 
 
 
155 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
 
 
 
 
 
 
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
 
 
 
 
 
(3)
 
These articles of amendment affect article(s):
 
 
 
 
 
 
6
 
 
 
 
 
 
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))
 
 
 
 
 
 
(4)
 
Date adopted:
 
May 20, 2009
 
 
 
 
 
 
(month, day, year)
 
 
 
 
 
 
(5)
 
Approved by:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
(check appropriate box)
 
 
 
 
å
the incorporators.
 
 
 
 
å
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.
 
 
 
 
þ
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
 
 
(6)
 
State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
That Article 6 of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to add the following at the end hereof:
The by-laws of the Corporation may, but are not required to, provide that in a meeting of shareholders other than a Contested Election Meeting (as defined below), a nominee for director shall be elected to the board of directors only if the votes cast “for” such nominee’s election exceed the votes cast “against” such nominee’s election (with “abstentions,” “broker non-votes” and “withheld votes” not counted as a vote “for” or “against” such nominee’s election). In a Contested Election Meeting, directors shall be elected by a plurality of the votes cast at such Contested Election Meeting. A meeting of shareholders shall be a “Contested Election Meeting” if there are more persons nominated for election as directors at such meeting than there are directors to be elected at such meeting, determined as of the tenth day preceding the date of the Corporation’s first notice to shareholders of such meeting sent pursuant to the Corporation’s by-laws (the “Determination Date”); provided, however, that if in accordance with the Corporation’s by-laws, shareholders are entitled to make nominations during a period of time that ends after the otherwise applicable Determination Date, the Determination Date shall instead be as of the end of such period.


To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
Total authorized after amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE

(7)
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified: _______________________________

*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and comments relative thereto.
 
 

 
 
 
Signed by:
 
/s/ Shannon C. Stanley
 
 
(signature of authorized individual)
¬
Chairman of the board of directors,
¬
President,
þ
Other officer,
¬
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 28 th day of May, 2009.


THE COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
I hereby certify that, upon examination of this document, duly submitted to me, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative to corporations have been complied with, and I hereby approve said articles; and the filing fee having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me on: May 29, 2009 11:48 AM





 
 
/ S / WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth


 
 
 
 
 
 
 

William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
 
Articles of Amendment
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)

 
 
 
(1) Exact name of corporation:
 
State Street Corporation

 
 
 
(2) Registered office address:
 
155 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)

 
 
(3) These articles of amendment affect article(s):
 
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))






 
 
 
(4) Date adopted:
 
August 14, 2012
(month, day, year)
(5) Approved by:
(check appropriate box)
 
å
the incorporators.

 
þ
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.

 
å
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
That Article IV of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to designate a Series C of Preferred Stock more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
 
 
 
 
 
 
P.C.
 
c156ds1006950c11334 01/13/05
To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total authorized after amendment:





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(7)
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:

*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto.

 
 
 
 
 
Signed by:
 
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
 
 
 
 
(signature of authorized individual)
 
 

 
å
Chairman of the board of directors,

 
å
President,

 
þ
Other officer,

 
å
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 14th day of August , 2012 .
Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES C
OF
STATE STREET CORPORATION





(Pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act)
State Street Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Corporation ”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.02 thereof, hereby certifies:
On August 14, 2012, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on February 16, 2012 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, duly adopted the following vote creating a series of 5,000 shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as “Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C”.
VOTED: that pursuant to the authority vested in the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on February 16, 2012 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, a series of preferred stock, without par value, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares, and the preferences, limitations, and relative rights thereof are as follows:
Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C (hereinafter referred to as the “ Series C Preferred Stock ”). Each share of Series C Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series C Preferred Stock. Series C Preferred Stock will rank (i) at least equally with Parity Stock, if any, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (ii) and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be 5,000. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock set forth in the Articles of Organization) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further votes duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of articles of amendment pursuant to the provisions of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series C Preferred Stock.

Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series C Preferred Stock:
(a) Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.
(b) Articles of Organization ” means the Articles of Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designation.
(c) Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(d) Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time.
(e) Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.
(f) Certificate of Designation ” means this Certificate of Designation relating to the Series C Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.
(g) Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
(h) Depositary Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
(i) Dividend Payment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(j) Dividend Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(k) DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.





(l) Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series C Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(m) MBCA ” means the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time.
(n) Nonpayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(o) Parity Stock ” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation that ranks equally with Series C Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.

(p) Preferred Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(q) Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.
(r) Regulatory Capital Treatment Event ” means the Corporation’s determination, in good faith, that, as a result of (i) any amendment to, or change in (including any announced prospective amendment or change), the laws or regulations of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series C Preferred Stock, (ii) any proposed amendment or change in those laws or regulations that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series C Preferred Stock, or (iii) any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series C Preferred Stock, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock then outstanding as “tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series C Preferred Stock is outstanding.
(s) Series C Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.
Section 4. Dividends.
(a) Rate. Holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at a rate per annum equal to 5.250% on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share of Series C Preferred Stock, and no more, payable quarterly in arrears on each March 15, June 15, September 15 or December 15; provided , however , if any such day is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on that date will be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day (without any interest or other payment in respect of such delay) (each such day on which dividends are payable a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). The period from and including the date of original issuance of such Series C Preferred Stock or any Dividend Payment Date to but excluding the next Dividend Payment Date is a “ Dividend Period .” The record date for payment of dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date; provided , however , if any such day is not a Business Day, then the record date will be the next succeeding day that is a Business Day. The amount of dividends payable shall be computed on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.

(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series C Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not cumulate and shall not accrue or be payable for such Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series C Preferred Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.
(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series C Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock or any dividend or distribution of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock of the Corporation in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock under any such plan, (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or





otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than (A) as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, (B) the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, (C) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock, (D) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (E) purchases of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy Junior Stock existing prior to or during the most recent preceding Dividend Period for which the full dividends for the then-current Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan or (F) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of Junior Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation and (iii) no shares of Parity Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation otherwise than pursuant to pro rata offers to purchase all, or a pro rata portion, of the Series C Preferred Stock and such Parity Stock except by conversion into or exchange for Junior Stock during a Dividend Period, unless, in each case, the full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock for the then-current Dividend Period have been declared and paid in full or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment in full thereof set aside. When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis so that the amount of dividends declared per share will bear to each other the same ratio that accrued dividends for the then-current Dividend Period per share on Series C Preferred Stock, and accrued dividends, including any accumulations, on Parity Stock, bear to each other. No interest will be payable in respect of any declared but unpaid dividend payment on shares of Series C Preferred Stock that is paid after the relevant Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on the Series C Preferred Stock on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice (which may be in the form of a press release or other public announcement) to the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock and any Parity Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.

Section 5. Liquidation Rights.
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution of the assets of the Corporation may be made to the holders of any Junior Stock and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to or on parity with Series C Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any other amounts in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.
(b) Partial Payment. If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends in full to all holders of Series C Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and to the holders of all Parity Stock shall be pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any authorized, declared and unpaid dividends of Series C Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.
(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series C Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other entity or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other entity into or with the Corporation in which the holders of Series C Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property, constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.






Section 6. Redemption.
(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, on the Dividend Payment Date on September 15, 2017 or on any Dividend Payment Date thereafter, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be $100,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends (the “ Redemption Price ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem, as provided in Subsection (b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the time outstanding at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.
(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be either (1) mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation or (2) transmitted by such other method approved by the Depositary Company, in its reasonable discretion, to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed. Such mailing or transmittal shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series C Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC (or a successor securities depositary), the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC (or such successor). Any notice provided pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to provide such notice, or any defect in such notice or in the provision thereof, to any holder of shares of Series C Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series C Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed by such holder (or the method of determining such number); (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates evidencing such shares of Series C Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividend rights on the shares to be redeemed will cease on the redemption date.
(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series C Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series C Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series C Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series C Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.

(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Depositary Company ”) for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividend rights with respect to such shares will cease on the redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the trust fund set aside by the Corporation or from the bank or trust company where the funds have been deposited at any time after the redemption date from such funds, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.
Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:
(a) Supermajority Voting Rights-Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to authorize any





amendment of the Articles of Organization (including this Certificate of Designation and any other certificate of designation or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) or Bylaws which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series C Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series C Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series C Preferred Stock.
(b) Supermajority Voting Rights-Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking senior to the shares of the Series C Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock with respect to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(c) Special Voting Right.
(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series C Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not) (a “ Nonpayment ”), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other series of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of Common Stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock having equivalent voting rights with the Series C Preferred Stock is a “ Preferred Director ”.
(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, but prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series C Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below.
(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws for a special meeting of the shareholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series C Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders.





(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series C Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods following a Nonpayment event, then the right of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any subsequent Nonpayment). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be automatically reduced accordingly. When the voting rights described in this Section 7(c) are in effect, any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred that ranks on party with the Series C Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist).
(d) Changes for Clarification. Without the consent of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights thereof, of the Series C Preferred Stock, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series C Preferred Stock:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series C Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption. No vote or consent of the holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.

(f) Inapplicability of Section 11.04(6) of the Act. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote as a separate class or series or voting group (including without limitation, alone or together with one or more other classes or series of shares) with respect to any plan of merger or share exchange solely as a result of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA (or any similar successor provision of the MBCA).
Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series C Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series C Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Organization, the Bylaws or this Certificate of Designation to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series C Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series C Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase Series C Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.
Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series C Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.
Section 12. No Sinking Fund. The Series C Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series C Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series C Preferred Stock.
Section 13. Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and any transfer agent for the Series C Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series C Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.





Section 14. Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Series C Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, the Corporation’s Articles of Organization or Bylaws or by applicable law.

Section 15. No Preemptive Rights. No share of Series C Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 16. Other Rights. The shares of Series C Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Organization or as provided by applicable law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Jeffrey N. Carp, its Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, this 14th day of August 2012.
 
 
STATE STREET CORPORATION
 
 
By:
 /s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
Name:
 Jeffrey N. Carp
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary


COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $100 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this 15 th day of August, 2012, at 11:52 a.m. /p.m.
time
 
 
 
 
 
Effective date:
 
 
 
 
 
 
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)
 
 
/s/ William Francis Galvin
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Contact Information:





 
 
 
 
 
Mark Devine c/o WilmerHale
 
 
 
 
60 State Street
 
 
 
 
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
 
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
617 526 5122
 
 

 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Email:
 
mark.devine@wilmerhale.com
 
 
Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.

Exhibit 4.1
D
PC
The Commonwealth of Massachusetts
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
 
 
 
 
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
 
Articles of Amendment
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
(1) Exact name of corporation: State Street Corporation
(2) Registered office address: 155 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
(3) These articles of amendment affect article(s): IV
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))
(4) Date adopted: February 25, 2014
(month, day, year)
(5) Approved by:
(check appropriate box)
 
å
the incorporators.






 
þ
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.

 
å
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.

(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
That Article IV of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to designate a Series D of Preferred Stock more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
P.C.

To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 


Total authorized after amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 






(7)
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified: _____________________________________

*G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto.

Signed by: /s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
(signature of authorized individual)
 
å
Chairman of the board of directors,

 
å
President,

 
þ
Other officer,

 
å
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 27th day of February , 2014 .


Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
FIXED-TO-FLOATING RATE NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES D
OF
STATE STREET CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act)
February 27, 2014
State Street Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Corporation ”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.02 thereof, hereby certifies:
On February 25, 2014, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on February 16, 2012 and October 15, 2013 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, duly adopted the following vote creating a series of 7,500 shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as “ Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D ”.
VOTED: that pursuant to the authority vested in the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on February 16, 2012 and October 15, 2013 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, a series of preferred stock, without par value, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares, and the preferences, limitations, and relative rights thereof are as follows:





Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D (hereinafter referred to as the “ Series D Preferred Stock ”). Each share of Series D Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series D Preferred Stock. Series D Preferred Stock will rank (i) at least equally with Parity Stock, if any, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (ii) and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 2. Number of Shares . The number of authorized shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be 7,500. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock set forth in the Articles of Organization) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further votes duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of articles of amendment pursuant to the provisions of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series D Preferred Stock:
(a) Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.
(b) Articles of Organization ” means the Articles of Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designation.
(c) Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(d) Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time.
(e) Business Day ” means, for dividends payable during the Fixed Rate Period, any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are permitted or required by any applicable law to close, and for dividends payable during the Floating Rate Period, any day that would be considered a Business Day during the Fixed Rate Period that is also a London Banking Day.
(f) Calculation Agent ” means State Street Bank and Trust Company or any other successor appointed by the Corporation, acting as calculation agent.
(g) Certificate of Designation ” means this Certificate of Designation relating to the Series D Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.
(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
(i) Depositary Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
(j) Designated LIBOR Page ” means the display on Reuters, or any successor service, on page LIBOR01, or any other page as may replace that page on that service, for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates for U.S. dollars.
(k) Dividend Payment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(l) Dividend Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.

(m) DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.
(n) Fixed Rate Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(o) Floating Rate Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(p) Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series D Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(q) LIBOR Determination Date ” means the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of the relevant Dividend Period.
(r) London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in London.
(s) MBCA ” means the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time.





(t) Nonpayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(u) Parity Stock ” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation, including the shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, that ranks equally with the Series D Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(v) Preferred Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(w) Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.
(x) Regulatory Capital Treatment Event ” means the Corporation’s determination, in good faith, that, as a result of (i) any amendment to, clarification of or change in (including any announced prospective amendment to, clarification of or change in), the laws or regulations or policies of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or announced or that becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series D Preferred Stock, (ii) any proposed amendment to or change in those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series D Preferred Stock, or (iii) any official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations or policies that is announced after the initial issuance of any share of Series D Preferred Stock, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of all shares of Series D Preferred Stock then outstanding as “additional tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series D Preferred Stock is outstanding.

(y) Representative Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Three-month LIBOR”.
(z) Series D Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.
(aa) Three-month LIBOR ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on such page at such time, then the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market, selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in U.S. dollars for a term of three months as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to an amount that, in the judgment of the Calculation Agent, is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in the relevant market at the relevant time (a “ Representative Amount ”). If at least two such quotations are so provided, Three-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City to provide such bank’s rate for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a term of three months as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a Representative Amount. If three such quotations are so provided, Three-Month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than three such rates are so provided, then Three-Month LIBOR for the next Dividend Period will be set to equal the Three-Month LIBOR for the then-current Dividend Period or, in the case of the Dividend Period beginning March 15, 2024, 5.90%. All percentages used in or resulting from any calculation of Three-month LIBOR will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with .000005% rounded up to .00001%.
Section 4. Dividends.
(a) Rate. Dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock will not be mandatory. Holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share of Series D Preferred Stock, quarterly in arrears on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2014 (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). From the date of issuance to, but excluding, March 15, 2024 (the “ Fixed Rate Period ”), dividends will be calculated at an annual rate of 5.90%, and from, and including, March 15, 2024 (the “ Floating Rate Period ”), dividends will be calculated at an annual rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 3.108%. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date during the Fixed Rate Period falls on a date that is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (without interest or other payment in respect of such delay). In the event that any Dividend Payment Date during the Floating Rate Period falls on a date that is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and dividends will be calculated to, but excluding, the actual payment date. However if, during the Floating Rate Period, such postponed payment date would fall in the next calendar month following the relevant Dividend Payment Date, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on such date will be made on the Business Day immediately preceding the relevant Dividend Payment Date. The period from, and including, any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period”; provided , however , that the first





Dividend Period shall be the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of the Series D Preferred Stock to, but excluding, June 15, 2014 and provided , further , that, during the Floating Rate Period for purposes of determining a Dividend Period only, the Dividend Payment Date shall be the actual payment date of the applicable dividends. The record date for payment of dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date ( provided , however , that if any such day is not a Business Day, then the record date will be the next succeeding day that is a Business Day) or such other date as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The amount of dividends payable during the Fixed Rate Period, including dividends payable for any partial Dividend Period, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of any dividend payable during the Floating Rate Period, including dividends payable for any partial Dividend Period, shall be calculated (without duplication) on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Dollar amounts resulting from that calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent, with one-half cent being rounded upward. The determination of Three-month LIBOR for each relevant dividend period by the Calculation Agent will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of any dividend payable during the Floating Rate Period, will be maintained on file at the Calculation Agent’s principal offices. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.
(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends . Dividends on shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series D Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not be cumulative and shall not be payable for such Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series D Preferred Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.
(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series D Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, or any dividend or distribution of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock of the Corporation in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock under any such plan, and (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than (A) as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, (B) the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, (C) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock, (D) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (E) purchases of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy Junior Stock existing prior to or during the most recent preceding Dividend Period for which the full dividends for the then most recently completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, or (F) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of Junior Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation; unless, in each case, the full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock for the then most recently completed Dividend Period have been declared and paid in full (or a sum sufficient for the payment in full thereof has been set aside for such payment). When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series D Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series D Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis. For purposes of calculating the proportional allocation of partial dividend payments, the Corporation shall allocate dividend payments based on the ratio between the then-current dividends due on the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and (i) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is non-cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock, and (ii) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and accumulated and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock. No interest will be payable in respect of any declared but unpaid dividend payment on shares of Series D Preferred Stock that is paid after the relevant Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on the Series D Preferred Stock on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice (which may be in the form of a press release or other public announcement) to the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any





Junior Stock and any Parity Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.
Section 5. Liquidation Rights.
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution of the assets of the Corporation may be made to the holders of any Common Stock or of any of the Corporation’s shares of capital stock ranking junior as to such a distribution to the shares of Series D Preferred Stock, and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to the Series D Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any other amounts in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.
(b) Partial Payment. If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends in full to all holders of Series D Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series D Preferred Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and to the holders of all such other Parity Stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.
(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series D Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series D Preferred Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other entity or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other entity into or with the Corporation in which the holders of Series D Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares of Series D Preferred Stock, constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 6. Redemption.
(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, on the Dividend Payment Date on March 15, 2024 or on any Dividend Payment Date thereafter, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be $100,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends (the “ Redemption Price ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem, as provided in Subsection (b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.
(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be either (1) mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation or (2) transmitted by such other method approved by the Depositary Company, in its reasonable discretion, to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed. Such mailing or transmittal shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series D Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC (or a successor securities depositary), the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC (or such successor). Any notice provided pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to provide such notice, or any defect in such notice or in the provision thereof, to any holder of shares of Series D Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series D Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder (or the method of determining such number); (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places





where the certificates evidencing such shares of Series D Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividend rights on the shares to be redeemed will cease on the redemption date.
(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series D Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series D Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series D Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.
(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Depositary Company ”) for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividend rights with respect to such shares will cease on the redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the trust fund set aside by the Corporation or from the bank or trust company where the funds have been deposited at any time after the redemption date from such funds, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted bylaw, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.
Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:
(a) Supermajority Voting Rights-Amendments . Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Articles of Organization (including this Certificate of Designation and any other certificate of designation or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) or Bylaws which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series D Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided , however , that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series D Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series D Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative) and/or the distribution of assets upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series D Preferred Stock.
(b) Supermajority Voting Rights-Priority . Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking senior to the shares of the Series D Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock with respect to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(c) Special Voting Right.
(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series D Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not) (a “ Nonpayment ”), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other series of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of





Common Stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series D Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock having equivalent voting rights with the Series D Preferred Stock is a “ Preferred Director ”.
(ii) Election . The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, but prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series D Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below.
(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws for a special meeting of the shareholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series D Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders.
(iv) Termination; Removal . Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series D Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods following a Nonpayment, then the right of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any subsequent Nonpayment). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be automatically reduced accordingly. When the voting rights described in this Section 7(c) are in effect, any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred that ranks on party with the Series D Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist).
(d) Changes for Clarification. Without the consent of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights thereof, of the Series D Preferred Stock, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series D Preferred Stock:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series D Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption. No vote or consent of the holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
(f) Inapplicability of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA . The holders of Series D Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote as a separate class or series or voting group (including without limitation, alone or together with one or more other classes or





series of shares) with respect to any plan of merger or share exchange solely as a result of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA (or any similar successor provision of the MBCA).
Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series D Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series D Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 9. Rank . Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Organization, the Bylaws or this Certificate of Designation to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series D Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series D Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 10. Repurchase . Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase Series D Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.
Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares . Shares of Series D Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.
Section 12. No Sinking Fund. The Series D Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series D Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series D Preferred Stock.
Section 13. Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and any transfer agent for the Series D Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series D Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 14. Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Series D Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, the Corporation’s Articles of Organization or Bylaws or by applicable law.
Section 15. No Preemptive Rights. No share of Series D Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 16. Other Rights. The shares of Series D Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Organization or as provided by applicable law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Jeffrey N. Carp, its Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, on the date first written above.
 
 
STATE STREET CORPORATION
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
Name:
Jeffrey N. Carp
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary







COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the
provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing
fee in the amount of $100 having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed
with me this 27th day of February, 2014, at a.m./p.m.
(time)
Effective date:
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Contact Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Sharon Napolitano c/o WilmerHale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
60 State Street
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Boston, MA 02109
 
 
 
 
 
Telephone:
 
617-526-5106
 
 
 
 
 
Email:
 
sharon.napolitano@wilmerhale.com
 
 
Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.





 
/s/ ILLEGIBLE
Examiner
 
/s/ LAC
Name approval
 
C
 
M


EXHIBIT 4.1


William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
 
 
 
 
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
 
Articles of Amendment
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
(1) Exact name of corporation: State Street Corporation
(2) Registered office address: 155 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
(3) These articles of amendment affect article(s): IV
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))
(4) Date adopted: November 18, 2014
(month, day, year)
(5)
Approved by:
(check appropriate box)
 
å
the incorporators.

 
x
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.

 
å
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.





(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
The Article IV of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to designate a Series E of Preferred Stock more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
P.C.


To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total authorized after amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(7)
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:

*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto.







Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED STOCK, SERIES E
OF
STATE STREET CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act)
November 21, 2014
State Street Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Corporation ”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.02 thereof, hereby certifies:
On November 18, 2014, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on October 23, 2014 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, duly adopted the following vote creating a series of 7,500 shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as “ Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E ”.
VOTED: that pursuant to the authority vested in the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on October 23, 2014 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, a series of preferred stock, without par value, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares, and the preferences, limitations, and relative rights thereof are as follows:
Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E (hereinafter referred to as the “ Series E Preferred Stock ”). Each share of Series E Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series E Preferred Stock. Series E Preferred Stock will rank (i) at least equally with Parity Stock, if any, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation (ii) and will rank senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be 7,500. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock set forth in the Articles of Organization) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further votes duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of articles of amendment pursuant to the provisions of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series E Preferred Stock.
Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series E Preferred Stock:
(a) Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.
(b) Articles of Organization ” means the Articles of Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designation.
(c) Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(d) Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time.





(e) Business Day ” means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are permitted or required by any applicable law to close.
(f) Certificate of Designation ” means this Certificate of Designation relating to the Series E Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.
(g) Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
(h) Depositary Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
(i) Dividend Payment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(j) Dividend Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(k) DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.
(l) Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series E Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(m) MBCA ” means the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time.
(n) Nonpayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.

(o) Parity Stock ” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation, including the shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C and Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, that ranks equally with the Series E Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(p) Preferred Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(q) Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.
(r) Regulatory Capital Treatment Event ” means the Corporation’s determination, in good faith, that, as a result of any:
(i) amendment to, clarification of or change in (including any announced prospective amendment to, clarification of or change in), the laws or regulations or policies of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or announced or that becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series E Preferred Stock;
(ii) proposed amendment to or change in those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series E Preferred Stock; or
(iii) official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or that becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series E Preferred Stock,
there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of all shares of Series E Preferred Stock then outstanding as “additional tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series E Preferred Stock is outstanding.
(s) Series E Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.
Section 4. Dividends.
(a) Rate. Dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock will not be mandatory. Holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends at a





rate per annum equal to 6.000% on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share of Series E Preferred Stock, quarterly in arrears on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing March 15, 2015 (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). In the event that any Dividend Payment Date falls on a date that is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (without interest or other payment in respect of such delay). The period from, and including, any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period”;

provided , however , that the first Dividend Period shall be the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of the Series E Preferred Stock to, but excluding, March 15, 2015. The record date for payment of dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date ( provided , however , that if any such day is not a Business Day, then the record date will be the next succeeding day that is a Business Day) or such other date as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The amount of dividends payable, including dividends payable for any partial Dividend Period, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.
(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series E Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not be cumulative and shall not be payable for such Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series E Preferred Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.
(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series E Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, or any dividend or distribution of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock of the Corporation in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock under any such plan, and (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than (A) as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, (B) the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, (C) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock, (D) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (E) purchases of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy Junior Stock existing prior to or during the most recent preceding Dividend Period for which the full dividends for the then most recently completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, or (F) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of Junior Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation; unless, in each case, the full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock for the then most recently completed Dividend Period have been declared and paid in full (or a sum sufficient for the payment in full thereof has been set aside for such payment). When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series E Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series E Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis. For purposes of calculating the proportional allocation of partial dividend payments, the Corporation shall allocate dividend payments based on the ratio between the then-current dividends due on the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock and (i) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is non-cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock, and (ii) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and accumulated and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock. No interest will be payable in respect of any declared but unpaid dividend payment on shares of Series E Preferred Stock that is paid after the relevant Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on the Series E Preferred Stock on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice (which may be in the form of a press release or other public announcement) to the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock and any





Parity Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.
Section 5. Liquidation Rights.
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution of the assets of the Corporation may be made to the holders of any Common Stock or of any of the Corporation’s shares of capital stock ranking junior as to such a distribution to the shares of Series E Preferred Stock, and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to the Series E Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any other amounts in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.
(b) Partial Payment. If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends in full to all holders of Series E Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series E Preferred Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and to the holders of all such other Parity Stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.

(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series E Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series E Preferred Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other entity or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other entity into or with the Corporation in which the holders of Series E Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares of Series E Preferred Stock, constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 6. Redemption.
(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series E Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, on the Dividend Payment Date on December 15, 2019 or on any Dividend Payment Date thereafter, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be $100,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends (the “ Redemption Price ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem, as provided in Subsection (b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock at the time outstanding at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.
(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be either (1) mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation or (2) transmitted by such other method approved by the Depositary Company, in its reasonable discretion, to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed. Such mailing or transmittal shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series E Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC (or a successor securities depositary), the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC (or such successor). Any notice provided pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to provide such notice, or any defect in such notice or in the provision thereof, to any holder of shares of Series E Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series E Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series E Preferred Stock





to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder (or the method of determining such number); (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates evidencing such shares of Series E Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividend rights on the shares to be redeemed will cease on the redemption date.
(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series E Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series E Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series E Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series E Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.
(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Depositary Company ”) for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividend rights with respect to such shares will cease on the redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the trust fund set aside by the Corporation or from the bank or trust company where the funds have been deposited at any time after the redemption date from such funds, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.
Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:
(a) Supermajority Voting Rights-Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Articles of Organization (including this Certificate of Designation and any other certificate of designation or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) or Bylaws which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series E Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided , however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series E Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series E Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative), and/or the distribution of assets upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series E Preferred Stock.
(b) Supermajority Voting Rights-Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking senior to the shares of the Series E Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock with respect to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(c) Special Voting Right.
(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series E Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series E Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid, or declared and set aside for





payment, in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not) (a “ Nonpayment ”), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other series of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series E Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of Common Stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series E Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock having equivalent voting rights with the Series E Preferred Stock is a “ Preferred Director ”.
(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series E Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, but prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series E Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series E Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below.
(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws for a special meeting of the shareholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series E Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series E Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders.
(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series E Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series E Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods following a Nonpayment, then the right of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any subsequent Nonpayment). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be automatically reduced accordingly. When the voting rights described in this Section 7(c) are in effect, any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred that ranks on parity with the Series E Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist).

(d) Changes for Clarification. Without the consent of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights thereof, of the Series E Preferred Stock, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series E Preferred Stock:
(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series E Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation.





(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption. No vote or consent of the holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
(f) Inapplicability of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote as a separate class or series or voting group (including without limitation, alone or together with one or more other classes or series of shares) with respect to any plan of merger or share exchange solely as a result of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA (or any similar successor provision of the MBCA).
Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series E Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series E Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Organization, the Bylaws or this Certificate of Designation to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series E Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series E Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase Series E Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.
Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series E Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.

Section 12. No Sinking Fund. The Series E Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series E Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series E Preferred Stock.
Section 13. Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and any transfer agent for the Series E Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series E Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 14. Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Series E Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, the Corporation’s Articles of Organization or Bylaws or by applicable law.
Section 15. No Preemptive Rights. No share of Series E Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 16. Other Rights. The shares of Series E Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Organization or as provided by applicable law.


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designations to be signed by Jeffrey N. Carp, its Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, on the date first written above.





 
 
STATE STREET CORPORATION
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
Name:
Jeffrey N. Carp
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Signed by: /s/ Jeffrey N. Carp ,
(signature of authorized individual)
 
å
Chairman of the board of directors,

 
å
President,

 
x
Other officer,

 
å
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 21st day of November , 2014 .

 
 
 

Examiner
L.A.L
Name approval
C
M
Sharon Napolitano c/o WilmerHale 60 State Street Boston, Massachusetts 02109 Telephone: 617 526 5106 Email: Sharon.napolitano@wilmerhale.com Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.






EXHIBIT 4.1


William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
 
 
 
 
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
 
Articles of Amendment
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
(1) Exact name of corporation: State Street Corporation
(2) Registered office address: 155 Federal Street, Boston, Massachusetts 02110
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
(3) These articles of amendment affect article(s): IV
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))
(4) Date adopted: May 14, 2015
(month, day, year)
(5)
Approved by:
(check appropriate box)
 
Œ
the incorporators.

 
x
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.

 
Œ
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
The Article IV of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to designate a Series E of Preferred Stock more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
P.C.


To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:





 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Total authorized after amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
 
WITH PAR VALUE
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
TYPE
 
NUMBER OF SHARES
 
PAR VALUE
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

(7)
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:

*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto.


Exhibit A
CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
FIXED-TO-FLOATING RATE NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED
STOCK, SERIES F
OF
STATE STREET CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act)
May 20, 2015





State Street Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.02 thereof, hereby certifies:
On May 14, 2015, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on October 23, 2014 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, duly adopted the following vote creating a series of 7,500 shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as “Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F”.
VOTED: that pursuant to the authority vested in the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on October 23, 2014 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, a series of preferred stock, without par value, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares, and the preferences, limitations, and relative rights thereof are as follows:
Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F (hereinafter referred to as the “Series F Preferred Stock”). Each share of Series F Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series F Preferred Stock. Series F Preferred Stock will rank (i) at least equally with Parity Stock, if any, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation and (ii) senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 2. Number of Shares. The number of authorized shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be 7,500. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock set forth in the Articles of Organization) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further votes duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of articles of amendment pursuant to the provisions of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series F Preferred Stock.
Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series F Preferred Stock:
(a) “Appropriate Federal Banking Agency” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.
(b) “Articles of Organization” means the Restated Articles of Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designation.
(c) “Board of Directors” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(d) “Bylaws” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time.
(e) “Business Day” means, for dividends payable during the Fixed Rate Period, any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are permitted or required by any applicable law to close, and for dividends payable during the Floating Rate Period, any day that would be considered a Business Day during the Fixed Rate Period that is also a London Banking Day.
(f) “Calculation Agent” means State Street Bank and Trust Company or any other successor appointed by the Corporation, acting as calculation agent.
(g) “Certificate of Designation” means this Certificate of Designation relating to the Series F Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.
(h) “Common Stock” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
(i) “Depositary Company” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
(j) “Designated LIBOR Page” means the display on Reuters, or any successor service, on page LIBOR01, or any other page as may replace that page on that service, for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates for U.S. dollars.
(k) “Dividend Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(l) “Dividend Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(m) “DTC” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.





(n) “Fixed Rate Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(o) “Floating Rate Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(p) “Junior Stock” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series F Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(q) “LIBOR Determination Date” means the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of the relevant Dividend Period.
(r) “London Banking Day” means any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in London.
(s) “MBCA” means the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time.
(t) “Nonpayment” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(u) “Parity Stock” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation, including the shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D and Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E, that ranks equally with the Series F Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(v) “Preferred Director” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(w) “Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.
(x) “Regulatory Capital Treatment Event” means the Corporation’s determination, in good faith, that, as a result of any:
(i) amendment to, clarification of or change in (including any announced prospective amendment to, clarification of or change in), the laws or regulations or policies of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or announced or that becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series F Preferred Stock;
(ii) proposed amendment to or change in those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series F Preferred Stock; or
(iii) official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or that becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series F Preferred Stock, there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of all shares of Series F Preferred Stock then outstanding as “additional tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series F Preferred Stock is outstanding.
(y) “Representative Amount” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Three-month LIBOR”.
(z) “Series F Preferred Stock” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.
(aa) “Three-month LIBOR” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on such page at such time, then the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market, selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in U.S. dollars for a term of three months as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to an amount that, in the judgment of the Calculation Agent, is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in the relevant market at the relevant time (a “Representative Amount”). If at least two such quotations are so provided, Three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City to provide such bank’s rate for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a term of three months as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a Representative Amount. If three such quotations are so provided, Three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. All percentages used in or resulting from any calculation of Three-month LIBOR will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with .000005% rounded up to .00001%.
Section 4. Dividends.
(a) Rate. Dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock will not be mandatory. Holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on





the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share of Series F Preferred Stock, semi-annually in arrears on each March 15 and September 15, commencing on September 15, 2015 to and including September 15, 2020, and quarterly in arrears on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing on December 15, 2020 (each, a “Dividend Payment Date”). From the date of issuance to, but excluding, September 15, 2020 (the “Fixed Rate Period”), dividends will be calculated at an annual rate of 5.250%, and from, and including, September 15, 2020 (the “Floating Rate Period”), dividends will be calculated at an annual rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 3.597%. If, following the procedure set forth in the definition of Three-month LIBOR, the Calculation Agent is unable to determine three-month LIBOR for any Floating Rate Period, then the dividend for such Floating Rate Period shall be calculated at the dividend rate in effect for the immediately preceding Dividend Period. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date during the Fixed Rate Period falls on a date that is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (without interest or other payment in respect of such delay). In the event that any Dividend Payment Date during the Floating Rate Period falls on a date that is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and dividends will be calculated to, but excluding, the actual payment date. However if, during the Floating Rate Period, such postponed payment date would fall in the next calendar month following the relevant Dividend Payment Date, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on such date will be made on the Business Day immediately preceding the relevant Dividend Payment Date. The period from, and including, any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period”; provided, however, that the first Dividend Period shall be the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of the Series F Preferred Stock to, but excluding, September 15, 2015; and provided, further, that, during the Floating Rate Period for purposes of determining a Dividend Period only, the Dividend Payment Date shall be the actual payment date of the applicable dividends. The record date for payment of dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date (provided, however, that if any such day is not a Business Day, then the record date will be the next succeeding day that is a Business Day) or such other date as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The amount of dividends payable during the Fixed Rate Period, including dividends payable for any partial Dividend Period, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of any dividend payable during the Floating Rate Period, including dividends payable for any partial Dividend Period, shall be calculated (without duplication) on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days elapsed. Dollar amounts resulting from that calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent, with one-half cent being rounded upward. The determination of Three-month LIBOR for each relevant Dividend Period by the Calculation Agent will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of any dividend payable during the Floating Rate Period, will be maintained on file at the Calculation Agent’s principal offices. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.
(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends. Dividends on shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series F Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not be cumulative and shall not be payable for such Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series F Preferred Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.
(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series F Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, or any dividend or distribution of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock of the Corporation in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock under any such plan, and (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than (A) as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, (B) the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, (C) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock, (D) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (E) purchases of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy Junior Stock existing prior to or during the most recent preceding Dividend Period for which the full dividends for the then most recently completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, or (F) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of Junior Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any





such securities by the Corporation; unless, in each case, the full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock for the then most recently completed Dividend Period have been declared and paid in full (or a sum sufficient for the payment in full thereof has been set aside for such payment). When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series F Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series F Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis. For purposes of calculating the proportional allocation of partial dividend payments, the Corporation shall allocate dividend payments based on the ratio between the then-current dividends due on the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock and (i) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is non-cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock, and (ii) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and accumulated and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock. No interest will be payable in respect of any declared but unpaid dividend payment on shares of Series F Preferred Stock that is paid after the relevant Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on the Series F Preferred Stock on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice (which may be in the form of a press release or other public announcement) to the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock and any Parity Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.
Section 5. Liquidation Rights.
(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution of the assets of the Corporation may be made to the holders of any Common Stock or of any of the Corporation’s shares of capital stock ranking junior as to such a distribution to the shares of Series F Preferred Stock, and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to the Series F Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any other amounts in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.
(b) Partial Payment. If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends in full to all holders of Series F Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series F Preferred Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and to the holders of all such other Parity Stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.
(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series F Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series F Preferred Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other entity or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other entity into or with the Corporation in which the holders of Series F Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares of Series F Preferred Stock, constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 6. Redemption.
(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, on the Dividend Payment Date on September 15, 2020 or on any Dividend Payment Date thereafter, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be $100,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends (the “Redemption Price”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem, as provided in Section 6(b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.





(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be either (1) mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation or (2) transmitted by such other method approved by the Depositary Company, in its reasonable discretion, to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed. Such mailing or transmittal shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series F Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC (or a successor securities depositary), the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC (or such successor). Any notice provided pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to provide such notice, or any defect in such notice or in the provision thereof, to any holder of shares of Series F Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series F Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder (or the method of determining such number); (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places where the certificates evidencing such shares of Series F Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividend rights on the shares to be redeemed will cease on the redemption date.
(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series F Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series F Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series F Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.
(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “Depositary Company”) for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then, notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividend rights with respect to such shares will cease on the redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the trust fund set aside by the Corporation or from the bank or trust company where the funds have been deposited at any time after the redemption date from such funds, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.
Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series F Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:
(a) Supermajority Voting Rights—Amendments. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Articles of Organization (including this Certificate of Designation and any other certificate of designation or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) or Bylaws which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series F Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided, however, that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series F Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series F Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative), and/or the distribution of assets upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series F Preferred Stock.
(b) Supermajority Voting Rights—Priority. Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to





purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking senior to the shares of the Series F Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock with respect to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
(c) Special Voting Right.
(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series F Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to the equivalent of at least three semi-annual Dividend Periods or at least six quarterly Dividend Periods, as applicable (whether consecutive or not) (a “Nonpayment”), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other series of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of Common Stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series F Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock having equivalent voting rights with the Series F Preferred Stock is a “Preferred Director”.
(ii) Election. The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, but prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series F Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below.
(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws for a special meeting of the shareholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series F Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders.
(iv) Termination; Removal. Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series F Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for the equivalent of at least two consecutive semi-annual Dividend Periods or at least four consecutive quarterly Dividend Periods, as applicable, following a Nonpayment, then the right of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any subsequent Nonpayment). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be automatically reduced accordingly. When the voting rights described in this Section 7(c) are in effect, any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series F Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist).
(d) Changes for Clarification. Without the consent of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series F Preferred Stock, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series F Preferred Stock:





(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series F Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption. No vote or consent of the holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
(f) Inapplicability of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA. The holders of Series F Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote as a separate class or series or voting group (including without limitation, alone or together with one or more other classes or series of shares) with respect to any plan of merger or share exchange solely as a result of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA (or any similar successor provision of the MBCA).
Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series F Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series F Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 9. Rank. Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Organization, the Bylaws or this Certificate of Designation to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series F Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series F Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 10. Repurchase. Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase Series F Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided, however, that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.
Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares. Shares of Series F Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.
Section 12. No Sinking Fund. The Series F Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series F Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series F Preferred Stock.
Section 13. Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and any transfer agent for the Series F Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series F Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 14. Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Series F Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, the Corporation’s Articles of Organization or Bylaws or by applicable law.
Section 15. No Preemptive Rights. No share of Series F Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
Section 16. Other Rights. The shares of Series F Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Organization or as provided by applicable law.
[Reminder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]






IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be signed by Jeffrey N. Carp, its Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, on the date first written above.
 
 
STATE STREET CORPORATION
 
 
By:
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
Name:
Jeffrey N. Carp
Title:
Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary

Signed by: /s/ Jeffrey N. Carp ,
(signature of authorized individual)
 
Œ
Chairman of the board of directors,

 
Œ
President,

 
x
Other officer,

 
Œ
Court-appointed fiduciary,
on this 20th day of May , 2015 .

COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $ having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this day of , 20 , at a.m./p.m.
        
time
Effective date:
 
 
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)


Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.






WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Examiner
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Name approval
Contact Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C
Sharon Napolitano c/o WilmerHale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M
60 State Street
 
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
 
Telephone:
617 526 5106
 
Email:
sharon.napolitano@wilmerhale.com

Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.

William Francis Galvin
Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
 
Articles of Amendment
 
FORM MUST BE TYPED
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
 
(1)
Exact name of corporation: State Street Corporation                                                                                                    
 
(2)
Registered office address: 155 Federal Street, Boston, MA 02110                                                                              
(number, street, city or town, state, zip code)
 
(3)
These articles of amendment affect article(s): IV                                                                                                          
(specify the number(s) of article(s) being amended (I-VI))
 
(4)
Date adopted: April 4, 2016                                                                                                                                           
(month, day, year)
 
(5)
Approved by:
(check appropriate box)
 
 
¬
the incorporators.
 





 
x
the board of directors without shareholder approval and shareholder approval was not required.
 
 
¬
the board of directors and the shareholders in the manner required by law and the articles of organization.
(6) State the article number and the text of the amendment. Unless contained in the text of the amendment, state the provisions for implementing the exchange, reclassification or cancellation of issued shares.
That Article IV of the Restated Articles of Organization be amended to designate a Series G of Preferred Stock more particularly described on Exhibit A attached hereto and made a part hereof.
 
P.C.


To change the number of shares and the par value, * if any, of any type, or to designate a class or series, of stock, or change a designation of class or series of stock, which the corporation is authorized to issue, complete the following:
Total authorized prior to amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
  
WITH PAR VALUE
      TYPE          
  
      NUMBER OF SHARES
  
      TYPE          
  
      NUMBER OF SHARES
  
  PAR VALUE    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
Total authorized after amendment:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
WITHOUT PAR VALUE
  
WITH PAR VALUE
      TYPE          
  
      NUMBER OF SHARES
  
      TYPE          
  
      NUMBER OF SHARES
  
  PAR VALUE    
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
  
 
 
(7)
The amendment shall be effective at the time and on the date approved by the Division, unless a later effective date not more than 90 days from the date and time of filing is specified:                                                                                    
 
*
G.L. Chapter 156D eliminates the concept of par value, however a corporation may specify par value in Article III. See G.L. Chapter 156D, Section 6.21, and the comments relative thereto.
 
 

Exhibit A
 
 





CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION
OF
FIXED-TO-FLOATING RATE NON-CUMULATIVE PERPETUAL PREFERRED
STOCK, SERIES G
OF
STATE STREET CORPORATION
(Pursuant to Section 6.02 of the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act)
April 8, 2016
State Street Corporation, a corporation organized and existing under the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts (the “ Corporation ”), in accordance with the provisions of Section 6.02 thereof, hereby certifies:
On April 4, 2016, the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on October 23, 2014 and October 13, 2015 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, duly adopted the following vote creating a series of 5,000 shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as “ Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G ”.
VOTED: that pursuant to the authority vested in the Chairman of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and in accordance with the votes of the Board of Directors of the Corporation adopted on October 23, 2014 and October 13, 2015 and the provisions of the Corporation’s Articles of Organization, as amended, a series of preferred stock, without par value, of the Corporation be and hereby is created, and that the designation and number of shares, and the preferences, limitations, and relative rights thereof are as follows:
Section 1. Designation. The designation of the series of preferred stock shall be Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series G (hereinafter referred to as the “ Series G Preferred Stock ”). Each share of Series G Preferred Stock shall be identical in all respects to every other share of Series G Preferred Stock. Series G Preferred Stock will rank (i) at least equally with Parity Stock, if any, with respect to the payment of dividends and the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation and (ii) senior to Junior Stock with respect to the payment of dividends or the distribution of assets in the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 2. Number of Shares . The number of authorized shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be 5,000. Such number may from time to time be increased (but not in excess of the total number of authorized shares of preferred stock set forth in the Articles of Organization) or decreased (but not below the number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding) by further votes duly adopted by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized


committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation and by the filing of articles of amendment pursuant to the provisions of the MBCA stating that such increase or reduction, as the case may be, has been so authorized. The Corporation shall have the authority to issue fractional shares of Series G Preferred Stock.
Section 3. Definitions. As used herein with respect to Series G Preferred Stock:
(a) Appropriate Federal Banking Agency ” means the “appropriate Federal banking agency” with respect to the Corporation as defined in Section 3(q) of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (12 U.S.C. Section 1813(q)), or any successor provision.
(b) Articles of Organization ” means the Restated Articles of Organization of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time, and shall include this Certificate of Designation.
(c) Board of Directors ” means the board of directors of the Corporation.
(d) Bylaws ” means the Bylaws of the Corporation, as may be amended from time to time.





(e) Business Day ” means, for dividends payable during the Fixed Rate Period, any day, other than a Saturday or Sunday, that is neither a legal holiday nor any other day on which banking institutions and trust companies in New York, New York or Boston, Massachusetts are permitted or required by any applicable law to close, and for dividends payable during the Floating Rate Period, any day that would be considered a Business Day during the Fixed Rate Period that is also a London Banking Day.
(f) Calculation Agent ” means State Street Bank and Trust Company or any other successor appointed by the Corporation, acting as calculation agent.
(g) Certificate of Designation ” means this Certificate of Designation relating to the Series G Preferred Stock, as it may be amended from time to time.
(h) Common Stock ” means the common stock, par value $1.00 per share, of the Corporation.
(i) Depositary Company ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(d) hereof.
(j) Designated LIBOR Page ” means the display on Reuters, or any successor service, on page LIBOR01, or any other page as may replace that page on that service, for the purpose of displaying the London interbank rates for U.S. dollars.
(k) Dividend Payment Date ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(l) Dividend Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(m) DTC ” means The Depository Trust Company, together with its successors and assigns.
 



(n) Fixed Rate Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(o) Floating Rate Period ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4(a) hereof.
(p) Junior Stock ” means the Common Stock and any other class or series of stock of the Corporation hereafter authorized over which Series G Preferred Stock has preference or priority in the payment of dividends or in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(q) LIBOR Determination Date ” means the second London Banking Day immediately preceding the first day of the relevant Dividend Period.
(r) London Banking Day ” means any day on which commercial banks and foreign exchange markets settle payments in London.
(s) MBCA ” means the Massachusetts Business Corporation Act, as amended from time to time.
(t) Nonpayment ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(u) Parity Stock ” means any other class or series of stock of the Corporation, including the shares of preferred stock of the Corporation designated as Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series C, Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series D, Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series E and Fixed-to-Floating Rate Non-Cumulative Perpetual Preferred Stock, Series F, that ranks equally with the Series G Preferred Stock in the payment of dividends and in the distribution of assets on any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
(v) Preferred Director ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(c)(i) hereof.
(w) Redemption Price ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6(a) hereof.
(x) Regulatory Capital Treatment Event ” means the Corporation’s determination, in good faith, that, as a result of any:
(i) amendment to, clarification of or change in (including any announced prospective amendment to, clarification of or change in), the laws or regulations or policies of the United States or any political subdivision of or in the United States that is enacted or announced or that becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series G Preferred Stock;
(ii) proposed amendment to or change in those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series G Preferred Stock; or
(iii) official administrative decision or judicial decision or administrative action or other official pronouncement interpreting or applying those laws or regulations or policies that is announced or that becomes effective after the initial issuance of any share of Series G Preferred Stock,
 








there is more than an insubstantial risk that the Corporation will not be entitled to treat the full liquidation value of all shares of Series G Preferred Stock then outstanding as “additional tier 1 capital” (or its equivalent) for purposes of the capital adequacy guidelines or regulations of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, as then in effect and applicable, for as long as any share of Series G Preferred Stock is outstanding.
(y) Representative Amount ” shall have the meaning set forth in the definition of “Three-month LIBOR”.
(z) Series G Preferred Stock ” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 1 hereof.
(aa) Three-month LIBOR ” means, for any LIBOR Determination Date, the offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of three months that appears on the Designated LIBOR Page as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on such page at such time, then the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major reference banks in the London interbank market, selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation to prime banks in the London interbank market for deposits in U.S. dollars for a term of three months as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a principal amount equal to an amount that, in the judgment of the Calculation Agent, is representative for a single transaction in U.S. dollars in the relevant market at the relevant time (a “Representative Amount”). If at least two such quotations are so provided, Three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in New York City to provide such bank’s rate for loans in U.S. dollars to leading European banks for a term of three months as of approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such LIBOR Determination Date and in a Representative Amount. If three such quotations are so provided, Three-month LIBOR will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations. All percentages used in or resulting from any calculation of Three-month LIBOR will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred-thousandth of a percentage point, with .000005% rounded up to .00001%.
Section 4. Dividends.
(a) Rate. Dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock will not be mandatory. Holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled to receive, if, as and when declared by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, but only out of assets legally available therefor, non-cumulative cash dividends on the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share of Series G Preferred Stock, quarterly in arrears on each March 15, June 15, September 15 and December 15, commencing June 15, 2016 (each, a “ Dividend Payment Date ”). From the date of issuance to, but excluding, March 15, 2026 (the “Fixed Rate Period”), dividends will be calculated at an annual rate of 5.350%, and from, and including, March 15, 2026 (the “Floating Rate Period”), dividends will be calculated at an annual rate equal to Three-month LIBOR plus 3.709%. If, following the procedure set forth in the definition of Three-month LIBOR, the Calculation Agent is unable to determine three-month
 



LIBOR for any Floating Rate Period, then the dividend for such Floating Rate Period shall be calculated at the dividend rate in effect for the immediately preceding Dividend Period. In the event that any Dividend Payment Date during the Fixed Rate Period falls on a date that is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day (without interest or other payment in respect of such delay). In the event that any Dividend Payment Date during the Floating Rate Period falls on a date that is not a Business Day, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on such date will be made on the next succeeding Business Day, and dividends will be calculated to, but excluding, the actual payment date. However if, during the Floating Rate Period, such postponed payment date would fall in the next calendar month following the relevant Dividend Payment Date, then payment of any dividend otherwise payable on such date will be made on the Business Day immediately preceding the relevant Dividend Payment Date. The period from, and including, any Dividend Payment Date to, but excluding, the next succeeding Dividend Payment Date is a “Dividend Period”; provided , however , that the first Dividend Period shall be the period from, and including, the date of original issuance of the Series G Preferred Stock to, but excluding, June 15, 2016; and provided , further , that, during the Floating Rate Period for purposes of determining a Dividend Period only, the Dividend Payment Date shall be the actual payment date of the applicable dividends. The record date for payment of dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall be the 15th calendar day before such Dividend Payment Date ( provided , however , that if any such day is not a Business Day, then the record date will be the next succeeding day that is a Business Day) or such other date as determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation. The amount of dividends payable during the Fixed Rate Period, including dividends payable for any partial Dividend Period, shall be calculated on the basis of a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months. The amount of any dividend payable during the Floating Rate Period, including dividends payable for any partial Dividend Period, shall be calculated (without duplication) on the basis of a 360-day year and the actual number of days





elapsed. Dollar amounts resulting from that calculation will be rounded to the nearest cent, with one-half cent being rounded upward. The determination of Three-month LIBOR for each relevant Dividend Period by the Calculation Agent will (in the absence of manifest error) be final and binding. The Calculation Agent’s determination of any dividend rate, and its calculation of the amount of any dividend payable during the Floating Rate Period, will be maintained on file at the Calculation Agent’s principal offices. Notwithstanding any other provision hereof, dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock shall not be declared, paid or set aside for payment to the extent such act would cause the Corporation to fail to comply with laws and regulations applicable thereto, including applicable capital adequacy guidelines.
(b) Non-Cumulative Dividends . Dividends on shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be non-cumulative. To the extent that any dividends payable on the shares of Series G Preferred Stock on any Dividend Payment Date are not declared and paid, in full or otherwise, on such Dividend Payment Date, then such unpaid dividends shall not be cumulative and shall not be payable for such Dividend Period, and the Corporation shall have no obligation to pay, and the holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall have no right to receive, dividends for such Dividend Period after the Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period or interest with respect to such dividends, whether or not dividends are declared for any subsequent Dividend Period with respect to Series G Preferred Stock, Junior Stock or any other class or series of authorized preferred stock of the Corporation.
 



(c) Priority of Dividends. So long as any share of Series G Preferred Stock remains outstanding, (i) no dividend shall be declared or paid or set aside for payment and no distribution shall be declared or made or set aside for payment on any Junior Stock, other than a dividend payable solely in Junior Stock, or any dividend or distribution of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock of the Corporation in connection with a shareholders’ rights plan or any redemption or repurchase of capital stock or rights to acquire capital stock under any such plan, and (ii) no shares of Junior Stock shall be repurchased, redeemed or otherwise acquired for consideration by the Corporation, directly or indirectly (other than (A) as a result of a reclassification of Junior Stock for or into other Junior Stock, (B) the exchange or conversion of one share of Junior Stock for or into another share of Junior Stock, (C) through the use of the proceeds of a substantially contemporaneous sale of other shares of Junior Stock, (D) purchases, redemptions or other acquisitions of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to any employment contract, benefit plan or other similar arrangement with or for the benefit of employees, officers, directors or consultants, (E) purchases of shares of Junior Stock pursuant to a contractually binding requirement to buy Junior Stock existing prior to or during the most recent preceding Dividend Period for which the full dividends for the then most recently completed Dividend Period on all outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock have been declared and paid or declared and a sum sufficient for the payment thereof has been set aside, including under a contractually binding stock repurchase plan, or (F) the purchase of fractional interests in shares of Junior Stock pursuant to the conversion or exchange provisions of such stock or the security being converted or exchanged), nor shall any monies be paid to or made available for a sinking fund for the redemption of any such securities by the Corporation; unless, in each case, the full dividends on all outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock for the then most recently completed Dividend Period have been declared and paid in full (or a sum sufficient for the payment in full thereof has been set aside for such payment). When dividends are not paid in full upon the shares of Series G Preferred Stock and any Parity Stock, all dividends declared upon shares of Series G Preferred Stock and any such Parity Stock shall be declared on a proportional basis. For purposes of calculating the proportional allocation of partial dividend payments, the Corporation shall allocate dividend payments based on the ratio between the then-current dividends due on the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock and (i) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is non-cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock, and (ii) in the case of any series of Parity Stock that is cumulative preferred stock, the aggregate of the current and accumulated and unpaid dividends due on such series of preferred stock. No interest will be payable in respect of any declared but unpaid dividend payment on shares of Series G Preferred Stock that is paid after the relevant Dividend Payment Date for such Dividend Period. If the Board of Directors of the Corporation determines not to pay any dividend or a full dividend on the Series G Preferred Stock on a Dividend Payment Date, the Corporation will provide, or cause to be provided, written notice (which may be in the form of a press release or other public announcement) to the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock prior to such date. Subject to the foregoing, and not otherwise, such dividends (payable in cash, stock or otherwise) as may be determined by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may be declared and paid on any Junior Stock and any Parity Stock from time to time out of any assets legally available therefor, and the holders of shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to participate in any such dividend.
 



Section 5. Liquidation Rights.





(a) Voluntary or Involuntary Liquidation. In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall be entitled, out of assets legally available therefor, before any distribution of the assets of the Corporation may be made to the holders of any Common Stock or of any of the Corporation’s shares of capital stock ranking junior as to such a distribution to the shares of Series G Preferred Stock, and subject to the rights of the holders of any class or series of securities ranking senior to the Series G Preferred Stock upon liquidation and the rights of the Corporation’s depositors and other creditors, to receive in full a liquidating distribution in the amount of the liquidation preference of $100,000 per share, plus any declared and unpaid dividends, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall not be entitled to any other amounts in the event of any such voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation other than what is expressly provided for in this Section 5.
(b) Partial Payment. If in any distribution described in Section 5(a) above the assets of the Corporation are not sufficient to pay in full the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends in full to all holders of Series G Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series G Preferred Stock, the amounts paid to the holders of Series G Preferred Stock and to the holders of all such other Parity Stock shall be paid pro rata in accordance with the respective aggregate liquidation preferences plus any declared and unpaid dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock and all such Parity Stock.
(c) Residual Distributions. If the liquidation preference plus any declared and unpaid dividends has been paid in full to all holders of Series G Preferred Stock and all holders of any Parity Stock ranking equally as to such distribution with the Series G Preferred Stock, the holders of Junior Stock shall be entitled to receive all remaining assets of the Corporation according to their respective rights and preferences.
(d) Merger, Consolidation and Sale of Assets Not Liquidation. For purposes of this Section 5, the sale, lease or exchange (for cash, securities or other property) of all or substantially all of the property and assets of the Corporation shall not constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation, nor shall the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of the Corporation into or with any other entity or the merger, consolidation or any other business combination transaction of any other entity into or with the Corporation in which the holders of Series G Preferred Stock receive cash, securities or other property for their shares of Series G Preferred Stock, constitute a voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 6. Redemption.
(a) Optional Redemption. The Corporation, at the option of its Board of Directors or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, may redeem in whole or in part the shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, on the Dividend Payment Date on March 15, 2026 or on any Dividend Payment Date thereafter, upon notice given as provided in Section 6(b) below. The redemption price for shares of Series G Preferred
 



Stock shall be $100,000 per share plus dividends that have been declared but not paid, without accumulation of any undeclared dividends (the “ Redemption Price ”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, within 90 days following the occurrence of a Regulatory Capital Treatment Event, the Corporation, at its option, subject to the approval of the Appropriate Federal Banking Agency, may provide notice of its intent to redeem, as provided in Section 6(b) below, and subsequently redeem, all (but not less than all) of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding at the Redemption Price applicable on such date of redemption.
(b) Notice of Redemption. Notice of every redemption of shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be either (1) mailed by first class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed at their respective last addresses appearing on the stock register of the Corporation or (2) transmitted by such other method approved by the Depositary Company, in its reasonable discretion, to the holders of record of such shares to be redeemed. Such mailing or transmittal shall be at least 30 days and not more than 60 days before the date fixed for redemption. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if the Series G Preferred Stock is held in book-entry form through DTC (or a successor securities depositary), the Corporation may give such notice in any manner permitted by DTC (or such successor). Any notice provided pursuant to this Section 6(b) shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the holder receives such notice, but failure duly to provide such notice, or any defect in such notice or in the provision thereof, to any holder of shares of Series G Preferred Stock designated for redemption shall not affect the validity of the proceedings for the redemption of any other shares of Series G Preferred Stock. Each notice shall state (i) the redemption date; (ii) the number of shares of Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed and, if less than all the shares held by such holder are to be redeemed, the number of such shares to be redeemed from such holder (or the method of determining such number); (iii) the Redemption Price; (iv) the place or places





where the certificates evidencing such shares of Series G Preferred Stock are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price; and (v) that dividend rights on the shares to be redeemed will cease on the redemption date.
(c) Partial Redemption. In case of any redemption of only part of the shares of Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, the shares of Series G Preferred Stock to be redeemed shall be selected either pro rata from the holders of record of Series G Preferred Stock in proportion to the number of Series G Preferred Stock held by such holders or by lot or in such other manner as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine to be fair and equitable. Subject to the provisions of this Section 6, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors shall have full power and authority to prescribe the terms and conditions upon which shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall be redeemed from time to time.
(d) Effectiveness of Redemption. If notice of redemption has been duly given and if on or before the redemption date specified in the notice all funds necessary for the redemption have been set aside by the Corporation, separate and apart from its other assets, for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, so as to be and continue to be available therefor, or deposited by the Corporation with a bank or trust company selected by the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors (the “ Depositary Company ”) for the benefit of the holders of the shares called for redemption, then,
 



notwithstanding that any certificate for any share so called for redemption has not been surrendered for cancellation, on and after the redemption date all shares so called for redemption shall cease to be outstanding, all dividend rights with respect to such shares will cease on the redemption date, and all rights with respect to such shares shall forthwith on such redemption date cease and terminate, except only the right of the holders thereof to receive the amount payable on such redemption from the trust fund set aside by the Corporation or from the bank or trust company where the funds have been deposited at any time after the redemption date from such funds, without interest. The Corporation shall be entitled to receive, from time to time, from the Depositary Company any interest accrued on such funds, and the holders of any shares called for redemption shall have no claim to any such interest. Any funds so deposited and unclaimed at the end of three years from the redemption date shall, to the extent permitted by law, be released or repaid to the Corporation, and in the event of such repayment to the Corporation, the holders of record of the shares so called for redemption shall be deemed to be unsecured creditors of the Corporation for an amount equivalent to the amount deposited as stated above for the redemption of such shares and so repaid to the Corporation, but shall in no event be entitled to any interest.
Section 7. Voting Rights. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock will have no voting rights and will not be entitled to elect any directors, except as expressly provided by law and except that:
(a) Supermajority Voting Rights-Amendments . Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to authorize any amendment of the Articles of Organization (including this Certificate of Designation and any other certificate of designation or any similar document relating to any series of preferred stock) or Bylaws which will materially and adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series G Preferred Stock, taken as a whole; provided , however , that any increase in the amount of the authorized or issued Series G Preferred Stock or authorized preferred stock of the Corporation or the creation and issuance, or an increase in the authorized or issued amount, of other series of preferred stock ranking equally with and/or junior to the Series G Preferred Stock with respect to the payment of dividends (whether such dividends are cumulative or non-cumulative), and/or the distribution of assets upon voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation will not be deemed to adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series G Preferred Stock.
(b) Supermajority Voting Rights-Priority . Unless the vote or consent of the holders of a greater number of shares shall then be required by law, the affirmative vote or consent of the holders of at least two-thirds of all of the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock at the time outstanding, voting separately as a single class, shall be required to issue, authorize or increase the authorized amount of, or to issue or authorize any obligation or security convertible into or evidencing the right to purchase, any additional class or series of stock ranking senior to the shares of the Series G Preferred Stock and all other Parity Stock with respect to dividends or the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.
 



(c) Special Voting Right.





(i) Voting Right. If and whenever dividends on the Series G Preferred Stock or any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, and upon which voting rights equivalent to those granted by this Section 7(c) have been conferred and are exercisable, have not been paid, or declared and set aside for payment, in an aggregate amount equal, as to any class or series, to at least six quarterly Dividend Periods (whether consecutive or not) (a “ Nonpayment ”), the number of directors constituting the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall be increased by two, and the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other series of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights), shall have the right, voting separately as a single class without regard to series, to the exclusion of the holders of Common Stock, to elect two directors of the Corporation to fill such newly created directorships (and to fill any vacancies in the terms of such directorships), provided that the election of such directors must not cause the Corporation to violate the corporate governance requirements of the New York Stock Exchange (or other exchange on which the Corporation’s securities may be listed) that listed companies must have a majority of independent directors and further provided that the Board of Directors of the Corporation shall at no time include more than two such directors. Each such director elected by the holders of shares of Series G Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock having equivalent voting rights with the Series G Preferred Stock is a “ Preferred Director ”.
(ii) Election . The election of the Preferred Directors will take place at any annual meeting of shareholders or any special meeting of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock and any other class or series of the Corporation’s preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, called as provided herein. At any time after the special voting power has vested pursuant to Section 7(c)(i) above, but prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors, the secretary of the Corporation may, and upon the written request of any holder of Series G Preferred Stock (addressed to the secretary at the Corporation’s principal office) must (unless such request is received less than 90 days before the date fixed for the next annual or special meeting of the shareholders, in which event such election shall be held at such next annual or special meeting of shareholders), call a special meeting of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends and for which dividends have not been paid, for the election of the two directors to be elected by them as provided in Section 7(c)(iii) below.
(iii) Notice for Special Meeting. Notice for a special meeting will be given in a similar manner to that provided in the Corporation’s Bylaws for a special meeting of the shareholders. If the secretary of the Corporation does not call a special meeting within 20 days after receipt of any such request, then any holder of Series G Preferred Stock may (at the Corporation’s expense) call such meeting, upon notice as provided in this Section 7(c)(iii), and for that purpose will have access to the stock register of the Corporation. The Preferred Directors elected at any such special meeting will hold office until the next annual meeting of the Corporation’s shareholders unless they have been previously terminated or removed pursuant to Section 7(c)(iv). In case any vacancy in the office of a Preferred Director occurs (other than prior to the initial election of the Preferred Directors), the vacancy may be filled by the written consent of the Preferred Director remaining in office, or if none remains in office, by the vote of the holders of the Series G
 



Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist) to serve until the next annual meeting of the shareholders.
(iv) Termination; Removal . Whenever full dividends have been paid regularly on the Series G Preferred Stock and any other class or series of preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends, if any, for at least four consecutive Dividend Periods following a Nonpayment, then the right of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock to elect such additional two directors will cease (but subject always to the same provisions for the vesting of the special voting rights in the case of any subsequent Nonpayment). The terms of office of the Preferred Directors will immediately terminate and the number of directors constituting the Corporation’s board of directors will be automatically reduced accordingly. When the voting rights described in this Section 7(c) are in effect, any Preferred Director may be removed at any time without cause by the holders of record of a majority of the outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock (together with holders of any other class of the Corporation’s authorized preferred stock that ranks on parity with the Series G Preferred Stock as to payment of dividends with equivalent voting rights, whether or not the holders of such preferred stock would be entitled to vote for the election of directors if such default in dividends did not exist).
(d) Changes for Clarification. Without the consent of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock, so long as such action does not adversely affect the powers, preferences, privileges or rights of the Series G Preferred Stock, the Corporation may amend, alter, supplement or repeal any terms of the Series G Preferred Stock:





(i) to cure any ambiguity, or to cure, correct or supplement any provision contained in this Certificate of Designation that may be defective or inconsistent; or
(ii) to make any provision with respect to matters or questions arising with respect to the Series G Preferred Stock that is not inconsistent with the provisions of this Certificate of Designation.
(e) Changes after Provision for Redemption. No vote or consent of the holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall be required pursuant to Section 7(a), 7(b) or 7(c) above if, at or prior to the time when any such vote or consent would otherwise be required pursuant to such Section, all outstanding shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall have been redeemed, or shall have been called for redemption upon proper notice and sufficient funds shall have been set aside for such redemption, in each case pursuant to Section 6 above.
(f) Inapplicability of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA . The holders of Series G Preferred Stock are not entitled to vote as a separate class or series or voting group (including without limitation, alone or together with one or more other classes or series of shares) with respect to any plan of merger or share exchange solely as a result of Section 11.04(6) of the MBCA (or any similar successor provision of the MBCA).
 
-11-


Section 8. Conversion. The holders of Series G Preferred Stock shall not have any rights to convert such Series G Preferred Stock into shares of any other class of capital stock of the Corporation.
Section 9. Rank . Notwithstanding anything set forth in the Articles of Organization, the Bylaws or this Certificate of Designation to the contrary, the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation, without the vote of the holders of the Series G Preferred Stock, may authorize and issue additional shares of Junior Stock, Parity Stock or, subject to the voting rights granted in Section 7(b), any class of securities ranking senior to the Series G Preferred Stock as to dividends and the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the affairs of the Corporation.
Section 10. Repurchase . Subject to the limitations imposed herein, the Corporation may purchase Series G Preferred Stock from time to time to such extent, in such manner, and upon such terms as the Board of Directors of the Corporation or any duly authorized committee of the Board of Directors of the Corporation may determine; provided , however , that the Corporation shall not use any of its funds for any such purchase when there are reasonable grounds to believe that the Corporation is, or by such purchase would be, rendered insolvent.
Section 11. Unissued or Reacquired Shares . Shares of Series G Preferred Stock not issued or which have been issued, redeemed or otherwise purchased or acquired by the Corporation shall be restored to the status of authorized but unissued shares of preferred stock without designation as to series.
Section 12. No Sinking Fund. The Series G Preferred Stock will not be subject to any mandatory redemption, sinking fund or other similar provisions. Holders of Series G Preferred Stock will have no right to require redemption or repurchase of any shares of Series G Preferred Stock.
Section 13. Record Holders. To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, the Corporation and any transfer agent for the Series G Preferred Stock may deem and treat the record holder of any share of Series G Preferred Stock as the true and lawful owner thereof for all purposes, and neither the Corporation nor such transfer agent shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.
Section 14. Notices. All notices or communications in respect of the Series G Preferred Stock shall be sufficiently given if given in writing and delivered in person or by first class mail, postage prepaid, or if given in such other manner as may be permitted in this Certificate of Designation, the Corporation’s Articles of Organization or Bylaws or by applicable law.
Section 15. No Preemptive Rights. No share of Series G Preferred Stock shall have any rights of preemption whatsoever as to any securities of the Corporation, or any warrants, rights or options issued or granted with respect thereto, regardless of how such securities, or such warrants, rights or options, may be designated, issued or granted.
 
-12-







Section 16. Other Rights. The shares of Series G Preferred Stock shall not have any voting powers, preferences or relative, participating, optional or other special rights, or qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, other than as set forth herein or in the Articles of Organization or as provided by applicable law.
[Reminder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]
 
-13-


IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this Certificate of Designation to be signed by Jeffrey N. Carp, its Executive Vice President, Chief Legal Officer and Secretary, on the date first written above.
 
 
 
 
STATE STREET CORPORATION
 
 
By:
 
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
Name:
 
Jeffrey N. Carp
Title:
 
Executive Vice President, Chief
Legal Officer and Secretary
[Signature Page to Certificate of Designation]


 
 
 
 
 
Signed by:
 
/s/ Jeffrey N. Carp
 
 
(signature of authorized individual)
 
 
¬
Chairman of the board of directors,

 
¬
President,

 
x
Other officer,

 
¬
Court-appointed fiduciary,
 
on this             8th             day of             April             ,             2016             .






COMMONWEALTH OF MASSACHUSETTS
William Francis Galvin Secretary of the Commonwealth
One Ashburton Place, Boston, Massachusetts 02108-1512
Articles of Amendment
(General Laws Chapter 156D, Section 10.06; 950 CMR 113.34)
I hereby certify that upon examination of these articles of amendment, it appears that the provisions of the General Laws relative thereto have been complied with, and the filing fee in the amount of $ having been paid, said articles are deemed to have been filed with me this day of , 20 , at a.m./p.m.
        
time
Effective date:
 
 
(must be within 90 days of date submitted)
WILLIAM FRANCIS GALVIN
Secretary of the Commonwealth
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Examiner
Filing fee: Minimum filing fee $100 per article amended, stock increases $100 per 100,000 shares, plus $100 for each additional 100,000 shares or any fraction thereof.
 
TO BE FILLED IN BY CORPORATION
Name approval
Contact Information:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
C
Sharon Napolitano c/o WilmerHale
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
M
60 State Street
 
Boston, Massachusetts 02109
 
Telephone:
617 526 5106
 
Email:
sharon.napolitano@wilmerhale.com
Upon filing, a copy of this filing will be available at www.sec.state.ma.us/cor. If the document is rejected, a copy of the rejection sheet and rejected document will be available in the rejected queue.




Exhibit 10.2

NYDOCS01/1173495.8
NYDOCS01/1173495.8
STATE STREET CORPORATION
Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan
(Amended and Restated January 1, 2015)


NYDOCS01/1173495.8
i




    


    
 
NYDOCS01/1173495.8
Table of Contents
Page
ARTICLE 1
Establishment and Purpose      1
1.1
Restatement      1
1.2
Purpose      1
1.3
Section 409A      1
ARTICLE 2
Definitions      1
2.1
Account      1
2.2
Account Balance      1
2.3
Account Vesting Commencement Date      1
2.4
Active Participant      1
2.5
Administrative Procedures      1
2.6
Administrator      1
2.7
Affiliate      1
2.8
Annual Credit Date      2
2.9
Authorized Person      2
2.10
Basic Plan      2





2.11
Beneficiary      2
2.12
Board      2
2.13
Business Day      2
2.14
Cause      2
2.15
Claimant      2
2.16
Code      2
2.17
Committee      3
2.18
Company      3
2.19
Company Credit      3
2.20
Continuing Participant      3
2.21
Credit Date      3
2.22
Default Investment Option      3
2.23
Domestic Partner      3
2.24
Early Retirement      3
2.25
Early Retirement Age      3
2.26
Early Retirement Date      3
2.27
Effective Date      3
2.28
Eligible Employee      3
2.29
Employee      3
2.30
Employer      3
2.31
Employment      3
2.32
Equity Plan      4
2.33
ERISA      4
2.34
ESRP Share Award      4
2.35
Fair Market Value      4
2.36
FICA Amount      4
2.37
Final Company Credit      4





2.38
Impairment.      4
2.39
Investment Earnings/Losses      4
2.40
Investment Election Form      4
2.41
Investment Options      4
2.42
Normal Retirement      4
2.43
Normal Retirement Age      4
2.44
Normal Retirement Date      5
2.45
Operating Group Participant      5
2.46
Participant      5
2.47
Plan      5
2.48
Plan Year      5
2.49
Prior Plan      5
2.50
Reference Date      5
2.51
Retirement      5
2.52
Retirement Date      5
2.53
Schedule      5
2.54
Section 409A      5
2.55
Section 409A Compliance      5
2.56
Separated Participant      6
2.57
Separation From Service      6
2.58
Service      6
2.59
Spouse      6
2.60
Stock      6
2.61
Supplemental Benefits      6
2.62
Supplemental Defined Benefit      6
2.63
Supplemental Defined Contribution Benefit      6
2.64
Top Hat Plan      6





2.65
Total Disability      6
2.66
Transition Participant      7
2.67
Treasury Regulations      7
ARTICLE 3
Participation      7
3.1
Eligibility      7
3.2
Participation      7
3.3
Age/Service Requirements for Supplemental Benefits Upon Retirement      8
3.4
Supplemental Benefits Upon Death      8
3.5
Supplemental Benefits Upon Total Disability      8
3.6
Forfeiture      8
ARTICLE 4
Supplemental Defined Contribution Benefits      9
4.1
Company Credits      9
4.2
Accounts      12
4.3
Vesting      13
4.4
Distribution      14
ARTICLE 5
Special Payment Rules      15
5.1
Delay in Payment      15
5.2
Acceleration of Payment      15
5.3
No Suspension of Payment      16
5.4
Designation of Taxable Year      16
ARTICLE 6
Administration      16
6.1
Authority of the Committee      16
6.2
Outside Services      17
6.3
Decisions Binding      17
6.4
Indemnity of Committee      17
6.5
Cost of Administration      17
ARTICLE 7
Amendment and Termination      17
7.1
Amendment/Termination of Plan      17
7.2
Termination of Participant Interests      18





ARTICLE 8
Miscellaneous      18
8.1
Claims      18
8.2
Unfunded Plan      18
8.3
Unsecured General Creditor      18
8.4
Trust Fund      19
8.5
Nonassignability      19
8.6
Not a Contract of Employment      19
8.7
Validity      19
8.8
Incompetency      19
8.9
Successors      19
8.10
Tax Withholdings      20
8.11
Governing Law      20
EXHIBIT A      21
EXHIBIT B
28
Schedule 1
28
Schedule 3
29
EXHIBIT C      34




CPROPERTY "DocID" \* MERGEFORMAT NYDOCS01/1156695.188 Error!
NYDOCS01/1173495.8
20

1
ARTICLE 1
Establishment and Purpose
.
1. Restatement
. The Plan is a further amendment and restatement of the Prior Plan, effective as of January 1, 2015, unless otherwise provided.
2. Purpose
. The principal purposes of the Plan are to provide certain key Employees with competitive retirement benefits and to encourage the continued employment of such Employees with the Employer.





3. Section 409A
. The Plan is intended to comply with Section 409A and shall be construed and administered accordingly.
ARTICLE 2
Definitions
.
To the extent not otherwise defined in the text of the Plan, including, without limitation, any Exhibits and Schedules of the Plan, capitalized terms shall have the following meaning:
1. Account
. “Account” means a bookkeeping account (including any subaccounts) maintained by the Administrator for a Participant to record the Participant’s Account Balance from time to time.
2. Account Balance
. “Account Balance” means the value of an Account, as credited and/or debited in accordance with Article IV, from time to time.
3. Account Vesting Commencement Date
. “Account Vesting Commencement Date” shall mean the date an Active Participant meets the Age/Service Requirements for Supplemental Plan Benefits upon Retirement set forth in Section 4.3(a).
4. Active Participant
. “Active Participant” means an Eligible Employee who is participating in the Plan and who has not experienced a Separation from Service, Total Disability or death.
5. Administrative Procedures
. “Administrative Procedures” means the policies and procedures established by the Committee and/or the Administrator from time to time governing elections to participate in the Plan, maintenance of Accounts, Investment Options, calculation of Investment Earnings/Losses, Investment Election Forms, distributions from the Plan and such other matters as are necessary for the proper administration of the Plan.
6. Administrator
. “Administrator” means that person or persons, including a committee, as is or are delegated by the Board from time to time to discharge the responsibility of administering the Plan.
7. Affiliate
. “Affiliate” means any corporation which is included in a controlled group of corporations (within the meaning of Section 414(b) of the Code), which includes the Company and any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) which is under common control with the Company (within the meaning of Section 414(c) of the Code).
8. Annual Credit Date
. “Annual Credit Date” means, with respect to a Plan Year, the date of the first regularly scheduled meeting of the Committee that occurs after February 1 of the immediately following Plan Year.
9. Authorized Person
. “Authorized Person” means, effective for actions taken on or after August 1, 2012, the Authorized Person appointed pursuant to Section 6.1(b).





10. Basic Plan
. “Basic Plan” means, effective for determinations made on or after January 1, 2013, the State Street Salary Saving Program as the same may be amended from time to time for all purposes except with respect to i) Exhibit A, and ii) Exhibit B- Schedule 1, in which cases the Basic Plan shall mean the State Street Retirement Plan as the same may be amended from time to time.
11. Beneficiary
. “Beneficiary” means the beneficiary designated to receive a death benefit by the Participant in writing in a form and manner satisfactory to the Administrator. If no Beneficiary is so designated, any death benefits shall be paid at the Administrator’s direction in the following order of priority: Spouse, Domestic Partner, children, parents, siblings, estate.
12. Board
. “Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.
13. Business Day
. “Business Day” means each day that the New York Stock Exchange is open for business.
14. Cause
. “Cause” means, in the case of any Participant:
(i)
the willful and continued failure of the Participant to perform substantially the Participant’s duties with the Employer (other than any such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to the Participant by the Participant’s supervisor which specifically identifies the manner in which it is asserted that the Participant has not substantially performed the Participant’s duties, or
(ii)
the willful engaging by the Participant in illegal conduct or gross misconduct which is materially and demonstrably injurious to the Employer.
For purposes of this definition, no act or failure to act on the part of the Participant shall be considered “willful” unless it is done or omitted to be done by the Participant in bad faith or without reasonable belief that the Participant’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Employer.
15. Claimant
. “Claimant” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.
16. Code
. “Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as the same may be amended from time to time.
17. Committee
. “Committee” means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board.
18. Company
. “Company” means State Street Corporation and any successor company.
19. Company Credit
. “Company Credit” means a notional amount credited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with Section 4.1.
20. Continuing Participant





. “Continuing Participant” means an Active Participant in the Prior Plan on December 31, 2007.
21. Credit Date
. “Credit Date” means, as applicable, the Annual Credit Date or the Final Credit Date.
22. Default Investment Option
. “Default Investment Option” means the default investment option specified from time to time by the Committee for the hypothetical investment of a Participant’s Account in the event the Participant fails to allocate all or a portion of his or her Account to a particular Investment Option.
23. Domestic Partner
. “Domestic Partner” means the person designated in a manner and form satisfactory to the Administrator as the Participant’s domestic partner with respect to eligibility for company‑provided benefits.
24. Early Retirement
. “Early Retirement” means a Participant’s Separation From Service upon or after the Participant’s attainment of Early Retirement Age and prior to the Participant’s attainment of Normal Retirement Age but excluding a Separation From Service for Cause.
25. Early Retirement Age
. “Early Retirement Age” means age 53.
26. Early Retirement Date
. “Early Retirement Date” means the date of a Participant’s Early Retirement.
27. Effective Date
. “Effective Date” means January 1, 2008.
28. Eligible Employee
. “Eligible Employee” means an Employee who is appointed to the office of Executive Vice President of the Company or to a position superior to that of Executive Vice President of the Company.
29. Employee
. “Employee” means an individual who renders services to the Employer (or who has rendered services to the Employer but is currently subject to an Impairment) as a common-law employee.
30. Employer
. “Employer” means the Company and its Affiliates.
31. Employment
. “Employment” means the period or periods during which a Participant is an Employee of the Employer and has not experienced a Separation From Service.
32. Equity Plan
. “Equity Plan” means the 2006 Equity Incentive Plan, as may be amended from time to time, or such other equity plan of the Company as the Committee may designate from time to time.
33. ERISA
. “ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and any successor act thereto.





34. ESRP Share Award
. “ESRP Share Award” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(b).
35. Fair Market Value
. “Fair Market Value” of a share of Stock on any given day shall mean closing price per share of Stock on the New York Stock Exchange, on the date as of which such value is being determined or, if there shall be no sale on that date, then on the basis of the closing price per share of Stock on the nearest date before the date on which such value is being determined.
36. FICA Amount
. “FICA Amount” shall mean the amount of Federal Insurance Contributions Act tax imposed under Sections 3101, 3121(a) and 3121(v)(2) of the Code, where applicable, on compensation under the Plan.
37. Final Company Credit
. “Final Company Credit” has the meaning set forth in Section 4.1(a)(iii).
38. Impairment .
“Impairment” means any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months.
39. Investment Earnings/Losses
. “Investment Earnings/Losses” means the amounts that would have been realized had an amount deferred hereunder actually been invested in the Investment Option or Options selected by a Participant during the effectiveness of such selections.
40. Investment Election Form
. “Investment Election Form” means such form or other means designated by the Company from time to time by which a Participant elects the Investment Options in which the Participant’s Account is deemed to be invested in accordance with Section 4.2.
41. Investment Options
. “Investment Options” means the Default Investment Option and such other investment options as selected from time to time by the Committee that are used as hypothetical investment options among which the Participant may allocate all or a portion of his or her Account.
42. Normal Retirement
. “Normal Retirement” means a Participant’s Separation From Service upon or after the Participant’s Normal Retirement Age, other than a Separation From Service for Cause.
43. Normal Retirement Age
. “Normal Retirement Age” means age 65.
44. Normal Retirement Date
. “Normal Retirement Date” means the date of a Participant’s Normal Retirement.
45. Operating Group Participant
. “Operating Group Participant” means, in respect of a Plan Year, an Active Participant who is identified in the records of the Committee as being a member of the Company’s Operating Group during the Plan Year (or a portion thereof) or otherwise designated by the Committee to be a member of the Operating Group.





46. Participant
. “Participant” means an Active Participant or a Separated Participant (for so long as he or she is receiving a distribution of Supplemental Benefits under the Plan).
47. Plan
. “Plan” means this State Street Corporation Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (including the Exhibits and Schedules hereto and the Committee actions referenced herein), as the same may be amended from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.
48. Plan Year
. “Plan Year” means the calendar year.
49. Prior Plan
. “Prior Plan” means the terms of the Plan (formerly known as the “State Street Corporation Supplemental Defined Benefit Pension Plan”) in effect immediately prior to the Effective Date, as set forth in the Company’s written documentation, rules, practices and procedures applicable to the Plan.
50. Reference Date
. “Reference Date” means, effective for all determinations made on or after October 1, 2012, a date that is as soon as administratively feasible but no later than 5 business days prior to each applicable payment date specified in Section 4.4; provided that if a Reference Date is not a Business Day, such Reference Date shall be deemed to be the immediately following Business Day.
51. Retirement
. “Retirement” means Normal Retirement or Early Retirement.
52. Retirement Date
. “Retirement Date” means the date of a Participant’s Normal Retirement or Early Retirement, as applicable.
53. Schedule
. “Schedule” means, in the case of any Participant to whom the “separate rule” provisions of Section 3.2(c) below apply, an attachment to the Plan or a separate action of the Committee duly recorded in the Committee’s records that sets forth identifying information concerning the separate rules applicable to such Participant.
54. Section 409A
. “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Code and the applicable rulings, regulations and guidance promulgated thereunder, as each may be amended or issued from time to time.
55. Section 409A Compliance
. “Section 409A Compliance” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1.
56. Separated Participant
. “Separated Participant” means an Active Participant who has experienced a Separation From Service, Total Disability or death.
57. Separation From Service
. “Separation From Service” means a separation from service with the Employer for purposes of Section 409A within the meaning of the default rules of Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-(h)(1) and correlative terms shall be construed to have a corresponding meaning; provided that in the event that an





Active Participant is absent from work due to an Impairment, other than a Total Disability, where such Impairment causes the Participant to be unable to perform the duties of his position or any substantially similar position of employment, the Participant shall incur a Separation From Service 29 months after the date on which the Participant was first Impaired. Notwithstanding the foregoing, if an Active Participant would otherwise incur a Separation From Service in connection with a sale of assets of the Company, the Committee shall retain the discretion to determine whether a Separation From Service has occurred in accordance with Treasury Regulation Section 1.409A-1(h)(4).
58. Service
. “Service” means, effective for all determinations made on or after August 1, 2012, a Participant’s years (and fraction thereof) of service with the Employer for vesting and eligibility (as determined under the terms of the Basic Plan as in effect on the Effective Date). For the avoidance of doubt, for any Participant who was terminated at any time and subsequently rehired on or after August 1, 2012, only Service after rehire will be counted.
59. Spouse
. “Spouse” means the individual (if any) who is legally married to the Participant at the time that payment of the Participant’s Supplemental Benefits commences or at death if death occurs prior to such benefit commencement date.
60. Stock
. “Stock” means common stock of the Company, par value $1.00 per share.
61. Supplemental Benefits
. “Supplemental Benefits” means Supplemental Defined Benefits and/or Supplemental Defined Contribution Benefits.
62. Supplemental Defined Benefit
. “Supplemental Defined Benefit” means the benefits provided under Exhibit A and Exhibit B to the Plan and any Schedule to the Plan.
63. Supplemental Defined Contribution Benefit
. “Supplemental Defined Contribution Benefit” means the benefits provided under Article IV of this Plan.
64. Top Hat Plan
. “Top Hat Plan” means an unfunded plan maintained primarily to provide deferred compensation benefits to a select group of management or highly compensated Employees within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.
65. Total Disability
. “Total Disability” or “Totally Disabled” means (i) a Participant’s inability to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months or (ii) a Participant’s receipt, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment which can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than twelve months, of income replacement benefits for a period of not less than six months under an accident and health plan covering Employees of the Employer.
66. Transition Participant





. “Transition Participant means a Continuing Participant (i) who, as of the Effective Date, (x) was at least age 50 and (y) has been employed with the Employer for at least five years as an Executive Vice President (or superior position) or (ii) who is otherwise identified as a Transition Participant in the records of the Committee.
67. Treasury Regulations
. “Treasury Regulations” means the regulations adopted by the Internal Revenue Service under the Code, as they may be amended from time to time.
ARTICLE 3
Participation
.
1. Eligibility
. Subject to Section 3.2, all Eligible Employees shall participate in the Plan unless the Committee specifies otherwise in a particular case. The Committee may designate other Employees as eligible to participate in the Plan, but only if they are management or highly compensated employees as those terms are used in Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3) and 401(a)(1) of ERISA.
2. Participation
.
(a) Continuing Participants shall continue to participate under the Plan in accordance with the terms hereof.
(b) Except as otherwise provided by the Committee, each Eligible Employee who became an Eligible Employee on or after January 1, 2007 and who is not a Continuing Participant shall become an Active Participant upon the earlier of the (i) Effective Date and (ii) the effective date of his or her becoming an Eligible Employee.
(c) The Committee may determine that separately applicable rules (or exceptions to the generally applicable rules) (the “separate rules”) shall apply to certain Participants. Such Participants and the relevant separate rules are set forth on Exhibits A and B to the Plan and in any Schedules to the Plan. With respect to any such Participant, the separate rules applicable to such Participant shall be treated as part of the Plan, shall be incorporated herein by reference, and shall apply, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance, in lieu of the generally applicable rules set forth below to the extent of any inconsistency.
(d) Participation in the Plan as an Active Participant is terminable by the Committee, in its discretion, upon written notice to the Active Participant, and such termination of participation shall be effective as of the date contained therein, but in no event earlier than the date of such notice; provided , however , that such termination of participation may not reduce or adversely affect an Active Participant’s accrued benefit for which the Active Participant has satisfied the age and service requirements of Section 3.3 hereunder.

3. Age/Service Requirements for Supplemental Benefits Upon Retirement
.
(a)      Any Participant who became an Eligible Employee before August 1, 2012 shall be eligible to receive a Supplemental Benefit in connection with Retirement only if he or she has (i) attained Early Retirement Age and (ii) satisfied the “rule of 60” (age plus completed years of Service must equal at least 60).





(b)      Any Participant hired or rehired, or first elected an Executive Vice President (or to a superior position), on or after August 1, 2012, shall be eligible to receive a Supplemental Benefit in connection with Retirement only if he or she has (i) attained Early Retirement Age, (ii) satisfied the “rule of 60” (age plus completed years of Service must equal at least 60), and (iii) has completed a minimum of 5 years of Service..
4. Supplemental Benefits Upon Death
. In the event of an Active Participant’s death prior to satisfying the age and service requirement of Section 3.3, the Supplemental Benefits set forth in Section 4.4(b) and, if applicable, Section A.2.4 of Exhibit A, shall be payable to the Participant’s designated Beneficiary.
5. Supplemental Benefits Upon Total Disability
. In the event that an Active Participant becomes Totally Disabled prior to meeting the age and service requirements set forth in Section 3.3, the Supplemental Benefits set forth in Section 4.4(c) and, if applicable, Section A.2.5 of Exhibit A, shall be payable to the Participant.
6. Forfeiture
.
(a) Failure to Satisfy Age/Service Requirements . In the event of a Participant’s Separation From Service prior to satisfying the age and service requirements of Section 3.3, such Participant shall forfeit his or her right to receive any and all Supplemental Benefits set forth in this Plan. For the avoidance of doubt, if a Participant is rehired by the Employer, the Supplemental Benefits forfeited upon such Participant’s Separation From Service shall remain forfeited.
(b) Nonsolicitation/Noncompetition . Notwithstanding any other provisions hereof, all payments of Supplemental Benefits shall immediately cease and neither Participant nor his or her Spouse, nor any other Beneficiary of the Participant shall receive any benefits hereunder if the Participant, without the prior written consent of the Committee, engages, either directly or indirectly, in any of the activities described in subparagraph (i), (ii) or (iii) below within two years after his or her Separation From Service:
(i)
solicitation of the employment or retention of any person whom the Employer has employed or retained during the two‑year period prior to the Participant’s Separation From Service. For purposes of the foregoing sentence, a person retained by the Employer means anyone who has rendered substantial consulting services to the Employer and has thereby acquired material confidential information concerning any aspect of the Employer’s operations;
(ii)
any sale, offer to sell or negotiation with respect to orders or contracts for any product or service similar to or competitive with a product or service or any equipment or system containing any such product or service sold or offered by the Employer, other than for the Employer’s account, during the two‑year period after the Participant’s Separation From Service, to or with anyone with whom the Employer has so dealt or anywhere in any state of the United States or in any other country, territory or possession in which the Employer has, during said period, sold, offered or negotiated with respect to orders or contracts for any such product, service, equipment or system; or
(iii)
ownership of any direct or indirect interest (other than a less-than-one-percent stock interest in a corporation) in, or affiliation with, or rendering





any services for, any person or business entity which engages, during the two‑year period after the Participant’s Separation From Service, either directly or indirectly, in any of the activities described in subparagraph (i) or (ii) above.
ARTICLE 4 Supplemental Defined Contribution Benefits
.
1. Company Credits
.
(a) Generally . For Plan Years commencing on and after the Effective Date, an Active Participant shall be entitled to receive Company Credits as follows:
(i)
An Active Participant who was a Participant for an entire Plan Year shall receive a Company Credit in the amount of $200,000 on the Annual Credit Date for the Plan Year to his or her Account ; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(i) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be in the amount of $100,000 and shall not be provided to an Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(i) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year.
(ii)
An Active Participant who became an Active Participant during a Plan Year shall receive for such Plan Year a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Active Participant, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(ii) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be equal to the product of (x) $100,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Active Participant but not an Operating Group Participant, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(ii) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year. Any such Company Credit shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Account on the Annual Credit Date for the relevant Plan Year.
(iii)
An Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant due to Retirement, death or Total Disability during a Plan Year shall receive a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when such Participant was an Active Participant prior to (I) the Active Participant’s Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Active Participant’s death or (III) the date the Active Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(iii) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be equal to the product of (x) $100,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when such Participant was an Active Participant but not an Operating Group Participant prior to (I) the Active Participant's Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Active Participant's death or (III) the date the Active





Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve) ; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(iii) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year. Any such prorated Company Credit shall be credited to the Participant’s Account on the last Business Day of the month in which the Participant’s Retirement, death or Total Disability occurred (the “ Final Credit Date ”).
(b) Operating Group Participants . An Operating Group Participant shall be entitled to receive the following for Plan Years commencing on and after the Effective Date:
(i)
An Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant for an entire Plan Year shall be granted on the Annual Credit Date for such Plan Year a deferred share unit award under the Equity Plan (an “ ESRP Share Award ”) with a Fair Market Value on such Annual Credit Date equal to $200,000; provided, however, there shall be no ESRP Share Award under this Section 4.1(b)(i) for the 2015 Plan Year. The terms of the ESRP Share Award shall, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance, provide that the award will vest in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Plan and the underlying shares of Stock will be settled to the Operating Group Participant in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Plan, subject, in each case, to Section 7 of the Equity Plan or any successor provision. In addition, the ESRP Share Award shall provide for dividend equivalents. The other terms of the ESRP Share Award shall be governed by the Equity Plan.
(ii)
An Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant for a portion of a Plan Year, other than an Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant during the Plan Year, shall receive an ESRP Share Award with a Fair Market Value on such Annual Credit Date equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, there shall be no ESRP Share Award under this Section 4.1(b)(ii) for the 2015 Plan Year. Any such ESRP Share Award shall be granted to the Active Participant on the Annual Credit Date for the relevant Plan Year.
(iii)
An Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant due to Retirement, death or Total Disability during a Plan Year at a time when he/she is an Operating Group Participant, shall not be entitled to an ESRP Share Award in respect of such Plan Year but instead for the period of the Plan Year, if any, when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant shall be entitled to receive a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant prior to (I) the Operating Group Participant's Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Operating Group Participant's death or (III) the date the Operating Group Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(b)(iii) for the 2015 Plan Year. Any such prorated Company Credit shall be credited to the Participant's Account on the Final Credit Date .
For the avoidance of doubt, an Operating Group Participant shall also be entitled to Company Credits pursuant to Section 4.1(a); provided, however that for the 2013 Plan





Year, an Operating Group Participant shall not be entitled to Company Credits pursuant to Section 4.1(a) for any period during a Plan Year when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under Section 4.1(a) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year.
(c) Transition Participants . Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b) above, Company Credits (including any Final Company Credits) shall not be credited to the Account of a Transition Participant and ESRP Share Awards shall not be granted to a Transition Participant in respect of any period commencing prior to the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant. A Transition Participant shall continue to earn a Supplemental Defined Benefit in accordance with the relevant terms of the Plan (including any Schedules hereto) until the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant.
(d) Adjustment by Committee . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) above, the Committee shall have the discretion to adjust, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance: (i) the amount of a Company Credit (including any Final Company Credits or ESRP Share Award credited or granted, as applicable, in respect of a Participant’s status as an Active Participant or an Operating Group Participant for a portion of a Plan Year); and (ii) the medium of settlement of an ESRP Share Award, in each case, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences to an Operating Group Participant; provided , however , that in no event shall such adjustment diminish the economic benefit to the Participant of a Company Credit or an ESRP Share Award without the Participant’s consent.
2. Accounts
.
(a) Generally . An Account shall be established and maintained under the Plan on behalf of each Participant. The Account shall track the Company Credits (including any Final Company Credits), Investment Earnings/Losses, distributions or other elections applicable to such accounts. The Account shall have subaccounts, established and maintained as appropriate to reflect the Company Credits and Investment Option(s) selected by the Participant.
(b) Crediting/Debiting of Account . A Company Credit (including any Final Company Credits) shall be credited to a Participant’s Account in accordance with the Administrative Procedures; provided that a Company Credit shall not be credited or debited with Investment Earnings/Losses prior to the applicable Credit Date for such Company Credit. A Participant’s Account shall be credited or debited with Investment Earnings/Losses based upon the Investment Options selected by the Participant pursuant to Section 4.2(c) and in accordance with the Administrative Procedures.
(c) Election of Investment Options . A Participant shall elect, in accordance with the Administrative Procedures, one or more Investment Option(s) from a menu of Investment Options provided by the Committee to be used to determine Investment Earnings/Losses credited or debited to his or her Account. A Participant may reallocate the existing balance of his or her Account among the available Investment Options and change Investment Options with respect to future deferrals under the Plan in accordance with the Administrative Procedures. In the event that a Participant fails to select one or more Investment Options for all or a portion of his or her Account (including in the situation where the Investment Option is discontinued and the Participant fails to designate an alternative in accordance with the Administrative Procedures), such amounts shall be deemed invested in the Default Investment Option. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Final Company Credits credited to the Account of a Participant on the Final Credit Date in connection with his or her death or Total Disability shall not be deemed invested in any Investment Option.





(d) Investment Options . The Committee shall select the Investment Options. The Committee shall be permitted to add, remove or change Investment Options, as it deems appropriate; provided that any such addition, deletion or change shall not be effective with respect to any period prior to the effective date of the change. Each Participant, as a condition to his or her participation in the Plan, agrees to indemnify and hold harmless the Committee, the Administrator and the Company, and their agents and representatives, from any losses or damages of any kind relating to the Investment Options made available hereunder.
(e) Crediting or Debiting Method . The performance of each elected Investment Option (either positive or negative) will be determined based on the performance of the actual Investment Option. A Participant’s Account shall be credited or debited with Investment Earnings/Losses as determined by the Administrator in accordance with the Administrative Procedures. The Administrator shall establish procedures for valuing the balance of a Participant’s Account, from time to time, including upon distribution, in accordance with the Administrative Procedures.
(f) No Actual Investment . Notwithstanding any other provision of the Plan, the Investment Options are to be used for measurement purposes only, and a Participant’s election of any such Investment Options and the crediting or debiting of Investment Earnings/Losses to a Participant’s Account shall not be considered or construed in any manner as an actual investment of his or her Account in any such Investment Options. In the event that the Company decides to invest funds in any or all of the Investment Options, no Participant shall have any rights in or to such investments themselves. Without limiting the foregoing, a Participant’s Account shall at all times be a bookkeeping entry only and shall not represent any investment made on his or her behalf by the Company. The Participant shall at all times remain an unsecured creditor of the Company.
3. Vesting
.
(a) Generally . An Active Participant shall commence vesting in his or her Account on the date that the Active Participant (i) attains Early Retirement Age and (ii) satisfies the requirements under Section 3.3 (the “ Age/Service Requirements for Supplemental Benefits Upon Retirement Date ”). An Active Participant shall vest on a cumulative basis in one-third (33.3%) of his or her Account on the Account Vesting Date, and each of the Active Participant’s first two birthdays immediately subsequent to the Account Vesting Commencement Date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Continuing Participant who was first elected an Executive Vice President (or to a superior position) prior to March 1, 2000 shall immediately vest in full in his or her Account on the date such Continuing Participant attains Early Retirement Age.
(b) Death . In the event of an Active Participant’s death, the Active Participant shall become fully vested in his or her Account effective as of the date of the Active Participant’s death.
(c) Total Disability . If an Active Participant becomes Totally Disabled, the Active Participant shall become fully vested effective as of the date the Active Participant became Totally Disabled.
4. Distribution
.
(a) Retirement .
(i)
Upon an Active Participant’s Retirement, the vested balance of the Participant’s Account, other than the ESRP Share Award if applicable, shall be payable to the Participant in cash in three installment payments. The amount of each cash installment payment shall be the amount determined by multiplying the value of a Participant’s Account, other than the ESRP Share





Award if applicable, calculated as of the close of business on the applicable Reference Date by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the remaining number of payments due to the Participant. The installment payments shall be made on the following dates: (I) the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the date that is six months after the Participant’s Retirement Date; (II) the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Retirement Date; and (III) the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the second anniversary of the Participant’s Retirement Date, or, in each case, as soon as administratively feasible thereafter in a manner that is consistent with Section 409A Compliance.
(ii)
Upon an Active Participant’s Retirement, the vested balance of the Participant’s ESRP Share Award if applicable shall be distributed to the Participant in the form of shares of Stock, also in three installment payments. The number of shares in any installment payment of an ESRP Share Award if applicable shall the total number of shares under such Award remaining unpaid on the applicable Reference Date multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is one and the denominator of which is the remaining number of payments due to the Participant. The installment payments shall be payable on the following dates: (I) the first Business Day following the date that is six months after the Participant’s Retirement Date, (II) the first Business Day coinciding with or following the first anniversary of the Participant’s Retirement Date, and (III) the first Business Day coinciding with or following the second anniversary of the Participant’s Retirement Date, or, in each case, as soon as administratively feasible thereafter in a manner that is consistent with Section 409A Compliance.

(b) Death .
(i)
Upon the death of an Active Participant, the balance of the Active Participant’s Account, calculated as of the close of business on the Reference Date, shall be paid to the Active Participant’s Beneficiary in a single lump sum cash distribution within 90 days following the date of the Active Participant’s death.
(ii)
Upon the death of a Separated Participant, the Committee shall commute any or all remaining payments to the Separated Participant’s Beneficiary by paying the remaining balance of the Separated Participant’s Account, calculated as of the close of business on the Reference Date, in a single lump sum cash distribution within 90 days following the date of the Separated Participant’s death.
(c) Total Disability . Upon the Total Disability of an Active Participant, the balance of the Active Participant’s Account, , including the ESRP Share Award if applicable, calculated as of the close of business on the Reference Date, shall be paid to the Active Participant in a single lump sum cash distribution as soon as administratively feasible following the date on which the Active Participant becomes Totally Disabled, and in any event by the later of (I) the fifteenth day of the third month following the date on which the Participant becomes Totally Disabled, or (II) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes Totally Disabled, in a manner that is





consistent with Section 409A Compliance, provided the Active Participant has remained Totally Disabled through the date of payment.
ARTICLE 5 Special Payment Rules
.
1. Delay in Payment
. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, neither the Committee nor the Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to delay payment of Supplemental Benefits, except to the extent that the Administrator determines, in its discretion, that any such delay can be effected in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance (as hereinafter defined). Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, payment of the Supplemental Benefits may be delayed, at the discretion of the Committee or Administrator, to the extent that the Committee or the Administrator reasonably anticipates that (i) if payment were made as scheduled, the Employer’s deduction with respect to such payment would not be permitted due to the application of Section 162(m) of the Code, or (ii) payment of the Supplemental Benefits would violate federal securities laws or other applicable law. Payment of any amount delayed pursuant to this Section 5.1 shall earn interest at the then prevailing applicable federal rate provided for in Section 7872(f)(2)(A) of the Code and made in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance.
2. Acceleration of Payment
.
(a) Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, neither the Committee nor the Administrator shall have the discretionary authority to accelerate payment of any Supplemental Benefits except as set forth in the remainder of this Section 5.2(a) or to the extent the Committee or the Administrator determines, in its discretion, that any such acceleration may be effected in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance.
(b) The Administrator may, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance, determine to accelerate the time or schedule of a Participant’s distribution to pay (i) the FICA Amount and/or (ii) the income tax at source on wages imposed under Section 3401 of the Code or the corresponding withholding provisions of applicable state, local or foreign tax laws as a result of the payment of the FICA Amount (and any additional tax due as a result of such payment). The total amount accelerated under this Section 5.2(b) may not exceed the aggregate of the FICA Amount and the income tax withholding related to such FICA Amount.
(c) The Administrator may, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance, determine to accelerate the time or schedule of a Participant’s distribution if at any time the Plan, as applicable to such Participant, fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations. Such amount may not exceed the amount required to be included in income as a result of the failure to comply with Section 409A of the Code and the corresponding Treasury Regulations.
3. No Suspension of Payment
. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, in the event (i) a Separated Participant is subsequently rehired by the Employer or (ii) a Separated Participant who was Totally Disabled subsequently recovers and recommences performing services for the Employer, the payment of such Separated Participant’s Supplemental Benefits accrued prior to such Separation From Service or Total Disability shall not be suspended or otherwise delayed.
4. Designation of Taxable Year
. In no event may any Participant or any Beneficiary designate the taxable year of payment of any Supplemental Benefits. The timing of payment of a Participant’s Supplemental Benefits shall be





determined by the Committee, in its sole discretion, in accordance with the provisions of the Plan and in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance.
ARTICLE 6
Administration
.
1. Authority of the Committee
.
(a)
Authority of the Committee. The Administrator of the Plan shall be the Committee. The Administrator shall have complete discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to decide all matters under the Plan. Such interpretation and decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant, in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously. The Administrator shall establish such rules and procedures, maintain such records and prepare such reports as it considers to be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Plan. As the Administrator, the Committee’s powers and duties shall include, but shall not be limited to, permitting the acceleration of vesting in individual cases in its sole and exclusive direction.
(b)
Authorized Person. Except as the Committee may otherwise determine, the Authorized Person shall be the Executive Vice President-Global Human Resources, as from time to time in office, and his or her delegates. The Authorized Person shall have the power and responsibility to (i) undertake routine administrative tasks related to the Plan, (ii) make amendments to the Plan (in general or with respect to one or more individual Participants or Beneficiaries) that are administrative in nature and that do not materially increase the financial obligations of the Employer, and (iii) add, remove or change investment options (including with respect to balances already notionally invested) under the Plan. References to “Committee” in Sections 6.2, 6.3 and 6.4 below shall be deemed to include the Authorized Person acting within the scope of his or her responsibilities as described in the immediately preceding sentence.
(c)
Notwithstanding any other provision in this Section, no individual acting, directly or by delegation (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the Authorized Person), as the Administrator may determine his or her own rights or entitlements under the Plan.

2. Outside Services
. The Committee may engage counsel and such clerical, financial, investment, accounting, and other specialized services as the Committee may deem necessary or appropriate in the administration of the Plan. The Committee shall be entitled to rely upon any opinions, reports, or other advice furnished by counsel or other specialists engaged for that purpose and, in so relying, shall be fully protected by the Company in any action, determination, or omission made in good faith.
3. Decisions Binding
. The decision or action of the Committee with respect to any question arising out of or in connection with the administration, interpretation and application of the Plan and any rules or guidelines made in connection with the Plan shall be final, binding and conclusive upon all persons and entities having or claiming any interest in the Plan.
4. Indemnity of Committee





. The Company shall indemnify and hold harmless the Committee and its individual members against any and all claims, loss, damage, expense or liability arising from any action or failure to act with respect to the Plan.
5. Cost of Administration
. The Company shall bear all expenses of administration of the Plan.
ARTICLE 7
Amendment and Termination
.
1. Amendment/Termination of Plan
. Subject to Section 7.2 below, the Company hereby reserves the right to amend, modify or terminate the Plan at any time by action of a majority of the members of the Committee. In addition, the Authorized Person shall have the right at any time and from time to time to make amendments to the Plan as specified in Section 6.1(b). Except as described below in this Article 7, no such amendment or termination shall in any material manner reduce or adversely affect any Participant’s accrued benefit without the consent of the Participant. Upon termination of the Plan, payment of a Participant’s Supplemental Benefits shall be made in accordance with the terms of the Plan and the elections in effect prior to such termination, unless the Board or the Committee, in its discretion, determines to accelerate payment, and such acceleration may be effected in a manner that will not cause any Participant or Beneficiary to recognize income for U.S. federal income tax purposes prior to the time of a distribution of Supplemental Benefits or to incur interest or additional tax under Section 409A (“ Section 409A Compliance ”).
2. Termination of Participant Interests
. The Plan is intended to be a Top Hat Plan and therefore to be exempt from the provisions of Parts 2, 3 and 4 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA. Accordingly, subject to Section 7.1 above, the Board may terminate the Plan and commence termination distributions for all or certain Participants, or remove certain Employees as Participants, if it is determined by the United States Department of Labor, or a court of competent jurisdiction, that the Plan constitutes an employee pension benefit plan within the meaning of Section 3(2) of ERISA which is not so exempt. If distribution is commenced pursuant to the operation of this Article 7, the payment of such amounts shall be made consistent with Section 7.1.
ARTICLE 8
Miscellaneous
.
1. Claims
. If a Participant or his or her Beneficiary or the authorized representative of one of the foregoing (hereinafter, the “ Claimant ”) does not receive the timely payment of the benefits which he or she believes are due under the Plan, the Claimant may make a claim for benefits in accordance with the Claims Procedures set forth on Exhibit C to this Plan. Notwithstanding Section 7.1, the Claims Procedures may be amended by the Administrator from time to time.
2. Unfunded Plan
. It is intended that this Plan’s status as a Top Hat Plan shall not be adversely affected by the establishment of any trust pursuant to Section 8.4.
3. Unsecured General Creditor
. No Participant, nor any Spouse, Domestic Partner or other Beneficiaries of a Participant, shall have any legal or equitable right, interest or claim in any property or assets of the Employer, other than





that of an unsecured general creditor of the Employer. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, no such person shall have any right, claim or interest in any life insurance policies, annuity contracts or the proceeds therefrom owned or which may be acquired by the Employer. Except as provided in Section 8.4, such policies, annuity contracts or other assets of the Employer shall not be held under any trust for the benefit of a Participant, his or her Beneficiaries, heirs, successors or assigns, or held, in any way, as collateral security for the fulfilling of any obligations of the Employer under this Plan. The Employer’s assets shall be, and shall remain for purposes of this Plan, the general assets of the Employer. The Employer’s obligation under this Plan shall be that of an unfunded and unsecured promise to pay money in the future.
4. Trust Fund
. At its discretion and in a manner intended to result in Section 409A Compliance, the Employer may establish one or more grantor trusts, with such trustees as the Committee may approve, for the purpose of providing for the payment of benefits under this Plan. Such trust or trusts may be irrevocable, but the assets thereof shall be subject to the claims of the Employer’s general creditors in the event of bankruptcy or insolvency of the grantor. To the extent any benefits provided under this Plan are actually paid from any such trust, the Employer shall have no further obligation with respect to the benefits so paid, but to the extent not so paid, such benefits shall remain the obligation of, and shall be paid by, the Employer.
5. Nonassignability
. Neither a Participant nor any other person shall have any right to sell, assign, transfer, pledge, anticipate, mortgage, or otherwise encumber, hypothecate or convey in advance of actual receipt the amounts, if any, payable hereunder, or any part thereof, which are, and all rights to which are, expressly declared to be nonassignable and nontransferable. No part of the amount payable shall, prior to actual payment, be subject to seizure or sequestration for the payment of any debts, judgments, alimony or separate maintenance owed by a Participant or any other person, nor shall such amounts or rights to such amounts be transferable by operation of law in the event of a Participant’s or any other person’s bankruptcy or insolvency.
6. Not a Contract of Employment
. The terms and conditions of this Plan shall not be deemed to constitute a contract of employment between the Employer and any Participant, and the Participants (and a Participant’s Spouse, Domestic Partner or other Beneficiaries) shall have no rights against the Employer except as may otherwise be specially provided herein. Moreover, nothing in this Plan shall be deemed to give a Participant the right to be retained in the service of the Employer or to interfere with the right of the Employer to discipline or discharge any Participant at any time.
7. Validity
. If any provision of this Plan shall be held illegal or invalid for any reason, said illegality or invalidity shall not affect the remaining parts hereof, but this Plan shall be construed and enforced, in a manner intended to result in Section 409A Compliance, as if such illegal and invalid provision had never been inserted herein.
8. Incompetency
. If the Committee determines in its discretion that a payment under the Plan is to be paid to a minor, a person declared incompetent or a person incapable of handling the disposition of such person’s property, the Committee may direct payment of such benefit to the guardian, legal representative or person having the care and custody of such minor, incompetent or incapable person. Any payment of a





benefit shall be a payment for the account of the Participant and the Participant’s Beneficiary, as the case may be, and shall be a complete discharge of any liability under the Plan for such payment amount.
9. Successors
. The provisions of this Plan shall bind and inure to the benefit of the Employer and its successors and assigns, and the Employer shall require all its successors and assigns to expressly assume its obligations hereunder. The term “successors,” as used herein, shall include any corporate or other business entity which shall, whether by merger, consolidation, purchase or otherwise, acquire all or substantially all of the business and assets of the Employer.
10. Tax Withholdings
. The Employer shall have the right to deduct from payments made pursuant to the Plan amounts sufficient to satisfy federal, state and local income and/or employment tax withholding requirements.
11. Governing Law
. The provisions of this Agreement shall be construed and interpreted according to the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts except as preempted by federal law.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer on the 22nd day of December, 2014.

                        
State Street Corporation     



by ___/s/ Todd Gershkowitz_________
    
     Todd Gershkowitz
Executive Vice President
Head of Global Total Rewards
k

o
NYDOCS01/1173495.8
44
n
document property name.     
31








PAGE
NYDOCS01/1173495.8
EXHIBIT A





The terms and conditions in this Exhibit A shall apply to the Supplemental Defined Benefits of Continuing Participants. Except as otherwise defined in this Exhibit A, capitalized terms shall have the meaning given to such terms in Article 2 of the Plan.
Article A.1      Definitions .
A.1.1      Actuarially Equivalent
. A benefit is “Actuarially Equivalent” to or the “Actuarial Equivalent” of a benefit payable in a different form or at a different time if the two benefits are of actuarially equivalent value as determined by the Administrator in Section 409A Compliance based upon a computation by an actuary chosen by the Administrator using the actuarial assumptions with respect to the Basic Plan.
A.1.2      Additional Company Benefit
. “Additional Company Benefit” means the annual Employer-provided retirement supplemental benefits, in each case expressed in the form of a single life annuity, as determined by the Administrator, that are payable to a Continuing Participant at age 65 under the Additional Company Benefit Plans applicable to the Continuing Participant, if any, determined as follows:
(i)
if the Additional Company Benefit Plan is a defined benefit or funded retirement plan, the retirement benefit shall be the Continuing Participant’s benefit accrued as of December 31, 2007, where such accrued benefit includes future cost of living increases at 3.25% from December 31, 2007 through age 65 and reduced to an Actuarially Equivalent non-escalating life annuity (where such escalation would be assumed at 3.25%); and
(ii)
if the Additional Company Benefit Plan is a defined contribution retirement plan, the retirement benefit shall be a projected benefit at age 65, based on the Continuing Participant’s account balance thereunder as of December 31, 2007, assuming 7.0% annual returns, and converted to an age 65 annuity using mortality and interest rates under Section 417(e) of the Code in effect on the applicable Freeze Date.
A.1.3      Additional Company Benefit Plans
. “Additional Company Benefit Plans” means the following Employer-sponsored retirement benefit plans and any other Employer-sponsored Company plan so designated by the Committee:
(iii)
Mandatory Provision Fund - Dresdner RCM MPF Plan (Hong Kong);
(iv)
State Street Superannuation Plan (Australia);
(v)
State Street Switzerland Pension Plan for Senior Management; and
(vi)
State Street UK Pension & Life Assurance Plan.
A.1.4      Basic Plan Offset
. “Basic Plan Offset” means the annual benefit, expressed in the form of a single life annuity as determined by the Administrator payable to a Continuing Participant from the Basic Plan that is the greater of (i) the Continuing Participant’s Grandfathered Benefit (as defined under Section 4.6 of the Basic Plan), if any, thereunder payable at age 65 or (ii) the Continuing Participant’s Cash Balance Benefit (as defined under the Basic Plan) based on the Continuing Participant’s account balance as of December 31, 2007 projected to age 65, assuming a 5% interest rate, and converted to an age 65 annuity using mortality and interest rates under Section 417(e) of the Code in effect on the Freeze Date; provided ,





however , that the Cash Balance Account of a Transition Participant under the foregoing clause (ii) shall be increased on a notional basis until the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant by deemed Basic Credits (as defined under the Basic Plan) that would have been contributed to the Cash Balance Account of the Transition Participant pursuant to Section 4.4 of the Basic Plan had the Basic Plan not been frozen and credited with 5% interest. For the avoidance of doubt, any Basic Credits under Section 4.4(b) of the Basic Plan credited to the Cash Balance Account of a Continuing Participant shall not be included in the Basic Plan Offset.
A.1.5      Earnings
. “Earnings” means the following:
(a)
For years prior to 2007, a Continuing Participant’s annualized rate of base salary as of January 1 of that year and annual incentive compensation under the Employer’s annual incentive plan relating to performance in the prior fiscal year, regardless of when paid.
(b)
For 2007 and any year thereafter including the applicable Freeze Date, a Continuing Participant’s annualized rate of base salary as of January 1 of that year and annual incentive compensation awards under the incentive plan applicable to the Continuing Participant relating to performance in the prior fiscal year and, in the case of members of the Operating Group, the annual incentive compensation awarded or paid under the Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (“ SEAIP ”) or any successor thereto, regardless of whether or when awarded or paid.
(c)
In lieu of other amounts, the calculation of the amount of annual incentive award to be included for purposes of determining “Earnings” through January 1, 2008, with respect to a Continuing Participant who was employed by SSgA in an SSgA Plan shall be the lesser of (i) his or her actual annual incentive cash bonus or (ii) the percentage of base pay earned for the respective year as determined by the Administrator and recorded in the records of the Company.
(d)
For the avoidance of doubt, prior to January 1, 2007, “Earnings” shall not include any long‑term incentive awards.
A.1.6      Final Average Earnings
. “Final Average Earnings” means, for any Continuing Participant, the average annual Earnings amount obtained by averaging the Continuing Participant’s Earnings over the five‑consecutive‑year period during the last ten years of such Continuing Participant’s Employment ending with the applicable Freeze Date which yields the highest such annual average. A Continuing Participant’s annual Earnings after the applicable Freeze Date shall not be taken into account for any purpose under the Plan.
A.1.7      Freeze Date
. “Freeze Date” means (i) with respect to a Continuing Participant other than a Transition Participant, the Effective Date; and (ii) with respect to a Transition Participant, (x) January 1, 2010 or (y) such other date as may be specified in a schedule to this Exhibit A.
A.1.8      Indexing End Date





. “Indexing End Date” means, with respect to a Continuing Participant, the first to occur of (i) the date of the Continuing Participant’s Separation From Service, Total Disability or death or (ii) December 31, 2017.
A.1.9      MSRP Benefit
. “MSRP Benefit” means the annual retirement supplemental benefits, expressed in the form of a single life annuity as determined by the Administrator, that are payable to a Continuing Participant under the State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “ MSRP ”) of (i) the Continuing Participant’s Grandfathered Benefit (as provided under the MSRP), if any, thereunder payable at age 65 or (ii) the Continuing Participant’s Cash Balance Account (as provided under the MSRP) based on the Continuing Participant’s account balance as of December 31, 2007 projected to age 65, assuming a 5% interest rate, and converted to an age 65 annuity using mortality and interest rates under Section 417(e) of the Code in effect the applicable Freeze Date; provided , however , that the Cash Balance Account of a Transition Participant under the foregoing clause (i) shall be increased on a notional basis until the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant by deemed Basic Credits (as provided under the MSRP) that would have been contributed to the Cash Balance Account of the Transition Participant had the MSRP not been frozen and credited with 5% interest.
A.1.10      Other Retirement Income
. “Other Retirement Income” means the sum of the following:
(e) the Basic Plan Offset; plus
(f) the MSRP Benefit; plus
(g) any Additional Company Benefit; plus
(h) any retirement income payable under plans of a Continuing Participant’s employers other than the Employer, as identified by the Administrator and recorded in the records of the Company in accordance with the Administrative Procedures and expressed in the form of a single life annuity, as determined by the Administrator in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance.
A.1.11      SSgA
. “SSgA” means the State Street Global Advisors business unit of the Company.
A.1.12      SSgA Plans
. “SSgA Plans” means the SSgA annual incentive plan for each of the years 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006 and 2007.
Article A.2      Supplemental Defined Benefits .
A.2.1      Eligibility for Supplemental Defined Benefits .
(i) A Participant is eligible to receive a Supplemental Defined Benefit under the Plan only if he or she is a Continuing Participant. No Eligible Employee (i) who was not a Continuing Participant on December 31, 2007 or (ii) who is hired or rehired by the Employer on or after the Effective Date shall become eligible to receive a Supplemental Defined Benefit.
(j) Effective as of the applicable Freeze Date, the Supplemental Defined Benefit of a Continuing Participant shall be frozen such that (i) any annual Earnings of a Continuing Participant after the applicable Freeze Date shall not be taken into account for any purpose under





the Plan and (ii) no additional Supplemental Defined Benefit shall accrue on or after the applicable Indexing End Date on behalf of a Continuing Participant or any other individual.
A.2.2      Normal Retirement
. Subject to the terms of the Plan (including this Exhibit A and Exhibit B), the annual Supplemental Defined Benefit payable to a Continuing Participant in connection with Normal Retirement, expressed as a single life annuity commencing at the later of (i) Normal Retirement Age or (ii) the Continuing Participant’s Normal Retirement Date, shall equal either (a) or (b) below, whichever shall be applicable, minus (c) below, increased by the factors in (d) below, and adjusted pursuant to (e) below:
(k) For a Continuing Participant who was first elected an Executive Vice President (or to a superior position) prior to March 1, 2000, 50% of the Continuing Participant’s Final Average Earnings.
(l) For a Continuing Participant who was first elected an Executive Vice President (or to a superior position) on or after March 1, 2000, 2.5% of the Participant’s Final Average Earnings multiplied by the Continuing Participant’s years of Service prior to the applicable Freeze Date, but not more than 20 years of such Service, shall be taken into account.
(m) Other Retirement Income, as accrued or as deemed to be accrued under the respective plans as of the earlier to occur of (i) the Freeze Date and (ii) the date of the Continuing Participant’s Separation From Service.
(n) Three percent for each whole calendar year following the applicable Freeze Date until the Continuing Participant’s Indexing End Date, plus an additional amount equal to the product of (i) the excess of whole calendar months elapsed prior to the Indexing End Date for the Plan Year in which the Indexing End Date occurs over twelve and (ii) 3%.
(o) Where the pre-offset benefit is determined under (b), the benefit amount determined by subtracting (c) from (b) and increased by (d) (the “unadjusted benefit”) shall be multiplied by (A) one‑third (33.3%) if the Continuing Participant’s Separation From Service is prior to attainment of his or her birthday next following the date (the “ age/service eligibility date ”) on which the Continuing Participant first satisfied the age and service requirements of Section 3.3 of the Plan; (B) two‑thirds (66.7%) if the Continuing Participant’s Separation From Service is on or after attainment of such first birthday following the age/service eligibility date, but before attainment of his or her second birthday following such date; and (C) one (100%) in every other case.
A.2.3      Early Retirement .
(p) Subject to the terms of the Plan (including this Exhibit A and Exhibit B), the annual Supplemental Defined Benefit payable in connection with Early Retirement to a Continuing Participant who on January 1, 2005 had reached the age of 55, completed ten years of Service and previously been elected an Executive Vice President (or to a superior position), expressed as a single life annuity commencing as of the Continuing Participant’s Early Retirement Date, shall equal (i) reduced by the factors in (ii), and further where:
(i)
the supplemental benefit determined under Section A.2.2 above, reduced by:
(ii)
the sum of (A) and (B) below:
(A)
.0833% for each whole calendar month by which the Continuing Participant’s Early Retirement Date commencement precedes his or her 65 th birthday, excluding any period prior to the Continuing Participant’s 60 th birthday; and
(B)
.2083% for each whole calendar month by which the Continuing Participant’s Early Retirement Date precedes his or her 60 th birthday.





(q) Subject to the terms of the Plan (including this Exhibit A and Exhibit B), the annual Supplemental Defined Benefit in connection with Early Retirement of a Continuing Participant who as of January 1, 2005 had not both reached the age of 55 and completed ten years of Service, expressed as a single life annuity commencing as of the Continuing Participant’s Early Retirement Date, shall equal the benefit determined under A.2.3(a) above except that in lieu of the reductions described in Section A.2.3(a)(ii) above, the Supplemental Defined Benefit determined under Section A.2.2 above shall be reduced by 0.25% for each whole calendar month by which the Continuing Participant’s Early Retirement Date precedes his or her 65 th birthday.
(r) Notwithstanding the above, with respect to a Transition Participant, if Early Retirement occurs prior to the applicable Freeze Date, the reductions in (a) and (b) will apply to the pre-offset benefit as defined in A.2.2(a) and A.2.2(b) and the offsets for Other Retirement Income as defined in A.2.2(c) will be computed on an early retirement basis in accordance with the provisions of the plan or plans providing such Other Retirement Income; provided , however , that if such Additional Company Benefit Plan (or Additional Company Benefit Plans) does/do not contain provisions for early retirement, or such provisions are not ascertainable as of the date of determination, the Committee shall determine the actuarial equivalence basis to be used for such purpose. For this purpose, the Basic Plan and MSRP Cash Balance Accounts will be increased on a notional basis from December 31, 2007 until Early Retirement by deemed Basic Credits that would have been contributed to the Cash Balance Accounts of the Transition Participant had the Basic Plan and MSRP not been frozen and credited with 5% interest through Early Retirement. The offsets so computed will be subtracted from the reduced preoffset benefit.
A.2.4      Death Before Retirement Eligibility
. If a Continuing Participant dies under the circumstances described in Section 3.4, a Supplemental Defined Benefit shall be paid to his or her designated Beneficiary which equals the amount derived by multiplying (a) times (b) times (c), where (a) equals the net amount calculated under either Section A.2.2, as if the Continuing Participant’s Normal Retirement Date was the date of his or her death (determined without the adjustments described in Section A.2.2(e)); (b) equals a fraction of which the numerator is the sum of the Continuing Participant’s age at his or her date of death plus the number of completed years of Service prior to the applicable Freeze Date and the denominator is 85; and (c) equals 50%. Payment shall be made in an Actuarially Equivalent single lump sum cash distribution within 90 days following the date of the Continuing Participant’s death.
A.2.5      Total Disability Before Retirement Eligibility
. If a Continuing Participant becomes Totally Disabled as described in Section 3.5, a Supplemental Defined Benefit shall be paid to him or her equal to the product of (a) and (b) where (a) equals the amount calculated under either Section A.2.2, as if the Continuing Participant’s Normal Retirement Date was on the date on which he or she became Totally Disabled (determined without the adjustments described in Section A.2.2(e)), and (b) equals a fraction the numerator of which is the sum of the Continuing Participant’s age at the date he or she became Totally Disabled plus the number of completed years of Service prior to the applicable Freeze Date and the denominator of which is 85. A Continuing Participant’s Supplemental Defined Benefit shall be paid in cash in three equal installment payments, which in the aggregate, are the Actuarial Equivalent of the Supplemental Defined Benefit as of the Continuing Participant’s Total Disability Date, provided the Continuing Participant has remained Totally Disabled through the first date of payment. The first installment payment shall be made by the later of (A) the fifteenth day of the third month coinciding with or following the date on which the Continuing Participant becomes Totally Disabled, or (B) the end of the calendar year in which the Continuing Participant becomes Totally Disabled, and the remaining installment payments shall be made





on the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the first and second anniversaries of the first installment payment date, or, in each case, as soon as administratively feasible thereafter in a manner that is consistent with Section 409A Compliance.
A.2.6      Distribution Following Retirement Eligibility .
(s) Retirement . In the event of a Continuing Participant’s Retirement after satisfying the age and service requirements of Section 3.3, a Continuing Participant’s Supplemental Defined Benefit shall be paid in cash in three equal installment payments which, in the aggregate, are the Actuarial Equivalent of the Supplemental Defined Benefit as of the Continuing Participant’s Retirement Date. The installment payments shall be made on the following dates: (i) the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the date that is six months after the Continuing Participant’s Retirement Date; (ii) the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the first anniversary of the Continuing Participant’s Retirement Date, and (iii) the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the second anniversary of the Continuing Participant’s Retirement Date, or, in each case, as soon as administratively feasible thereafter in a manner that is consistent with Section 409A Compliance.
(t) Death .
(i)
Death Benefits . Upon the death of a Continuing Participant after satisfying the age and service requirements of Section 3.3, but before commencement of benefit payments, a death benefit shall be payable to the Continuing Participant’s designated Beneficiary. The amount of such death benefit shall be the Actuarial Equivalent of 50% of the Continuing Participant’s Supplemental Defined Benefit calculated pursuant to Section A.2.2 (determined without the adjustments described in Section A.2.2(e)), payable as an Actuarially Equivalent single lump sum cash distribution within 90 days following the date of the Continuing Participant’s death.
(ii)
Commutation Due to Death . Upon the death of a Continuing Participant who is receiving the distribution of his or her accrued Supplemental Defined Benefit pursuant to Section A.2.6(a), the Committee shall commute any or all remaining payments by paying the remainder of the accrued Supplemental Defined Benefit to the Continuing Participant’s Beneficiary in an Actuarially Equivalent single lump sum cash distribution within 90 days following the date of the Continuing Participant’s death.
(u) Total Disability . Upon the Total Disability of a Continuing Participant after satisfying the age and service requirements of Section 3.3 but before commencement of benefit payments, a Continuing Participant’s Supplemental Defined Benefit shall be paid in cash in three equal installment payments, which in the aggregate are the Actuarial Equivalent of the Supplemental Defined Benefit as of the Continuing Participant’s Total Disability Date, provided the Continuing Participant has remained Totally Disabled through the date of payment. The first installment payment shall be made by the later of (A) the fifteenth day of the third month coinciding with or following the date on which the Continuing Participant becomes Totally Disabled, or (B) the end of the calendar year in which the Continuing Participant becomes Totally Disabled, and the remaining installment payments shall be made on the first Business Day of the month coinciding with or following the first and second anniversaries of the first installment payment date, or, in each case, as soon as administratively feasible thereafter in a manner that is consistent with Section 409A Compliance.
EXHIBIT B






Schedule 1
(2005 Restatement)
Section 3.2(c) Separate Rules Applicable to J. Hooley
Status:
Active
Participation Date:
September 1, 2000
Section A.2.2 Supplemental Defined Benefit at Normal Retirement:
Subject to the terms of the Plan, Exhibit A, and the Special Benefit hereafter described, the supplemental benefit under Section A.2.2 of the Plan shall be the benefit set forth in this Schedule 1 of Exhibit B.
Special
Benefit:
The Participant’s Special Benefit under the Plan and Exhibit A shall be equal to his cash balance account benefit which shall consist of an opening cash balance account in the sum of $500,000 as of September 1, 2000 and earnings credited thereafter in the same percentage and in the same manner as though such cash balance account were provided under the terms of the Basic Plan. There shall be no additional contributions to this “cash balance account.”
 
If the Participant’s benefit under the Plan is subsequently determined under the generally applicable rules of the Plan, the value of the Special Benefit set forth above shall be payable in addition to such generally applicable Plan benefit.
 
The Special Benefit is in addition to any Supplemental Benefits under the Plan and Exhibit A.
Section A.2.2(e) Applicability:
The offset for Other Retirement Income is not applicable to the Special Benefit pursuant to this Schedule 1 of Exhibit B.
Age/Service Requirements:
The Participant’s prior years of service with the Employer as well as the Participant’s years of service with Boston Financial Data Services shall be considered as Service hereunder.
 
The age and service requirements to qualify for a benefit set forth in Section A.2.2 of the Plan above are as follows:
 
(1)The Service requirement of completion of ten full years of Employment is satisfied by the recognition of prior Service above.
 
(2)There is no age requirement to qualify for the Special Benefit pursuant to this Schedule 1 of Exhibit B.

EXHIBIT B
Schedule 3
(2008 Restatement)
Section 3.2(c) Separate Rules for Jeffrey N. Carp





Status:
Active
Participation Date:
January 3, 2006. For the avoidance of doubt, the Participant’s accruals under the Plan commenced on January 3, 2006.
Freeze Date:
For purposes of the Plan and Exhibit A, the “Freeze Date” applicable to the Participant is December 31, 2013.
Age/Service Requirements:
The age and service requirements under Section 3.3 of the Plan are deemed satisfied as of January 3, 2006.
Section 3.6
Forfeitures:
For purposes of the Plan and Exhibit A, the application of Section 3.6(b) shall be limited to employment with the following companies (and their respective parents, subsidiaries and affiliates): The Bank of New York Mellon Corporation, Deutsche Bank AG, JP Morgan Chase & Co., Northern Trust Corporation, Bank of America Corporation and Marsh & McLennan Companies. For the avoidance of doubt, Section 8 of the Amended and Restated Employment Agreement between the Company and the Participant (the “ Employment Agreement ”) shall apply and shall supersede Section 3.6 the during the Employment Period (as defined therein).
Final Average Earnings:
For purposes of the Plan and Exhibit A, “Final Average Earnings” shall not be less than the Participant’s Earnings for the Plan Year that commenced on January 1, 2006.

Section A.2.2 Supplemental Defined Benefit at Normal Retirement:
Subject to the terms of the Plan and Exhibit A, the maximum Supplemental Defined Benefit under Section A.2.2 of the Plan before offsets shall be equal to 20% of the Participant’s Final Average Earnings, provided that the foregoing shall not serve to limit any amounts payable in respect of the Plan, Exhibit A and this Schedule pursuant to the Employment Agreement.
Section A.2.3 Supplemental Defined Benefit at Early Retirement:
Subject to the terms of the Plan and Exhibit A, the maximum Supplemental Defined Benefit under Section A.2.3 of the Plan before offsets shall be equal to 20% of the Participant’s Final Average Earnings, provided that the foregoing shall not serve to limit any amounts payable in respect of the Plan, Exhibit A and this Schedule pursuant to the Employment Agreement.






Other Retirement
Income:
For purposes of the Plan and Exhibit A, subsection (d) of the definition of “Other Retirement Income” shall not be applicable to the Participant.
Section A.2.2 Supplemental Defined Benefit at Normal Retirement:
Subject to the terms of the Plan and Exhibit A, the maximum Supplemental Defined Benefit under Section A.2.2 of the Plan before offsets shall be equal to 20% of the Participant’s Final Average Earnings, provided  that in the event that a Change of Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement) occurs on or prior to the Freeze Date, the Participant’s Supplemental Defined Benefit shall be calculated under Section A.2.2 without regard to such 20% limit and the Participant shall be deemed to have accrued an additional three years of age and Service; and provided   further  that the foregoing shall not serve to limit any amounts payable in respect of the Plan, Exhibit A and this Schedule pursuant to the Employment Agreement.
Section A.2.3 Supplemental Defined Benefit at Early Retirement:
Subject to the terms of the Plan and Exhibit A, the maximum Supplemental Defined Benefit under Section A.2.3 of the Plan before offsets shall be equal to 20% of the Participant’s Final Average Earnings, provided  that in the event that a Change of Control (as defined in the Employment Agreement) occurs on or prior to the Freeze Date, the Participant’s Supplemental Defined Benefit shall be calculated under Section A.2.3 without regard to such 20% limit and the Participant shall be deemed to have accrued an additional three years of age and Service; and provided   further  that the foregoing shall not serve to limit any amounts payable in respect of the Plan, Exhibit A and this Schedule pursuant to the Employment Agreement.
Section A.2.2(c) Applicability:
The offset for Other Retirement Income is applicable to the benefit under Section A.2.2 of the Plan.
Amendment/
Termination:
No amendment or termination of the Plan, Exhibit A and this Schedule or, taking any other action, shall, in any material manner, reduce or adversely affect the Participant’s accrued benefits or entitlement thereto without the consent of the Participant.

 
EXHIBIT C
CLAIMS PROCEDURES
STATE STREET CORPORATION
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN CLAIMS PROCEDURES
(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2008)
These Claims Procedures for filing and reviewing claims have been established and adopted for the State Street Corporation Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan (the “ Plan ”) and are intended to comply with Section 503 of ERISA and related Department of Labor regulations. These amended and restated Claims Procedures are effective for claims made under the Plan on or after January 1, 2008.
1.
In General
. Any employee or former employee, or any person claiming to be a beneficiary with respect to such a person, may request, with respect to the Plan:
a)
a benefit payment,





b)
a resolution of a disputed amount of benefit payment, or
c)
a resolution of a dispute as to whether the person is entitled to the particular form of benefit payment.
A request described above and filed in accordance with these Procedures is a claim , and the person on whose behalf the claim is filed is a claimant . A claim must relate to a benefit which the claimant asserts he or she is already entitled to receive or will become entitled to receive within one year following the date the claim is filed.
2.
Effect on Benefit Requests in Due Course
. The Plan has established procedures for benefit applications, selection of benefit forms, and designation of beneficiaries, determination of qualified domestic relations orders, and similar routine requests and inquiries relating to the operation of the Plan.
3.
Filing of Claims .
a)
Each claim must be in writing and delivered by hand or first-class mail (including registered or certified mail) to the Administrator, at the following address:
GHR U.S. Benefits Planning
State Street Corporation
c/o Vice President, GHR-U.S. Benefits Planning
One Lincoln Street, 14 th Floor
Boston, MA 02111
A claim must clearly state the specific outcome being sought by the claimant.
b)
The claim must also include sufficient information relating to the identity of the claimant and such other information reasonably necessary to allow the claim to be evaluated.
c)
In no event may a claim for benefits be filed by a Claimant more than 120 days after the applicable “Notice Date,” as defined below.
i)
In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant as a lump sum, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the lump sum.
ii)
In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant in the form of an annuity or installments, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the first installment of the annuity or payment of first installment.
iii)
In any case where the Plan (prior to the filing of a claim for benefits) determines that an individual is not entitled to benefits (for example (without limitation) where an individual terminates employment and the Plan determines that he has not vested) and the Plan provides written notice to such person of its determination, the Notice Date shall be the date of the individual’s receipt of such notice.
iv)
In any case where the Plan provides an individual with a written statement of his account as of a specific date or the amounts credit to, or charged against, his account within a specified period, the Notice Date with regard to matters described in such statement shall be the date of the receipt of such notice by such individual (or beneficiary).
4. Processing of Claims
. A claim normally shall be processed and determined by the Administrator within a reasonable time (not longer than 90 days) following actual receipt of the claim. However, if the Administrator determines that





additional time is needed to process the claim and so notifies the claimant in writing within the initial 90-day period, the Administrator may extend the determination period for up to an additional 90 days. In addition, where the Administrator determines that the extension of time is required due to the failure of the claimant to submit information necessary in order to determine the claim, the period of time in which the claim is required to be considered pursuant to this Paragraph 4 shall be tolled from the date on which notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information. Any notice to a claimant extending the period for considering a claim shall indicate the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Administrator expects to render a determination with respect to the claim. The Administrator shall not process or adjudicate any claim relating specifically to his or her own benefits under the Plan.
5.
Determination of Claim
. The Administrator shall inform the claimant in writing of the decision regarding the claim by registered or certified mail posted within the time period described in Paragraph 4. The decision shall be based on governing Plan documents. If there is an adverse determination with respect to all or part of the claim, the written notice shall include:
a)
the specific reason or reasons for the denial,
b)
reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based,
c)
a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary,
d)
reference to and a copy of these Procedures, so as to provide the claimant with a description of the relevant Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, a description of the claimant’s rights regarding documentation as described in Paragraph 9, and
e)
a statement of the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA to bring a civil action with respect to an adverse determination upon review of an appeal filed under Paragraph 6.
For purposes of these Procedures, an adverse determination shall mean determination of a claim resulting in a denial, reduction, or termination of a benefit under a Plan, or the failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) of a benefit or any form of benefit under a Plan. Adverse determinations shall include denials, reductions, etc., based on the claimant’s lack of eligibility to participate in the relevant Plan. All decisions made by the Administrator under these Procedures shall be summarized in a report to be maintained in the files of the Administrator. The report shall include reference to the applicable governing Plan provision(s) and, where applicable, reference to prior determinations of claims involving similarly situated claimants.
6.
Appeal of Claim Denials - Appeals Committee
. A claimant who has received an adverse determination of all or part of a claim shall have 60 days from the date of such receipt to contest the denial by filing an appeal . An appeal must be in writing and delivered to the Administrator. An appeal will be considered timely only if actually received by the Administrator within the 60-day period or, if sent by mail, postmarked within the 60-day period. The timely review will be completed by the Appeals Committee and should be sent to:
Appeals Committee
State Street Corporation
c/o Vice President, GHR-U.S. Benefits Planning
2 Avenue de Lafayette, LCC 1 E  





Boston, MA 02111-1724
The Appeals Committee shall meet at such times and places as it considers appropriate, shall keep a record of such meetings and shall periodically report its deliberations to the Administrator. Such reports shall include the basis upon which the appeal was determined and, where applicable, reference to prior determinations of claims involving similarly situated claimants. The vote of a majority of the members of the Appeals Committee shall decide any question brought before the Appeals Committee.
7.
Consideration of Appeals
. The Appeals Committee shall make an independent decision as to the claim based on a full and fair review of the record. The Appeals Committee shall take into account in its deliberations all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, whether submitted in connection with the appeal or in connection with the original claim, and may, but need not, hold a hearing in connection with its consideration of the appeal. The Appeals Committee shall consider an appeal within a reasonable period of time, but not later than 60 days after receipt of the appeal, unless the Appeals Committee determines that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time. If the Appeals Committee determines that an extension of time is required, it will cause written notice of the extension, including a description of the circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Appeals Committee expects to render the determination on review, to be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period. In no event shall an extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period; provided , that in the case of any extension of time required by the failure of the claimant to submit information necessary for the Appeals Committee to consider the appeal, the period of time in which the appeal is required to be considered under this Paragraph 7 shall be tolled from the date on which notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the Appeals Committee’s request for additional information.
8.
Resolution of Appeal
. Notice of the Appeals Committee’s determination with respect to an appeal shall be communicated to the claimant in writing by registered or certified mail posted within the time period described in Paragraph 7. If the determination is adverse, such notice shall include:
a)
the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination,
b)
reference to the specific plan provisions on which the adverse determination was based,
c)
reference to and a copy of these Procedures, so as to provide the claimant with a description of the claimant’s rights regarding documentation as described in Paragraph 9, and
d)
a statement of the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA to bring a civil action with respect to the adverse determination.
9. Certain Information
. In connection with the determination of a claim or appeal, a claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and may request (in writing) copies of any documents, records and other information relevant to the claim. An item shall be deemed relevant to a claim if it:
a)
was relied on in determining the claim,
b)
was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making such determination (whether or not actually relied on), or
c)
demonstrates that such determination was made in accordance with governing Plan documents (including, for this purpose, these Procedures) and that, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been applied consistently with similarly situated claimants.





The Administrator shall furnish free of charge copies of all relevant documents, records and other information so requested; provided , that nothing in these Procedures shall obligate the Company, the Administrator, or any person or committee to disclose any document, record or information that is subject to a privilege (including, without limitation, the attorney-client privilege) or the disclosure of which would, in the Administrator’s judgment, violate any law or regulation.
10.
Rights of a Claimant Where Appeal is Denied
.
a)
The claimant’s actual entitlement, if any, to bring suit and the scope of and other rules pertaining to any such suit shall be governed by, and subject to the limitations of, applicable law, including ERISA. By extending to an employee or former employee the right to file a claim under these Procedures, neither the Company nor any person or committee appointed as Administrator acknowledges or concedes that such individual is a participant in any particular Plan within the meaning of such Plan or ERISA, and reserves the right to assert that an individual is not a participant in any action brought under Section 502(a).
b)
In no event may any legal proceeding regarding entitlement to benefits or any aspect of benefits under the Plan be commenced later than the earliest of:
i)
two years after the applicable Notice Date; or
ii)
one year after the date a claimant receives a decision from the Appeals Committee regarding his appeal; or
iii)
the date otherwise prescribed by applicable law.
c)
Before any legal proceeding can be brought, a participant must exhaust the claim appeals procedures as set forth herein.
11. Special Rules Regarding Disability
. Certain benefits under the Plans are contingent upon an individual’s incurring a disability. Where a claim requires a determination by the Company as to whether an individual is “disabled” as defined under the Plan, the additional rules set forth in Schedule 1 to these Procedures shall apply to the claim.     State Street to provide. However, where disabled status is based upon actual entitlement to benefits under a separate plan in which the individual participates or is otherwise covered, the determination of such status for purposes of each Plan shall be made under such separate disability plan, and any claims or disputes as to disabled status under such plan or program shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures established for that purpose under the separate plan or program.
12.
Authorized Representation
. A claimant may authorize an individual to represent him/her with respect to a claim or appeal made under these Procedures. Any such authorization shall be in writing, shall clearly identify the name and address of the individual, and shall be delivered to the Plan Administrator at the address listed in Paragraph 3. On receipt of a letter of authorization, all parties authorized to act under these Procedures shall be entitled to rely on such authorization, until similarly revoked by the claimant. While an authorization is in effect, all notices and communications to be provided to the claimant under these Procedures shall also be provided to his/her authorized representative.
13.
Form of Communications
. Unless otherwise specified above, any claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other communication made under these Procedures shall be in writing, with original signed copy delivered by hand or first class mail (including registered or certified mail). A copy or advance delivery of any such claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other communication may be made by electronic mail or facsimile. Any such electronic or facsimile communication, however, shall be for the convenience of the





parties only and not in substitution of a writing required to be mailed or delivered under these Procedures, and receipt or delivery of any such claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other written communication shall not be considered to have been made until the actual posting or receipt of original signed copy, as the case may be.
14.
Reliance on Outside Counsel, Consultants, etc.
The Administrator and the Appeals Committee may rely on or take into account advice or information provided by such legal, accounting, actuarial, consulting or other professionals as may be selected in determining a claim or appeal, including those individuals and firms that may render advice to the Company or the Plans from time to time.








FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
STATE STREET CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN


Pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1 of the State Street Corporation Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan, Amended and Restated January 1, 2015 (the “Plan”), State Street Corporation as plan sponsor hereby amends the Plan as follows:
Effective for actions taken on or after January 1, 2016, the current Section 4.1 is amended in its entirety as follows:
1.
Company Credits
.
(a) Generally . For Plan Years commencing on and after the Effective Date, an Active Participant shall be entitled to receive Company Credits as follows:
(i)
An Active Participant who was a Participant for an entire Plan Year shall receive a Company Credit in the amount of $200,000 on the Annual Credit Date for the Plan Year to his or her Account; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(i) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be in the amount of $100,000 and shall not be provided to an Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(i) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or the 2016 Plan Year.
(ii)
An Active Participant who became an Active Participant during a Plan Year shall receive for such Plan Year a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Active Participant, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(ii) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be equal to the product of (x) $100,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan





Year during which the Active Participant was an Active Participant but not an Operating Group Participant, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(ii) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or the 2016 Plan Year. Any such Company Credit shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Account on the Annual Credit Date for the relevant Plan Year.
(iii)
An Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant due to Retirement, death or Total Disability during a Plan Year shall receive a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when such Participant was an Active Participant prior to (I) the Active Participant’s Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Active Participant’s death or (III) the date the Active Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(iii) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be equal to the product of (x) $100,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when such Participant was an Active Participant but not an Operating Group Participant prior to (I) the Active Participant's Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Active Participant's death or (III) the date the Active Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve); provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(iii) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or the 2016 Plan Year. Any such prorated Company Credit shall be credited to the Participant’s Account on the last Business Day of the month in which the Participant’s Retirement, death or Total Disability occurred (the “ Final Credit Date ”).
(b) Operating Group Participants . An Operating Group Participant shall be entitled to receive the following for Plan Years commencing on and after the Effective Date:
(i)
An Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant for an entire Plan Year shall be granted on the Annual Credit Date for such Plan Year a deferred share unit award under the Equity Plan (an “ ESRP Share Award ”) with a Fair Market Value on such Annual Credit Date equal to $200,000; provided, however, there shall be no ESRP Share Award under this Section 4.1(b)(i) for the 2015 Plan Year or the 2016 Plan Year. The terms of the ESRP Share Award shall, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance, provide that the award will vest in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Plan and the underlying shares of Stock will be settled to the Operating Group Participant in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Plan, subject, in each case, to Section 7 of the Equity Plan or any successor provision. In addition, the ESRP Share Award shall provide for dividend equivalents. The other terms of the ESRP Share Award shall be governed by the Equity Plan.
(ii)
An Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant for a portion of a Plan Year, other than an Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant during the Plan Year, shall receive an ESRP Share Award with a Fair Market Value on such Annual Credit Date equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, there shall be no ESRP Share Award under this Section 4.1(b)(ii) for





the 2015 Plan Year or the 2016 Plan Year. Any such ESRP Share Award shall be granted to the Active Participant on the Annual Credit Date for the relevant Plan Year.
(iii)
An Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant due to Retirement, death or Total Disability during a Plan Year at a time when he/she is an Operating Group Participant, shall not be entitled to an ESRP Share Award in respect of such Plan Year but instead for the period of the Plan Year, if any, when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant shall be entitled to receive a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant prior to (I) the Operating Group Participant's Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Operating Group Participant's death or (III) the date the Operating Group Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(b)(iii) for the 2015 Plan Year or the 2016 Plan Year. Any such prorated Company Credit shall be credited to the Participant's Account on the Final Credit Date.
For the avoidance of doubt, an Operating Group Participant shall also be entitled to Company Credits pursuant to Section 4.1(a); provided, however that for the 2013 Plan Year, an Operating Group Participant shall not be entitled to Company Credits pursuant to Section 4.1(a) for any period during a Plan Year when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under Section 4.1(a) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or the 2016 Plan Year.
(c) Transition Participants . Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b) above, Company Credits (including any Final Company Credits) shall not be credited to the Account of a Transition Participant and ESRP Share Awards shall not be granted to a Transition Participant in respect of any period commencing prior to the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant. A Transition Participant shall continue to earn a Supplemental Defined Benefit in accordance with the relevant terms of the Plan (including any Schedules hereto) until the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant.
(d) Adjustment by Committee . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) above, the Committee shall have the discretion to adjust, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance: (i) the amount of a Company Credit (including any Final Company Credits or ESRP Share Award credited or granted, as applicable, in respect of a Participant’s status as an Active Participant or an Operating Group Participant for a portion of a Plan Year); and (ii) the medium of settlement of an ESRP Share Award, in each case, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences to an Operating Group Participant; provided , however , that in no event shall such adjustment diminish the economic benefit to the Participant of a Company Credit or an ESRP Share Award without the Participant’s consent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 20th day of January, 2016.



State Street Corporation     








by:      /s/ Todd Gershkowitz
    
     Todd Gershkowitz
Executive Vice President
Head of Global Total Rewards

SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE
STATE STREET CORPORATION
EXECUTIVE SUPPLEMENTAL RETIREMENT PLAN


Pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1 of the State Street Corporation Executive Supplemental Retirement Plan, Amended and Restated January 1, 2015 (the “Plan”), State Street Corporation as plan sponsor hereby amends the Plan as follows:
Effective for actions taken on or after January 1, 2017, the current Section 4.1 is amended in its entirety as follows:
2.
Company Credits
.
(e) Generally . For Plan Years commencing on and after the Effective Date, an Active Participant shall be entitled to receive Company Credits as follows:
(i)
An Active Participant who was a Participant for an entire Plan Year shall receive a Company Credit in the amount of $200,000 on the Annual Credit Date for the Plan Year to his or her Account; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(i) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be in the amount of $100,000 and shall not be provided to an Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(i) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year.
(ii)
An Active Participant who became an Active Participant during a Plan Year shall receive for such Plan Year a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Active Participant, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(ii) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be equal to the product of (x) $100,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Active Participant but not an Operating Group Participant, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(ii) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year. Any such Company Credit shall be credited to the Active Participant’s Account on the Annual Credit Date for the relevant Plan Year.
(iii)
An Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant due to Retirement, death or Total Disability during a Plan Year shall receive a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when such





Participant was an Active Participant prior to (I) the Active Participant’s Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Active Participant’s death or (III) the date the Active Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, that the Company Credit received under this Section 4.1(a)(iii) for the 2013 Plan Year shall be equal to the product of (x) $100,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year when such Participant was an Active Participant but not an Operating Group Participant prior to (I) the Active Participant's Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Active Participant's death or (III) the date the Active Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve); provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(a)(iii) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year. Any such prorated Company Credit shall be credited to the Participant’s Account on the last Business Day of the month in which the Participant’s Retirement, death or Total Disability occurred (the “ Final Credit Date ”).
(f) Operating Group Participants . An Operating Group Participant shall be entitled to receive the following for Plan Years commencing on and after the Effective Date:
(i)
An Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant for an entire Plan Year shall be granted on the Annual Credit Date for such Plan Year a deferred share unit award under the Equity Plan (an “ ESRP Share Award ”) with a Fair Market Value on such Annual Credit Date equal to $200,000; provided, however, there shall be no ESRP Share Award under this Section 4.1(b)(i) for the 2015 Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year. The terms of the ESRP Share Award shall, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance, provide that the award will vest in accordance with Section 4.3 of the Plan and the underlying shares of Stock will be settled to the Operating Group Participant in accordance with Section 4.4 of the Plan, subject, in each case, to Section 7 of the Equity Plan or any successor provision. In addition, the ESRP Share Award shall provide for dividend equivalents. The other terms of the ESRP Share Award shall be governed by the Equity Plan.
(ii)
An Active Participant who is an Operating Group Participant for a portion of a Plan Year, other than an Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant during the Plan Year, shall receive an ESRP Share Award with a Fair Market Value on such Annual Credit Date equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar months in the Plan Year during which the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, there shall be no ESRP Share Award under this Section 4.1(b)(ii) for the 2015 Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year. Any such ESRP Share Award shall be granted to the Active Participant on the Annual Credit Date for the relevant Plan Year.
(iii)
An Active Participant who becomes a Separated Participant due to Retirement, death or Total Disability during a Plan Year at a time when he/she is an Operating Group Participant, shall not be entitled to an ESRP Share Award in respect of such Plan Year but instead for the period of the Plan Year, if any, when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant shall be entitled to receive a Company Credit equal to the product of (x) $200,000 and (y) a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of complete calendar





months in the Plan Year when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant prior to (I) the Operating Group Participant's Retirement Date, (II) the date of the Operating Group Participant's death or (III) the date the Operating Group Participant became Totally Disabled, as applicable, and the denominator of which is twelve; provided, however, there shall be no Company Credit under this Section 4.1(b)(iii) for the 2015 Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year. Any such prorated Company Credit shall be credited to the Participant's Account on the Final Credit Date.
For the avoidance of doubt, an Operating Group Participant shall also be entitled to Company Credits pursuant to Section 4.1(a); provided, however that for the 2013 Plan Year, an Operating Group Participant shall not be entitled to Company Credits pursuant to Section 4.1(a) for any period during a Plan Year when the Active Participant was an Operating Group Participant; provided, further, there shall be no Company Credit under Section 4.1(a) for any Participant for the 2015 Plan Year or any subsequent Plan Year.
(g) Transition Participants . Notwithstanding Section 4.1(a) and Section 4.1(b) above, Company Credits (including any Final Company Credits) shall not be credited to the Account of a Transition Participant and ESRP Share Awards shall not be granted to a Transition Participant in respect of any period commencing prior to the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant. A Transition Participant shall continue to earn a Supplemental Defined Benefit in accordance with the relevant terms of the Plan (including any Schedules hereto) until the Freeze Date applicable to the Transition Participant.
(h) Adjustment by Committee . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in Section 4.1(a) and 4.1(b) above, the Committee shall have the discretion to adjust, in a manner that results in Section 409A Compliance: (i) the amount of a Company Credit (including any Final Company Credits or ESRP Share Award credited or granted, as applicable, in respect of a Participant’s status as an Active Participant or an Operating Group Participant for a portion of a Plan Year); and (ii) the medium of settlement of an ESRP Share Award, in each case, to the extent necessary to avoid adverse tax consequences to an Operating Group Participant; provided , however , that in no event shall such adjustment diminish the economic benefit to the Participant of a Company Credit or an ESRP Share Award without the Participant’s consent.

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 17 day of January, 2017.



State Street Corporation     



by /s/ Todd Gershkowitz
    
     Todd Gershkowitz
Executive Vice President
Head of Global Total Rewards







Exhibit 10.10
STATE STREET CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN


Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2014


FINAL 2014 Restatement 9.15.14.DOC      - i -     
TABLE OF CONTENTS

Page
ARTICLE I NAME AND PURPOSE OF PLAN AND DEFINITIONS      1
1.1
Name and effective date      1
1.2
Status of Plan      1
1.3
Definitions      1
ARTICLE II ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION      5
2.1
Eligibility to participate      5
2.2
Commencement of participation      5
2.3
Termination of participation      5
ARTICLE III DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS, MATCHING CREDITS, performance-based credits, NOTIONAL INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS      6
3.1
Deferred Compensation Agreement; Elective Credits      6
3.2
Election procedures and deadlines.      6
3.3
Amount of deferrals.      6
3.4
Matching Credit      7
3.5
Accounts      7
3.6
Cancellation of Deferral Elections      7
ARTICLE IV VESTING      9





4.1
Vesting of Accounts      9
ARTICLE V PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS      10
5.1
Time and form of payment: Matching Credits and Performance-Based Credits      10
5.2
Time and form of payment: other portions of the Account      10
5.3
Special rules.      11
5.4
Unforeseeable emergency      12
5.5
Certain tax matters      12
5.6
Distribution of taxable amounts      12
5.7
Special Rule for 2007      12
ARTICLE VI ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN      14
6.1
Plan Administrator      14
6.2
Outside services      14
6.3
Indemnification      14
6.4
Claims procedure      14
ARTICLE VII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION      15
7.1
Amendment; termination      15
7.2
Effect of amendment or termination      15
ARTICLE VIII MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS      16
8.1
Source of payments      16
8.2
Other arrangements made subject to the Plan      16
8.3
No warranties      16
8.4
Inalienability of benefits      16
8.5
Reclassification of Employment Status      16
8.6
Expenses      16
8.7
No right of employment      17
8.8
Headings      17
8.9
Acceptance of Plan terms      17
8.10
Construction      17

EXHIBIT A      List of Employers................................................................................................18
EXHIBIT B      Claims Procedures...............................................................................................19

    
ARTICLE I

ARTICLE II NAME AND PURPOSE OF PLAN AND DEFINITIONS





1.
Name and effective date . The Plan set forth herein is an amendment, restatement and continuation of the State Street Corporation 401(k) Restoration and Voluntary Deferral Plan, originally established effective July 1, 1999, as subsequently amended and restated effective January 1, 2008, and renamed the State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Savings Plan. This amendment and restatement reflects changes adopted by the Committee under the First and Second Amendments to the Plan as amended and restated effective January 1, 2008. Such amendments are effective as of the dates set forth in such First and Second Amendments. The Plan is further amended to reflect certain administrative changes, clarifications, and design changes, which further modifications are effective January 1, 2014 unless otherwise provided herein.
2.
Status of Plan . The Plan is intended to be “a plan which is unfunded and is maintained by an employer primarily for the purpose of providing deferred compensation for a select group of management or highly compensated employees” within the meaning of Sections 201(2), 301(a)(3), 401(a)(1) and 4021(b)(6) of ERISA, and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with that intent. The Plan is intended to be operated in accordance with the requirements applicable to a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” under Code section 409A and the regulations thereunder and shall be interpreted and administered consistent with that intent.
3.
Definitions . When used herein, the following words shall have the meanings indicated below. Terms not defined herein shall have the meanings assigned to them in the State Street Salary Savings Program, as from time to time amended and in effect.
(a)
“Account” means, for each Participant, an account established for his or her benefit under Section 3.5. All references to a Participant’s Account shall include, as the context requires, any sub-accounts that the Plan Administrator may establish.
(b)
“Base Pay” means, in the case of any Employee for any period, the Employee’s regular base salary or wages, including differential pay (shift deferential and differential pay paid to an Employee while on military duty or otherwise), paid in the period in question for services rendered to the Employer as an Employee. The following special rules shall apply in determining an Employee’s Base Pay:
(i)
Base Pay shall be determined without regard to the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and without excluding amounts electively deferred under the Plan.
(ii)
Base Pay includes any such amounts that would have been received by the individual from the Employer but for an election under this Plan or under Code sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k). Amounts under Code section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. To the extent required by applicable law or IRS guidance, an amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
(iii)
Base Pay excludes all other forms of compensation not listed above paid by an Employer, including but not limited to the following: all commissions and bonuses (including incentive pay), as well as supplemental wage payments, severance (however characterized), reimbursed expenses, life insurance premiums included in compensation for income tax purposes, amounts paid by an Employer to a Participant for not selecting Employer-provided medical coverage under the State Street Corporation Employee Benefit Plan, and any other items not constituting direct compensation for services.
(c)
“Basic Plan” means the State Street Salary Savings Program, as from time to time amended and in effect.





(d)
“Beneficiary” means the person or persons designated by the Participant in writing, subject to such rules as the Plan Administrator may prescribe, to receive benefits under the Plan in the event of the Participant’s death. Except for purposes of Section 5.4, in the absence of an effective designation at the time of the Participant’s death the Participant’s Beneficiary shall be his or her surviving Spouse or Domestic Partner, or, if the Participant is then unmarried or has no Domestic Partner or his or her Spouse or Domestic Partner does not survive, the Participant’s estate.
(e)
“Committee” means the Executive Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors of State Street.
(f)
“Credit” means any or all, as the context requires, of an Elective Credit, a Matching Credit, or a Performance-Based Credit.
(g)
“Deferred Compensation Agreement” means the written (or electronic) agreement described in Section 3.1.
(h)
“Disabled” means, for any Participant, that the Participant, as determined in the sole discretion of the Plan Administrator:
(i)
is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or
(ii)
is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving income replacement benefits for a period of not less than 6 months under an accident and health plan covering employees of the Employer.
(i)
“Elective Credit” means an amount credited under Section 3.1.
(j)
“Eligible Compensation ” for a Plan Year means the sum of an Employee’s Base Pay for the Plan Year plus the Employee’s Incentive Pay for the Plan Year
(k)
“Eligibility Date” means each December 1 or such other determination date(s) (such as the date open enrollment begins) as determined by the Plan Administrator.
(l)
“Eligible Employee” means an Employee who meets the eligibility criteria set forth in Section 2.1.
(m)
“Employee” means, except as otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator, a United States-based common-law employee of an Employer including, without limitation, such an employee while on a temporary international assignment outside of the U.S. and excluding, without limitation, a non-U.S. based employee who is temporarily residing in the U.S. while on a temporary international assignment to the U.S.
(n)
“Employer” means any or all, as the context requires, of State Street and any other company (or branch) that (i) would be treated as a single employer with State Street under the first sentence of Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(h)(3), and (ii) is shown on Exhibit A as described in clause (i) and as having adopted this Plan with State Street’s approval. Only an otherwise eligible Employee of State Street or another entity listed on Exhibit A may make an election to defer compensation under the Plan or be eligible to share in Matching Credits, but in determining whether a Separation from Service has occurred, service for State Street or any other company that is described in clause (i) above shall be treated as service for the Employer.
(o)
“Entry Date” means each January 1.
(p)
“Incentive Pay” means, in the case of any Employee for any Plan Year, the Employee’s cash bonus and/or cash incentive pay (other than commissions) paid, in accordance with the Employer’s normal annual incentive bonus processing cycle, in the Plan Year under a bonus and/or incentive plan maintained by the Employer or pursuant to an agreement or





other arrangement with the Employer, other than (i) any such bonus or incentive pay that is automatically deferred pursuant to the terms of such bonus and/or incentive plan, agreement or arrangement and/or (ii) any such bonus or incentive pay that is determined by the Plan Administrator, in advance of the deadline for electing any deferral hereunder, to be ineligible for deferral under the Plan. The following special rules shall apply in determining an Employee’s Incentive Pay:
(i)
Incentive Pay shall be determined without regard to the limitations of Section 401(a)(17) of the Code and without excluding amounts electively deferred under the Plan.
(ii)
Incentive Pay includes any such amounts that would have been received by the individual from the Employer but for an election under this Plan or under Code sections 125, 132(f) or 401(k). Amounts under Code section 125 include any amounts not available to a Participant in cash in lieu of group health coverage because the Participant is unable to certify that he or she has other health coverage. To the extent required by applicable law or IRS guidance, an amount will be treated as an amount under Code section 125 only if the Employer does not request or collect information regarding the Participant’s other health coverage as part of the enrollment process for the health plan.
(q)
“Match-Eligible Compensation” means, for each Plan Year commencing on and after January 1, 2013, an amount calculated as the lesser of (i) the Employee’s Eligible Compensation, or (ii) $500,000, in either case reduced by the dollar limitation in effect with respect to the Plan Year under Code section 401(a)(17).
(r)
“Matching Credit” means an amount credited under Section 3.4.
(s)
“Participant” means an Employee who has an Account under the Plan.
(t)
“Plan” means this State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Savings Plan (formerly the State Street Corporation 401(k) Restoration and Voluntary Deferral Plan), as from time to time amended and in effect.
(u)
“Plan Administrator” means the Plan Administrator appointed pursuant to Section 6.1.
(v)
“Performance-Based Credit” means amounts credited under Plan during certain Plan Years prior to January 1, 2014, which amounts were determined, in part, based upon whether a performance-based contribution was made under the Basic Plan for the Plan Year. .
(w)
“Separation from Service” means a separation from service, within the meaning of Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(h), with State Street and any other company that would be treated as a single employer with State Street under the first sentence of Treas. Regs. §1.409A-1(h)(3); and correlative terms shall be construed to have a corresponding meaning.
To the extent permitted by the Plan Administrator, the terms “written,” “in writing,” and terms of similar import shall include communications by electronic media.

ARTICLE III

ARTICLE IV ELIGIBILITY AND PARTICIPATION
1.
Eligibility to participate . An Employee who is an Eligible Employee on December 31, 2007 shall (subject to the last sentence of this Section 2.1) continue to be an Eligible Employee as of January 1, 2008. Any other Employee shall become an Eligible Employee on the first Eligibility Date he or she satisfies the requirements of both (a) and (b) below. For purposes of the foregoing, an Employee must:
(a)
have a title of Vice President or above, and
(b)
effective for Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 2013, an annual rate of Base Pay which when added to Incentive Pay for a Plan Year that exceeds the dollar limitation in





effect with respect to the Plan Year under Code section 401(a)(17) by $10,000 or more. Notwithstanding the foregoing, a Participant who timely elected to defer Base Pay or Incentive Pay earned in 2013 shall be deemed to remain an Eligible Employee through December 31, 2013.
An Eligible Employee shall remain an Eligible Employee during continuous employment by the Employer so long as he or she continues to satisfy the requirements of (a) and (b) above as of the applicable Eligibility Date for subsequent Plan Years.
2.
Commencement of participation . Except as the Plan Administrator otherwise determines, any such determination to be made in a manner that is consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, and subject to the annual election process set forth in Section 3.2, an individual upon first becoming an Eligible Employee may elect to defer (a) Base Pay under Section 3.3(a) starting with Base Pay earned for the Plan Year that begins on the Entry Date next following his or her initial Eligibility Date, and (b) Incentive Pay under Section 3.3(b) starting with Incentive Pay earned for the Plan Year that begins on the Entry Date next following his or her initial Eligibility Date.
3.
Termination of participation . The Plan Administrator may terminate an Employee’s participation in the Plan at any time. If an Employee’s participation in the Plan terminates hereunder, the Participant’s Account shall continue to be adjusted for notional earnings or other notional investment experience until it is distributed. No termination of participation shall result in a cessation or refund of deferrals for which the deferral election has already been made, except in a manner that is consistent with compliance with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code.

ARTICLE V

ARTICLE VI DEFERRED COMPENSATION AGREEMENTS, MATCHING CREDITS, performance-based credits, NOTIONAL INVESTMENT OF ACCOUNTS
1.
Deferred Compensation Agreement; Elective Credits . An Eligible Employee may elect to defer a portion of his or her Base Pay and/or Incentive Pay earned during the applicable Plan Year by entering into a Deferred Compensation Agreement through the enrollment process established by the Plan Administrator for such Plan Year. An otherwise Eligible Employee who is not provided effective access to the enrollment process for a Plan Year shall be deemed ineligible to participate for such Plan Year. Elective Credits equal to the amounts deferred shall be credited to the Participant’s Account as soon as practicable after the deferral is withheld from pay.
2.
Election procedures and deadlines .
(a)
Advance elections required . A Deferred Compensation Agreement with respect to Base Pay and/or Incentive Pay must be made in accordance with such procedures as the Plan Administrator may establish and prior to the beginning of the Plan Year in which such Base Pay and/or Incentive Pay is to be earned. .
A Deferred Compensation Agreement, once made, may not be modified or revoked after the applicable election deadline except as otherwise expressly provided in Article V below.
(b)
Other requirements . Except as otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, a new Deferred Compensation Agreement must be timely executed for each Plan Year and shall be effective only if offered, accepted and approved by the Plan Administrator by the applicable deadline.
3.
Amount of deferrals .
(a)
Base Pay . For each Plan Year, an Eligible Employee may elect to defer an amount from 1% to 25% (1% to 50% effective for Plan Years commencing on or after January 1, 2013), in whole percentages, of his or her Base Pay for the Plan Year. Notwithstanding the





foregoing, the Plan Administrator may impose, in advance, a more restrictive minimum or maximum limit on the amount that may be deferred.
(b)
Incentive Pay . For each Plan Year or other applicable performance period an Eligible Employee may elect to defer an amount that is expressed either as a percentage (from 5% to 92%, in whole-percentage increments) of the Participant’s Incentive Pay for the Plan Year (or other period), or as a whole dollar amount not less than $1,000 and not exceeding 92% of such Incentive Pay. Effective for Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 2014, for each Plan Year an Eligible Employee may elect to defer an amount that is expressed either as a percentage (from 5% to 100%, in whole-percentage increments) of the Participant’s net of FICA withholding Incentive Pay for the Plan Year (or other period), or as a whole dollar amount not less than $1,000 and not exceeding 100% of such net of FICA withholding Incentive Pay.
4.
Matching Credit . For each Plan Year commencing on and after January 1, 2012, a Matching Credit shall be added to each Participant’s Account equal to the lesser of (a) 100% of the total amount, if any, deferred under all Deferred Compensation Agreements made by the Participant for such Plan Year, and (b) 5% of the Participant’s Match-Eligible Compensation for such Plan Year. Effective for Plan Years commencing on and after January 1, 2013, Matching Credits for a Plan Year shall be added to the Participant’s Account as soon as practicable following the earlier of (i) the last day of the Plan Year, or (ii) the last day of the calendar quarter following the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service or Disability..
5.
Accounts . The Plan Administrator shall establish for each Participant an Account together with such sub-accounts as in the determination of the Plan Administrator are needed or appropriate to reflect the Credits described above as well as debits and other adjustments, including without limitation adjustments for notional (hypothetical) investment experience as described in this Section 3.5. The Plan Administrator shall designate for purposes of the Plan one or more existing investment or investment-fund alternatives (each, a “tracking option”), including, if the Plan Administrator so determines, a tracking option that offers a return of notional interest (for example, as in a bank savings account), and shall give each Participant and the Beneficiary(ies) of each deceased Participant for whom an Account continues to be maintained the opportunity to allocate his or her Account among the available tracking options. Amounts allocated under the Plan to a tracking option shall be treated as though notionally invested in that tracking option. In the absence of an affirmative allocation by a Participant or Beneficiary, the Plan Administrator may designate a default tracking option and treat all or a portion of the balance of any Account, or of any amount newly credited under the Plan, as being notionally invested in the default tracking option. The Plan Administrator shall periodically adjust Accounts to reflect increases or decreases attributable to these notional investments. Except as otherwise determined by the Plan Administrator, a Participant or Beneficiary may make notional investment changes once per calendar month (daily, commencing on and after October 1, 2012). The Plan Administrator may at any time and from time to time eliminate or add tracking options or substitute a new for an existing tracking option, including with respect to balances already notionally invested under the Plan. The Employer may, but need not, purchase securities or other investments with characteristics similar to the tracking options from time to time offered under the Plan, but any such securities or other investments shall remain part of the Employer’s general assets unless held in a trust described in Section 8.1 in a manner not inconsistent with the requirements of Section 409A(b) of the Code. By selecting a tracking option hereunder, a Participant agrees, on his or her behalf and on behalf of his or her Beneficiaries, that none of the Committee, the Plan Administrator, the Employer, or any of their agents or representatives, shall be liable for any losses or damages of any kind relating to any tracking option made available hereunder.





6.
Cancellation of Deferral Elections . A Participant’s deferral elections under Section 3.1 shall be cancelled as to future deferrals if the Participant has an unforeseeable emergency described in Section 5.4 below. Effective November 1, 2014, a Participant’s outstanding Base Pay deferral election shall be cancelled if the Participant receives a hardship distribution under the Basic Plan pursuant to §1.401(k)-1(d)(3). A Participant may also cancel his or her deferral elections as to future deferrals upon the occurrence of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment resulting in the Participant’s inability to perform the duties of his or her position or any substantially similar position, where such impairment can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than six months, provided such cancellation is made by the later of (a) the end of the calendar year in which such impairment occurs and (b) the 15th day of the third month following the date on which such impairment occurs. If a Participant’s deferral elections are cancelled pursuant to this Section 3.6, any later deferral election by the Participant will be subject to the timing requirements of Section 3.2.
ARTICLE VII
ARTICLE VIII VESTING
1.
Vesting of Accounts . The portions of each Account that reflect Performance-Based Credits and Matching Credits, and related adjustments, shall be fully vested upon the Participant’s completion of one Year of Vesting Service, or upon the Participant’s death, becoming Disabled, or attainment of age 65, the termination of the Plan, the full or partial termination of the Basic Plan with respect to the Participant, whichever is first to occur. The remainder of each Account shall be fully vested at all times. The fact that an Account or any portion thereof is fully vested shall not give the Participant (or his or her Beneficiary(ies)) or any other person any right to receive the value of such Account (as the same may from time to time be adjusted) except in accordance with the terms of the Plan.
ARTICLE IX
ARTICLE X PLAN DISTRIBUTIONS
1.
Time and form of payment: Matching Credits and Performance-Based Credits . The portions of each Account that reflect a Participant’s Matching Credits and Performance--Based Credits, and related adjustments, shall be paid in a single lump sum to the Participant on the first business day of the month following the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service..
5.2
Time and form of payment: other portions of the Account . Effective for the deferral of amounts earned on or after January 1, 2013:
(a)
Each Participant shall elect, not later than as part of his or her Deferred Compensation Agreement, whether the deferral of Base Pay and/or Incentive Pay accrued during the applicable Plan Year, if any, is to be paid or commence to be paid:
(i) at the same time and in the same form of payment as that specified in Section 5.1 above;
(ii) in annual installments over a period of from two (2) to ten (10) years commencing on the first business day of the month following the date that is six months after the date of the Participant’s Separation from Service. Each installment payment shall be determined by dividing the applicable Account balance (or remaining applicable Account balance) immediately prior to the payment date by the number of installments remaining to be paid; or
(iii) in the form of a lump sum payable as of a specified date that is at least 3 years after the effective date of the applicable Deferred Compensation Agreement, provided that if the





Participant’s Separation from Service occurs prior to such specified date, the Participant’s benefits under the Plan shall be paid on the same date as that specified in Section 5.1 above.
(b)
A Participant may make a separate election each Plan Year with respect to Base Pay and Incentive Pay earned in the Plan Year that are subject to the election(s). In the absence of an affirmative election, the Participant shall be deemed to have elected payment of all subject deferrals in a single lump sum on the date specified in Section 5.1 above.
(c)
Subject to such additional rules and conditions as the Plan Administrator may prescribe, a Participant who has made or who is deemed to have made an election under this Section 5.2 may later change the timing of such election (or deemed election) (a “re-deferral election”) as long as the Participant remains an Employee at the time of the election, but only if all of the following additional conditions are satisfied: (i) the re-deferral election is made at least 12 months prior to the date on which payment would have otherwise been made or commenced; (ii) the re-deferral election cannot be given effect sooner than twelve (12) months after the date it becomes irrevocable; and (iii) the new payment (or payment commencement) date must follow by at least five (5) years the date on which the benefit would have been paid absent the re-deferral election.
(d)
For amounts earned prior to January 1, 2013 that have been deferred under the Plan, the payment of all portions of an Account payable under this Section 5.2 shall be governed by the Participant’s initial election or, if there has been a re-deferral election, the most recently effective such re-deferral election. The following information applies to amounts deferred prior to January 1, 2013, and is provided for pre-2013 deferral process historical context -- Notwithstanding the foregoing: (i) if payment is made to a Participant as of a specified date during his or her employment by the Employer, the payment terms for any Base Pay or Incentive Pay deferred from the Plan Year in which such distribution event occurred (“distribution-year deferrals”) shall be governed by a new payment election made at the time of the earliest Deferred Compensation Agreement applicable to any such distribution-year deferrals (and if there is no such new payment election, shall be deemed to have been elected to be paid in a single lump sum on the date specified in Section 5.1 above); and (ii) the payment election or deemed payment election made with respect to any distribution-year deferrals shall apply to any and all subsequent deferrals of amounts earned prior to January 1, 2013 unless the distribution-year deferral rule described in clause (v) above would apply to such subsequent deferrals.

2.
(e) .
3.
Special rules .
(a)
Payments on account of Disability . Effective for Disability determinations after October 1, 2012, i f the Participant is determined to be Disabled, the balance of a Participant’s Account shall be distributed to the Participant in a single lump sum as soon as administratively feasible following the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled, and in any event by the later of A) the fifteenth day of the third month following the date on which the Participant becomes Disabled, or B) the end of the calendar year in which the Participant becomes Disabled, in a manner that complies with Code section 409A.
(b)
Payment upon death . As soon as practicable (and in all events within 90 days) following a Participant’s death, the Participant’s remaining Account, if any, shall be distributed in a single lump sum cash payment to the Participant’s Beneficiary or Beneficiaries.





(c)
Rehire . Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, in the event a Participant who has Separated from Service subsequently returns to employment with an Employer, payment of the Participant’s benefits under the Plan accrued prior to such Separation from Service shall not be suspended or otherwise delayed.
4.
Unforeseeable emergency . If a Participant has a severe financial hardship resulting from an illness or accident of the Participant, his or her Federal Spouse, Beneficiary, or dependent (as defined in Code section 152(a)), a loss of property due to casualty, or other similar extraordinary and unforeseeable circumstances arising as a result of events beyond the Participant’s control, he or she may request a withdrawal of a portion or all of his or her vested Account. No withdrawal may be made under this Section 5.4 to the extent that such emergency is or can be relieved through reimbursement or compensation by insurance or otherwise or by liquidation of the Participant’s assets, to the extent the liquidation of such assets would not itself cause severe financial hardship. A withdrawal under this Section 5.4 will be permitted only to the extent reasonably necessary to satisfy the emergency need, which may include any amounts necessary to pay any federal, state or local income taxes or penalties reasonably anticipated to result from the withdrawal. The Plan Administrator shall have sole discretion to determine whether a withdrawal may be made under this Section 5.4 and the amount of the withdrawal that may be made.
5.
Certain tax matters . Payments hereunder shall be reduced by required tax withholdings. To the extent any deferral or credit under the Plan results in current “wages” for FICA purposes, a Participant’s Employer may reduce other pay of the Participant to satisfy withholding requirements related thereto; but if there is no other pay (or if the Employer fails to withhold from such other pay to satisfy its FICA withholding obligations), the Participant’s Account shall be appropriately reduced by the amount of the required withholding.
6.
Distribution of taxable amounts . Notwithstanding the foregoing, if any portion of an Account is determined by the Plan Administrator to be includible, by reason of Section 409A of the Code, in a Participant’s or Beneficiary’s income, such portion shall be paid by the Employer (or by the Employers, on an allocated basis determined by the Plan Administrator) to such Participant or Beneficiary.
7.
Special Rule for 2007 . Notwithstanding any provision herein to the contrary, the Plan Administrator may establish special rules and procedures to permit Participants or Beneficiaries with an Account under the Plan (as in effect prior to January 1, 2008) and whose distribution date or dates with respect to such Account would fall after December 31, 2007 to elect, in a manner consistent with transition guidance under Section 409A of the Code, a new form and time of distribution (commencing not earlier than 2008), subject to such limitations and restrictions as the Plan Administrator may impose. A Participant who fails to elect a new form and time of distribution pursuant to this Section 5.7 shall be deemed to have revoked his or her previous distribution elections with respect to benefits that have not commenced as of December 31, 2007 and to have elected for all such benefits to be paid in accordance with the other provisions of this Article V. This Section 5.7 shall be effective as of January 1, 2007.
8.
Timely Payments. A payment shall be treated as made upon the date specified under the Plan provided the payment is made at such specified date or a later date within the same calendar year or, if later, by the fifteenth (15 th ) day of the third calendar month following the date specified under the Plan. Further, a payment is not treated as an accelerated payment if the payment is made no earlier than 30 days before the date specified under the Plan. Notwithstanding the above, neither a Participant nor Beneficiary shall have any influence over the tax year in which a payment falls.
  
ARTICLE VI





ADMINISTRATION OF THE PLAN
6.1 Plan Administrator . Except as the Committee may otherwise determine, the Plan Administrator shall be the Executive Vice President-Global Human Resources as from time to time in office, and his or her delegates. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretionary authority to interpret the Plan and to decide all matters under the Plan. Such interpretation and decision shall be final, conclusive and binding on all Participants and any person claiming under or through any Participant, in the absence of clear and convincing evidence that the Plan Administrator acted arbitrarily and capriciously. However, no individual acting, directly or by delegation, as the Plan Administrator may determine his or her own rights or entitlements under the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall establish such rules and procedures, maintain such records and prepare such reports as it considers to be necessary or appropriate to carry out the purposes of the Plan.
6.2 Outside services . The Plan Administrator may engage counsel and such clerical, financial, investment, accounting, and other specialized services as the Plan Administrator may deem necessary or appropriate in the administration of the Plan. The Plan Administrator shall be entitled to rely upon any opinions, reports, or other advice furnished by counsel or other specialists engaged for that purpose and, in so relying, shall be fully protected in any action, determination, or omission made in good faith.
6.3 Indemnification . To the extent permitted by law and not prohibited by its charter and by-laws, State Street will indemnify and hold harmless every person serving (directly or by delegation) as Plan Administrator and the estate of such an individual if he or she is deceased from and against all claims, loss, damages, liability and reasonable costs and expenses incurred in carrying out his or her responsibilities as Plan Administrator, unless due to the gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct of such individual; provided , that counsel fees and amounts paid in settlement must be approved by State Street; and further provided, that this Section 6.3 will not apply to any claims, loss, damages, liability or costs and expenses which are covered by a liability insurance policy maintained by State Street or by the individual. The provisions of the preceding sentence shall not apply to any corporate trustee, insurance company, investment manager or outside service provider (or to any employee of any of the foregoing) unless State Street otherwise specifies in writing.
6.4 Claims procedure . The Plan Administrator has established the procedures set forth on Exhibit B for determining claims for benefits under the Plan. The Plan Administrator may modify or update Exhibit B from time to time without any amendment under Section 7.1 being required.
ARTICLE XI

ARTICLE XII AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION
1.
Amendment; termination . By action of the Committee or its delegate, State Street reserves the absolute right at any time and from time to time to amend any or all provisions of the Plan, and to terminate the Plan at any time. In addition, the Plan Administrator shall have the right at any time and from time to time to make amendments to the Plan (in general or with respect to one or more individual Participants or Beneficiaries) that are administrative in nature and that do not materially increase the financial obligations of the Employer, including, without limitation, amendments coordinating the provisions of the Plan with the terms of any severance, separation or similar plan or agreement.
2.
Effect of amendment or termination . No action under Section 7.1 shall operate to reduce the balance of a Participant’s Account as compared to such balance immediately prior to the effectiveness of such action, other than through a distribution upon a termination and liquidation of the Plan in accordance with the requirements of Treas. Regs. §1.409A-3(j)(4)(ix)).
ARTICLE XIII





ARTICLE XIV MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
1.
Source of payments . All payments hereunder to Participants and their Beneficiaries shall be paid from the general assets of the Employer, including for this purpose, if the Employer in its sole discretion so determines, assets of one or more trusts established to assist in the payment of benefits hereunder. Any trust established pursuant to the preceding sentence shall provide that trust assets remain subject to the employer’s general creditors in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy and shall otherwise contain such terms as are necessary to ensure that they do not constitute a “funding” of the Plan for purposes of the Code or ERISA.
2.
Other arrangements made subject to the Plan . The Plan Administrator in its discretion may provide that other deferrals of compensation by persons providing services to an Employer shall be governed in whole or in part by the provisions of the Plan. In any case where an Employer has agreed to assume a deferred compensation obligation of another employer (for example, but without limitation, in connection with the transfer of employment of an individual from such other employer to the Employer assuming such deferred compensation obligations), the Plan Administrator may likewise provide that such assumed obligation, expressed as an account, shall be governed in whole or in part by the provisions of the Plan.
3.
No warranties . Neither the Plan Administrator nor any Employer warrants or represents in any way that the value of a Participant’s Account will increase or not decrease. Each Participant (and his or her Beneficiary) assumes all risk in connection with any change in such value.
4.
Inalienability of benefits . Except as required by law, no benefit under, or interest in, the Plan shall be subject in any manner to anticipation, alienation, sale, transfer, assignment, pledge, encumbrance, or charge, and any attempt to do so shall be void.
5.
Reclassification of Employment Status . Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, an individual who is not characterized or treated as a common law employee by an Employer shall not be eligible to participate in the Plan notwithstanding any determination of employee status by the Internal Revenue Service, a court of competent jurisdiction or otherwise. At the time when any individual is reclassified or deemed to be reclassified as a common law employee, the individual shall be eligible to participate in the Plan as of the Entry Date coinciding with or next following the reclassification date (to the extent such individual otherwise qualifies as an Eligible Employee hereunder). If the effective date of any such reclassification is prior to the actual date of such reclassification, in no event shall the reclassified individual be eligible to participate in the Plan retroactively to the effective date of such reclassification.
6.
Expenses . The Employer shall pay all costs and expenses incurred in operating and administering the Plan.
7.
No right of employment . Nothing contained herein, nor any action taken under the provisions hereof, shall be construed as giving any Participant the right to be retained in the employ of an Employer.
8.
Headings . The headings of the sections in the Plan are placed herein for convenience of reference, and, in the case of any conflict, the text of the Plan, rather than such heading, shall control.
9.
Acceptance of Plan terms . By executing a Deferred Compensation Agreement, a Participant agrees, on his or her behalf and on behalf of his or her Beneficiaries, to abide by the terms of the Plan and the determinations of the Plan Administrator with respect thereto.
10.
Construction . The Plan shall be construed, regulated, and administered in accordance with the laws of the Commonwealth of Massachusetts and applicable federal laws.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Employer has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly respective duly authorized officer on the 15 day of September, 2014.





STATE STREET CORPORATION

By: __/s/ Alison A. Quirk_____
     Alison A. Quirk
     Executive Vice President
EXHIBIT A
LIST OF EMPLOYERS
(as of December 31, 2013)

Currenex, Inc.
Elkins/McSherry, LLC
International Fund Services (N.A.), L.L.C.
Investment Management Services, Inc.
Investors California LLC
State Street Fund Services (U.S.) LLC (f.k.a. Palmeri Fund Administrators, Inc.)
State Street Fund Services (f.k.a. Palmeri Fund Administrators, Inc.)
Princeton Financial Systems, Inc.
State Street Bank & Trust Co. (U.S. branch)
State Street Bank & Trust Co. N.A.
State Street Bank & Trust Co. of CA.
State Street Bank & Trust Co. of NH
 
State Street Financial Services, Inc.
State Street Global Advisors Capital Management Trust Company
State Street Mass. Securities Corp.
State Street Mutual Fund Service Company, LLC
State Street Investment Management Solutions, LLC
State Street Public Lending Corp. (effective September 1, 2014) 04-2981072
State Street Boston Leasing Co., Inc. 04-2488283
EXHIBIT B
CLAIMS PROCEDURES
STATE STREET CORPORATION
DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN CLAIMS PROCEDURES

(Amended and Restated Effective January 1, 2014)

These Claims Procedures for filing and reviewing claims have been established and adopted for the State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Savings Plan, and the State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Retirement Plan (each, a “Plan,” and together, the “Plans”) and are intended to comply with Section 503 of ERISA and related Department of Labor regulations. These amended and restated Claims Procedures are effective for claims made under the Plans on or after January 1, 2008.
1.
In General . Any employee or former employee, or any person claiming to be a beneficiary with respect to such a person, may request, with respect to any of the Plans:
a)
a benefit payment,
b)
a resolution of a disputed amount of benefit payment, or
c)
a resolution of a dispute as to whether the person is entitled to the particular form of benefit payment.





A request described above and filed in accordance with these Procedures is a claim , and the person on whose behalf the claim is filed is a claimant . A claim must relate to a benefit which the claimant asserts he or she is already entitled to receive or will become entitled to receive within one year following the date the claim is filed.
2.
Effect on Benefit Requests in Due Course. Each Plan has established procedures for benefit applications, selection of benefit forms, designation of beneficiaries, determination of qualified domestic relations orders, and similar routine requests and inquiries relating to the operation of the Plan.
3. Filing of Claims .
a)
Each claim must be in writing and delivered by hand or first-class mail (including registered or certified mail) to the Plan Administrator, at the following address:
GHR U.S. Benefits Planning
State Street Corporation
c/o Vice President, GHR-U.S. Benefits Planning
One Lincoln Street, 14th Floor
Boston, MA 02111
A claim must clearly state the specific outcome being sought by the claimant.
b)
The claim must also include sufficient information relating to the identity of the claimant and such other information reasonably necessary to allow the claim to be evaluated.
c)
In no event may a claim for benefits be filed by a Claimant more than 120 days after the applicable “Notice Date,” as defined below.
i)
In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant as a lump sum, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the lump sum.
ii)
In any case where benefits are paid to the Claimant in the form of an annuity or installments, the Notice Date shall be the date of payment of the first installment of the annuity or payment of first installment.
iii)
In any case where the Plan (prior to the filing of a claim for benefits) determines that an individual is not entitled to benefits (for example (without limitation) where an individual terminates employment and the Plan determines that he has not vested) and the Plan provides written notice to such person of its determination, the Notice Date shall be the date of the individual’s receipt of such notice.
iv)
In any case where the Plan provides an individual with a written statement of his account as of a specific date or the amounts credit to, or charged against, his account within a specified period, the Notice Date with regard to matters describe in such statement shall be the date of the receipt of such notice by such individual (or beneficiary).
4. Processing of Claims. A claim normally shall be processed and determined by the Plan Administrator within a reasonable time (not longer than 90 days) following actual receipt of the claim. However, if the Plan Administrator determines that additional time is needed to process the claim and so notifies the claimant in writing within the initial 90-day period, the Plan Administrator may extend the determination period for up to an additional 90 days. In addition, where the Plan Administrator determines that the extension of time is required due to the failure of the claimant to submit information necessary in order to determine the claim, the period of time in which the claim is required to be considered pursuant to this Paragraph 4 shall be tolled from the date on which notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the request for additional information. Any notice to a claimant extending the period for considering a claim shall indicate the circumstances requiring the extension and the date by which the Plan Administrator expects to render a





determination with respect to the claim. The Plan Administrator shall not process or adjudicate any claim relating specifically to his or her own benefits under a Plan.
5. Determination of Claim. The Plan Administrator shall inform the claimant in writing of the decision regarding the claim by registered or certified mail posted within the time period described in Paragraph 4. The decision shall be based on governing Plan documents. If there is an adverse determination with respect to all or part of the claim, the written notice shall include:
a)
the specific reason or reasons for the denial,
b)
reference to the specific Plan provisions on which the denial is based,
c)
a description of any additional material or information necessary for the claimant to perfect the claim and an explanation of why such material or information is necessary,
d)
reference to and a copy of these Procedures, so as to provide the claimant with a description of the relevant Plan’s review procedures and the time limits applicable to such procedures, a description of the claimant’s rights regarding documentation as described in Paragraph 9, and
e)
a statement of the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA to bring a civil action with respect to an adverse determination upon review of an appeal filed under Paragraph 6.
For purposes of these Procedures, an adverse determination shall mean determination of a claim resulting in a denial, reduction, or termination of a benefit under a Plan, or the failure to provide or make payment (in whole or in part) of a benefit or any form of benefit under a Plan. Adverse determinations shall include denials, reductions, etc. based on the claimant’s lack of eligibility to participate in the relevant Plan. All decisions made by the Plan Administrator under these Procedures shall be summarized in a report to be maintained in the files of the Plan Administrator. The report shall include reference to the applicable governing Plan provision(s) and, where applicable, reference to prior determinations of claims involving similarly situated claimants.
6.
Appeal of Claim Denials - Appeals Committee. A claimant who has received an adverse determination of all or part of a claim shall have 60 days from the date of such receipt to contest the denial by filing an appeal . An appeal must be in writing and delivered to the Plan Administrator. An appeal will be considered timely only if actually received by the Plan Administrator within the 60-day period or, if sent by mail, postmarked within the 60-day period. The timely review will be completed by the Appeals Committee and should be sent to:
Appeals Committee
State Street Corporation
c/o Vice President, GHR-U.S. Benefits Planning
One Lincoln Street, 14th Floor
Boston, MA 02111

The Appeals Committee shall meet at such times and places as it considers appropriate, shall keep a record of such meetings and shall periodically report its deliberations to the Plan Administrator. Such reports shall include the basis upon which the appeal was determined and, where applicable, reference to prior determinations of claims involving similarly situated claimants. The vote of a majority of the members of the Appeals Committee shall decide any question brought before the Appeals Committee.
7.
Consideration of Appeals. The Appeals Committee shall make an independent decision as to the claim based on a full and fair review of the record. The Appeals Committee shall take into account in its deliberations all comments, documents, records and other information submitted by the claimant, whether submitted in connection with the appeal or in connection with the original claim, and may, but need not, hold a hearing in connection with its consideration of the appeal. The Appeals Committee shall consider an appeal within a reasonable period of time, but not later





than 60 days after receipt of the appeal, unless the Appeals Committee determines that special circumstances (such as the need to hold a hearing) require an extension of time. If the Appeals Committee determines that an extension of time is required, it will cause written notice of the extension, including a description of the circumstances requiring an extension and the date by which the Appeals Committee expects to render the determination on review, to be furnished to the claimant before the end of the initial 60-day period. In no event shall an extension exceed a period of 60 days from the end of the initial period; provided , that in the case of any extension of time required by the failure of the claimant to submit information necessary for the Appeals Committee to consider the appeal, the period of time in which the appeal is required to be considered under this Paragraph 7 shall be tolled from the date on which notification of the extension is sent to the claimant until the date on which the claimant responds to the Appeals Committee’s request for additional information.
8. Resolution of Appeal. Notice of the Appeals Committee’s determination with respect to an appeal shall be communicated to the claimant in writing by registered or certified mail posted within the time period described in Paragraph 7. If the determination is adverse, such notice shall include:
a)
the specific reason or reasons for the adverse determination,
b)
reference to the specific plan provisions on which the adverse determination was based,
c)
reference to and a copy of these Procedures, so as to provide the claimant with a description of the claimant’s rights regarding documentation as described in Paragraph 9, and
d)
a statement of the claimant’s rights under Section 502(a) of ERISA to bring a civil action with respect to the adverse determination.
9. Certain Information. In connection with the determination of a claim or appeal, a claimant may submit written comments, documents, records and other information relating to the claim and may request (in writing) copies of any documents, records and other information relevant to the claim. An item shall be deemed relevant to a claim if it:
a)
was relied on in determining the claim,
b)
was submitted, considered or generated in the course of making such determination (whether or not actually relied on), or
c)
demonstrates that such determination was made in accordance with governing Plan documents (including, for this purpose, these Procedures) and that, where appropriate, Plan provisions have been applied consistently with similarly situated claimants.
The Plan Administrator shall furnish free of charge copies of all relevant documents, records and other information so requested; provided , that nothing in these Procedures shall obligate State Street Corporation ("State Street"), the Plan Administrator, or any person or committee to disclose any document, record or information that is subject to a privilege (including, without limitation, the attorney-client privilege) or the disclosure of which would, in the Plan Administrator’s judgment, violate any law or regulation.
10.
Rights of a Claimant Where Appeal is Denied.
a)
The claimant’s actual entitlement, if any, to bring suit and the scope of and other rules pertaining to any such suit shall be governed by, and subject to the limitations of, applicable law, including ERISA. By extending to an employee or former employee the right to file a claim under these Procedures, neither State Street nor any person or committee appointed as Plan Administrator acknowledges or concedes that such individual is a participant in any particular Plan within the meaning of such Plan or ERISA, and reserves the right to assert that an individual is not a participant in any action brought under Section 502(a).





b)
In no event may any legal proceeding regarding entitlement to benefits or any aspect of benefits under the Plan be commenced later than the earliest of
i)
two years after the applicable Notice Date; or
ii)
one year after the date a claimant receives a decision from the Appeals Committee regarding his appeal, or
iii)
the date otherwise prescribed by applicable law.
c)
Before any legal proceeding can be brought, a participant must exhaust the claim appeals procedures as set forth herein.
11. Special Rules Regarding Disability. Certain benefits under the Plans are contingent upon an individual’s incurring a disability. Where a claim requires a determination by State Street as to whether an individual is “disabled” as defined under the Plan, the additional rules set forth in Schedule 1 to these Procedures shall apply to the claim. However, where disabled status is based upon actual entitlement to benefits under a separate plan in which the individual participates or is otherwise covered, the determination of such status for purposes of each Plan shall be made under such separate disability plan, and any claims or disputes as to disabled status under such plan or program shall be resolved in accordance with the procedures established for that purpose under the separate plan or program.
12. Authorized Representation. A claimant may authorize an individual to represent him/her with respect to a claim or appeal made under these Procedures. Any such authorization shall be in writing, shall clearly identify the name and address of the individual, and shall be delivered to the Plan Administrator at the address listed in Paragraph 3. On receipt of a letter of authorization, all parties authorized to act under these Procedures shall be entitled to rely on such authorization, until similarly revoked by the claimant. While an authorization is in effect, all notices and communications to be provided to the claimant under these Procedures shall also be provided to his/her authorized representative.
13. Form of Communications. Unless otherwise specified above, any claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other communication made under these Procedures shall be in writing, with original signed copy delivered by hand or first class mail (including registered or certified mail). A copy or advance delivery of any such claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other communication may be made by electronic mail or facsimile. Any such electronic or facsimile communication, however, shall be for the convenience of the parties only and not in substitution of a writing required to be mailed or delivered under these Procedures, and receipt or delivery of any such claim, appeal, notice, determination, request, or other written communication shall not be considered to have been made until the actual posting or receipt of original signed copy, as the case may be.
14. Reliance on Outside Counsel, Consultants, etc. The Plan Administrator and the Appeals Committee may rely on or take into account advice or information provided by such legal, accounting, actuarial, consulting or other professionals as may be selected in determining a claim or appeal, including those individuals and firms that may render advice to State Street or the Plans from time to time.
15. Amendment of Procedures - Interpretation. These Procedures may be modified at any time and from time to time by written action of the Plan Administrator and shall be deemed automatically modified to incorporate any requirement attributable to a change in the applicable Department of Labor regulations after the date hereof. The Plan Administrator shall have complete discretion to interpret and apply these Procedures, including, for purposes of applying these Procedures, such regulations. Further, nothing in these Procedures shall be construed to limit the discretion of the Plan Administrator or its designee to interpret the Plans or, subject to the right of appeal of an adverse determination, the finality of the decision of the Plan Administrator or its designee, all as set forth in the Plans.
Schedule 1
Special Rules Regarding Certain
Disability Claims






Pursuant to Paragraph 11 in the Claims Procedures, the following special rules supplement the Claims Procedures and apply only in the case of a claim (“Disability Claim”) which requires a determination by State Street as to whether an individual is “disabled” as defined under the Plan.
Time to Process Claims . The Plan Administrator will process and inform the claimant of the determination of the Disability Claim in accordance with Paragraphs 4 and 5 of the Claims Procedures, except that a period of 45 days shall apply instead of the initial 90 days in which to process and determine the Disability Claim. This period may be extended initially by the Plan Administrator for 30 days if the claimant is notified before the end of the original 45-day period that the extension is necessary due to matters beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. This 30-day extension period may be extended by the Plan Administrator for an additional 30 days if the claimant is notified before the end of the first 30-day extension that the extension is necessary due to circumstances beyond the control of the Plan Administrator. Any notice of an extension will explain the reason for the extension, when the Plan Administrator expects to rule on the Disability Claim, the standards on which entitlement to a benefit is based, the unresolved issues that prevent a decision on the Disability Claim, and any additional information needed to resolve those issues. If the claimant is informed that he/she needs to provide additional information necessary to resolve Disability Claim issues, the claimant will have 45 days from the date he/she receives the extension notice to provide the additional information.
Determination of Claim and Notice of Determination . If disabled status is based on eligibility for benefits under a long-term disability plan maintained by State Street, the Plan Administrator will determine which long-term disability plan is the applicable plan for the claimant, and whether the claimant would be certified as disabled under such long-term disability plan by applying the standards and definitions used in the long-term disability plan. The Plan Administrator may require and rely on the written report or certification from a licensed physician selected or approved by the Plan Administrator. In addition to the requirements of Paragraph 5 in the Claims Procedures, any written notice of an adverse determination of a Disability Claim will include a copy of any internal rules, guidelines, protocols, or other similar criteria that were relied on in the decision-making, or a statement that the determination was based on the applicable items mentioned above, and that copies of the applicable items will be provided, free of charge, on the claimant’s request. In addition, if the adverse determination is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, the notice will contain an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment used in the determination, applying the terms of the relevant long-term disability plan to the claimant’s medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided, free of charge, upon the claimant’s request.
Appeal of a Claim Denial. Notwithstanding Paragraph 6 of the Claims Procedures, a claimant who has received an adverse determination of all or part of a Disability Claim shall have 180 days from the date of receipt to appeal the denial (“Disability Appeal”). Notwithstanding Paragraph 7 of the Claims Procedures, review of a Disability Appeal will be conducted by the Appeals Committee without deference to the initial adverse benefit determination by the Plan Administrator, and no member of the Appeals Committee will participate in the review of a Disability Claim if such member made the adverse benefit determination that is the subject of the Disability Appeal or is the subordinate of the person who made such determinations.
If the adverse determination was based in whole or in part on a medical judgment, including determinations with regard to whether a particular treatment, drug, or other item is experimental, investigational, or not medically necessary or appropriate, the Appeals Committee shall consult with a health care professional who has appropriate training and experience in the field of medicine involved in the medical judgment and who was not consulted in connection with the initial claim denial (and who is not the subordinate of any such person). Any medical or vocational experts whose advice was obtained





will be identified, without regard to whether the advice was relied upon in making the benefit determination. Notwithstanding Paragraphs 7 and 8 of the Claims Procedures, the Appeals Committee shall consider and communicate its determination with respect to a Disability Appeal within a reasonable time, but not later than 45 days after receipt of the Disability Appeal, unless special circumstances require an extension for processing, in which case a decision will be made within a 45-day extension period.
Resolution of Appeal . In addition to the information required by Paragraph 8 of the Claims Procedures, any written notice by the Appeals Committee of an adverse determination on a Disability Appeal will include a description of any specific internal rules, guidelines, protocols, or other similar criteria that were relied on in making the decision, or a statement that the decision was based on the applicable items mentioned above, and copies of the applicable items will be provided, free of charge, upon the claimant’s request. In addition, if the adverse determination of the Disability Appeal is based on a medical necessity, experimental treatment or similar exclusion or limit, the notice will contain an explanation of the scientific or clinical judgment used in the determination, applying the terms of the relevant long-term disability plan to the claimant’s medical circumstances, or a statement that such explanation will be provided, free of charge, at the claimant’s request.

FIRST AMENDMENT
TO THE
STATE STREET CORPORATION
MANAGEMENT SUPPLEMENTAL SAVINGS PLAN

Pursuant to the provisions of Section 7.1 of the State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Savings Plan, Amended and Restated Effective as of January 1, 2014 (“the Plan”), State Street Corporation as plan sponsor hereby amends the Plan effective October 1, 2016 as follows:

1.
Effective for Plan eligibility determinations made on or after October 1, 2016 subsection 1.3(k) is replaced in its entirety as follows:
“(k) “ Eligible Compensation ” for a Plan Year means the sum of an Employee’s Base Pay paid in the Plan Year plus the Employee’s Incentive Pay paid in the Plan Year, or such other reasonable proxy amount(s) determined by the Plan Administrator in the event of a corporate transaction that contemplates subject employee eligibility during the Plan Year.”

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 21st day of November, 2016.

STATE STREET CORPORATION

By: /s/ Alison Quirk

Name: Alison Quirk
Title: Executive Vice President, Global Human Resources





Amendments to the:
State Street Corporation Employee Benefit Plan
State Street Corporation Flexible Benefit Plan
State Street Corporation Medical Reimbursement Program
State Street Corporation Dependent Care Plan
State Street Corporation Adoption Assistance Plan
State Street Corporation Severance Plan
State Street Salary Savings Program
State Street Retirement Plan
State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Savings Plan
Other State Street Benefits Programs

Approved:
Effective as of December 26, 2016, or such other date specified by an officer of State Street Corporation, the State Street Global Advisor Trust Company (SSGA) shall become a participating employer in each of the State Street benefit plans/programs available to active State Street employees for purposes of SSGA employee eligibility to participate (or continued participation) in such plans/programs, including, but not limited to the, State Street Corporation Employee Benefit Plan, State Street Corporation Flexible Benefit Plan, State Street Corporation Medical Reimbursement Program, State Street Corporation Dependent Care Plan, State Street Corporation Adoption Assistance Plan, State Street Corporation Severance Plan, State Street Salary Savings Program, State Street Retirement Plan (for limited applicable purposes given the plan is frozen) and State Street Corporation Management Supplemental Savings Plan; and it is intended that any transferring employees from other State Street organizations to SSGA shall have continued and uninterrupted coverage under applicable plans/programs based upon outstanding elections at the time of transfer, consistent with otherwise applicable plan/program terms and applicable law.
And that the officers of State Street Corporation, the Managing Director, Global Human Resources - Head of Global Benefits, and members of the State Street North America Regional Benefits Committee are individually and severally authorized to take such actions and execute such documents that are deemed necessary in furtherance of the approved to add SSGA as a participating employer in the State Street benefit plans/programs, such actions or execution being conclusive evidence of having been approved and adopted.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, State Street Corporation has caused this instrument to be executed by its duly authorized officer this 21st day of December, 2016.


STATE STREET CORPORATION

By: /s/ Alison A. Quirk
Alison A. Quirk
Executive Vice President






Exhibit 10.13

DESCRIPTION OF COMPENSATION ARRANGEMENTS
FOR NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS
For the period between each annual meeting of shareholders, non-employee directors receive the following compensation:
annual retainer - $75,000, payable at the director’s election in shares of State Street common stock or in cash;
meeting fees - $1,500 for each Board meeting attended, together with reimbursement of expenses incurred as a result of attending such meetings, payable in cash;
meeting fees - $1,500 for each committee meeting attended with the exception of the lead director, together with reimbursement of expenses incurred as a result of attending such meetings, payable in cash;
an annual common stock award in an amount of shares equal to $150,000 divided by the closing price of the stock on the date of the annual meeting that begins the period (with additional stock amounts to reflect dividends if the award is deferred);
a pro-rated annual retainer and annual common stock award for any director joining the Board after the annual meeting that begins the period;
an additional annual retainer for the Lead Director of $150,000, payable at the director’s election in shares of State Street common stock or in cash;
an additional annual retainer for the Examining and Audit Committee Chair and for the Risk Committee Chair of $25,000, payable at the director’s election in shares of State Street common stock or in cash;
an additional annual retainer for the Chair of the Executive Compensation Committee of $20,000, payable at the director’s election in shares of State Street common stock or in cash;
an additional annual retainer for the Chair of the Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee of $15,000, payable at the director’s election in shares of State Street common stock or in cash; and
an additional annual retainer for each member of the Examining and Audit Committee and for each non-employee member of the Risk Committee, other than the Chairs, of $15,000, payable at the director’s election in shares of State Street common stock or in cash.
Pursuant to State Street’s Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors, directors may elect to defer the receipt of 0% or 100% of their (1) retainers, (2) meeting fees, or (3) annual award of shares of common stock. Directors also may elect to receive all of their retainers in cash or shares of common stock. Directors who elect to defer the cash





payment of their retainers or meeting fees may also make notional investment elections with respect to such deferrals, with a choice of four notional investment fund returns. Deferrals of shares of common stock are adjusted to reflect the hypothetical reinvestment in additional shares of common stock of any dividends or distributions on State Street common stock. Deferred amounts will be paid (a) as elected by the director, on either the date of the director’s termination of service on the Board or on the earlier of such termination and a future date specified, and (b) in the form elected by the director as either a lump sum or in installments over a two- to five-year period.






 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 


 



Exhibit 10.19





2016 STATE STREET CORPORATION
SENIOR EXECUTIVE ANNUAL INCENTIVE PLAN


I.
Purpose

The purpose of the 2016 Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan (the “Plan”) is to provide additional incentive and reward to senior executives of State Street Corporation (the “Company”) to achieve targeted levels of corporate financial performance. The terms of the Plan set forth herein shall, if approved by the shareholders of the Company, apply to awards for the 2017 performance year and later years. Awards for the 2016 performance year and earlier years shall be governed by the terms of the 2011 Senior Executive Annual Incentive Plan as in effect prior to effectiveness of this Plan.

II.      Eligibility and Participation
Participants in the Plan for any year shall include the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and such other key executives as may be designated as participants for such year by the Executive Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors of the Company.

III.      Awards
The Committee shall annually grant awards to those persons who are participants for the year, and shall establish the goals (which may be specified as ranges) for such awards.

IV.      Performance Goals
No payment under an award granted under the Plan relating to a particular performance goal shall be made unless the performance goal is met or exceeded. Performance goals with respect to an award must be pre-established by the Committee not later than ninety (90) days after the beginning of the year with respect to which the award is granted or by such other time as may be required in order to qualify the award under Section 162 (m)(4)(C) of the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"). The Committee may provide, not later than the deadline for establishing the performance goals for a year, that one or more of the measures of performance applicable to an award or awards for such year will be adjusted in an objectively determinable manner to reflect events (for example, but without limitation, acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures or restructurings, expenses associated with acquisitions, dispositions, joint ventures or restructurings, amortization of purchased intangibles associated with acquisitions, impact (dilution and expenses) of securities issuances (debt or equity) to finance, or in contemplation of, acquisitions or ventures, merger and integration expenses, changes in accounting principles or interpretations, changes in tax law or financial regulatory law, impairment charges, fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates, charges for restructuring or rationalization programs (e.g., cost of workforce reductions, facilities or lease abandonments, asset impairments), one-time insurance claims payments, extraordinary and/or non-recurring items, litigation, regulatory matter or tax rate changes) occurring during the year that affect the applicable performance measure. Except as the Committee may otherwise determine (not later than the deadline for establishing the performance goals for a year), any measure of performance expressed on a per-share basis shall automatically be adjusted to the extent necessary to reflect any stock splits, reverse stock splits, stock dividends or similar changes to capitalization occurring during the year.





For purposes of the Plan, a “performance goal” means an objectively determinable target level of achievement based on any or any combination of the criteria listed below (determined on a consolidated basis or on the basis of one or more divisions, subsidiaries or business units), which may be determined on a U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (GAAP) or non-GAAP basis, or other applicable basis. Performance goals may be measured either on an absolute basis or relative to selected peer companies or a market index. The Committee may select among the performance goals specified from award year to award year which need not be the same for each participant in a given award year. The performance goals are as follows:

i) earnings or earnings per share
ii) return on equity
iii) return on assets
iv) return on capital
v) cost of capital
vi) total stockholder return
vii) revenue
viii) market share
ix) quality/service
x) organizational development
xi) strategic initiatives (including acquisitions or dispositions)
xii) risk control
xiii) expense
xiv) operating leverage
xv) operating fee leverage
xvi) capital ratios
xvii) liquidity ratios
xviii) income
xix) comprehensive capital analysis and review (CCAR)
xx) other regulatory-related metric

V.      Terms
Each award under the Plan shall be subject to the following terms:
 
A.
No more than $10,000,000 shall be payable under an award to any participant for any award year. The foregoing limit shall be applied before taking into account any notional earnings on deferrals described in E. below.
B.

C.
Subject to A. above, the Committee may provide for varying levels of payment under an award depending on whether performance goals have been met or exceeded. In no event, however, shall any amount be payable under an award with respect to a particular performance goal if that performance goal fails to be achieved.

D.
No payment shall be made with respect to a performance goal related to an award until and unless the Committee shall have certified in writing (in such manner as shall be consistent with regulations under Section 162(m) of the Code) that the performance goal has been met.
E.

F.
Except as provided in this paragraph and in E. below, all payments, if any, under an award shall be paid in cash as soon as practicable following certification by the Committee as described above. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide that some portion or all of any award payment be made in shares of common stock of the Company ("Stock") in lieu of cash. Any shares of Stock delivered shall be issued under the Company’s 2006 Equity Incentive Plan or any successor plan thereto, as amended from time to time (the “Equity Incentive Plan”) and may include restricted stock, unrestricted





stock, deferred stock or stock units (including restricted stock units). The number of shares of Stock delivered in lieu of any cash amount under an award (the "replaced cash portion") shall be that number which equals the replaced cash portion divided by the fair market value of a share of Stock (determined without regard to any restrictions) on the date the Committee certifies under C. above that the applicable performance goal or goals with respect to the award have been met. Awards delivered under the Equity Incentive Plan shall be governed by, and subject to the terms of, such Plan.
G.

H.
Subject to such rules and limitations as the Committee may prescribe from time to time, the Committee may provide that some portion or all of any award payment be deferred (under the Company’s Supplemental Cash Incentive Plan or such other arrangement as the Committee may specify), or the Committee may permit a participant to elect to have all or any portion of an award payment deferred (under the Company’s Management Supplement Savings Plan or such other arrangement as the Committee may specify), in either case, for a fixed term of years, until separation from service, death, disability, or until the occurrence of some other distribution event consistent with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code. Any amount so deferred shall be credited to the participant's account on the books of the Company and shall represent an unfunded and unsecured liability of the Company to pay the amount so deferred plus such additional amount, if any, representing notional earnings on the deferral ("earnings") as may be prescribed under the deferral rules. The portion of any award payable in stock units shall likewise represent an unfunded and unsecured promise by the Company to deliver shares in the future pursuant to the terms of the Equity Incentive Plan. Earnings with respect to a deferred award shall be limited so as to satisfy the requirements of Treas. Regs. § 1.162-27(e)(2)(iii)(B) (relating to reasonable rates of interest or other returns based on predetermined actual investments) and any limitations imposed by the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation or similar limitations.

I.
To be entitled to payment under an award, a participant must be employed by the Company or one of its subsidiaries on December 31 of the award year, except as the Committee may otherwise determine. In addition, the Committee in its discretion may cause an award to a participant to be forfeited if the participant, although employed by the Company or a subsidiary on December 31 of the award year (or on such other date, if any, as may have been fixed by the Committee), has ceased to be employed by the Company and its subsidiaries prior to the date that other awards are (or, but for deferral, would be) paid for such year.

J.
The Committee in its discretion may reduce (including to zero) any amount otherwise payable under an award, with or without specifying its reasons for doing so.
K.







VI.      Miscellaneous
A.
The Committee shall have complete discretion to construe and administer the Plan, to determine eligibility for awards, to determine performance goals, to determine whether or not any performance goal has been satisfied, to determine the amount of payment under any award, and otherwise to do all things necessary or appropriate to carry out the Plan. Actions by the Committee under the Plan shall be conclusive and binding on all persons.

B.
Unless otherwise expressly set forth in the Plan or an agreement signed by the Company and a participant, no individual shall have the right to be designated by the Committee as a participant in the Plan. Participation in the Plan in one award year does not connote any right to become a participant in the Plan in any future award year. There is no obligation for uniformity of treatment of participants under the Plan.

C.
Nothing in the Plan or in any award shall entitle any participant to continued employment with the Company and its subsidiaries, and the loss of benefits or potential benefits under an award shall in no event constitute an element of damages in any action brought against the Company or its subsidiaries.

D.
All payments under an award, including payments in Stock and deferred payments, are intended to be exempt from, or compliant with, the requirements of Section 409A of the Code and shall be construed and interpreted consistently therewith. Neither the Company and its subsidiaries, nor any person acting on behalf of the Company and its subsidiaries, makes any representation or warranty or shall be liable to any participant or to the estate or beneficiary of any participant if any of the provisions of the Plan are determined to constitute deferred compensation subject to Section 409A but do not satisfy an exemption from, or the conditions of, that section.

E.
All awards granted under the Plan are subject to any forfeiture, compensation recovery or similar requirements under applicable law and related implementing regulations and related implementing policies and practices of the Company or its subsidiaries in effect from time to time. In the event that under any applicable law or related implementing regulations, the Committee is required to reduce or cancel any amount remaining to be paid, or to recover any amount previously paid, with respect to an award, or to otherwise impose or apply restrictions on an award, it shall, in its sole discretion, be authorized to do so.

F.
The Committee may at any time amend, modify, suspend or terminate the Plan, or awards made under the Plan, provided, however, that no such amendment, modification, suspension or termination may, without the consent of the participant (or his or her beneficiary in the case of the death of the participant), materially and adversely affect the rights of the participant (or his or her beneficiary, as the case may be) to a payment or distribution hereunder to which he or she is otherwise entitled.

G.
All required deductions will be withheld from awards prior to distribution, including all applicable federal, state or local taxes. Each participant shall be solely responsible for any tax consequences of his or her award hereunder .





EXHIBIT 12
STATE STREET CORPORATION
Ratios of Earnings to Combined Fixed Charges and Preferred Stock Dividends
 
 
 
Years Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported
 
$
2,120

 
$
2,298

 
$
2,437

 
$
2,666

 
$
2,747

Share of pre-tax income (loss) of unconsolidated entities
 
349

 
(700
)
 
(10
)
 
1

 
(15
)
Fixed charges
 
334

 
321

 
318

 
365

 
370

Adjusted earnings
(A)
$
2,803

 
$
1,919

 
$
2,745

 
$
3,032

 
$
3,102

Interest on short-term borrowings
 
$
8

 
$
7

 
$
6

 
$
60

 
$
73

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs
 
240

 
219

 
206

 
184

 
176

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor (1)
 
86

 
95

 
106

 
121

 
121

Preferred stock dividends and related adjustments (2)
 
171

 
112

 
61

 
33

 
39

Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends
(B)
$
505

 
$
433

 
$
379

 
$
398

 
$
409

Consolidated ratios of adjusted earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, excluding interest on deposits
(A)/(B)
5.55 x

 
4.43x

 
7.24x

 
7.62x

 
7.58x

INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
 
 
 
 

 
 

 
 
 
 

Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported
 
$
2,120

 
$
2,298

 
$
2,437

 
$
2,666

 
$
2,747

Share of pre-tax income (loss) of unconsolidated entities
 
349

 
(700
)
 
(10
)
 
1

 
(15
)
Fixed charges
 
419

 
418

 
416

 
458

 
536

Adjusted earnings
(C)
$
2,888

 
$
2,016

 
$
2,843

 
$
3,125

 
$
3,268

Interest on short-term borrowings and deposits
 
$
93

 
$
104

 
$
104

 
$
153

 
$
239

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs
 
240

 
219

 
206

 
184

 
176

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor (1)
 
86

 
95

 
106

 
121

 
121

Preferred stock dividends and related adjustments (2)
 
171

 
112

 
61

 
33

 
39

Fixed charges and preferred stock dividends
(D)
$
590

 
$
530

 
$
477

 
$
491

 
$
575

Consolidated ratios of adjusted earnings to combined fixed charges and preferred stock dividends, including interest on deposits
(C)/(D)
4.89 x

 
3.80x

 
5.96x

 
6.36x

 
5.68x

___________________________
(1) The interest factor on long-term operating leases represented a reasonable approximation of the appropriate portion of operating lease expense considered to be representative of interest. The interest factor on long-term capital leases represented the amount recorded as interest expense in our consolidated statement of income.
(2) Preferred dividends and related adjustments, including accretion, were adjusted to represent pre-tax earnings that would be required to cover dividend and accretion requirements.





STATE STREET CORPORATION
Ratios of Earnings to Fixed Charges
 
 
 
Twelve Months Ended December 31,
(Dollars in millions)
 
2016
 
2015
 
2014
 
2013
 
2012
EXCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported
 
$
2,120

 
$
2,298

 
$
2,437

 
$
2,666

 
$
2,747

Share of pre-tax income (loss) of unconsolidated entities
 
349

 
(700
)
 
(10
)
 
1

 
(15
)
Fixed charges
 
334

 
321

 
318

 
365

 
370

Adjusted earnings
(A)
$
2,803

 
$
1,919

 
$
2,745

 
$
3,032

 
$
3,102

Interest on short-term borrowings
 
$
8

 
$
7

 
$
6

 
$
60

 
$
73

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs
 
240

 
219

 
206

 
184

 
176

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor (1)
 
86

 
95

 
106

 
121

 
121

Fixed charges
(B)
$
334

 
$
321

 
$
318

 
$
365

 
$
370

Consolidated ratios of adjusted earnings to fixed charges, excluding interest on deposits
(A)/(B)
8.39 x

 
5.98x

 
8.63x

 
8.31x

 
8.38x

INCLUDING INTEREST ON DEPOSITS:
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

 
 

Pre-tax income from continuing operations, as reported
 
$
2,120

 
$
2,298

 
$
2,437

 
$
2,666

 
$
2,747

Share of pre-tax income (loss) of unconsolidated entities
 
349

 
(700
)
 
(10
)
 
1

 
(15
)
Fixed charges
 
419

 
418

 
416

 
458

 
536

Adjusted earnings
(C)
$
2,888

 
$
2,016

 
$
2,843

 
$
3,125

 
$
3,268

Interest on short-term borrowings and deposits
 
$
93

 
$
104

 
$
104

 
$
153

 
$
239

Interest on long-term debt, including amortization of debt issuance costs
 
240

 
219

 
206

 
184

 
176

Portion of long-term leases representative of the interest factor (1)
 
86

 
95

 
106

 
121

 
121

Fixed charges
(D)
$
419

 
$
418

 
$
416

 
$
458

 
$
536

Consolidated ratios of adjusted earnings to fixed charges, including interest on deposits
(C)/(D)
6.89 x

 
4.82x

 
6.83x

 
6.82x

 
6.10x

 
___________________________
(1) The interest factor on long-term operating leases represented a reasonable approximation of the appropriate portion of operating lease expense considered to be representative of interest. The interest factor on long-term capital leases represented the amount recorded as interest expense in our consolidated statement of income.




Exhibit 21
SUBSIDIARIES OF STATE STREET CORPORATION
The following table presents the name of certain State Street subsidiaries and the state or jurisdiction of organization. Certain subsidiaries of State Street have been omitted in accordance with SEC regulations because, when considered in the aggregate, they did not constitute a “significant subsidiary” of State Street.
 
 
 
 Antrim Corporation
Massachusetts
 Currenex INC
New York
 International Fund Services (Ireland) Limited
Ireland
 International Fund Services (N.A.) L.L.C.
New York
 Investors Boston Securities Corporation
Massachusetts
 Investors Copley Securities Corporation
Massachusetts
 LASER Trust
Grand Cayman
 Lincoln Securities Corporation
Massachusetts
 Offshore Financial Solutions LTD
Grand Cayman
 Quincy Securities Corporation
Massachusetts
 Sail Trust
Grand Cayman
 SS Borrowdale Pty Limited
Australia
 SS Scarborough Pty Limited
Australia
 SSB Realty, LLC
Massachusetts
 SSGM International UK
United Kingdom
 State Street Australia Limited
Australia
 State Street Bank and Trust Company
Massachusetts
 State Street Bank GMBH
Germany
 State Street Bank Luxembourg S.A.
Luxembourg
 State Street Europe Holdings Germany Sarl & Co KG
Germany
 State Street Europe Holdings Luxembourg Sarl
Luxembourg
 State Street Europe Holdings Switzerland GMBH
Switzerland
 State Street Global Advisors, Inc
Massachusetts
 State Street Global Advisors International Holdings Inc
Delaware
 State Street Global Advisors Limited
United Kingdom
 State Street Global Markets LLC
Massachusetts
 State Street Holdings Germany GMBH
Germany
 State Street International Holdings
Massachusetts
 State Street International Holdings UK Ltd
United Kingdom
 State Street Intl Holdings Switzerland GMBH
Switzerland
 State Street Public Lending Corporation
Massachusetts
 State Street Social Investments Corporation
Massachusetts





Exhibit 23
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Registration Statements (Form S-3 No. 333-200321 and Form S-8 Nos. 333-100001, 333-99989, 333-46678, 333-36793, 333-36409, 333-135696, 333-160171 and 333-183656) of State Street Corporation and in the related Prospectuses of our reports dated February 16, 2017 , with respect to the consolidated financial statements of State Street Corporation and the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting of State Street Corporation, included in this Annual Report (Form 10-K) for the year ended December 31, 2016 .

                                        
/s/ Ernst & Young LLP
Boston, Massachusetts
February 16, 2017





EXHIBIT 31.1
RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION
I, Joseph L. Hooley, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of State Street Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
Date:
February 16, 2017
 
By:
/s/  J OSEPH  L. H OOLEY        
 
 
 
 
Joseph L. Hooley,
 
 
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer





EXHIBIT 31.2
RULE 13a-14(a)/15d-14(a) CERTIFICATION
I, Michael W. Bell, certify that:
1.
I have reviewed this Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q of State Street Corporation;
2.
Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;
3.
Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present, in all material respects, the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;
4.
The registrant's other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have:
(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared;
(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;
(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant's disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and
(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant's most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant's fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant's internal control over financial reporting; and
5. The registrant's other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant's auditors and the audit committee of the registrant's board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):
(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant's ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant's internal control over financial reporting.
 
Date:
February 16, 2017
 
By:
/s/  M ICHAEL  W. B ELL        
 
 
 
 
Michael W. Bell,
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
 





EXHIBIT 32
SECTION 1350 CERTIFICATIONS
To my knowledge, this Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended December 31, 2016 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, and the information contained in this Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of State Street Corporation.
 
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 16, 2017
 
By:
/s/  J OSEPH  L. H OOLEY         
 
 
 
 
Joseph L. Hooley,
 
 
 
 
Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
 
 
 
 
 
Date:
February 16, 2017
 
By:
/s/  M ICHAEL  W. B ELL         
 
 
 
 
Michael W. Bell,
 
 
 
 
Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer